The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2800 N Main St Unit# 1100 - PlanX-X-XX MOST RECENT ISSUE DATE MOST RECENT REVISION NUMBER FILLED IN SQUARE INDICATES DRAWING INCLUDED WITH THIS SET # 9/30/2025 8:55:54 AM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 COVER SHEET G-001 EXPANSION ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT EXPANSION 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100, SANTA ANA, CA 92705 CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NOT TO SCALE LOCATION MAP PARADIGM DESIGN ARCHITECT 415 LEONARD STREET NW, SUITE 200 GRAND RAPIDS, MI 49504 PHONE: 616-785-5656 EMAIL: KVANDENBERG@PARADIGMAE.COM CONTACT: KIM VANDENBERG RHOADES ENGINEERING 1751 BARLOW ST TRAVERSE CITY, MI 49686 MECH/ELEC/PLUMB ENG. PHONE: 231-947-1707 CONTACT: PHILIP JAQUISH, P.E. EMAIL: PJAQUISH@RHOADESENGINEERING.com PROJECT ADDRESS 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 CLIENT ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 PHONE: 626-964-5356 CONTACT: SHANE KAJI EMAIL: SKAJI@ROUND1USA.COM SITE LOCATION GENERAL R4 00-00-00 G-001 COVER SHEET R3 07-30-25 G-002 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX R4 00-00-00 G-003 CODE SUMMARY R4 00-00-00 G-101 EGRESS PLAN CALGREEN MANDATORY COMPLIANCE R2 05-21-25 CG-1 CALGREEN MANDATORY COMPLIANCE R2 05-21-25 CG-2 CALGREEN MANDATORY COMPLIANCE R2 05-21-25 CG-3 CALGREEN MANDATORY COMPLIANCE ARCHITECTURAL DEMOLITION R3 07-30-25 AD101 ENLARGED DEMOLITION PLAN R3 07-30-25 AD161 ENLARGED DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN ARCHITECTURAL SITE R3 07-30-25 AS101 SITE PLAN R4 00-00-00 AS102 ACCESSIBLE SITE PLAN ARCHITECTURAL R3 07-30-25 A-100 EXISTING OVERALL PLAN R3 07-30-25 A-101 KEY NOTE PLAN R3 07-30-25 A-102 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN R3 07-30-25 A-103 EXPANSION FLOOR PLAN R4 00-00-00 A-161 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN R4 00-00-00 A-191 ROOF PLAN R3 07-30-25 A-200 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS R3 07-30-25 A-201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS R3 07-30-25 A-202 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS R3 07-30-25 A-203 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS R4 00-00-00 A-401 ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLANS R4 00-00-00 A-501 INTERIOR DETAILS R3 07-30-25 A-601 DOOR SCHEDULE AND FINISH KEY R3 07-30-25 A-701 FLOOR FINISH PLAN R3 07-30-25 A-702 WALL FINISH PLAN FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL INFORMATION 10-03-24 F-001 FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL INFORMATION FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION 10-03-24 FD101 FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN FIRE PROTECTION 12-09-24 F-101 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN PLUMBING GENERAL INFORMATION P-001 PLUMBING GENERAL INFORMATION PLUMBING DEMOLITION 12-09-24 PD101 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN PD102 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLAN PLUMBING P-101 OVERALL PLUMBING PLAN P-401 RESTROOM ENLARGED PLAN P-402 KITCHEN ENLARGED PLAN P-403 KITCHEN ENLARGED PLAN 10-03-24 P-501 PLUMBING DETAILS P-601 PLUMBING DOMESTIC WATER RISER DIAGRAM P-602 PLUMBING SANITARY RISER DIAGRAM MECHANICAL GENERAL INFORMATION PROJECT DIRECTORY SHEET INDEX M-001 MECHANICAL GENERAL INFORMATION MECHANICAL DEMOLITION 12-09-24 MD101 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN 12-09-24 MD102 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION ROOF PLAN MECHANICAL 12-09-24 M-101 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN 12-09-24 M-201 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN 12-09-24 M-401 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN 12-09-24 M-501 MECHANICAL DETAILS 12-09-24 M-601 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES R1 05-21-25 M-602 T-24 FORMS R1 05-21-25 M-603 T-24 FORMS CONT. & MANDATORY MEASURES R1 05-21-25 M-604 MANDATORY MEASURES CONT. ELECTRICAL GENERAL INFORMATION 12-09-24 E-001 ELECTRICAL GENERAL INFORMATION ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 12-09-24 ED101 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ELECTRICAL LIGHTING 12-09-24 EL101 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER 12-09-24 EP101 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 12-09-24 EP102 ENLARGED POWER PLAN 12-09-24 EP103 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ROOF ELECTRICAL R1 5-21-25 E-501 ELECTRICLAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 12-09-24 E-601 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION DECIBEL-STUDIOS, LLC 20710 MANHATTAN PLACE SUITE #124 A/V CONSULTANT PHONE: 800-988-2616 CONTACT: GUY O'HAZZA EMAIL: GUY@DECIBEL-STUDIOS.COM CENTENNIAL REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT, LLC LANDLORD PHONE: 240-204-4322 CONTACT: MORGAN DAWSON EMAIL: MDAWSON@CENTENNIALREC.COM KARL EBERHARD PHONE: 928-699-7974 ARCHITECT OF RECORD 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R1 04-25-25 PLAN REVIEW RESPONSE R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONS A M ADJ ADJUSTABLE ADD ADDENDUM AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALUM ALUMINUM APPROX APPROXIMATE MFR MANUFACTURER MATL MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MEMB MEMBRANE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MLDG MOLDING MO MASONRY OPENING B BD BOARD BF BARRIER FREE BLK BLOCK BLKG BLOCKING BLDG BUILDING BO BOTTOM OF BP BUMP POST BRG BEARING BULL BULLETIN C CAB CABINET CLG CEILING CL CENTERLINE CT CERAMIC TILE CLR CLEAR COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CONT CONTINUOUS CJ CONTROL JOINT CORR CORRIDOR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CSMU CONCRETE SILICATE MASONRY UNIT EA EACH EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATING FINISH SYSTEM ELEC ELECTRICAL EL ELEVATION (GRADE) ENCL ENCLOSURE EQ EQUAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT EPS EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE EXH EXHAUST EXIST EXISTING EXT EXTERIOR EJ EXPANSION JOINT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER E FIN FINISH FF FINISH FLOOR FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FLR FLOOR FD FLOOR DRAIN FS FLOOR SINK FTG FOOTING FDN FOUNDATION FP FIRE PROTECTION FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FV FIELD VERIFY F GA GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GEN GENERAL GPRFS GEOFOAM PERMANENT RISER FORMING SYSTEM GYP GYPSUM BOARD G HD HUB DRAIN HT HEIGHT HORIZ HORIZONTAL HVAC HEATING-VENTILATION-AIR CONDITIONING HSS HOLLOW STEEL SECTION H INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR I JB JUNCTION BOX J N NA NOT APPLICABLE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NTS NOT TO SCALE O OC ON CENTER OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OH OVERHEAD P PR PAIR PEMB PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING PART PARTITION PLYWD PLYWOOD PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PROP PROPERTY PL PLATE PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PT POINT PVT PAVEMENT Q QTY QUANTITY R R RISER RAD RADIUS REF REFERENCE REFR REFRIGERATOR REINF REINFORCE REQD REQUIRED RET RETURN REV REVISION RA RETURN AIR RD ROOF DRAIN RM ROOM RO ROUGH OPENING S SECT SECTION SHT SHEET SIM SIMILAR SPECS SPECIFICATIONS STD STANDARD STL STEEL STOR STORAGE SS STAINLESS STEEL ST STREET STRUCT STRUCTURAL SYS SYSTEM T TEL TELEPHONE TEMP TEMPORARY THRU THROUGH THK THICK, THICKNESS T TREAD TO TOP OF TOC TOP OF CONCRETE TOF TOP OF FOOTING TOM TOP OF MASONRY TOP TOP OF PRECAST TOS TOP OF STEEL TOW TOP OF WALL TYP TYPICAL U UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE V VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VT VINYL TILE W WC WATER CLOSET W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WD WOOD X XPS EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE D DBL DOUBLE DEMO DEMOLITION DET DETAIL DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DIST DISTANCE DN DOWN DWG DRAWING 4'-0" 8' - 0 " G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL A VINYL BANNER (ARTWORK SUPPLIED BY ARCHITECT) AND ATTACH TO 4'x8'x3/4" PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE. DISPLAY / INSTALL AT MALL SIDE ENTRANCE OWNER INFORMATION ARCHITECT INFORMATION CONTRACTOR INFORMATION NOTE TO ALL CONTRACTORS UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS: IF ANY INTERFERENCES OR VIOLATIONS APPEAR AND DEPARTURE FROM THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IS REQUIRED, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY, IN WRITING, BEFORE ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT WITH THE CLIENT. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ARCHITECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITH AFOREMENTIONED NOTIFICATION SHALL RESULT IN THE SPECIFIC CONTRACTOR BEING HELD RESPONSIBLE TO COMPLETE ALL WORK REQUIRED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AT HIS/HER OWN COSTS WITH NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSES (EXTRAS) BEING INCURRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY EXECUTE ALL WORK SHOWN AND SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF OTHERS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RELIEVED OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR OMISSIONS IN THE WORK SHOWN AND SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, NOR MAKE CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS RESULTING FROM SUCH OMISSIONS. NOTES: 1. SIGNS SHALL BE TACTILE W/1-1/4" LETTERING MOUNTED ON WALL ADJACENT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR AT INDICATED HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO STATE (LOCAL) BARRIER FREE REQUIREMENTS. 2. PROVIDE SIGNS STATING "MEN" AND "WOMEN" WITH ACCESSIBILITY AND GENDER SYMBOL IN RAISED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE AND COMPLYING WITH 2022 CBC CH 11B-703 ADJACENT TO CORRESPONDING TOILET ROOM DOORS. NOTE: PROVIDE SIGNS STATING "EXIT" IN RAISED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE AND COMPLYING WITH 2022 CBC CH 11B-703 ADJACENT TO EACH EXIT DISCHARGE DOOR. TACTILE IDENTIFICATION CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) BRAILLE 48 " M I N MIN. 6 " SYMBOL OF COMPLIANCE 60 " M A X EXIT DISCHARGE DOOR SIGNAGE 9" CL 9" CL 48 " M I N 60 " M A X TOILET ROOM SIGNAGE 60 " M A X 58 " M I N CL TOILET ROOM PICTOGRAM - CIRCLE @ WOMEN'S, TRIANGLE @ MEN'S, TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED OVER CIRCLE @ ALL-GENDER FOR MEN'S AND WOMEN'S - THE CIRCLE OR TRIANGLE SHALL CONTRAST THE COLOR OF THE DOOR OR SURFACE ON WHICH IT IS MOUNTED. EITHER LIGHT ON A DARK BACKGROUND, OR DARK ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. FOR ALL-GENDER TOILET ROOM - THE COLOR OF THE TRIANGLE SYMBOL SHALL CONTRAST WITH THE COLOR OF THE CIRCLE SYMBOL, EITHER LIGHT ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. THE COLOR OF THE CIRCLE SYMBOL SHALL CONTRAST WITH THE COLOR OF THE DOOR OR SURFACE ON WHICH THE COMBINED CIRCLE AND TRIANGLE SYMBOL IS MOUNTED, EITHER LIGHT ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. DETAIL / SECTION TITLE PLAN TITLE LEVEL / ELEVATION INDICATOR ROOM NAME TAG DOOR TAG GLAZING TAG CEILING TYPE & ELEVATION ELEVATION A.F.F. WALL CONSTRUCTION TAG LEVEL NAME X' - X" A 0'-0" COLUMN LABEL (NEW) TYPE ELEVATION TAG BUILDING SECTION ENLARGED PLAN / DETAIL CALLOUT MATCH LINE COLUMN LABEL (EXISTING) MATCH LINE - SEE SHEET XXXX POINT ELEVATION (PLAN) POINT ELEVATION (ELEVATION / SECTION) SPOT COORDINATE N X' - X" E X' - X" REVISION TAG FINISH / MATERIAL TAG TRANSITION IDENTIFICATION ELEVATION TAG # X' -X" WALL SECTION DETAIL SECTION TEMPERED GLASS ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS TOILET ACCESSORY TAG# # T ##AA #EXITING OCCUPANCY# NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS FOR EXIT ARROW SHOWING DIRECTION OF EGRESS # # N SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" VIEW TITLE SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" VIEW TITLE# SHEET # # . . . SHEET 0 1 SIM 1 SIM 1SIM 1 SIM SHEET DET # DET # # # . . .# # . . . # # .. . DET # SHEET # # .. . # # .. . DET # SHEET ## ## # # DET # SHEET DET # SHEET X' - X" X' - X" ### ROOM NAME COLUMN LABEL (FUTURE)## 2 3 4 TYPE NUMBER #DEMOLITION TAG 3.02 KEYNOTE TAG EXTERIOR MATERIAL TAG 8/7/2025 2:19:25 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX G-002 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT E NOT USED D SIGN / GRAPHICS VENDOR J NOT USED C NOT USED H SECURITY ALARM VENDOR B A.V. VENDOR G NOT USED A NOT USED F GAME VENDOR VENDOR LIST: ⑧G.C. SHALL CONFIRM FINAL ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENTS (IE: VOLTAGE AND AMP LOAD) WITH OWNER'S SIGN VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER. ⑦G.C. SHALL CONFIRM EXACT QUANTITIES OF ITEMS, ORDER AND COORDINATE DELIVERIES. INSTALLATION AND ALL ACCESSORIES NECESSARY TO INSTALL CARPET BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO SPECIFICATION ③VENDOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL UNISTRUT BETWEEN EXISTING OVERHEAD FRAMING TO SUPPORT VENDOR SUPPLIED TV MONITORS. Specific Keynotes: 7 Security/Alarm System H H ⑥ 5 Video Games F F 4 All Carpet ◼ ◼⑦ 2 Individual TV's B B ③ 1 TV Support Brackets & Poles B B ③ MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 2 Exterior Wall Signage D D ⑧ 1 Wall Graphics (GR-1) D D SIGNAGE 2 Bar/Seating Area (Seating, Furniture)◼ ◼ FURNITURE/FIXTURES 4 Signage Permit ◼ 3 Fire Suppression / Sprinkler System / Fire Alarm ◼ 2 GC's Construction Permits ◼ 1 Building/Health Permit ◼ ◼ Owner will pay permit. G.C. to sign for/pick up permit from building department. GC Ro u n d 1 Fo o d S e r v i c e Co n s u l t a n t Ve n d o r GC Ro u n d 1 Fo o d S e r v i c e Co n s u l t a n t Ve n d o r ITEM NO. ITEM FURNISH INSTALL NOTES RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE TACTILE SIGNAGE 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 9/30/2025 2:53:01 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 CODE SUMMARY G-003 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT Rooms and enclosed spaces: C Corridors and enclosure for exits: B Interior exit stairways, ramps, and passageways:B Group A-2 and A-3 Sprinkled: Table 803.11 Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish Requirements By Occupancy: Section 803.11 Interior finish requirements based on group: Interior wall and ceiling finish shall have a flame spread index not greater than that specified in table 803.11 for the group and location designated. Class C: = Flame Spread Index 76-200 Smoke Developed Index 0-450 Class B: = Flame Spread Index 26-75 Smoke Developed Index 0-450 Class A: = Flame Spread Index 0-25 Smoke Developed Index 0-450 Section 803.1.1 Interior Wall and Ceiling finish materials: CHAPTER 8 - Interior Finishes Table 716.5 Max door glass area: 100 sq in Table 716.5 Door Rating required: 1-hr Rating required: 1-hr Section 713.4 Fire-resistance rating: 1-hour rated for less than 4 stories 2-hour rated for 4 or more stories Section 713 - Shaft Enclosures Section 707.3.3 Enclosures for Exit Access Stairways: The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building areas from an exit access stairway or ramp shall comply with Section 713.4. Section 707.3.1 Shaft Enclosures: The fire-resistance rating of the fire barrier separating building areas from the shaft shall comply with Section 713.4. Section 707 - Fire Barriers CHAPTER 7 - Fire Partitions Exterior wall fire resistance Designed: 0 Exterior wall fire resistance required: 0 Table 602 Exterior wall separation distance to adjacent property or property line X ≥ 30 Roof construction and associated secondary members:0 Floor construction and associated secondary members: 0 Nonbearing walls and partitions Interior: 0 Nonbearing walls and partitions Exterior: 0 Bearing walls Interior: 0 Bearing walls Exterior: 0 Primary Structural Frame: 0 Table 601 Fire-Resistance Rating Requirements for Building Elements (hours): Section 602.2 Type: II-B CHAPTER 6 - Types of Construction Section 508.2.3 Allowable Building Area Aggregate accessory occupancies shall not occupy more than 10 percent of the floor area of the story in which they are located and shall not exceed the tabular values for non sprinklered buildings in Table 506.2 for each such accessory occupancy. Section 508.2 Accessory Occupancies Accessory occupancies are those occupancies that are ancillary to the main occupancy of the building or portion thereof. Accessory occupancies shall comply with the provisions of Sections 508.2.1 through 508.2.4. Section 508 - Mixed Use and Occupancy Building Area Designed: 43,466 SF Section 507.13 Covered and open mall buildings and anchor buildings: The area of covered and open mall buildings and anchor buildings not exceeding three stories in height that comply with Section 402 shall not be limited Section 507 - Unlimited Area Buildings Section 506.2 Allowable area determination: The allowable area of a building shall be determined in accordance with applicable provisions of section 506.2.1 through 506.2.4 and section 506.3 Section 506 - Building Area Designed # of Stories: 3 Table 504.4 Allowable Number of Stories: 3 Section 504.4 Number of Stories: The maximum number of stories of a building shall not exceed the limits specified in Table 504.4 Existing Building Height:69'-6" Table 504.3 Allowable Building Height: 75' Section 504.3 Height in feet The maximum height, in feet, of a building shall not exceed the limits specified in table 504.3 Section 504 - Building Height and Number of Stories CHAPTER 5 - General Building Heights and Areas Section 402.4.2.2.1 Openings Between Anchor Building and Mall: Except for the separation between Group R-1 sleeping units and the mall, openings between anchor buildings of Type IA, IB, IIA or IIB construction and the mall need not be protected. The exterior walls of anchor buildings separated from an open mall by an open mall shall comply with Table 705.5. 1. Anchor building of note more than three stories above grade plane that hae an occupancy classification the same as that permitted for tenants of the mall building shall be separated by 2-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barriers complying with Section 707. Exceptions: Section 402.4.2.2 Anchor Building Separation: An anchor building shall be separated from the covered or open mall building by fire walls complying with Section 706. Section 402.4.2 Fire-Resistance-Rated Separation: Fire-Resistance-rated separation is not required between tenant spaces and the mall. Fire-resistance-rated separation is not required between a food court and adjacent tenant spaces or the mall. The building area of any anchor building shall not be limited provided that the anchor building is not more than three stories above grade plan, and is of Type I, II, III, or IV construction. Exception: Section 402.4.1.2 Area and types of construction - Anchor Buildings: The building area and building height of any anchor building shall be based on the type of construction as required by Section 503 as modified by Sections 504 and 506. Section 402.4.1.1 Covered and Open Mall Buildings: The building area of any covered mall or open mall building shall not be limited provided that the covered mall or open mall building does not exceed three floor levels at any point nor three stories above grade plane, and is of Type I, II, III, or IV construction. Section 402 - Covered Mall and Open Mall Buildings CHAPTER 4 - SPECIAL DETAILED REQUIREMENTS BASED ON USE AND OCCUPANCY Group: A-2, A-3, S-1 Section: 303.3, 303.4, 311.2 SECTION 303 BLDG CODE CHAPTER 3 - USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION Occupancy Count: 1271 43,466 SF = 38,008(Existing) + 5,458(Expansion) Designed Building Area:Unlimited Allowed 3 Existing Building Stories:3 Allowed 69'-6" Existing Building Height (ft):75 Allowed Construction Class: II-B Use Group: A-2, A-3, S-1 SUMMARY Existing Tenant Round1 Bowling & Arcade Unit 1100 to be expanded to include unit 1140, adding 5,458 SF of game floor, storage space, and relocated billiards. PROJECT DESCRIPTION FIRE PROTECTION 2022 California Fire Sprinkler Code FIRE CODE 2022 California Fire Code PLUMBING CODE 2022 California Plumbing Code ELECTRICAL CODE 2022 California Electrical Code MECHANICAL CODE 2022 California Mechanical Code ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2022 California Building Energy Efficiency Standards 2022 California Green Building Standards Code ACCESSIBILITY 2022 California Building Code Chapter 11B EXISTING BUILDING CODE 2022 California Existing Building Code BUILDING CODE 2022 California Building Code GOVERNING CODES Section 1030.2 Assembly main exit: A building, room or space used for assembly purposes that has an occupant load of greater than 300 and is provided with a main exit, that main exit shall be of sufficient capacity to accommodate not less than one-half of the occupant load, but such capacity shall be not less than the total required capacity of all means of egress leading to the exit. Where the building is classified as a Group A occupancy, the main exit shall front on not less than one street or an unoccupied space of not less than 10 feet in width that adjoins a street or public way. In a building, room or space used for assembly purposes where there is not a well-defined main exit or where multiple main exits are provided, exits shall be permitted to be distributed around the perimeter of the building provided that the total capacity of egress is not less than 100 percent of the required capacity. Section 1030 - Assembly Table 1017.2 Exit Access Travel Distance:250' with a sprinkler system Section 1017 - Exit Access Travel Distance 1. For other than Group H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches, of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.15 inch per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. Exceptions: Section 1005.3.2 Other egress components: The capacity, in inches, of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.2 inch per occupant. 1. For other than Group H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches, of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such stairways by a means of egress capacity of 0.2 inch per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. Exceptions: Section 1005.3.1 Stairways: The capacity, in inches, of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such stairways by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.3 inch per occupant. Where stairways serve more than one story, only the occupant load of each story considered individually shall be used in calculating the required capacity of the stairways serving that story. Section 1005.3 Required capacity based on occupant load: The required capacity, in inches, of the means of egress for any room, area, space or story shall be not less than that determined in accordance with Sections 1005.3.1 and 1005.3.2. Add'l Exit Width Provided: 60" + 60" + 32" = 152" Add'l Exit Width Required: 636 x 0.15 = 95.4" Design load / 2 = 1271 / 2 = 636 occupants Required Additional Exit Width Main Exit Width Provided: 153.5" Main Exit Width Required: 636 x 0.15 = 95.4" Design load / 2 = 1271 / 2 = 636 occupants Required Main Exit Width Section 1005 - Means of Egress Sizing Net Floor Area (Game Room 142): 2,576 SF Unoccupied Area (Game Room 142): 5152 SF x 50% Floor Area Unoccupied = 2,576 SF Gross Floor Area (Game Room 142): 5152 SF Net Floor Area Gross Floor Area (Game Room 102): 7,489 SF Unoccupied Area Gross Floor Area (Game Room 102): 14,978 SF x 50% Floor Area Unoccupied = 7,489 SF Gross Floor Area (Game Room 102): 14,978 SF 1. Unlike a large assembly room where the occupants may utilize the entire floor area, our game rooms have large fixed games that cannot be occupied by a person. We calculate the Game Room occupant load calculations based on this principle: (*) Notes: TOTAL OCCUPANCY 1271 Autoshoeser 133:105 300 1 Storage 140:484 300 2 Storage 136:84 300 1 Plush Storage 141:874 300 3 Mechanics 128:365 300 2 Safe 127:126 300 1 Electrical 123:215 300 1 Comm/Storage 111:176 300 1 Mech 110:23 300 1 Storage 107:85 300 1 Storage 106:117 300 1 Janitor 104:55 300 1 Storage 103A:97 300 1 Storage 103:594 300 2 Storage S Office 126:517 150 4 Break Room 125:162 15 11 Pinsetter Service 122:1734 300 6 Party/Game Karaoke 117 & Bowling/Guest Counter 118 (Employee Side): 246 150 2 Bar 112 & Snack Bar 113 (Employee Side): 276 150 2 Business B Redemption 116:743 60 13 Mercantile M Billiards 132:791 15 53 Bowling Lanes 121:14 (5) per lane 70 Game Room 142 (*):2576 11 235 Game Room 102 (*):7489 11 681 Assembly A-3 Areas Party Room 3 139:334 15 23 Party Room 2 138:281 15 19 Party Room 1 135:164 15 11 Party Room 134:149 15 10 Seating 143:691 per seat 40 Kitchen 115:224 200 2 Cooler 114:260 200 2 Bar Seating 131:735 15 49 Bar Seating 131 (counter):135 7 20 Assembly A-2 Areas Location Area (SF) load factor Occupants Table 1004.1.2 Maximum Floor area allowances per occupant Section 1004 - Occupant Load CHAPTER 10 - Means of Egress Section 907.2.1.1 System Initiation in Group A occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more: Activation of the fire alarm in Group A occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 or more shall initiate a signal using an emergency voice/alarm communications system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the building is equipped through with an automatic sprinkler system and occupant notification system. Section 907.2.1 Group A: A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in Group A occupancies having an occupant load of 300 or more. Section 907 - Fire Alarm and Detection Systems Fire Extinguisher designed:4-A, 60-B:C and 2-A:K at kitchen Type K fire extinguisher: required within 30' of cooking equipment Class C fire extinguisher required at electrical - allowable area and travel distance determined by maximum of Class A or B. 20-B fire extinguisher; 50' max travel distance (moderate hazard) 10-B fire extinguisher; 30' max travel distance (moderate hazard) Table 906.3: 3-A fire extinguisher = 4,500 SF max floor area (3x1,500 SF) per extinguisher; 75' max travel distance Table 906.3: 4-A fire extinguisher = 6,000 SF max floor area (4x1,500 SF) per extinguisher; 75' max travel distance Type B fire extinguisher: in areas where flammable or combustible liquids are stored, used or dispensed. Section 906.1 Where required: Type K fire extinguisher: Within 30 feet of commercial cooking equipment Section 906 - Portable Fire Extinguishers Section 903.3.1.1 NFPA 13 Sprinkler Systems: Where the provisions of the code require that a building or portion thereof be equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903, sprinklers shall be installed throughout in accordance with NFPA 13 except as provided in Section 903.3.1.1.1 and 903.3.1.1.2 Section 903.2.1.3 Group A-3: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for fire areas containing group A-3 occupancies and intervening floors of the building where one of the following conditions exists: 1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 sf 2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more 3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies. Section 903.2.1.2 Group A-2: An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided for fire areas containing Group A-2 occupancies and intervening floors of the building where one of the following conditions exists: 1. The fire area exceeds 5,000 sf 2. The fire area has an occupant load of 100 or more 3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit discharge serving such occupancies Section 903 - Automatic Sprinkler Systems CHAPTER 9 - Fire Protection Systems **Required Male Water Closet Fixture Count is 6 Water Closets. Per the California Plumbing Code, a Maximum of 67% of the Water Closets can be Replaced with Urinals. Current Design Complies. 50% of the Required Water Closets have been Replaced with Urinals. Where food is consumed indoors, water stations shall be permitted to be substituted for drinking fountains. Bottle filling stations shall be permitted to be substituted for drinking fountains up to 50 percent of the requirements for drinking fountains. Drinking fountains shall not be required for an occupant load of 30 or less. Section 415.2 Drinking Fountain Alternatives *Water stations shall be permitted to be substituted for drinking fountains per CPC 415.2. Service Sink Designed:1 Service Sink required: 1 Provided 3**3 Required 0 5* Ratio Urinals may replace a maximum of 67% of WC's 3: 501-750; 1 per each add'l 500 persons Urinals Drinking Fountain Provided 6**5 Required 6**6 Ratio 4: 401-750 6: 501-750 Male Lavatories Female Lavatories Provided 3 + (1) single occ.11 Required 6 11 Ratio 636 / 125 = 5.088 Round Up 6 WC 8: 301-400; 1 per each add'l 125 females Male Water Closet Female Water Closet Use Group A-3 Each Sex 636 Occupant Load 1,271 Table 422.1 - Minimum Plumbing Facilities The minimum number of fixtures shall be calculated at 50 percent male and 50 percent female based on the total occupant load. Where information submitted indicates a difference in the distribution of the sexes such information shall be used to determine the number of fixtures for each sex. Once the occupancy load and occupancy is determined, Table 422.1 shall be applied to determine the minumum number of plumbing fixtures required. Section 422.1 Fixture Count: Plumbing fixtures shall be provided for the type of building occupancy ans in the minimum number shown in Table 422.1 and Table 4-2 and 4-3. The total occupant load and occupancy classification shall be determined in accordance with the California Building Code. Occupancy classification not shown in Table 422.1 shall be considered separately by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Section 422 - Minimum Number of required Fixtures Section 415.2 Drinking Fountain Alternatives: Where food is consumed indoors, water stations shall be permitted to be substituted for drinking fountains. Bottle filling stations shall e permitted to be substituted for drinking fountains up to 50 percent of the requirements for drinking fountains. Drinking fountains shall not be required for an occupant load of 30 or less. Section 415 - Drinking Fountains Chapter 4 - Plumbing Fixtures and Fixture Fittings 2022 California Plumbing Code R1 04-25-25 PLAN REVIEW RESPONSE R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 Paradigm Design has reviewed the proposed expansion of the existing Round 1 space and confirm that it meets all applicable Santa Ana barrier-free and accessibility requirements, including: -Accessible Route -Dining Surfaces -Parking -Drinking Fountain -Toilet Rooms R4 HARDWARE HARDWARE. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS REQUIRED TO BE CENTERED BETWEEN 34 AND 44 INCHES HIGH. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL HAVE TO BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGL EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS ARE REQUIRED TO OPERATE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS. CLOSERS THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS CANNOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS. REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY REQUIRED UP TO 15 POUNDS PRESSURE. THE PRESSURE IS TO BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS. DOORS ENTRANCES. ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. A PRIMARY ENTRANCE IS DEFINED AS, "... ANY ENTRANCE TO A FACILITY WHICH HAS A SUBSTANTIAL FLOW OF PEDESTRIANS TO ANY SPECIFIC MAJOR FUNCTION OF THE FACILITY." REVOLVING DOORS CAN NOT BE USED AS A REQUIRED ENTRANCE FOR THE HANDICAPPED. RECESSED DOORMATS ARE REQUIRED TO BE ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIR TRAFFIC. DOOR WIDTH AND HEIGHTS. REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A CLEAR OPENING NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES WIDE. FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING IS MEASURED WITH THE DOOR AT A 90 DEGREE ANGLE FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. AT LEAST ONE OF A PAIR OF DOORS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC DOORS, HAS TO PROVIDE THE 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING. DOOR HEIGHTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE A MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES. THRESHOLDS. THRESHOLDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NO MORE THAN 1/2 INCH HIGH. BEVEL OR SLOPE THE EXPOSED EDGE AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES SO THAT NO SINGLE VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATION EXCEEDS 1/4”INCH. 1. EXIT DOORS, TOILET ROOM AND CHANGING ROOM DOOR TO BE OPENABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, FORCE OR NEED OF KEY. 2. SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. 3. ALL HARDWARE TO BE LEVER TYPE. ENTRANCE SIGNS: ALL BUILDINGS ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. DOOR CLOSERS: SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE OPENING EFFORT DOES NOT EXCEED 5 lbs. FOR INTERIOR DOORS, 8.5 lbs. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS, AND 15 lbs. FOR REQUIRED FIRE DOORS. UP UP DN DN DNUP UP UP FEC FEC FECFEC FE C FE - K FE FE F E Gold DDR 20th DANCE aROUND Pump It Up TX Valkyrie Valkyrie TruckNitro TruckNitro Crusin'BlastCrusin'Blast Initial D Initial D Initial D Initial D Conect Tetote ConectTetote H: 1 2 2 Di s n e y Ph o t o b o o t h TimeCrisis5 VR Agent Redeem USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini MiniUSA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini Hyper Shoot Hyper Shoot H142 HOT SHOT Full Hyper Pitch DropMonster ExtremeExtremeSlam-A-Winner Mission impossible Connect4DLX H122 CENTIPEDE JumboJumpin H:112 H: 150 Goatz and Ropes Ready Deady Go Zo mbie H:97 CranivalWheel View LixView Lix UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UFO8UFO8 Asphalt 9 Asphalt 9 SUPERSTAR Skill FallRevolution H:83 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 (TEST) FantasticPrize H:93.5 (TEST) FantasticPrize H:93.5KIOSKKIOSK H87.5 over the edge USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini UFO8 Geminichi 2 Walking Dead H: 131.5 GodzillaVR PHOTO STUDIO DELUXEMarvelPhoto JurassicPark HotD Scarlett Dawn Buck HDPanorama Connect4 Basket Ball (Mini) H:108 Th e Pl a t e H; 1 0 6 Br a k e BOUNCELET'S KIOSK KIOSK Naruto Naruto STEPMANIAX H 91.2 TaikoNew Chunithm PinBall PinBall PinBall PinBall Railroad GoldenSmashStadiumAngry Birds Coin Pearl FisherRi c k & M o r t y SB Pirates DC 4P Wizard of Oz CarnivalMarbleZone RushRed Naruto Naruto KIOSK KIOSK MarioMarioMarioMarioMT5MT5MT5MT5 SpongebobVRCoaster H=105 H: 1 0 6 Bi g T i c k e t Dr o p SpaceWarp H;115 ME G A BL A S T E R H; 1 1 5 Whack n WinH132 Whack n WinH132 H107.5 Fishing Gold H:102 POWER ROLL H112 QuickDrop TreasureQuestH92 World ProFootball H: 104H120 quarterback pro H:118 TossBowlToilet King of Hot wheel The Road Ti c S h a q T o e Drop it AirSlideDX H95.6 GO -N-ROLL Monopoly H:119 Grand Piano Keys H111 H: 1 0 0 Po p I t Basket Ball Pro CrazyTower Whack a clown H:120 Kung Fu Panda H116 QU B E S H1 1 1 H105 Crossy Road GUM DROP H:102 H99 Full Tilt Board walkBigspin small H:110 H73.2 High Five! H: 109 Sync Pong Mine Ticket H:105 Dunk SLAM It up Hoop H:119 H:95 POP IT & WIN Extreme Air FX Pacman Smash Ticket Dome USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini USA GeminiMini USA Gemini MiniUSA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini Bop It H: 106 H:71 Ticket ofTons MAN TICKET H106 SpiderMan MARVEL AVENGERS ＸＧ（ＳＤ）ＸＧ（ＳＤ） H116 MEGA STACKER UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 U F O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UFO8 SnatcherZombie SuperstarsNBA Minecraft Injustice Contest ofchampions marvel H105.25 325' MAX. DIAGONAL x 1/3 = 108' MIN. EXIT SEPARATION DISTANCE HC CW I CW O D H C D DC G G CR - H S - 1 5 D D SC-15-TS D HC CRC-63C HC D D D CR I - 1 2 - 3 0 - 7 D CRCR-24 CR - R S - 1 5 HC D 34DR 24 x 4 8 2 4 x 4 8 24x48 REMOTE ON ROOF EXIT SEPARATION = 149' -6" > 108' MIN. A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 102 GAME ROOM 121 BOWLING LANES 120 BOWLERS APPROACH 119 BOWLERS SEATING 1734 SF 122 PINSETTER SERVICE AISLE 110 SF 124 CORRIDOR 215 SF 123 ELECTRICAL 162 SF 125 BREAK ROOM 517 SF 126 OFFICE 126 SF 127 SAFE 365 SF 128 MECHANICS 122 SF 129 EXIST. ELEVATOR 101 MALL ENTRANCE 594 SF 103 STORAGE 97 SF 103A STORAGE 55 SF 104 JANITOR 105 FAMILY RESTROOM 109 WOMENS 108 MENS 743 SF 116 REDEMPTION ROOM125 SF 117 PARTY/ GAME KARAOKE 121 SF 118 BOWLING/ GUEST COUNTER 224 SF 115 KITCHEN 260 SF 114 COOLER 23 SF 110 MECH. 176 SF 111 COMM./STORAGE 600 SF 131 BAR SEATING 142 SF 112 BAR 133 SF 113 SNACK BAR 319 SF 135 PARTY ROOM 1 252 SF 137 VESTIBULE 281 SF 138 PARTY ROOM 2 334 SF 139 PARTY ROOM 3 84 SF 136 STORAGE 85 SF 107 STORAGE 117 SF 106 STORAGE 130 SIDE AISLE 484 SF 140 STORAGE 142 GAME ROOM 861 SF 141 PLUSH STORAGE 53 234 3 1 19 23 1 21 1 1 2 1 13 1 1 2 2 1 1 11 4 1 2 70 @ BOWLING LANES 6 2 1 1 1 TABLES AND CHAIRS40 BAR COUNTER SEATING20 636 EXIT 3 (DOOR 102B) EXIT WIDTH: 60" ALLOWED: 60" ÷ 0.15" = 400 ACTUAL: 212 OCCUPANTS 134B 105 SF 133 AUTOSHOESER 1 EXIT 1 (DOOR 137A AND 137B) -MAIN EGRESS EXIT WIDTH: 153.5" ALLOWED: 153.5" ÷ 0.15" = 1023 ACTUAL: 636 OCCUPANTS 212 LEASELINE NOT IN CONTRACT NO T I N C O N T R A C T LE A S E L I N E EXIT 4 (DOOR 143A & 143B) EXIT WIDTH: 32" ALLOWED: 32" ÷ 0.15" = 213 ACTUAL: 212 OCCUPANTS144 EXIT STAIRWAY 1 212 2.5 2.5 668 SF 143 SEATING TABLES AND CHAIRS40 EXIT 2 (DOOR 124) EXIT WIDTH: 60" ALLOWED: 60" ÷ 0.15" = 400 ACTUAL: 212 OCCUPANTS 212 2572 SF 681 7489 SF 135 SF 1 1 LE A S E L I N E NO T I N C O N T R A C T 134A 42" HIGH HALF WALLS, TYP. EX I T A C C E S S T R A V E L D I S T A N C E : 1 4 6 ' EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 110' EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 216' EX I T A C C E S S T R A V E L D I S T A N C E : 1 8 9 ' EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 150' EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 204' EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 189' EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE: 130' 1 1 1 NEW EXIT SIGN NEW EXIT SIGN NEW EXIT SIGNNEW EXIT SIGN NEW EXIT SIGN NEW EXIT SIGN LEGEND: DEPICTS UNIVERSAL EXIT SIGN -REFER TO ELECTRICAL NOTE: 1. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM (BATTERIES, UNIT EQUIPMENT OR AN ON-SITE GENERATOR) THAT WILL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE THE EXIT SIGNS FOR A DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES, TYP. (CBC 1013) 2. THE MEANS OF EGRESS WILL BE ILLUMINATED TO A LEVEL OF NOT LESS THAN ONE FOOT-CANDLE AT THE WALKING SURFACE AT ALL TIMES THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS OCCUPIED (CBC 1008.2.1) FIRE EXTINGUISHER LEGEND AND NOTES FIRE EXTINGUISHER, ON WALL MOUNTING BRACKET WITH RETAINING STRAP FE FE-K FEC U.L. RATED FIRE EXTINGUISHER, ON WALL MOUNTING BRACKET WITH RETAINING STRAP FIRE EXTINGUISHER - IN CABINET NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY FINAL TYPES, SIZES, AND LOCATIONS OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITIES. 2. TOP OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER MOUNTING BRACKET TO BE 3'-6" A.F.F. 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND RELATED SIGNAGE. 4. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LIFE SAFETY LEGEND 44" MIN. EGRESS AISLE WALL TYPE - FIRE RATING LEGEND EXIST 1 HOUR FIRE BARRIER 1 HOUR FIRE BARRIER WALL SHADED LEGEND 42" HIGH HALF WALL 9/30/2025 8:55:59 AM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 EGRESS PLAN G-101 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NN PLANACTUAL SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" EGRESS PLAN Section 1030.2 Assembly main exit: A building, room or space used for assembly purposes that has an occupant load of greater than 300 and is provided with a main exit, that main exit shall be of sufficient capacity to accommodate not less than one-half of the occupant load, but such capacity shall be not less than the total required capacity of all means of egress leading to the exit. Where the building is classified as a Group A occupancy, the main exit shall front on not less than one street or an unoccupied space of not less than 10 feet in width that adjoins a street or public way. In a building, room or space used for assembly purposes where there is not a well-defined main exit or where multiple main exits are provided, exits shall be permitted to be distributed around the perimeter of the building provided that the total capacity of egress is not less than 100 percent of the required capacity. Section 1030 -... Table 1017.2 Exit Access Travel Distance:250' with a sprinkler system Section 1017 - Exit Access Travel Distance 1. For other than Group H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches, of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.15 inch per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. Exceptions: Section 1005.3.2 Other egress components: The capacity, in inches, of means of egress components other than stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such component by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.2 inch per occupant. 1. For other than Group H and I-2 occupancies, the capacity, in inches, of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such stairways by a means of egress capacity of 0.2 inch per occupant in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and an emergency voice/alarm communication system in accordance with Section 907.5.2.2. Exceptions: Section 1005.3.1 Stairways: The capacity, in inches, of means of egress stairways shall be calculated by multiplying the occupant load served by such stairways by a means of egress capacity factor of 0.3 inch per occupant. Where stairways serve more than one story, only the occupant load of each story considered individually shall be used in calculating the required capacity of the stairways serving that story. Section 1005.3 Required capacity based on occupant load: The required capacity, in inches, of the means of egress for any room, area, space or story shall be not less than that determined in accordance with Sections 1005.3.1 and 1005.3.2. Add'l Exit Width Provided: 60" + 60" + 32" = 152" Add'l Exit Width Required: 636 x 0.15 = 95.4" Design load / 2 = 1271 / 2 = 636 occupants Required Additional Exit Width Main Exit Width Provided: 153.5" Main Exit Width Required: 636 x 0.15 = 95.4" Design load / 2 = 1271 / 2 = 636 occupants Required Main Exit Width Section 1005 - Means of Egress Sizing Net Floor Area... 2,576 SF Unoccupied Area... 5152 SF x 50% Floor Area Unoccupied = 2,576 SF Gross Floor Area... 5152 SF Net Floor Area Gross Floor Area (Game Room 102): 7,489 SF Unoccupied Area Gross Floor Area (Game Room 102): 14,978 SF x 50% Floor Area Unoccupied = 7,489 SF Gross Floor Area... 14,978 SF 1. Unlike a large assembly room where the occupants may utilize the entire floor area, our game rooms have large fixed games that cannot be occupied by a person. We calculate the Game Room occupant load calculations based on this principle: (*) Notes: TOTAL OCCUPANCY 1271 Autoshoeser 133:105 300 1 Storage 140:484 300 2 Storage 136:84 300 1 Plush Storage 141:874 300 3 Mechanics 128:365 300 2 Safe 127:126 300 1 Electrical 123:215 300 1 Comm/Storage 111:176 300 1 Mech 110:23 300 1 Storage 107:85 300 1 Storage 106:117 300 1 Janitor 104:55 300 1 Storage 103A:97 300 1 Storage 103:594 300 2 Storage S Office 126:517 150 4 Break Room 125:162 15 11 Pinsetter Service 122:1734 300 6 Party/Game Karaoke 117 & Bowling/Guest Counter 118 (Employee Side): 246 150 2 Bar 112 & Snack Bar 113...276 150 2 Business B Redemption 116:743 60 13 Mercantile M Billiards 132:791 15 53 Bowling Lanes 121:14 (5) per lane 70 Game Room 142 (*):2576 11 235 Game Room 102 (*):7489 11 681 Assembly A-3 Areas Party Room 3 139:334 15 23 Party Room 2 138:281 15 19 Party Room 1 135:164 15 11 Party Room 134:149 15 10 Seating 143:691 per seat 40 Kitchen 115:224 200 2 Cooler 114:260 200 2 Bar Seating 131:735 15 49 Bar Seating 131 (counter):135 7 20 Assembly A-2 Areas Location Area (SF) load factor Occupants Table 1004.1.2 Maximum Floor area allowances per occupant Section 1004 - Occupant Load CHAPTER 10 - Means of Egress MATERIAL TACTILE EXIT SIGN LEGEND EXISTING TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE TO REMAIN 1 TACTILE "EXIT" SIGN 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 R4 R4 R4 R4 R4 R4R4 R4 R4 R4 R4 R4 R4 R4 R4 DN DN DN D W FEC FECFEC FE C FE - K FE FE F E UP UPUP UP UP Gold DDR 20th DANCE aROUND Pump It Up TX Valkyrie Valkyrie TruckNitro TruckNitro Crusin'BlastCrusin'Blast Initial D Initial D Initial D Initial D Conect Tetote ConectTetote H: 1 2 2 Di s n e y Ph o t o b o o t h TimeCrisis5 VR Agent Redeem USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini MiniUSA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini Hyper Shoot Hyper Shoot H142 HOT SHOT Full Hyper Pitch DropMonster ExtremeExtremeSlam-A-Winner Mission impossible Connect4DLX H122 CENTIPEDE JumboJumpin H:112 H: 150 Goatz and Ropes Ready Deady Go Zo mbie H:97 CranivalWheel View LixView Lix UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UFO8UFO8 Asphalt 9 Asphalt 9 SUPERSTAR Skill FallRevolution H:83 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 (TEST) FantasticPrize H:93.5 (TEST) FantasticPrize H:93.5KIOSKKIOSK H87.5 over the edge USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini UFO8 Geminichi 2 Walking Dead H: 131.5 GodzillaVR PHOTO STUDIO DELUXEMarvelPhoto JurassicPark HotD Scarlett Dawn Buck HDPanorama Connect4 Basket Ball (Mini) H:108 Th e Pl a t e H; 1 0 6 Br a k e BOUNCELET'S KIOSK KIOSK Naruto Naruto STEPMANIAX H 91.2 TaikoNew Chunithm PinBall PinBall PinBall PinBall Railroad GoldenSmashStadiumAngry Birds Coin Pearl FisherRi c k & M o r t y SB Pirates DC 4P Wizard of Oz CarnivalMarbleZone RushRed Naruto Naruto KIOSK KIOSK MarioMarioMarioMarioMT5MT5MT5MT5 SpongebobVRCoaster H=105 H: 1 0 6 Bi g T i c k e t Dr o p SpaceWarp H;115 ME G A BL A S T E R H; 1 1 5 Whack n WinH132 Whack n WinH132 H107.5 Fishing Gold H:102 POWER ROLL H112 QuickDrop TreasureQuestH92 World ProFootball H: 104H120 quarterback pro H:118 TossBowlToilet King of Hot wheel The Road Ti c S h a q T o e Drop it AirSlideDX H95.6 GO -N-ROLL Monopoly H:119 Grand Piano Keys H111 H: 1 0 0 Po p I t Basket Ball Pro CrazyTower Whack a clown H:120 Kung Fu Panda H116 QU B E S H1 1 1 H105 Crossy Road GUM DROP H:102 H99 Full Tilt Board walkBigspin small H:110 H73.2 High Five! H: 109 Sync Pong MineTicket H:105 Dunk SLAM It up Hoop H:119 H:95 POP IT & WIN Extreme Air FX Pacman Smash Ticket Dome USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini USA GeminiMini USA Gemini MiniUSA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini Bop It H: 106 H:71 Ticket ofTons MAN TICKET H106 SpiderMan MARVEL AVENGERS ＸＧ（ＳＤ）ＸＧ（ＳＤ） H116 MEGA STACKER UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 U F O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UFO8 SnatcherZombie SuperstarsNBA Minecraft Injustice Contest ofchampions marvel H105.25 A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 2.5 2.5 LEASELINE NOT IN CONTRACT NO T I N C O N T R A C T LE A S E L I N E 212 LE A S E L I N E NO T I N C O N T R A C T AD101 1 Sim 8/7/2025 2:18:44 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 EXISTING OVERALL PLAN A-100 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0"A-200 EXISTING OVERALL FLOOR PLAN1 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 UP UP DN FEC FEC Gold DDR 20th DANCE aROUND Pump It Up TX Valkyrie Valkyrie TruckNitro TruckNitro Crusin'BlastCrusin'Blast Initial D Initial D Initial D Initial D Conect Tetote ConectTetote KIOSK KIOSK Naruto Naruto STEPMANIAX H 91.2 TaikoNew Chunithm Pacman Smash Ticket Dome ＸＧ（ＳＤ）ＸＧ（ＳＤ） 2 TYP. 30 TYP. 30 TYP. 6 TYP. 6 TYP. 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 131 BAR SEATING 1 143 SEATING EXISTING SEATING TO REMAIN, TYP. EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK 139 PARTY ROOM 3 138 PARTY ROOM 2 VENDING MACHINES 135 PARTY ROOM 1 21 (4) (4) 55 RELOCATED COOLER 21 8/7/2025 2:18:47 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 KEY NOTE PLAN A-101 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NOTES: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION WITH ALL VENDOR AND TENANT ITEMS -REFER TO SHEET G-002. NN PLANACTUAL SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" KEYNOTE PLAN NOTE: OMITTED NUMBERS ARE INTENTIONALLY SKIPPED TO REMOVE NOTES NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. REFER TO SHEETS G-002 FOR RESPONSIBILITY OF WHO IS FURNISHING AND INSTALLING EACH ITEM. NOTE FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES 1 GAMES SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR, G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION & PROVIDE POWER DROPS PER ELECTRICAL PLANS - COORDINATE WITH FINAL GAME LAYOUT. 2 BILLIARDS TABLES - REINSTALL SALVAGED BILLIARDS TABLES 6 FURNITURE BY MILLWORK VENDOR 21 WALL OR CEILING MOUNT T.V. AND MOUNTING BRACKET BY A/V VENDOR - REFER TO DETAIL 1/A-502. PROVIDE BLOCKING OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE CONDUIT, DATA AND POWER WITH E.C. 30 STORAGE RACK BY TENANT 55 PROJECTOR KEY PLAN 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 DN DN UP UPDNUP D W UP UP FEC FEC FECFEC FE C FE - K FE FE F E Gold DDR 20th DANCE aROUND Pump It Up TX Valkyrie Valkyrie TruckNitro TruckNitro Crusin'BlastCrusin'Blast Initial D Initial D Initial D Initial D Conect Tetote ConectTetote H: 1 2 2 Di s n e y Ph o t o b o o t h TimeCrisis5 VR Agent Redeem USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini MiniUSA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini Hyper Shoot Hyper Shoot H142 HOT SHOT Full Hyper Pitch DropMonster ExtremeExtremeSlam-A-Winner Mission impossible Connect4DLX H122 CENTIPEDE JumboJumpin H:112 H: 150 Goatz and Ropes Ready Deady Go Zo mbie H:97 CranivalWheel View LixView Lix UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UFO8UFO8 Asphalt 9 Asphalt 9 SUPERSTAR Skill FallRevolution H:83 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 (TEST) FantasticPrize H:93.5 (TEST) FantasticPrize H:93.5KIOSKKIOSK H87.5 over the edge USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini UFO8 Geminichi 2 Walking Dead H: 131.5 GodzillaVR PHOTO STUDIO DELUXEMarvelPhoto JurassicPark HotD Scarlett Dawn Buck HDPanorama Connect4 Basket Ball (Mini) H:108 Th e Pl a t e H; 1 0 6 Br a k e BOUNCELET'S KIOSK KIOSK Naruto Naruto STEPMANIAX H 91.2 TaikoNew Chunithm PinBall PinBall PinBall PinBall Railroad GoldenSmashStadiumAngry Birds Coin Pearl FisherRi c k & M o r t y SB Pirates DC 4P Wizard of Oz CarnivalMarbleZone RushRed Naruto Naruto KIOSK KIOSK MarioMarioMarioMarioMT5MT5MT5MT5 SpongebobVRCoaster H=105 H: 1 0 6 Bi g T i c k e t Dr o p SpaceWarp H;115 ME G A BL A S T E R H; 1 1 5 Whack n WinH132 Whack n WinH132 H107.5 Fishing Gold H:102 POWER ROLL H112 QuickDrop TreasureQuestH92 World ProFootball H: 104H120 quarterback pro H:118 TossBowlToilet King of Hot wheel The Road Ti c S h a q T o e Drop it AirSlideDX H95.6 GO -N-ROLL Monopoly H:119 Grand Piano Keys H111 H: 1 0 0 Po p I t Basket Ball Pro CrazyTower Whack a clown H:120 Kung Fu Panda H116 QU B E S H1 1 1 H105 Crossy Road GUM DROP H:102 H99 Full Tilt Board walkBigspin small H:110 H73.2 High Five! H: 109 Sync Pong Mine Ticket H:105 Dunk SLAM It up Hoop H:119 H:95 POP IT & WIN Extreme Air FX Pacman Smash Ticket Dome USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA GeminiMini USA GeminiMini USA Gemini MiniUSA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini USA Gemini Mini Bop It H: 106 H:71 Ticket ofTons MAN TICKET H106 SpiderMan MARVEL AVENGERS ＸＧ（ＳＤ）ＸＧ（ＳＤ） H116 MEGA STACKER UF O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 U F O 8 U F O 8 UF O 8 U F O 8 UFO8 SnatcherZombie SuperstarsNBA Minecraft Injustice Contest ofchampions marvel H105.25 HC CW I CW O D H C D DC G G CR - H S - 1 5 D D SC-15-TS D HC CRC-63C HC D D D CR I - 1 2 - 3 0 - 7 D CRCR-24 CR - R S - 1 5 HC D 34DR 24 x 4 8 2 4 x 4 8 24x48 REMOTE ON ROOF AL I G N ALIGN ALIGN A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 2.5 2.5 A EXISTING TO REMAIN EXPANSION AREA OF WORK EX I S T I N G T O R E M A I N EX P A N S I O N A R E A O F W O R K 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 143 SEATING 137 BILLIARDS 139 PARTY ROOM 3 138 PARTY ROOM 2 135 PARTY ROOM 1 131 BAR SEATING 134B 134A A-103 1 Sim A-101 1 A-401 1 2 A-401 8/7/2025 2:18:49 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN A-102 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NN PLANACTUAL SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" OVERALL FLOOR PLAN NOTES: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION WITH ALL VENDOR AND TENANT ITEMS -REFER TO SHEET G-002 R3 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE DN FEC FEC UP UP Gold DDR 20th DANCE aROUND Pump It Up TX Valkyrie Valkyrie TruckNitro TruckNitro Crusin'BlastCrusin'Blast Initial D Initial D Initial D Initial D Conect Tetote ConectTetote KIOSK KIOSK Naruto Naruto STEPMANIAX H 91.2 TaikoNew Chunithm Pacman Smash Ticket Dome ＸＧ（ＳＤ）ＸＧ（ＳＤ） HC CW I CW O D H C D DC G G CR - H S - 1 5 D D SC-15-TS D HC CRC-63C HC D D D CR I - 1 2 - 3 0 - 7 D CRCR-24 CR - R S - 1 5 HC D 34DR 24 x 4 8 2 4 x 4 8 24x48 REMOTE ON ROOF AL I G N ALIGN ALIGN E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 A-203 4 3 2 1 A-203 6 7 8 A-202 5 6 7 8 1 A-202 2 A-202 3 A-202 4 A-202 2.5 2.5 1 A-201 2 A-201 2 A-200 9 A-202 A-203 10 9 12 11 5 10 A-202 427 SF 109 WOMENS 326 SF 108 MENS 743 SF 116 REDEMPTION ROOM224 SF 115 KITCHEN 260 SF 114 COOLER 23 SF 110 MECH. 176 SF 111 COMM./STORAGE 142 SF 112 BAR 133 SF 113 SNACK BAR 334 SF 139 PARTY ROOM 3 84 SF 136 STORAGE 85 SF 107 STORAGE 117 SF 106 STORAGE 5148 SF 142 GAME ROOM 861 SF 141 PLUSH STORAGE D- 1 4 - D T. O . W . = 3 ' - 6" A. F . F . D-14-D T.O.W. = 3' -6" A.F.F. D-14-D T.O.W. = 3' -6" ABOVE GAME ROOM FLOOR T. O . W . = 3 ' - 6" A. F . F . D- 1 4 - Z T. O . W . = 1 2 ' - 0" A. F . F . A-22-A A- 2 2 - A A-22-Z Z-22-A A-22-A A-501 2 TYP. A-22-Z BRING EXISTING DRYWALL TO A LEVEL 4 FINISH PRIOR TO APPLYING PAINT FINISH, TYP. 43'-2 7/8"34'-8 1/8" HO L D 6' - 0 " 23 ' - 9 1 / 8 " + / - 43 ' - 3 3 / 8 " + / - 25 ' - 7 3 / 1 6 " 19 ' - 6 " 18 ' - 1 0 3 / 4 " 10'-8 9/16"1'-10 5/16" 18'-11"5'-0"18'-11"7'-5" A- 2 2 - Z D- 1 4 - D A APPLY GRAPHICS TO EXISTING GLAZING -REFER TO A-201 & A-601, TYP. Z-15-A Z-15-A A-15-Z A-15-Z PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. 1' - 7 " 1' - 9 " 7 1/4"28'-0"2'-0"13'-8 1/4"10'-7 1/4"1'-9"9'-10 5/8" 2'-1 1/8" 3' - 7 1 / 2 " 1' - 9 " PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL AS REQUIRED, TYP. 9'-7 1/4"26'-8 1/2" Z-15-A D- 1 4 - D T. O . W . = 3 ' - 6" A. F . F . T. O . W . = 3 ' - 6" A. F . F . D- 1 4 - D 5 A-501 . . 105 SF 133 AUTOSHOESER 566 SF 144 EXIT STAIRWAY 1 1963 SF 119 BOWLERS SEATING EXISTING TO REMAIN EXPANSION AREA OF WORK EXISTING TO REMAIN EXPANSION AREA OF WORK 791 SF 137 BILLIARDS 252 SF 137 VESTIBULE 30 TYP. 30 TYP. 5148 SF 142 GAME ROOM 861 SF 141 PLUSH STORAGE 600 SF 131 BAR SEATING 668 SF 143 SEATING EXISTING SEATING TO REMAIN, TYP. 281 SF 138 PARTY ROOM 2 VENDING MACHINES 319 SF 135 PARTY ROOM 1 (4) RELOCATED COOLER D-15-Z TYP. 134A 134B 9 A-501 SIM.. . 8/7/2025 2:18:52 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 EXPANSION FLOOR PLAN A-103 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NOTES: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION WITH ALL VENDOR AND TENANT ITEMS -REFER TO SHEET A-901 NOTE: OMITTED NUMBERS ARE INTENTIONALLY SKIPPED TO REMOVE NOTES NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. REFER TO SHEETS G-002 FOR RESPONSIBILITY OF WHO IS FURNISHING AND INSTALLING EACH ITEM. NOTE FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES 1 GAMES SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR, G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION & PROVIDE POWER DROPS PER ELECTRICAL PLANS - COORDINATE WITH FINAL GAME LAYOUT. 2 BILLIARDS TABLES - REINSTALL SALVAGED BILLIARDS TABLES 6 FURNITURE BY MILLWORK VENDOR 21 WALL OR CEILING MOUNT T.V. AND MOUNTING BRACKET BY A/V VENDOR - REFER TO DETAIL 1/A-502. PROVIDE BLOCKING OR STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE CONDUIT, DATA AND POWER WITH E.C. 30 STORAGE RACK BY TENANT 55 PROJECTOR SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"A-102 EXPANSION FLOOR PLAN1 22-6" CFMF STUDS, FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE. FILL STUD CAVITY WITH 6" UNFACED BATT INSULATION 15- 3-5/8" CFMF STUDS, FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE 14- 3-5/8" CFMF STUDS, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR T.O.W. HEIGHT ALL COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING (CFMF) SHALL BE 20 GA. MIN. MATERIAL (U.N.O.) DESIGNED AND DETAILED BY CFMF SUPPLIER. FRAMING TYPES Z- NO SHEATHING D- 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD TO MATCH HEIGHT OF STUD FRAMING A- 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK ABOVE SHEATHING TYPES KEY WALL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND R3 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 131 BAR SEATING G 16' - 10" G 16' - 10" G 16' - 10" N 16' - 10" 2.5 2.5 LIGHT TO BE CENTERED OVER BILLIARDS TABLE, TYP. 139 PARTY ROOM 3 138 PARTY ROOM 2 D EXIST EXISTING EXTERIOR SOFFIT, TYP. 135 PARTY ROOM 1 D 10' - 0" 137 BILLIARDS 2 A-161 . . ?? CEILING TYPE HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOORA8'-0" 9/30/2025 2:53:20 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-161 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NN PLANACTUAL SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" REFLECTED CEILING PLAN _CEILING LEGEND _ D 2x2 ROCKFON ARTIC WHITE SQ. LAY IN CEILING TILE SYSTEM. ICC-ES EVALUATION REPORT ESR-2631. G EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION - INCLUDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEM, ROOF DECK, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, WIRING, ETC. AND ALL ASSOCIATED ELEMENTS. PAINT PT-1 N EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION 6 FIRE-WRAPPED GREASE DUCTS SHALL NOT BE PAINTED - REFER TO MECHANICAL 5 REFER TO SHEET A-601 FOR FINISH KEY 4 PROVIDE TYPICAL CONTROL JOINTS IN ALL GYP. BD. BULKHEADS @ 30'-0" MAX. SPACING 3 REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR PAINTING OF DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES 2 REFER TO ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLANS FOR LIGHTING LAYOUT _REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES_ KEY PLAN 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 R4 NOT TO SCALEA-161 TYP. CEILING DETAIL @ PARTY ROOM2 R4 R4 ROOF SLOPE DUE TO TAPERED INSULATION RD = ROOF DRAIN ORD = OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN ROOF PLAN LEGEND AREA OF TAPERED ROOF INSULATION ROOF SLOPE DUE TO STRUCTURE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ROOF PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL ROOF SURFACES (INSULATION, TAPERED INSULATION, CRICKETS, ETC.) SHALL SLOPE 1/4" PER 1'-0" MIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ROOFING MEMBRANE IS TO BE SINGLE PLY 60 MIL. FULLY ADHERED EPDM 3. ALL FLASHING MATERIALS TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING MEMBRANE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. REFER TO DETAIL #/A-XXX FOR TYPICAL ROOF PENETRATIONS. 5. ROOF INSULATION IS TO BE MIN. (2) LAYERS OF 1.8" MINIMUM (3.6" MINIMUM TOTAL) THICKNESS POLYISOCYANURATE WITH A MINIMUM LONG TERM THERMAL RESISTANCE (LTTR) VALUE OF R-20. STAGGER JOINTS BETWEEN LAYERS. 6. PROVIDE TAPERED ROOF INSULATION AT ALL LOCATIONS SHOWN SHADED ON ROOF PLAN AND DRAINAGE SADDLES AS REQUIRED AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE ROOF-TOP EQUIPMENT CURBS INTERFERE WITH ROOF SLOPE TO DRAINS. 7. PROVIDE WALKWAY PADS AROUND PERIMETER OF HVAC ROOF-TOP EQUIPMENT 8. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL WALKWAY PADS BELOW ALL HIGH ROOF THAT SPILL ONTO LOW ROOFS. ADHERE TO ROOF PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 9. REFER TO MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR OTHER ROOF PENETRATIONS NOT SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. NOTENO. NEW RTU-1 ON EXISTING CURB - REFER TO MECHANICAL 57'-6 1/2" 75 ' - 1 7 / 8 " EXISTING RTU TO REMAIN, TYP. SIZE AND WEIGHT OF NEW UNIT MATCHES EXISTING UNIT TO BE REPLACED 10/2/2025 3:09:21 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ROOF PLAN A-191 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NN PLANACTUAL SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" ROOF PLAN NOT TO SCALE MECHANICAL PLATFORM DETAIL2 R4 #12 SCREWS AT EA. CORNER AND @ 24" O.C. BETWEEN, TYP. 3000# EXISTING R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 ROOF 156' - 6" SECOND FLOOR 117' - 0" F. F. 100' - 0" THIRD FLOOR 134' - 6" ROOF 156' - 6" SECOND FLOOR 117' - 0" F. F. 100' - 0" THIRD FLOOR 134' - 6" 8/7/2025 2:18:55 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-200 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"A-103 EXISTING NORTH ELEVATION1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"A-103 EXISTING EAST ELEVATION2 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 ROOF 156' - 6" SECOND FLOOR 117' - 0" F. F. 100' - 0" THIRD FLOOR 134' - 6" EXISTING GLAZING EXISTING GLAZING 2GR EXISTING GLAZING 2GR EXISTING GLAZING TYP.36PT TYP.36PT 14PT TYP.9PT 14PT9PT 14PT9PT14PT9PT14PT9PT ILLUMINATED ROUND 1 SIGNAGE PROVIDED BY BY SIGN VENDOR -PROVIDE BLOCKING -REFER TO ELECTRICAL. NON-LIT SIGNAGE, TYP. EXISTING FINISHES NEW FINISHES ROOF 156' - 6" SECOND FLOOR 117' - 0" F. F. 100' - 0" THIRD FLOOR 134' - 6" TYP.36PT 1GR1GR1GR EXISTING GLAZINGEXISTING GLAZINGEXISTING GLAZING 14PT9PT14PT9PT14PT9PT NON-LIT SIGNAGE, TYP. NEW FINISHES EXISTING FINISHES 8/7/2025 2:18:56 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-201 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"A-103 NORTH ELEVATION1 SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"A-103 EAST ELEVATION2 NOTE: SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT R3 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 F. F. 100' - 0" PAINT CHANGE 112' - 0" TYP.1RB TYP.16PT TYP.1PT 1GR PAINTER TO PREP WALL RECEIVING WALL GRAPHICS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PAINT FINISH FREE OF DEBRIS TO ALLOW FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF CUSTOM VINYL GRAPHICS, TYP. F. F. 100' - 0" PAINT CHANGE 112' - 0" 134B TYP.1RB TYP.16PT TYP.1PT TYP.1RB TYP.16PT TYP.1PT 1GR 6PT PAINTER TO PREP WALL RECEIVING WALL GRAPHICS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PAINT FINISH FREE OF DEBRIS TO ALLOW FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF CUSTOM VINYL GRAPHICS, TYP. TYP.16PT F. F. 100' - 0" PAINT CHANGE 112' - 0" 134A A EXISTING GLAZING TO REMAIN TYP.1RB TYP.15PT TYP.1PT TYP.1RB TYP.16PT TYP.1PT TYP.16PT 15PT F. F. 100' - 0" PAINT CHANGE 112' - 0" TYP.1RB 3SS TYP.1WC 19PT EXISTING FINISHES TO REMAIN TYP.1RB TYP.16PT TYP.1PT OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND TYP.16PT OPEN TO BEYOND F. F. 100' - 0" 1RB 3SS OPEN TO BEYOND 1WC 1RB 3SS 1WC F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB 1WC OPEN TO BEYOND 3SS F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB 1CR TYP.1WC 19PT OPEN TO BEYOND OPEN TO BEYOND 3SS F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB 1WC OPEN TO BEYOND 3SS F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.2WB 20PT MILLWORK - BY VENDOR LIT SHELVES BY VENDOR - REFER TO ELECTRICAL, TYP. FP 1 BEHIND MILLWORK, UINDER BEER TAP PT 20 BEHIND MILLWORK EXISTING CELING TO REMAIN TV TV TV F. F. 100' - 0" PAINT CHANGE 112' - 0" PT 135 PTPT TYP.PT 8/7/2025 2:18:59 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-202 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTH1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVATION - EAST2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTH3 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVATION - WEST4 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVAITON - BILLIARDS NORTH5 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVAITON - BILLIARDS EAST6 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVAITON - BILLIARDS SOUTH7 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVAITON - BILLIARDS WEST8 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVATION - BAR9 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 INTERIOR ELEVATION - PARTY ROOM 1 ENTRANCE10 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 F. F. 100' - 0" 135 TYP.1RBTYP.1RB F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RBTYP.1RB 136 F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RBTYP.1RB 136 F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB F. F. 100' - 0" 138B F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB 138A F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB 138B F. F. 100' - 0" TYP.1RB 8/7/2025 2:19:01 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-203 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 1 - NORTH ELEVATION1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 1 - EAST ELEVATION2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 1 - SOUTH ELEVATION3 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 1 - WEST ELEVATION4 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 2 - NORTH ELEVATION5 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 2 EAST ELEVATION6 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 2 - SOUTH ELEVATION7 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 2 - WEST ELEVATION8 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 3 - NORTH ELEVATION9 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 3 - EAST ELEVATION10 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 3 - SOUTH ELEVATION11 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-103 PARTY ROOM 3 - WEST ELEVATION12 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 H H 5 5 6 6 TA-3 TA-1 TA-3 TA-3 TA-14 TA-14 TA-14 TA-8 TA-13 TA-13 TA-7.1 TA-7.1 TA-7.1 TA-13 TA-1 TA-8 TA-13 TA-8 TA-2 TA-16 TA-9 TA-9 TA-11 TA-7.2 TA-16 TA-11 TA-11 TA-10 TA-10 TA-10 TA-10 3 A-401 . . 3 A-401 . . 3 A-401 . . TA-6.1 TA-6.2 TA-6.2 TA-6.1 TA-6.1 TA-13 2 A-401 105 FAMILY RESTROOM 108 MENS 109 WOMENS 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 5' - 4 " 4' - 4 3 / 8 " 2' - 6 " 4'-0" MIN. 6'-4 1/2" 3' - 0 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 5' - 3 3 / 8 " 2' - 6 " 1'-3"2'-6"2'-6" 7'-11 1/4" 10"8'-2"5'-0"6'-0 1/2" 2' - 6 " 3' - 1 " 2' - 7 " 2' - 7 " 2' - 1 0 " 3' - 1 " 5' - 2 " 1' - 6 " 10'-9 1/2" 5'-2" 4' - 0 1 / 4 " 4'-0" 2' - 6 " 2' - 7 " 2' - 7 " 3' - 1 " 3' - 1 " 5' - 2 " 4'-5" 5'-0 1/2" NOTE: MOUNT ALL NON-BARRIER FREE ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SP O U T O U T L E T 36 " M A X . T O RE F L E C T I N G 40 " M A X . T O 2' - 7 1 / 2 " TO C O N T R O L S 40 " M A X . MA X . 48 " 2' - 7 1 / 2 " 4' - 0 " 44 " TO C O N T R O L S 35 " M A X . AD A H E I G H T 3 0 " T O 4 5 " 45 " T O 5 9 " NOTE: MOUNT ALL NON-BARRIER FREE ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. MIRROR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET ELECTRIC WATER COOLER WASTE RECEPTACLE HAND DRYER SPOUT OUTLET LOCATED 5" MAX. FROM FRONT EDGE AND 15" MIN. FROM VERTICAL SUPPORT SOAP DISPENSER KID'S HEIGHT HAND DRYER SEAT COVER DISPENSERBABY CHANGING STATION 5" 2'-3" ± 3" ± 2' - 1 0 " M A X . 8" 2' - 3 " 1'-5" 9" 11" 1/2"±2'-0" ± F.V. T.O. TUBE STEEL 2'-8 3/4" A.F.F. ± F.V. ACCESSIBLE KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE NOTE: WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS EXIST. TUBE STEEL SOLID SURFACE COUNTER OVER 3/4" MARINE GRADE PLYWOOD EXIST. L2x2x1/4 STEEL ANGLE FASTENED TO HSS EXIST. STAINLESS STEEL UNDER MOUNT SINK AND FAUCET F. F. 100' - 0" PAINT CHANGE 112' - 0" 2' - 1 0 " M A X . EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAINS TO REMAIN NOTES: • ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH A.D.A. STANDARDS, G.C. TO CONFIRM COMPLIANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL BARRIER FREE CODES. • CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL BUILDING CODES. • DIMENSIONS SHOWN HERE ARE MEASURED FROM FACE/SURFACE OF FINISH MATERIAL TO FACE OF FINISH MATERIAL. PROVIDE GRAB BARS: A. 42" MIN. LONG ON SIDEWALL STARTING 12" MAX. FROM THE REAR WALL. B. 36" MIN. LONG ON REAR WALL; FROM CENTERLINE, 24" MIN. TO FLUSH SIDE, 12" MIN. TO WALL SIDE. C. 18" MIN. LONG VERTICAL ON SIDEWALL STARTING 40" FROM FLOOR, AND 40" OFF OF BACK WALL D. GRAB BAR TO WITHSTAND 250# OF FORCE AND DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 1/2" AT MIDPOINT OF BAR. E. FOR AMBULATORY BATHROOM STALLS PROVIDE (1) 42" HORIZONTAL GRAB BAR AND (1) 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR ON EACH SIDE WALL MA X 17 " MIN 15" MIN 15" URINAL CLEARANCE OPEN SIDE OF STALL WALL MOUNT DISPENSER LOCATIONS (SURFACE, SEMI-RECESSED, OR RECESSED) CENTERLINE OF WATER CLOSET BACK WALL - GRAB BAR LOCATIONS 36 " M A X T O TO P O F G R I P SU R F A C E MIN 12" MIN 24"CL CL FLUSH CONTROL LOCATED ON OPEN SIDE SEE DISPENSER & RECEPTACLE LOCATION REQUIREMENTS 42" MAX 12" CENTERLINE OF DISPENSER OUTLET LOCATED IN HATCHED AREA WALL MOUNT DISPENSER LOCATIONS (SURFACE, SEMI-RECESSED, OR RECESSED) SIDE WALL - GRAB BAR LOCATIONS OF G R I P S U R F A C E 18 " 40 " 40" 18" 9/30/2025 8:55:52 AM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLANS A-401 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-102 ENLARGED PLAN - EXISTING RESTROOMS1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" BARRIER FREE ACCESSORY HEIGHTS ACCESSORY FURNISH RESPONSIBILITY INSTALL RESPONSIBILTY NOTE: OMITTED NUMBERS ARE INTENTIONALLY SKIPPED TO REMOVE NOTES NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. TOILET ACCESSORY KEYNOTES TA-1 EXISTING TOILET PARTITION - SCRANTON PRODUCTS OVERHEAD BRACED AND FLOOR ANCHORED. COLOR: WOMENS: NICKEL, ROTARY BRUSHED TEXTURE. MENS: BLACK, ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE GC GC TA-2 EXISTING URINAL SCREEN - SCRANTON PRODUCTS FLOOR ANCHORED. COLOR: BLACK, ORANGE PEEL TEXTURE GC GC TA-3 EXISTING TOILET PAPER DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-2892 GC GC TA-6.1 EXISTING WASTE RECEPTACLE - FLOOR GC GC TA-6.2 EXISTING WASTE CHUTE GC GC TA-7.1 EXISTING SOAP DISPENSER - COUNTERTOP MOUNT - BOBRICK B-822 GC GC TA-7.2 EXISTING SOAP DISPENSER - WALL MOUNTED - BOBRICK B-2112 GC GC TA-8 EXISTING GRAB BAR - REFER TO DETAIL 1/A-001 - BOBRICK B-6806 SERIES GC GC TA-9 EXISTING SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - BOBRICK B-270 GC GC TA-10 EXISTING SEAT COVER DISPENSER - BOBRICK B-4221 GC GC TA-11 EXISTING MIRROR GC GC TA-13 EXISTING HAND DRYER - EXCEL XLERATOR #XL-SB, EXCEL ADA STAINLESS STEEL RECESS KIT #40502 GC GC TA-14 EXISTING DIAPER CHANGING STATION - BOBRICK #KB200-01SS, GREY GC GC TA-16 EXISTING SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP GC GC SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"A-401 LAVATORY SECTION3 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"A-102 INTERIOR ELEVATION - DRINKING FOUNTAINS2 SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0" TYP. BARRIER FREE ELEVATIONS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 R4 44 " A . F . F . @ B I L L I A R D S RE F . P L A N FO R W A L L H E I G H T 2"x2"x48" MECHANICALLY FASTENED ALUMINUM CORNER GUARD, FROM TOP OF BASE TO 4'-4" A.F.F. PROVIDE PAZWALL PLASTIC CAP (PART #PWS-836TC) AT TOP OF CORNER GUARD WALL CONSTRUCTION, SEE FLOOR PLANS EXIST. COLUMN 2"x2" ALUMINUM CORNER GUARD 4'-0" LONG ON EACH CORNER. PROVIDE PAZWALL PLASTIC CAP (PART #PWS-836TC) AT TOP OF EA. CORNER GUARD WALL FINISH, REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD ON 3 5/8" CFMF STUD FRAMING FROM FLOOR TO 12'-0" A.F.F. 10 1/2"10 1/2" 1'-9" TYP. U.N.O. 10 1 / 2 " 10 1 / 2 " 1' - 9 " T Y P . U . N . O . A TYP. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR WALL TYPE CONSTRUCTION 1/2"x6" HDPE CHAIR RAIL, RADIUSED AT EXPOSED EDGES (CR-1) CL FRT WOOD BLOCKING AT 4'-0" O.C. COORDINATE w/ OWNER FURNITURE FOR CHAIR RAIL HEIGHT IN SEATING AREA - REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN FOR LOCATIONS OF CHAIR RAILS 2 1/2" 1/ 8 " 1/ 4 " 1/ 4 " 1/8"CARPETVCT CLARK DIETRICH SUPPORTS AT EACH END OF WALL AND AT 4'-0" O.C GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE OF CFMF STUDS AT 24" O.C., SEE FLOOR PLANS 3-5/8" CFMF TRACK,20 GA. WITH FIRE RETARDANT TREATED NAILER BASE PLATE FOR CLARK DIETRICH - REFER TO DETAIL FOR WALL HEIGHT UP TO 4'-0" USE CLARK DIETRICH PW36 A-501 7 6 A-501 . . 8 / A-501 CLARK DIETRICH (PW36) SUPPORTS AT EACH END OF WALL AND AT 4'-0" O.C. GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE OF CFMF STUDS AT 24" O.C., SEE FLOOR PLANS (TYP.)6"4'-0" O.C. FINISH GYPSUM END WITH CORNER GUARD ON OUTSIDE CORNER 4'-0" 362S162-33 EACH SIDE OF CLARK DIETRICH (PW36). ATTACH TOP OF EACH STUD TO PW36 w/ (2) #10 SCREWS WALL, SEE FLOOR PLAN 5 A-501 . . 2 1 / 4 " 4 7/8" 5 3/8" SS-3 WALL CAP W/ EASED EDGES CLARK DIETRICH (PW36) w/ 8" x 3 3/8" BASEPLATE ANCHOR BASEPLATE w/ (4) 1/2" DIA. HILTI KWIK BOLT-3 EXPANSION ANCHORS w/ 3 1/2" EMBEDMENT 4"4" 8" 3/ 4 " 1" 3 3 / 8 " STUD WALL REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FILL TOP 6" OF STUD WALL WITH MINERAL WOOL, FIXED IN PLACE HOLD GYPSUM BOARD DOWN FROM LEG OF DEFLECTION TRACK BOTTOM OF EXIST. DECK 3" REFER TO STRUCUTRAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION DEFLECTION TRACK F.F. 6" 20 GA. METAL STUD @ 24" O.C. -FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WALL BASE -REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE EXISTING STRUCTURE DEFLECTION TRACK -SEE DETAIL 16 ' - 1 0 " A . F . F . - F I E L D V E R I F Y A-22-AA-15-A F.F. 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WALL BASE -REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE EXISTING STRUCTURE 16 ' - 1 0 " A . F . F . - F I E L D V E R I F Y 3 5/8" 22 GA STUD FRAMING @ 24" O.C. 9 / A-501 F.F. 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD FROM FLOOR TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WALL BASE -REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE EXISTING STRUCTURE 16 ' - 1 0 " A . F . F . - F I E L D V E R I F Y 3 5/8" 22 GA STUD FRAMING @ 24" O.C. A-15-Z 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. 5/8" GYP. BOARD WHERE NOTED UNPUNCHED STEEL STUD TRACK-ATTACHMENT REQURED 1 1/2" DIA. EXPANSION BOLTS @ 48" O.C. (2 MINIMUM) X 2 1/4" MINIMUM EMBEDMENT OR 0.140" DIA. X 1" LONG POWDER DRIVEN PINS @ 12" O.C. (ESR-1799 OR APPROVED EQUAL). TOP OF SLAB 2 -#10 TEKS, TRACK TO STUD (ESR-1976) 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. CONTINUOUS 20 GA. TRACK W/ (4) #10 TEK SCREWS @ 16" O.C. EXISTING STEEL JOIST EXISTING BUILT-UP ROOF OVER RIGID INSULATION NOTE: SUPPORT ALL PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC. FROM THE TOP CHORD OF ALL ROOF JOISTS. DO NOT ATTACH TO BOTTOM CHORD. 9/30/2025 8:55:52 AM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 INTERIOR DETAILS A-501 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" TYP. CORNER GUARD DETAIL1 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"A-103 COLUMN WRAP DETAIL2 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0" CHAIR RAIL DETAIL3 SCALE: 12" = 1'-0" FLOOR TRANSITION DETAIL4 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"A-103 LOW WALL SUPPORT DETAIL5 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A-501 LOW WALL SUPPORT DETAIL6 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"A-501 WALL CAP DETAIL7 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" BASE PLATE DETAIL8 A-501 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"A-103 DEFLECTION TRACK AT WALL9 A-402 A-101 COMPONENTS SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REFERENCED EDITION OF "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS" BY THE AISI AND ICC ESR-3064P OR APPROVED ICC EQUIVALENT. STEEL FOR COLD FORMED MEMBERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 33 KSI FOR 43 MIL THICKNESS AND LESS, AND MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 50 KSI FOR 54 MIL THICKNESS AND GREATER. STEEL FOR BRIDGING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 33 KSI. STEEL SHALL BE GALVANIZED AT LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO WEATHER AND WHEREVER NOTED. ALL COLD FORMED LIGHT GAGE STEEL HORIZONTAL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS (I.E.: JOISTS, BOXED BEAMS, HEADERS, ETC) SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM UNPUNCHED COMPONENTS. WHERE WELDING IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY WELDING CERTIFIED IN LIGHT GAGE STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING WORK. DO NOT NOTCH FLANGES OF MEMBERS WITHOUT EXPRESSED APPROVAL FROM THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. SCREWED COLD FORMED TO COLD FORMED CONNECTIONS (I.E.: 97 MIL TO 97 MIL MAX) SHALL BE HILTI SELF-DRIVING AND SELF-PIERCING SCREWS PER ICC ESR-2196, OR APPROVED ICC EQUIVALENT. SCREW SIZE SHALL BE #10 X 3/4" MINIMUM AND MUST PROTRUDE THROUGH AND BEYOND THE CONNECTED STEEL MEMBERS A MINIMUM OF THREE FULL THREADS. SCREWS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A MINIMUM EDGE AND END DISTANCE OF THREE SCREW DIAMETERS. MIL THICKNESS / GAGE NUMBER REFERENCE: 27 MIL ------ 22 GA 54 MIL ------ 16 GA 33 MIL ------ 20 GA 68 MIL ------ 14 GA 43 MIL ------ 18 GA 97 MIL ------ 12 GA SSMA NON-STRUCTURAL/NON-BEARING INTERIOR STEEL STUDS AND TRACKS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS - TYPICAL U.N.O.: (DESIGN BASIS = 5 PSF INTERIOR LOAD, DEFLECTION = L/240). MAX WALL HEIGHT STUD SIZE-MILS STUD SPACING TRACK SIZE-MILS 0'-0" TO 12'-8" 3 5/8" 362S125-27 24" O.C. 362T125-27 12'-9" TO 14'-6" 3 5/8" 362S125-27 16" O.C. 362T125-27 14'-7" TO 19'-6" 6" 600S125-33 24" O.C. 600T125-33 19'-7" TO 22'-4" 6" 600S125-33 16" O.C. 600T125-33 22'-5" AMD GREATER = NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" PARTITION TYPES10 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" STUD TO SLAB DETAIL11 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" STUD TO STOP CHORD OF BEAM PERP. TO RIBS12 R4 FLUSH F 2" SE E S C H E D U L E DO O R S I Z E 2" SEE SCHED. DOOR SIZE 2" HM1 2" SE E S C H E D U L E DO O R S I Z E 2" SEE SCHEDULE DOOR SIZE 2" REMOVABLE MULLION HM2 2" GWB HOLLOW METAL FRAME HEAD 2" GWB HOLLOW METAL FRAME HEAD DOOR GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED WITH ALKYD PAINT (SEMI GLOSS SHEEN) TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL 2. GL = GLAZING TYPES - REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS GL-5: 1" LOW-E COATED, TINTED INSULATED GLASS 3. TEMPERED GLASS 4. HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE FULL-PROFILE WELDED 5. CONFIRM WITH GENERAL MANAGER KEYING OF NEW DOORS T GLASS TYPE 'GL-5' GR-2 GRAPHICS APPLIED TYP.2GR T A NOTE: FIELD VERIFY EXISTING OPENING TT 2" 1' - 8 " 2" 7' - 1 0 " 2" 10 ' - 0 " 9'-7 1/4" 2"EQ.2"EQ.2"EQ.2" JAMB HEAD DOOR - REFER TO SCHEDULE DOOR - REFER TO SCHEDULE 2 x WOOD STUD GYP. BD. ON METAL STUD FRAMING - REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION 2" H.M. DRYWALL FRAME 2" DRYWALL JAMB SECTION w/ (3) ANCHORS PER JAMB METAL STUD HARDWARE HARDWARE. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE IS REQUIRED TO BE CENTERED BETWEEN 34 AND 44 INCHES HIGH. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL HAVE TO BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. LOCKED EXIT DOORS ARE REQUIRED TO OPERATE AS DESCRIBED ABOVE IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS. CLOSERS. THE MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS CANNOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS. REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY REQUIRE UP TO 15 POUNDS PRESSURE. THE PRESSURE IS TO BE MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE DOOR AT THE CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS. DOORS ENTRANCES. ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE MADE ACCESSIBLE. A PRIMARY ENTRANCE IS DEFINED AS “…ANY ENTRANCE TO A FACILITY WHICH HAS A SUBSTANTIAL FLOW OF PEDESTRIANS TO ANY SPECIFIC MAJOR FUNCTION OF THE FACILITY.”REVOLVING DOORS CANNOT BE USED AS A REQUIRED ENTRANCE FOR THE HANDICAPPED. RECESSED DOORMATS ARE REQUIRED TO BE ANCHORED TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH WHEELCHAIR TRAFFIC. DOOR WIDTHS AND HEIGHTS. REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A CLEAR OPENING NOT LESS THAN 32 INCHES WIDE. FOR HINGED DOORS, THE OPENING IS MEASURED WITH THE DOOR AT A 90 DEGREE ANGLE FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. AT LEAST ONE OF A PAIR OF DOORS, INCLUDING AUTOMATIC DOORS, HAS TO PROVIDE THE 32 INCH CLEAR OPENING. DOOR HEIGHTS ARE REQUIRED TO BE A MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES. THRESHOLDS. THRESHOLDS ARE REQUIRED TO BE NO MORE THAN 1/2 INCH HIGH, BEVEL OR SLOPE THE EXPOSED EDGE AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 30 DEGREES SO THAT NO SINGLE VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATION EXCEEDS 1/4 INCH. 1. EXIT DOORS, TOILET ROOM, AND CHANGING ROOM DOOR TO BE UNLOCKED FROM INSIDE WITHOUT SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, FORCE OR USE OF A KEY. 2. SEE SPECIFICATION SHEET FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. 3. ALL HARDWARE TO BE LEVER TYPE. ENTRANCE SIGNS. ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED PERSONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, IF REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. DOOR CLOSERS. SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT THE OPENING EFFORT DOES NOT EXCEED 5 lbs. FOR INTERIOR DOORS, 8.5 lbs. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS, AND 15 lbs. FOR REQUIRED FIRE DOORS. CLEAR MIN. 2'-8" 90° LEVER 2'-10" TO 3' - 8" 10/2/2025 5:29:13 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 DOOR SCHEDULE AND FINISH KEY A-601 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT DOOR SCHEDULE ROOM DOOR FRAME HW SET REMARKSNU M B E R SIZE TYPE FIRE LABEL MAT. FINISH TYPE DETAILWIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS GAME ROOM 102A (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 - GAME ROOM 102B (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 STORAGE 103 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 STORAGE 103A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 JANITOR 104 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 FAMILY RESTROOM 105 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 STORAGE 106A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 STORAGE 106B (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 - STORAGE 107 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 COMM./STORAGE 110 (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 - COMM./STORAGE 111 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 KITCHEN 115A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" FDV - HDPE PREFIN ST1 REDEMPTION ROOM 115B 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 PINSETTER SERVICE AISLE 122 (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 - ELECTRICAL 123 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 CORRIDOR 124 (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 - BREAK ROOM 125 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 OFFICE 126 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 OFFICE 127 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 MECHANICS 128 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 PLUSH STORAGE 134A (2) 4' - 0" 10' - 0" 1 3/4" F - HM PAINT HM1 1/A-601 06C PLUSH STORAGE 134B 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F - HM PAINT HM1 1/A-601 06A SIDE AISLE 135 (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 - STORAGE 136 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 VESTIBULE 137A (2) 6' - 0" 7' - 2" 1 3/4" FG - AL ANOD AL GAME ROOM 137B (2) 6' - 0" 7' - 2" 1 3/4" FG - AL ANOD AL PARTY ROOM 2 138B 12' - 0" 1' - 6" STORAGE 140A 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 STORAGE 140B 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 STORAGE 140C 3' - 6" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" STORAGE 140D 3' - 6" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" GAME ROOM 142 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 SEATING 143A 2' - 8" 7' - 0" 2" EXIT STAIRWAY 1 143B (2) 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" EX - EXIST PAINT HM1 - INTERNAL ALL INTERNAL DOORS - EXCLUDING SAFE ROOM 4 MOD KEYSETS I 1,2,3,4 MASTER ALL DOORS INTERNAL/EXTERNAL 2 GM/AGM M 1,2 TYPE DESCRIPTION QTY ISSUED LABEL _DOOR KEY SCHEDULE_ SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" DOOR TYPES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME TYPES SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ALUM. WINDOW FRAMES GLAZING NOTE: 1.THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE (U-FACTOR): A.FIXED GLAZING AND FRAMING AREAS: U-FACTOR FOR THE SYSTEM OF NOT MORE THAN 0.40 BTU/SQ. FT. X H X DEG F AS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO NFRC 100. B.ENTRANCE DOORS: U-FACTOR OF NOT MORE THAN 0.61 BTU/SQ. FT. X H X DEG F AS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO NFRC 100. 2.SOLAR HEAT-GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC): A.FIXED GLAZING AND FRAMING AREAS: SHGC FOR THE SYSTEM OF NOT MORE THAN 0.28 AS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO NFRC 200. B.ENTRANCE DOORS: SHGC OF NOT MORE THAN 0.28 AS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO NFRC 200. PT-36 EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: 7015 REPOSE GRAY EXTERIOR PAINT PT-19 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 7065 ARGOS COLUMNS WHERE NOTED PT-19* INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 7065 ARGOS BENEATH GR-1 PAINTER TO PREP WALLS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PAINT FINISH FREE OF DEBRIS TO ALLOW FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF VENDOR GRAPHICS PT-16 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 6709 GLEEFUL GAME ROOM WHERE NOTED PT-15 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 6682 JUNE DAY GAME ROOM WHERE NOTED PT-14 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 6866 HEARTTHROB GAME ROOM WHERE NOTED & EXTERIOR PT-13 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 6247 KRYPTON STORAGE ROOMS PT-9 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 6251 OUTERSPACE EXTERIOR PAINT SEMI GLOSS PT-6 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 6340 BAKED CLAY COLUMNS AT SEATING PT-4 INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 6965 HYPER BLUE ARCADE COLUMNS PT-1 INTERIOR PAINT - DARK GRAY SHERWIN WILLIAMS; COLOR: SW 7067 CITYSCAPE EXPOSED CEILING AND STRUCTURE TYP. WALL ABOVE PAINT CHANGE LINE ROUND 1 SIDE FLAT PAINT PAINT FINSHES CR-1 CHAIR RAIL PLASTIC LUMBER YARD 1/2"x6" HDPE, RADIUSED AT EXPOSED EDGES. COLOR: DARK GRAY BILLIARDS - REFER TO WALL FINISH PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. REFER TO DETAIL 3/A-501 CG-2 CORNER GUARD BRUSHED ALUMINUM., 4'-0" HIGH, START AT TOP OF BASE; 2" LEGS, SCREW ATTACHED ALL OUTSIDE GYP BD CORNERS, TYP. REFER TO DETAIL 4/A-501 MISC. WALL FINISHES WC-1 VINYL WALLCOVERING MOMENTUM, DIVA II, COLOR: SILVERSCREEN L2-DV-09 LOW WALLS AT BILLIARDS PAINTER TO PREP WALLS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PAINT FINISH FREE OF DEBRIS BRANDI WEISS BWEISS@MOMTEX.COM 313-720-2871 GR-2 VINYL GRAPHICS - OPAQUE CUSTOM VINYL GRAPHICS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER GLAZING GR-1 VINYL GRAPHICS CUSTOM VINYL GRAPHICS, SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER PAINTER TO PREP WALLS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH PAINT FINISH FREE OF DEBRIS COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OF GRAPHICS W/ TENANT WALLCOVERING FINISHES TR-5 TRANSITION MOHAWK GROUP REDUCER - COLOR: 99 BLACK BROWN TR-3 TRANSITION CONT. BLACK RESILIENT TRANSITION MOULDING (VNYL TO CARPET) NON-PUBLIC AREAS REFER TO GENERAL NOTE #5 TR-2 TRANSITION SCHLUTER SCHIENE VINYL TO TILE OR CARPET TO TILE PUBLIC AREAS TR-1 TRANSITION TANDUS METAL EDGE VINYL TO CARPET COLOR: STEEL #00179 REFER TO GENERAL NOTE #6 REFER TO DETAIL 4/A-501 FLOOR TRANSITIONS RB-1 RUBBER WALL BASE MOHAWK GROUP: C0116 / 63125 COVE BASE, 4" COLOR: 99 BLACK BROWN TYPICAL BASE U.N.O WALL BASE FINISHES VT-6 LUXURY VINYL TILE - GRAY DURKAN; HOT AND HEAVY PATTERN; LINEATE COLOR: 948 FIGURED SIZE: 9"x59" SEATING AREA VT-5 LUXURY VINYL TILE - BLUE DURKAN; HOT AND HEAVY PATTERN; LINEATE COLOR: 656 LINES SIZE: 9"x59" SEATING AREA VT-4 LUXURY VINYL TILE - ORANGE DURKAN; HOT AND HEAVY PATTERN; LINEATE COLOR: 232 BARRED SIZE: 9"x59" SEATING AREA EXTEND/MATCH EXISTING PATTERN MEREDITH SCHOLLE MEREDITH.SCHOLLE@MOHAWKIND .COM 616-250-5317 VT-1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE ARMSTRONG; STANDARD EXCELON; COLOR: 51915 - CHARCOAL; SIZE: 12"x12" EMPLOYEE LOUNGE; A/V/; STORAGE; FACILITY STORAGE SDATEMA@FLORSTAR.COM 616-204-5540 MISC. FLOORING FINISHES CP-4 CARPET MATCH EXISTING STORE CARPET ARCADE CP-3 CARPET MATCH EXISTING STORE CARPET PATHS CP-2 CARPET MATCH EXISTING STORE CARPET BILLIARDS CHERYL PIERCE CPIERCE@MARQUISIND.COM 706-270-1505 CARPET FINISHES FINISH DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION LOCATION COMMENTS CONTACT FINISH LEGEND 18 PROVIDE CAUTION TAPE ON FLOOR FOR CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS 17 PROVIDE A TAPE LINE ON STORAGE ROOM WALLS 18" BELOW THE LOWEST OBSTRUCTION, FP LINES ETC. 15 ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED WITH ALKYD PAINT (SEMI GLOSS SHEEN) TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL 14 REFER TO SHEET A-161 FOR CEILING FINISH INFORMATION 12 CARPET SUPPLIED BY OWNER. INSTALLATION AND ALL ACCESSORIES NECESSARY TO INSTALL CARPET BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR - REFER TO SPECIFICATION 8 CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NECESSARY FLOOR LEVELING TO MAKE FINISH SURFACE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. THIS INCLUDES NECESSARY SLOPED FLOOR TRANSITION TO FLUSH TENANT FINISH SURFACE WITH ADJACENT EXISTING MALL FLOOR FINISH. 6 ALL PUBLIC AREAS PROVIDE TANDUS METAL EDGE TRANSITION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS 5 IN AREAS NOT ACCESSED BY PUBLIC (E.G. OFFICE, STORAGE, BACKROOMS, ETC.) PROVIDE CONT. BLACK RESILIENT TRANSITION MOULDING AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. COORDINATE SHAPE AND STYLE OF TRANSITION PIECE WITH ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH. 4 PROVIDE FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND OVER CONCRETE FLOOR AS REQUIRED AT THE TILE FLOORING TO ALIGN THE TOP OF THE TILE WITH THE TOP OF THE CARPET PILE. 2 CARPET CONTRACTOR SHALL CALCULATE YARDAGE FOR PATTERN REPEAT AND PROVIDE YARDAGE NEEDED TO TENANT AT MOST SIX (6) WEEKS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED INSTALLATION. 1 BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK OR ORDERING MATERIALS; CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF FINAL INTERIOR COLOR SCHEDULE AND WALL ELEVATIONS FROM ARCHITECT. SCOPE OF PROJECT SHOULD INCLUDE MULTIPLE COLORS AND TRANSITIONS. _FINISH GENERAL NOTES_ SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" METAL STUD DOOR DETAIL1 A-601 ENTRANCE BY PUSHBUTTON CODE OR KEY OVERRIDE. SELF-CLOSING VERIFY EXACT CYLINDER/CORE TYPE AND LEVER STYLE REQ'D PRIOR TO PURCHASE. 1 EA ASTRAGAL BY DOOR MANUFACTURER 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81 SSHO FC 689 FAL 2 EA MOUNTING BRACKET MB (AS REQ'D) 689 IVE 1 EA COORDINATOR COR X FL 628 IVE 1 EA SFIC CORE C606 626 FAL 1 EA ELEC CLASSROOM... CO-100-CY-70-KP-SPA-B 626 SCH 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2 626 IVE 1 EA AUTO FLUSH BOLT FB31P/FB41P (AS REQ'D) 630 IVE 6 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr Each To Have: 134A For use on mark/door #(s): Hardware Group No. 06C Entrance by pushbutton code or key override. Self-Closing. 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 1" LDW B4E 630 IVE 1 EA DOOR STOP 410S US32D GLYNN 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81 SS FC 689 FAL 1 EA PERMANENT CORE C606 626 FAL 1 EA PUSHBUTTON LOCK CO-100-CY-70-KP-SPA-B 626 SCH 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2 626 IVE 1 EA MANUAL FLUSH BOLT FB458 626 IVE 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 652 IVE Qty Description Catalog Number Finish Mfr Each To Have: 134B For use on mark/door #(s): Hardware Group No. 06A 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 DOOR HARDWARE DETAIL R4 R4 UP UP DN ALIGN CP-2 CP-3 FLOOR FINISH LEGEND CP-4 VT-1 VT-4 VT-5 VT-6 120 BOWLERS APPROACH 109 WOMENS 108 MENS 115 KITCHEN 114 COOLER 110 MECH. 111 COMM./STORAGE 113 SNACK BAR 135 PARTY ROOM 1 138 PARTY ROOM 2 136 STORAGE 107 STORAGE 106 STORAGE 131 BAR SEATING 143 SEATING 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 139 PARTY ROOM 3 2CP 1RB 4CP 1RB 1VT 1RB 3CP 1RB 1RB 4VT 5VT 6VT EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN EXISTING FINISH TO REMAIN 1TR 1TR 3' - 0 " 6'-0" 1TR 6'-0" EXISTING MALL STAIRS - EXISTING FINISHES TO REMAIN 5TR EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING TILES AS REQUIRED FOR A CLEAN TRANSITION BETWEEN EXISTING AND NEW A. BEFORE STARTING ANY WORK OR ORDERING MATERIALS; CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE WRITTEN APPROVAL OF FINAL INTERIOR COLOR SCHEDULE AND WALL ELEVATIONS FROM ARCHITECT. SCOPE OF PROJECT SHOULD INCLUDE MULTIPLE COLORS AND TRANSITIONS B. CARPET CONTRACTOR SHALL CALCULATE YARDAGE FOR PATTERN REPEAT AND PROVIDE YARDAGE NEEDED TO TENANT AT MOST SIX (6) WEEKS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED INSTALLATION C. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF BASE MATERIAL ON EXPOSED PERIMETER OF ALL MILLWORK D. PROVIDE FLOOR LEVELING COMPOUND OVER CONCRETE FLOOR AS REQUIRED AT THE TILE FLOORING TO ALIGN THE TOP OF THE TILE WITH THE TOP OF THE CARPET PILE E. IN AREAS NOT ACCESSED BY PUBLIC (E.G. OFFICE, STORAGE, BACKROOMS, ETC.) PROVIDE CONT. BLACK RESILIENT TRANSITION MOULDING AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. COORDINATE SHAPE AND STYLE OF TRANSITION PIECE WITH ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH F. ALL PUBLIC AREAS PROVIDE TANDUS METAL EDGE TRANSITION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS G. TILE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE PROPER TRIMS, BULLNOSE, AND COVED BASE. NO TILE WORK SHALL END ON AN EXPOSED OUTSIDE CORNER. FAILURE TO CORRECT TILE INSTALLATIONS TO COMPLY WILL RESULT IN REJECTION OF WORK. ALL WORK MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT IN FOOD PREPARATION AREAS H. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NECESSARY FLOOR LEVELING TO MAKE FINISH SURFACE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACE. THIS INCLUDES NECESSARY SLOPED FLOOR TRANSITION TO FLUSH TENANT FINISH SURFACE WITH ADJACENT EXISTING MALL FLOOR FINISH I. TILE INSTALLATION OVER EXISTING CONSTRUCTION OR CONTROL JOINTS SHALL INCLUDE INSTALLATION OF AN ANTI FRACTURE MEMBRANE INSTALLED OVER JOINT PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS J. PROVIDE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE ADJACENT TO ALL WET AREAS. TURN AND EXTEND MEMBRANE EDGE 6" UP WALL FINISH OR HEIGHT OF CABINET BASE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS K. FLOORING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL FLOOR FINISH CONTINUOUS UNDER UNFIXED EQUIPMENT AND MILLWORK COUNTERTOPS. FLOOR FINISH SHALL TERMINATE AT MILLWORK BASE OR WALL BASE L. CARPET SUPPLIED BY OWNER. INSTALLATION AND ALL ACCESSORIES NECESSARY TO INSTALL CARPET BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR - REFER TO SPECIFICATION M. REFER TO A-701 AND DETAILS ON A-501 FOR RS-1 ON COLUMNS AS SHOWN N. REFER TO SHEET A-161 AND A-162 FOR CEILING FINISH INFORMATION O. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED WITH ALKYD PAINT (SEMI GLOSS SHEEN) TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL P. DRY-FALL CEILING PAINT WILL BE APPLIED AFTER NORMAL WORK HOURS AND CLOSELY COORDINATED WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS FIELD MANAGER Q. PRIOR TO STARTING FINISH PAINTING, THE SUBCONTRACTOR WILL VERIFY ALL COLORS AND ALL SHEEN LEVELS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS FIELD MANAGER. ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY FINISH PAINTING STARTING PROVIDE AN 8'x8' WALL TEST AREA ONSITE TO VERIFY ALL SHEEN LEVELS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS FIELD MANAGER R. PROVIDE A TAPE LINE ON STORAGE ROOM WALLS 18" BELOW THE CEILING - REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. FLOOR FINISH GENERAL NOTES NOTENO. 8/7/2025 2:19:09 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A-701 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"A-200A-701 FLOOR FINISH PLAN1 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 UP UP Gold DDR 20th DANCE aROUND Pump It Up TX Valkyrie Valkyrie TruckNitro TruckNitro Crusin'BlastCrusin'Blast Initial D Initial D Initial D Initial D Conect Tetote ConectTetote KIOSK KIOSK Naruto Naruto STEPMANIAX H 91.2 TaikoNew Chunithm Pacman Smash Ticket Dome ＸＧ（ＳＤ）ＸＧ（ＳＤ） A-203 4 3 2 1 A-202 5 6 7 8 1 A-202 2 A-202 3 A-202 4 A-202 131 BAR SEATING 112 BAR 138 PARTY ROOM 2 139 PARTY ROOM 3 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 144 EXIT STAIRWAY 1 143 SEATING 1CR 19PT ABOVE CHAIR RAIL 1WC BELOW CHAIR RAIL 1GR 19*PT 6PT6PT 4PT TYP. @ ALL COLUMNS U.N.O. 15PT 16PT 16PT 19PT ABOVE 1WC TO TOP OF WALL 1WC 1WC EXISTING PAINT TO REMAIN EXISTING PAINT TO REMAIN EXISTING PAINT TO REMAIN 13PT EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT PAINT 1 A-200 2 A-200 135 PARTY ROOM 1 9 A-202 A-203 10 9 12 11 5 10 A-202 A. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND KEY ON SHEET A-601 FINISH GENERAL NOTES NOTENO. B. PROVIDE TRANSITION, EDGE PROTECTION, AND / OR REDUCER STRIPS AT ALL AREAS OF NEW FLOORING C. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS TO EXTEND BEYOND TOE KICKS, MILLWORK, AND CASES TO AVOID VISIBLE TRANSITIONS. D. FLOOR TILE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL EDGE PROTECTION AND TRANSITION STRIP AT FLOOR FINISH TRANSITIONS AS A PART OF FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION. E. ALL STEEL DOOR, STEEL DOOR FRAMES, AND STEEL WINDOW FRAMES TO BE PAINTED - LATEX ENAMEL (SEMI-GLOSS) F. BULKHEADS AND BULKHEAD SOFFITS - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FINISH COLOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G. INSTALL ALL SPECIAL WALL SURFACE FRP PANEL PRODUCTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CAULKED JOINT SEAM TREATMENT USING A COLOR MATCHED SILICONE SEALANT. DO NOT USE ANY VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL MOLDINGS OR TRIMS. H. PAINT ALL EXPOSED STEEL LINTELS. I. ALL WINDOW SILLS TO BE SOLID SURFACE. J. REFER TO CEILING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING FINISH INFORMATION INCLUDING CEILING PRODUCT SELECTIONS. K. REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL ROOM FINISH INFORMATION AN DETAILS, INCLUDING FINISH MATERIAL AND COLOR SELECTIONS. L. COORDINATE ALL TRIM / CHAIR RAIL WITH ELECTRICAL DEVICES. M. COORDINATE CHAIR RAIL HEIGHT WITH OWNER TO MATCH CHAIRS. - SEE DETAIL N. PAINT DIFFUSERS IN WALL TO MATCH WALL, TYP. IF DIFFUSER IS ABOVE PAINT CHANGE LINE, PAINT TO MATCH PT-1. IF DIFFUSER IS BELOW PAINT CHANGE LINE, PAINT TO MATCH WALL. 3 / A-501 8/7/2025 2:19:11 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 WALL FINISH PLAN A-702 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"A-200A-702 WALL FINISH PLAN1 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 UP UP DN FEC E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 5 E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 1 2 4 12 16 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 12 17 TYP. 2.5 2.5 MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING OF WALL THROUGH DEMOLITION. ANY HOLES OR DEFECTS AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION MUST BE INFILLED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING 2 12 12 12 2 16 2 2 6 2 2 2 2 REMOVE EXISTING SECTION OF SIDEWALK 7 5 TYP. 5 TYP. 2 3 3 1 5 TYP. 5 TYP. 8 FINSIH FLOOR TO BE REMOVED 138 PARTY ROOM 2 139 PARTY ROOM 3 135 PARTY ROOM 1 135 PARTY ROOM 1 137 BILLIARDS LEASELINE NOT IN CONTRACT 1 1 DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES A. THE ARCHITECT HAS ATTEMPTED TO HIGHLIGHT AREAS REQUIRING DEMOLITION TO THE BEST OF THEIR ABILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION MEANS AND METHODS. B. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING (MEP) DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL RELATED DEMOLITION ITEMS, INCLUDING FLOOR CUTTING & PATCHING BY EACH CORRESPONDING TRADE. COORDINATE MEP DEMOLITION ITEMS WITH MEP CONTRACTOR. C. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CAPPING OFF ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS THAT ARE AFFECTED DURING DEMOLITION. D. ALL EXISTING COLUMNS AND BEAMS TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. E. PROPERLY SHORE UP ALL STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED BEFORE DEMOLITION OF ANY EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER. F. PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AS NECESSITATED BY REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, EQUIPMENT, WALLS, FLOORING, ETC. REPLACE CONCRETE AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION G. PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE ALL EXISTING WALLS (CMU, STUD, GYP. BD., ETC.) AS NECESSITATED BY REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, EQUIPMENT, WALLS, FLOORING, CEILINGS, FINISHES, ETC. REPLACE WALLS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW CONSTRUCTION. H. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. I. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO BIDDING, DEMOLITION, AND CONSTRUCTION. J. GC TO DEMO EXISTING SIGN WHERE NEW SIGN IS BEING REPLACED/UPGRADED - COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH SIGN VENDOR NOTENO. EXISTING ITEM TO REMAIN DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN LEGEND AREA OF FLOOR FINISH TO BE REMOVED SYMBOL EXISTING ITEM TO BE DEMOLISHED DESCRIPTION DEMOLITION EXIST. TO REMAIN EXIST. MEZZANINE 8/7/2025 2:19:14 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ENLARGED DEMOLITION PLAN AD101 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT N SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" ENLARGED DEMOLITION PLAN LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR _DEMOLITION LEGEND _ 1 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND ACCESSORIES 2 DEMO INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHOWN AS DASHED, TYP. 3 DEMO EXISTING CEILING, LIGHT FIXTURES, CONDUIT, REGISTERS, GRILLS - TYP. ALL AREAS U.N.O. 4 REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES AND WALL BASE THROUGHOUT 6 REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES AND HARDWARE - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 7 REMOVE EXISTING SODA MACHINE 8 DEMO EXISTING PARTY ROOM GLAZING 12 REMOVE EXISTING COLUMN WRAP, TYP. 16 REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEMS IN ITS ENTIRETY 17 REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING BILLIARDS FURNITURE FOR REINSTALLATION KEY PLAN 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES A. THE ARCHITECT HAS ATTEMPTED TO HIGHLIGHT AREAS REQUIRING DEMOLITION TO THE BEST OF THEIR ABILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AS INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION MEANS AND METHODS. B. SEE MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING (MEP) DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL RELATED DEMOLITION ITEMS, INCLUDING FLOOR CUTTING & PATCHING BY EACH CORRESPONDING TRADE. COORDINATE MEP DEMOLITION ITEMS WITH MEP CONTRACTOR. C. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CAPPING OFF ALL ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS THAT ARE AFFECTED DURING DEMOLITION. D. ALL EXISTING COLUMNS AND BEAMS TO REMAIN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. E. PROPERLY SHORE UP ALL STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED BEFORE DEMOLITION OF ANY EXISTING FRAMING MEMBER. F. PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR AS NECESSITATED BY REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, EQUIPMENT, WALLS, FLOORING, ETC. REPLACE CONCRETE AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION G. PATCH/REPAIR/REPLACE ALL EXISTING WALLS (CMU, STUD, GYP. BD., ETC.) AS NECESSITATED BY REMOVAL OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, EQUIPMENT, WALLS, FLOORING, CEILINGS, FINISHES, ETC. REPLACE WALLS AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW CONSTRUCTION. H. MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATING OF ALL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. I. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO BIDDING, DEMOLITION, AND CONSTRUCTION. J. GC TO DEMO EXISTING SIGN WHERE NEW SIGN IS BEING REPLACED/UPGRADED - COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH SIGN VENDOR NOTENO. DEMOLITION EXIST. TO REMAIN EXIST. MEZZANINE E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 2.5 2.5 131 BAR SEATING G 139 PARTY ROOM 3 138 PARTY ROOM 2 D EXIST EXISTING EXTERIOR SOFFIT, TYP. EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK EXISTING TO REMAIN AREA OF WORK 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 66 6 6 6 6 6 66 6 6 6 3 3135 PARTY ROOM 1 134 PARTY ROOM EXISTING ITEM TO REMAIN DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN LEGEND AREA OF CEILING TO BE REMOVED SYMBOL EXISTING ITEM TO BE DEMOLISHED DESCRIPTION 8/7/2025 2:19:21 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ENLARGED DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN AD161 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR _DEMOLITION LEGEND _ 1 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME AND ACCESSORIES 2 DEMO INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHOWN AS DASHED, TYP. 3 DEMO EXISTING CEILING, LIGHT FIXTURES, CONDUIT, REGISTERS, GRILLS - TYP. ALL AREAS U.N.O. 4 REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES AND WALL BASE THROUGHOUT 6 REMOVE ALL EXISTING LIGHTING FIXTURES AND HARDWARE - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 7 REMOVE EXISTING SODA MACHINE 8 DEMO EXISTING PARTY ROOM GLAZING 12 REMOVE EXISTING COLUMN WRAP, TYP. 16 REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEMS IN ITS ENTIRETY 17 REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING BILLIARDS FURNITURE FOR REINSTALLATION N SCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0" DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEY PLAN 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 AS102 1 AREA OF WORK 9 A-202 A-203 10 9 12 11 5 10 A-202 2 A-401 8/7/2025 2:19:22 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 SITE PLAN AS101 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NN PLANACTUAL SCALE: 1" = 80'-0" ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R3 AREA OF WORK EXISTING BOLLARDS, TYP. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING DEMO EXISTING SIDEWALK, INFILL WITH LANDSCAPING 1 A-201 2 A-201 EX I S T I N G A C C E S S I B L E R O U T E EXISTING BARRIER FREE CURVE RAMP - SLOPE 1:12 EXISTING ROUND 1 BOWLING PIN SIGNAGE 9'-10" 5'-0" 9'-10" 7'-4" 9'-10" 9'-10" 9'-10" 5 ' - 6 " 3' - 0 " 6'-0"3'-0" 6'-0" 12'-5 3/4" STRIPED LINE EXISTING MINOR AC FOR 2% EXISTING RAISED LID FLISH TO 2% MAX 9/30/2025 8:57:41 AM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ACCESSIBLE SITE PLAN AS102 EXPANSION CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT NN PLANACTUAL SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0" ACCESSIBLE SITE PLAN R4 12-09-24 FOR PERMITS 02-12-25 REVISED FOR PERMITS R2 05-21-25 CODE REVIEW COMMENTS R3 07-30-25 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE R4 00-00-00 CODE REVIEW RESPONSE 2 Paradigm Design has reviewed the proposed expansion of the existing Round 1 space and confirm that it meets all applicable Santa Ana barrier-free and accessibility requirements, including: -Accessible Route -Dining Surfaces -Parking -Drinking Fountain -Toilet Rooms R4 REVISIONS SHEET remarks 41 5 L e o n a r d S t r e e t N o r t h w e s t , S u i t e 2 0 0 Gr a n d R a p i d s , M I 4 9 5 0 4 61 6 - 7 8 5 - 5 5 8 9 Pa r a d i g m D e s i g n , I n c . AUTHOR: DATE: JOB NO: JH 5/20/25 33603 date --- --- --- --- 28 0 0 N o r t h M a i n S t r e e t Sa n t a A n a , C A --- --- --- --- --- --- To l l F r e e : 8 0 0 - 4 9 8 - 4 1 1 0 Mo d e s t o , C A 2 0 9 - 5 3 8 - 2 8 7 9 Fa x : 2 0 9 - 5 3 8 - 2 8 8 5 ww w . c a l i f l i v i n g . c o m If a B u i l d e r a n d / o r S u b c o n t r a c t o r d e v i a t e s i n a n y w a y f r o m an y d e s i g n p r o d u c e d b y C a l i f o r n i a L i v i n g & E n e r g y w i t h o u t th e e x p r e s s e d w r i t t e n c o n s e n t o f C a l i f o r n i a L i v i n g & E n e r g y th e n a l l w a r r a n t i e s b e c o m e n u l l a n d v o i d . CG-1 CalGreenMandatory Compliance Bu i l d e r S e r v i c e s N e t w o r k CHAPTER 5 NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES SECTION 5.101 GENERAL 5.101.1 SCOPE The provisions of this chapter outline planning, design and development methods that include environmentally responsible site selection, building design, building siting and development to protect, restore and enhance the environmental quality of the site and respect the integrity of adjacent properties. DIVISION 5.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 (January 2023) Y SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS 5.102.1 DEFINITIONS The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) CUTOFF LUMINAIRES. Luminaires whose light distribution is such that the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 25 (2.5 percent) at an angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 (10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80 degrees above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. LOW-EMITTING AND FUEL EFFICIENT VEHICLES. Eligible vehicles are limited to the following: 1. Zero emission vehicle (ZEV), enhanced advanced technology PZEV (enhanced AT ZEV) or transitional zero emission vehicles (TZEV) regulated under CCR, Title 13, Section 1962. 2. High-efficiency vehicles, regulated by U.S. EPA, bearing a fuel economy and greenhouse gas rating od 9 oe 10 as regulated under 40 CFR Section 600 Subpart D. NEIGHBORHOOD ELECTRIC VEHICLE (NEV). A motor vehicle that meets the definition of "low-speed vehicle" either in Section 385.5 of the Vehicle Code or in 49CFR571.500 (as it existed on July 1, 2000), and is certified to zero-emission vehicle standards. TENANT-OCCUPANTS. Building occupants who inhabit a building during its normal hours of operation as permanent occupants, such as employees, as distinguished from customers and other transient visitors. VANPOOL VEHICLE. Eligible vehicles are limited to any motor vehicle, other than a motortruck or truck tractor, designed for carrying more than 10 but not more than 15 persons including the driver, which is maintained and used primarily for the nonprofit work-related transportation of adults for the purpose of ridesharing. Note: Source: Vehicle Code, Division 1, Section 668 ZEV. Any vehicle certified to zero-emission standards. SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT 5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND. Newly constructed projects and additions which disturb less than one acre of land, and are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale, shall prevent the pollution of storm water runoff from the construction activities through one or more of the following measures: 5.106.1.1 Local ordinance. Comply with a lawfully enacted storm water management and/or erosion control ordinance. 5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). Prevent the loss of soil through wind or water erosion by implementing an effective combination of erosion and sediment control and good housekeeping BMPs. 1. Soil loss BMPs that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Scheduling construction activity during dry weather, when possible. b. Preservation of natural features, vegetation, soil, and buffers around surface waters. c. Drainage swales or lined ditches to control stormwater flow. d. Mulching or hydroseeding to stabilize disturbed soils. e. Erosion control to protect slopes. f. Protection of storm drain inlets (gravel bags or catch basin inserts). g. Perimeter sediment control (perimeter silt fence, fiber rolls). h. Sediment trap or sediment basin to retain sediment on site. i. Stabilized construction exits. j. Wind erosion control. k. Other soil loss BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 2. Good housekeeping BMPs to manage construction equipment, materials, non-stormwater discharges and wastes that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dewatering activities. b. Material handling and waste management. c. Building materials stockpile management. d. Management of washout areas (concrete, paints, stucco, etc.). e. Control of vehicle/equipment fueling to contractor's staging area. f. Vehicle and equipment cleaning performed off site. g Spill prevention and control. h. Other housekeeping BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. DIVISION 5.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.201 GENERAL 5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS]. For the purposes of mandatory energy efficiency standards in this code, the California Energy Commission will continue to adopt mandatory building standards. DIVISION 5.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION SECTION 5.301 GENERAL 5.301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the means of conserving water use indoors, outdoors and in wastewater conveyance. SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS 5.302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS]. An adjustment factor when applied to reference evapotranspiration that adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, which ae two major influences on the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape. FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS]. The total area of the furthest exterior wall of the structure projected to natural grade, not including exterior areas such as stairs, covered walkways, patios and decks. METERING FAUCET. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. The volume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable. GRAYWATER. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 17922.12, "graywater" means untreated wastewater that has not been contaminated by any toilet discharge, has not been affected by infectious, contaminated, or unhealthy bodily wastes, and does not present a threat from contamination by unhealthful processing, manufacturing, or operating wastes. "Graywater" includes, but is not limited to wastewater from bathtubs, showers, bathroom washbasins, clothes washing machines and laundry tubs, but does not include waste water from kitchen sinks or dishwashers. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). The California ordinance regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices that will ensure commercial, multifamily and other developer installed landscapes greater than 2500 square feet meet an irrigation water budget developed based on landscaped area and climatological parameters. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD] The California model ordinance (California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7), regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices. Local agencies are required to adopt the updated MWELO, or adopt a local ordinance at least as effective as the MWELO. POTABLE WATER. Water that is drinkable and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards. See definition in the California Plumbing Code, Part 5. POTABLE WATER. [HCD] Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes, and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards and the requirements of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction. RECYCLED WATER. Water which, as a result of treatment of waste, is suitable for a direct beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur [Water Code Section 13050 (n)]. Simply put, recycled water is water treated to remove waste matter attaining a quality that is suitable to use the water again. SUBMETER. [HCD 1] A secondary device beyond a meter that measures water consumption of an individual rental unit within a multiunit residential structure or mixed-use residential and commercial structure. (See Civic Code Section 1954.202 (g) and Water code Section 517 for additional details.) WATER BUDGET. Is the estimated total landscape irrigation water use which shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance calculated in accordance with the Department of Water Resources Model Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO). 5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure and facilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section 5.106.5.3.1 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. Exceptions: 1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a.Where there is no local utility power supply b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. 2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with this code section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. [N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements: 1.Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV charging spaces. 2.A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS. 3.The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space. 4.The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE." Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details. ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS: HCD Department of Housing and Community Development BSC California Building Standards Commission DSA-SS Division of the State Architect, Structural Safety OSHPD Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development LR Low Rise HR High Rise AA Additions and Alterations N New 5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant-occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shall be convenient from the street and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. Note: Additional information on recommended bicycle accommodations may be obtained from Sacramento Area Bicycle Advocates. 5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections 5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2 5.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new building. 5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles; 2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or 3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. 5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING. For buildings within the authority of California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, comply with Section 5.106.4.1. For buildings within the authority of the Division of the State Architect pursuant to Section 105, comply with Section 5.106.4.2 5.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter. 5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one two-bike capacity rack. Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces. CHAPTER 3 GREEN BUILDING SECTION 301 GENERAL 301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code. Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7. 301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work. A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used. 301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only: Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring compliance. 301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work. 301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC) 301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC) SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS 302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building measures applicable to each specific occupancy. SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS 303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply. 303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations. 5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS). ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS. When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). 5.106.5.4 Electric Vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N] Construction shall comply with section 5.106.5.4.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty EVSE. Exceptions: 1.On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions: a.Where there is no local utility power supply. b.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power. c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California Electrical Code and as follows: 5.106.5.4.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouse, grocery stores and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces. [N]In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV charging supply and distribution equipment, spare raceways(s) or busway(s) and adequate capacity for transformers(s), service panels(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at the time of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction plans and specifications shall include but are not limited to, the following: 1.The transformer, main service equipment and subpanel shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.4.1 to accommodate the dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE. 2.The construction documents shall indicate on or more location(s) convenient to the planned offstreet loading space(s) reserved for medium-and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s) as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1 3.Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area where potential future medium-and heavy-duty EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximity to the potential future location of the charging equipments for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles. 4.The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be sufficient size to carry the minimum additional system load to the future location of the charging for medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table 5.106.5.4.1. TABLE 5.106.5.3.1 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES NUMBER OF EVCS (EV CAPABLE SPACES PROVIDED WITH EVSE)^2 0-9 0 0 10-25 2 0 26-50 8 2 51-75 13 3 76-100 17 4 101-150 25 6 151-200 35 9 201 AND OVER 20% of total¹25% of EV capable spaces¹ 5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to comply with the following: 1.The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative Code; and 2.Backlight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8); 3.Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) and 4.Allowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7, whichever is more stringent. Exceptions: [N] 1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions in Sections 130.2 (b) and 140.7 of the California Energy Code. 2. Emergency lighting. 3. Building facade meeting the requirements in Table 140.7-B of the California Energy Code, Part 6. 4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction. 5. Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens. TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT, UPLIGHT AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2 ALLOWABLE RATING LIGHTING ZONE LZ0 LIGHTING ZONE LZ1 LIGHTING ZONE LZ2 LIGHTING ZONE LZ3 LIGHTING ZONE LZ4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT RATING 3 Luminaire greater than 2 mounting heights (MH) from property line N/A No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit Luminaire back hemisphere is 1-2 MH from property line N/A B2 B3 B4 B4 Luminaire back hemisphere is 0.5-1 MH from property line N/A B1 B2 B3 B3 Luminaire back hemisphere is less than 0.5 MH from property line N/A B0 B0 B1 B2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UPLIGHT RATING (U) For area lighting 3 N/A U0 U0 U0 U0 For all other outdoor lighting,including decorative luminaires N/A U1 U2 U3 UR DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. 5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND. Comply with all lawfully enacted stormwater discharge regulations for projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of a larger common plan of development sale. Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit). The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre-project hydrology) with the installation of postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration, and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures. Stormwater volume that cannot be addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency. Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development. N/A Y N/A 1.Where there is insufficient electrical supply. 2.The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count towards the total number of required EV capable spaces shown in column 2. 5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1 may be provided with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC), except that at least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger. The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. Y N/A Y N/A Y = YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY 5.106.8.1 Facing- Backlight Luminaries within 2MH of a property line shall be oriented so that the nearest property line is behind the fixture, and shall comply with the backlight rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point of that property line. Exception: Corners. If two property lines (or two segments of the same property line) have equidistant point to the luminaire, then the luminaire may be oriented so that the intersection of the two lines (the corner) is directly behind the luminaire. The luminaire shall still use the distance to the nearest points(s) on the property lines to determine the required backlight rating. 5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare. For luminaires covered by 5.106.8.1, if a property line also exists within or extends into the front hemisphere within 2MH of the luminaire then the luminaire shall comply with the more stringent glare rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point on the nearest property line within the front hemisphere. Note: [N] 1.See also California Building Code, Chapter 12, Section 1205.6 for college campus lighting requirements for parking facilities and walkways. 2.Refer to Chapter 8 (Compliance Forms, Worksheets and Reference Material) for IES TM-15-11 Table A-1, California Energy Code Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B. 3. Refer to the California Building Code for requirements for additions and alterations. 5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Swales. 2.Water collection and disposal systems. 3.French drains. 4.Water retention gardens. 5.Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge. Exception: Additions and alterations not altering the drainage path. 5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS]. Shade Trees shall be planted to comply with Sections 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2, and 5.106.12.3. Percentages shown shall be measured at noon on the summer solstice. Landscape irrigation necessary to establish and maintain tree health shall comply with Section 5.304.6. 5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal, shall be installed to provide shade over 50 percent of the parking area within 15 years. Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 5.106.12.2 Landscape areas. Shade tress plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade of 20% of the landscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. 5.106.12.3. Hardscape areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade over 20 percent of the hardscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: 1.Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 2.Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. TABLE 5.106.5.4.1 RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR MEDIUM- AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N] BUILDING TYPE BUILDING SIZE (SQ. FT.) NUMBER OF OFF-STREET LOADING SPACES ADDITIONAL CAPACITY REQUIRED (KVA) FOR RACEWAY & BUSWAY AND TRANSFORMER & PANEL Grocery 10,000 to 90,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 90,000 1 or Greater 400 Retail 10,000 to 135,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 135,000 1 or Greater 400 Warehouse 20,000 to 256,000 1 or 2 200 3 or Greater 400 Greater than 256,000 1 or Greater 400 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G1 G2 G3 G4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G1 G1 G2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G0 G1 G1 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G)N/A G0 G0 G0 G1 1. IESNA Lighting Zones 0 and 5 are not applicable; refer to Lighting Zones as defined in the California Energy Code and Chapter 10 of the Callifornia Administrative Code. 2. For property lines that abut public walkways, bikeways, plazas and parking lots, the property line may be considered to be 5 feet beyond the actual property line for purpose of determining compliance with this section. For property lines that abut public roadways and public transit corridors, the property line may be considered to be the centerline of the public roadway or public transit corridor for the purpose of determining compliance with this section. 3. General lighting luminaires in areas such as outdoor parking, sales or storage lots shall meet these reduced ratings. Decorative luminaries located in these areas shall meet U-value limits for "all other outdoor lighting" Y Ci v i l Y Ci v i l Y Ci v i l Y El e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r Y El e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r Y El e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r Y El e c t r i c a l E n g i n e e r Y Ci v i l Y La n d s c a p e REVISIONS SHEET remarks 41 5 L e o n a r d S t r e e t N o r t h w e s t , S u i t e 2 0 0 Gr a n d R a p i d s , M I 4 9 5 0 4 61 6 - 7 8 5 - 5 5 8 9 Pa r a d i g m D e s i g n , I n c . AUTHOR: DATE: JOB NO: JH 5/20/25 33603 date --- --- --- --- 28 0 0 N o r t h M a i n S t r e e t Sa n t a A n a , C A --- --- --- --- --- --- To l l F r e e : 8 0 0 - 4 9 8 - 4 1 1 0 Mo d e s t o , C A 2 0 9 - 5 3 8 - 2 8 7 9 Fa x : 2 0 9 - 5 3 8 - 2 8 8 5 ww w . c a l i f l i v i n g . c o m If a B u i l d e r a n d / o r S u b c o n t r a c t o r d e v i a t e s i n a n y w a y f r o m an y d e s i g n p r o d u c e d b y C a l i f o r n i a L i v i n g & E n e r g y w i t h o u t th e e x p r e s s e d w r i t t e n c o n s e n t o f C a l i f o r n i a L i v i n g & E n e r g y th e n a l l w a r r a n t i e s b e c o m e n u l l a n d v o i d . CG-2 CalGreenMandatory Compliance Bu i l d e r S e r v i c e s N e t w o r k 5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following: 5.303.3.1 Water Closets. The effective flush volume of all water closets shall not exceed 1.28 gallons per flush. Tank-type water closets shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type toilets. Note: The effective flush volume of dual flush toilets is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. 5.303.3.2 Urinals. 5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of wall-mounted urinals shall not exceed 0.125 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of floor-mounted or other urinals shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG] 5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads. 5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time. Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead. DIVISION 5.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.401 GENERAL 5.401.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of achieving material conservation and resource efficiency through protection of buildings from exterior moisture, construction waste diversion, employment of techniques to reduce pollution through recycling of materials, and building commissioning or testing and adjusting. SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING 5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of the non-hazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with Section 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 or 5.408.1.3; or meet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction and demolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan that: 1. Identifies the construction and demolition waste materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale. 2. Determines if construction and demolition waste materials will be sorted on-site (source-separated) or bulk mixed (single stream). 3. Identifies diversion facilities where construction and demolition waste material collected will be taken. 4. Specifies that the amount of construction and demolition waste materials diverted shall be calculated by weight or volume, but not by both. 5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company. Utilize a waste management company that can provide verifiable documentation that the percentage of construction and demolition waste material diverted from the landfill complies with this section. Note: The owner or contractor shall make the determination if the construction and demolition waste material will be diverted by a waste management company. Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2: 1. Excavated soil and land-clearing debris. 2. Alternate waste reduction methods developed by working with local agencies if diversion or recycle facilities capable of compliance with this item do not exist. 3. Demolition waste meeting local ordinance or calculated in consideration of local recycling facilities and markets. 5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative. The combined weight of new construction disposal that does not exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirement as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.408.1.4 Documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Sections 5.408.1.1, through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Sample forms found in "A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)" located www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-Commission- Resources-List-Folder/CALGreen may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan. 2. Mixed construction and demolition debris processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). 5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A] Additions and alterations to a building or tenant space that meet the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 for nonresidential additions and alterations, shall require verification that Universal Waste items such as fluorescent lamps and ballast and mercury containing thermostats as well as other California prohibited Universal Waste materials are disposed of properly and are diverted from landfills. A list of prohibited Universal Waste materials shall be included in the construction documents. Note: Refer to the Universal Waste Rule link at: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/ 5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, such material may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed. Exception: Reuse, either on or off-site, of vegetation or soil contaminated by disease or pest infestation. Notes: 1. If contamination by disease or pest infestation is suspected, contact the County Agricultural Commissioner and follow its direction for recycling or disposal of the material. 2. For a map of know pest and/or disease quarantine zones, consult with the California Department of Food and Agriculture. (www.cdfa.ca.gov) DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY SECTION 5.501 GENERAL 5.501.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building's installers, occupants and neighbors. SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ARTERIAL HIGHWAY. A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic usually on a continuous route. A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA). The sound pressure level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the internationally standardized A-weighting filter or as computed from sound spectral data to which A-weighting adjustments have been made. 1 BTU/HOUR. British thermal units per hour, also referred to as Btu. The amount of heat required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit per hour, a common measure of heat transfer rate. A ton of refrigeration is 12,000 Btu, the amount of heat required to melt a ton (2,000 pounds) of ice at 320 Fahrenheit. COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL). A metric similar to the day-night average sound level (Ldn), except that a 5 decibel adjustment is added to the equivalent continuous sound exposure level for evening hours (7pm to 10pm) in addition to the 10 dB nighttime adjustment used in the Ldn. COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. Composite wood products include hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard. “Composite wood products” does not include hardboard, structural plywood, structural panels, structural composite lumber, oriented strand board, glued laminated timber, timber, prefabricated wood I–joists or finger–jointed lumber, all as specified in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 17, Section 93120.1(a). Note: See CCR, Title 17, Section 93120.1. DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn). The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound exposure level for a 24-hour period with a 10 dB adjustment added to sound levels occurring during nighttime hours (10p.m. to 7 a.m.). DECIBEL (db). A measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity (such as sound pressure, sound power, sound intensity) with respect to a reference quantity. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV). An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles, and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array, or other source of electric current. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off-road, self-propoelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline ground support equipment, tractors, boats, and the like, are not included. ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION(S) (EVCSj). One or more spaces intended for charging electric vehicles. ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE). The conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded, and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle. ENERGY EQUIVALENT (NOISE) LEVEL (Leq). The level of a steady noise which would have the same energy as the fluctuating noise level integrated over the time of period of interest. EXPRESSWAY. An arterial highway for through traffic which may have partial control of access, but which may or may not be divided or have grade separations at intersections. FREEWAY. A divided arterial highway with full control of access and with grade separations at intersections. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP). The radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given greenhouse gas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time. Carbon dioxide is the reference compound with a GWP of one. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE). A 100-year GWP value published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995); or its Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). The SAR GWP values are found in column "SAR (100-yr)" of Table 2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column "100 yr" of Table 2.14. HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (a) a chlorofluorocarbon, a hdrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a perfluorocarbon, or any compound or blend of compounds, with a GWP value equal to or greater than 150, or (B) any ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). LONG RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.5 times the pipe diameter. LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that: (A) has a GWP value less than 150, and (B) is not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). MERV. Filter minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE 52.2–1999. MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR). The maximum change in weight of ozone formed by adding a compound to the "Base REactive Organic Gas (ROG) Mixture" per weight of compound added, expressed to hundreths of a gram (g O3/g ROC). PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR). The sum of all weighted-MIR for all ingredients in a product subject to this article. The PWMIR is the total product reactivity expressed to hundredths of a gram of ozone formed per gram of product (excluding container and packaging). PSIG. Pounds per square inch, guage. REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC). Any compound that has the potential, once emitted, to contribute to ozone formation in the troposphere. SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES. Access fittings with a valve core installed. SHORT RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.0 times the pipe diameter. SUPERMARKET. For the purposes of Section 5.508.2, a supermarket is any retail food facility with 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilizes either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. VOC. A volatile organic compound broadly defined as a chemical compound based on carbon chains or rings with vapor pressures greater than 0.1 millimeters of mercury at room temperature. These compounds typically contain hydrogen and may contain oxygen, nitrogen and other elements. See CCR Title 17, Section 94508(a) . Note: Where specific regulations are cited from different agencies such as SCAQMD, ARB, etc., the VOC definition included in that specific regulation is the one that prevails for the specific measure in question. SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES 5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local ordinances. 5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable, and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits. SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL 5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction. 5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time of rough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris which may enter the system. 5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N] The expectations and requirements of the building appropriate to its phase shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation shall include the following: 1. Environmental and sustainability goals. 2. Building sustainable goals. 3. Indoor environmental quality requirements. 4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation. 5. Equipment and systems expectations. 6. Building occupant and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel expectations. 5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N] A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meets the OPR shall be completed at the design phase of the building project. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse system. 5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N] Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project will be commissioned. The commissioning plan shall include the following: 1. General project information. 2. Commissioning goals. 3. Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and components shall include: a. An explanation of the original design intent. b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests. c. Functions to be tested. d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed. e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance. 4. Commissioning team information. 5. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning shall be included. 5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N] Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall contain information addressing each of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings and adjustments made. 5.410.2.6 Commissioning report. [N] A report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design and construction phases of the building project shall be completed and provided to the owner or representative. 5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING. New buildings less than 10,000 square feet. Testing and adjusting of systems shall be required for new buildings less than 10,000 square feet or new systems to serve an addition or alteration subject to Section 303.1. 5.410.4.2 (Reserved) Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting system and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements and Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4, and 140.9(b)3 for additional testing requirements of specific systems. 5.410.4.2 Systems. Develop a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems. Systems to be included for testing and adjusting shall include at a minimum, as applicable to the project: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems. 3. Water reuse systems. 5.410.4.3 Procedures. Perform testing and adjusting procedures in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and applicable standards on each system. 5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing. In addition to testing and adjusting, before a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, the system shall be balanced in accordance with the procedures defined by the Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau National Standards; the National Environmental Balancing Bureau Procedural Standards; Associated Air Balance Council National Standards or as approved by the enforcing agency. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 (January 2023) SECTION 5.303 INDOOR WATER USE 5.303.1 METERS. Separate submeters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections 503.1.1 and 503.1.2. 5.303.1.1 Buildings in excess of 50,000 square feet. Separate submeters shall be installed as follows: 1. For each individual leased, rented or other tenant space within the building projected to consume more than 100 gal/day (380 L/day), including, but not limited to, spaces used for laundry or cleaners, restaurant or food service, medical or dental office, laboratory, or beauty salon or barber shop. SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS 5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS. Provide readily accessible areas that serve the entire building and are identified for the depositing, storage and collection of non-hazardous materials for recycling, including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, organic waste, and metals or meet a lawfully enacted local recycling ordinance, if more restrictive. Exception: Rural jurisdictions that meet and apply for the exemption in Public Resources Code 42649.82 (a)(2)(A) et seq. shall also be exempt from the organic waste portion of this section. 5.410.1.1 Additions. All additions conducted within a 12-month period under single or multiple permits, resulting in an increase of 30% or more in floor area, shall provide recycling areas on site. Exception: Additions within a tenant space resulting in less than a 30% increase in the tenant space floor area. 5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance. Space allocation for recycling areas shall comply with Chapter 18, Part 3, Division 30 of the Public Resources Code. Chapter 18 is known as the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act of 1991 (Act). Note: A sample ordinance for use by local agencies may be found in Appendix A of the document at the CalRecycle’s web site. 5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N] A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training are required, including Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N] Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the systems manual and delivered to the building owner or representative. The systems manual shall include the following: 1. Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements. 2. Site contact information. 3. Basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, site events log. 4. Major systems. 5. Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes. 6. A copy of verifications required by the enforcing agency or this code. 7. Other resources and documentation, if applicable. 5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N] A program for training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall be developed and documented in the commissioning report and shall include the following: 1. System/equipment overview (what it is, what it does and with what other systems and/or equipment it interfaces). 2. Review and demonstration of servicing/preventive maintenance. 3. Review of the information in the Systems Manual. 4. Review of the record drawings on the system/equipment. 2. Where separate submeters for individual building tenants are unfeasible, for water supplied to the following subsystems: a. Makeup water for cooling towers where flow through is greater than 500 gpm (30 L/s). b. Makeup water for evaporative coolers greater than 6 gpm (0.04 L/s). c. Steam and hot water boilers with energy input more than 500,000 Btu/h (147 kW). 5.303.1.2 Excess consumption. A separate submeter or metering device shall be provided for any tenant within a new building or within an addition that is projected to consume more than 1,000 gal/day. SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE 5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent. Notes: 1. The Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) is located in the California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Division 2. 2. MWELO and supporting documents, including a water budget calculator, are available at: https://www.water.ca.gov/. 5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections 5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with Section 490 of Chapter 2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF) shall be 0.65 with an additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35. Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the MWELO. 5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet. 5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. 5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers. Disposers shall either modulate the use of water to no more than 1 gpm when the disposer is not in use (not actively grinding food waste/no-load) or shall automatically shut off after no more than 10 minutes of inactivity. Disposers shall use no more than 8 gpm of water. Note: This code section does not affect local jurisdiction authority to prohibit or require disposer installation. 5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION. For those occupancies within the authority of the California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, the provisions of Section 5.303.3 and 5.303.4 shall apply to new fixtures in additions or areas of alteration to the building. 5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and shall meet the applicable standards referenced in Table 1701.1 of the California Plumbing Code and in Chapter 6 of this code. Y N/A SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS 5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ADJUST. To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. BALANCE. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains, branches and terminals, according to design quantities. BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and construction process, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements. ORGANIC WASTE. Food waste, green waste, landscape and pruning wste, nonhazardous wood waste, and food soiled paper waste that is mixed in with food waste. TEST. A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment SECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOISTURE MANAGEMENT 5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION. Provide a weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope as required by California Building Code Section 1402.2 (Weather Protection), manufacturer's installation instructions or local ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL. Employ moisture control measures by the following methods. 5.407.2.1 Sprinklers. Design and maintain landscape irrigation systems to prevent spray on structures. 5.407.2.2 Entries and openings. Design exterior entries and/or openings subject to foot traffic or wind-driven rain to prevent water intrusion into buildings as follows: 5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection. Primary exterior entries shall be covered to prevent water intrusion by using nonabsorbent floor and wall finishes within at least 2 feet around and perpendicular to such openings plus at least one of the following: 1. An installed awning at least 4 feet in depth. 2. The door is protected by a roof overhang at least 4 feet in depth. 3. The door is recessed at least 4 feet. 4. Other methods which provide equivalent protection. 5.407.2.2.2 Flashing. Install flashings integrated with a drainage plane. 5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N] New buildings 10,000 square feet and over. For new buildings 10,000 square feet and over, building commissioning shall be included in the design and construction processes of the building project to verify that the building systems and components meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements. Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with this section by trained personnel with experience on projects of comparable size and complexity. For I-occupancies that are not regulated by OSHPD or for I-occupancies and L-occupancies that are not regulated y the California Energy Code Section 100.0 Scope, all requirements in Sections 5.410.2 through 5.410.2.6 shall apply. Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting systems and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements Commissioning requirements shall include: 1. Owner’s or Owner representative’s project requirements. 2. Basis of design. 3. Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents. 4. Commissioning plan. 5. Functional performance testing. 6. Documentation and training. 7. Commissioning report. Exceptions: 1. Unconditioned warehouses of any size. 2. Areas less than 10,000 square feet used for offices or other conditioned accessory spaces within unconditioned warehouses. 3. Tenant improvements less than 10,000 square feet as described in Section 303.1.1. 4. Open parking garages of any size, or open parking garage areas, of any size, within a structure. Note: For the purposes of this section, unconditioned shall mean a building, area, or room which does not provide heating and or air conditioning. Informational Notes: 1. IAS AC 476 is an accreditation criteria for organizations providing training and/or certification of commissioning personnel. AC 476 is available to the Authority Having Jurisdiction as a reference for qualifications of commissioning personnel. AC 476 des not certify individuals to conduct functional performance tests or to adjust and balance systems. 2. Functional performance testing for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and lighting controls must be performed in compliance with the California Energy Code. 5.410.4.4 Reporting. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing, provide a final report of testing signed by the individual responsible for performing these services. 5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual. Provide the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O & M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports required by the enforcing agency. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY Y = YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) 5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains. 5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets. Lavatory faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.5 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets. Kitchen faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. Kitchen faucets may temporarily increase the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed 2.2 gallons per minute at 60 psi, and must default to a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains. Wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than1.8 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. 5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets. Metering faucets shall not deliver more than 0.20 gallons per cycle. 5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains. Metering faucets for wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.20 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. Note: Where complying faucets are unavailable, aerators or other means may be used to achieve reduction. 5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray value When installed, shall meet the requirements in the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) Table H-2, Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), and Section 1607 (d)(7), and shall be equipped with an integral automatic shutoff. FOR REFERENCE ONLY:The following table and code section have been reprinted from the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) and Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A). TABLE H-2 STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALUES MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 28, 2019 PRODUCT CLASS [spray force in ounce force (ozf)]MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm) Product Class 1 (≤1.00 Product Class 2 (> 5.0 ozf and ≤1.20 Product Class 3 (> 8.0 ozf)1.28 Y Pl u m b i n g Y PL B Y Pl u m b i n g Y PL B Y Pl u m b i n g Y Pl u m b i n g Y Me c h a n i c a l Y La n d s c a p e Y La n d s c a p e Y Pl u m b i n g Y Ci v i l Y Ge n e r a l C o n t r a c t o r Y Ge n e r a l C o n t r a c t o r Y Ge n e r a l C o n t r a c t o r Y Ow n e e r / B u i l d e r Y Me c h a n i c a l C o n t r a c t o r Y Ow n e r / B u i l d e r Y Me c h a n i c a l En g i n e e r Y Me c h a n i c a l En g i n e e r Y Me c h a n i c a l En g i n e e r REVISIONS SHEET remarks 41 5 L e o n a r d S t r e e t N o r t h w e s t , S u i t e 2 0 0 Gr a n d R a p i d s , M I 4 9 5 0 4 61 6 - 7 8 5 - 5 5 8 9 Pa r a d i g m D e s i g n , I n c . AUTHOR: DATE: JOB NO: JH 5/20/25 33603 date --- --- --- --- 28 0 0 N o r t h M a i n S t r e e t Sa n t a A n a , C A --- --- --- --- --- --- To l l F r e e : 8 0 0 - 4 9 8 - 4 1 1 0 Mo d e s t o , C A 2 0 9 - 5 3 8 - 2 8 7 9 Fa x : 2 0 9 - 5 3 8 - 2 8 8 5 ww w . c a l i f l i v i n g . c o m If a B u i l d e r a n d / o r S u b c o n t r a c t o r d e v i a t e s i n a n y w a y f r o m an y d e s i g n p r o d u c e d b y C a l i f o r n i a L i v i n g & E n e r g y w i t h o u t th e e x p r e s s e d w r i t t e n c o n s e n t o f C a l i f o r n i a L i v i n g & E n e r g y th e n a l l w a r r a n t i e s b e c o m e n u l l a n d v o i d . CG-3 CalGreenMandatory Compliance Bu i l d e r S e r v i c e s N e t w o r k 5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply. 5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49. 5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1. 5.504.4.5 Composite wood products. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the buildings shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq.). Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5. 5.504.4.5.3 Documentation. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided as requested by the enforcing agency. Documentation shall include at least one of the following: 1. Product certifications and specifications. 2. Chain of custody certifications. 3. Product labeled and invoiced as meeting the Composite Wood Products regulation (see CCR, Title 17, Section 93120, et seq.). 4. Exterior grade products marked as meeting the PS-1 or PS-2 standards of the Engineered Wood Association, the Australian AS/NZS 2269 or European 636 3S standards. 5. Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency. TABLE 5.504.4.1 - ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT1,2 Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS CURRENT VOC LIMIT INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 50 CARPET PAD ADHESIVES 50 OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES 150 WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES 100 RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES 60 SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES 50 CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES 65 VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES 50 DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES 50 COVE BASE ADHESIVES 50 MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES 70 STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES 100 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 250 OTHER ADHESIVES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED 50 SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS PVC WELDING 510 CPVC WELDING 490 ABS WELDING 325 PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING 250 ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC 550 CONTACT ADHESIVE 80 SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE 250 STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE 140 TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE 250 SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS METAL TO METAL 30 PLASTIC FOAMS 50 POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD)50 WOOD 30 FIBERGLASS 80 1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVE WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168, www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDF TABLE 5.504.4.2 - SEALANT VOC LIMIT Less Water and Less Exempt Compounds in Grams per Liter SEALANTS CURRENT VOC LIMIT ARCHITECTURAL 250 MARINE DECK 760 NONMEMBRANE ROOF 300 ROADWAY 250 SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE 450 OTHER 420 SEALANT PRIMERS ARCHITECTURAL NONPOROUS 250 POROUS 775 MODIFIED BITUMINOUS 500 MARINE DECK 760 OTHER 750 NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168. TABLE 5.504.4.3 - CONT. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS COATING CATEGORY CURRENT VOC LIMIT SPECIALTY COATINGS ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS 400 BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS 400 BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS 50 BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS 350 BOND BREAKERS 350 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS 350 CONCRETE/MASONRY SEALERS 100 DRIVEWAY SEALERS 50 DRY FOG COATINGS 150 FAUX FINISHING COATINGS 350 FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS 350 FLOOR COATINGS 100 FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS 250 GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS)500 HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS 420 INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS 250 LOW SOLIDS COATINGS1 120 MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS 450 MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS 100 METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS 500 MULTICOLOR COATINGS 250 PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS 420 PRIMERS, SEALERS, & UNDERCOATERS 100 REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS 350 RECYCLED COATINGS 250 ROOF COATINGS 50 RUST PREVENTATIVE COATINGS 250 SHELLACS: CLEAR 730 OPAQUE 550 SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 100 STAINS 250 STONE CONSOLIDANTS 450 SWIMMING POOL COATINGS 340 TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS 100 TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS 420 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES 250 WOOD COATINGS 275 WOOD PRESERVATIVES 350 ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 340 1. GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS 2. THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE. 3. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD. TABLE 5.504.4.5 - FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS1 MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE 0.05 HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE 0.05 PARTICLE BOARD 0.09 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 0.11 THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD2 0.13 1. VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12. 2. THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCHES (8 MM). 5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities. Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section. Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO2), and potentially other refrigerants. 5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in refrigerant systems except as noted below. 5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack. 5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less. 5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils. 5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil. Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows. 5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows. 5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet of the pressure relief valve. 5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve. 5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use. 5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic. 5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place. 5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps. Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation. 5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances. 5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency. 5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the receiver. 5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging. 5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum. 5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge. 5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured with the same gauge. 5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging. 5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period. CHAPTER 7 INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS 702 QUALIFICATIONS702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems. Examples of acceptable HVAC training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following: 1. State certified apprenticeship programs. 2. Public utility training programs. 3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations. 4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations. 5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special inspector: 1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher. 2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy auditors. 3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade. 4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating System (HERS). [BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local agency. Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. 703 VERIFICATIONS 703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications, builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable checklist. 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 (January 2023) SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL 5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL. Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1202 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures, see Section 5.407.2 of this code. SECTION 5.506 INDOOR AIR QUALITY 5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY. For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimum requirements of Section 120.1 (Requirements For Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent, and Division 1, Chapter 4 of CCR, Title 8. 5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING. For buildings or additions equipped with demand control ventilation, CO2 sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of the California Energy Code, Section 120(c)(4). 5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms. (DSA-SS) Each public K-12 school classroom, as listed in Table 120.1-A of the California Energy Code, shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor that meets the following requirements: 1.The monitor or sensor shall be permanently affixed in a tamper-proof manner in each classroom between 3 and 6 feet (914 mm and 1829 mm) above the floor and at least 5 feet (1524 mm) away from door and operable windows. 2.When the monitor or sensor is not integral to an Energy Management Control System (EMCS), the monitor or sensor shall display the carbon dioxide readings on the device. When the sensor is integral to an EMCS, the carbon dioxide readings shall be available to and regularly monitored by facility personnel. 3.A monitor shall provide notification though a visual indicator on the monitor when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. A sensor integral to an EMCS shall provide notification to facility personnel through a visual and/or audible indicator when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. 4.The monitor or sensor shall measure carbon dioxide levels at minimum 15- minute intervals and shall maintain a record of previous carbon dioxide measurements of not less than 30 days duration. 5.The monitor or sensor used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall have the capacity to measure carbon dioxide levels with a range of 400ppm to 2000ppm or greater. 6.The monitor or sensor shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 75ppm at 1,000ppm carbon dioxide concentration and shall be certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once every 5 years. SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Class (STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413, or Outdoor-Indoor Sound Transmission Class (OITC) determined in accordance with ASTM E 1332, using either the prescriptive or performance method in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.2. Exception: Buildings with few or no occupants or where occupants are not likely to be affected by exterior noise, as determined by the enforcement authority, such as factories, stadiums, storage, enclosed parking structures and utility buildings. Exception: [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, the requirements of this section and all subsections apply only to new construction. 5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall meet a composite STC rating of at least 50 or a composite OITC rating of no less than 40, with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 or OITC of 30 in the following locations: 1. Within the 65 CNEL noise contour of an airport. Exceptions: 1. Ldn or CNEL for military airports shall be determined by the facility Air Installation Compatible Land Use Zone (AICUZ) plan. 2. Ldn or CNEL for other airports and heliports for which a land use plan has not been developed shall be determined by the local general plan noise element. 2. Within the 65 CNEL or Ldn noise contour of a freeway or expressway, railroad, industrial source or fixed-guideway source as determined by the Noise Element of the General Plan. 5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available. Buildings exposed to a noise level of 65 dB Leq - 1-hr during any hour of operation shall have building, addition or alteration exterior wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source meeting a composite STC rating of at least 45 (or OITC 35), with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 (or OITC 30). 5.507.4.2 Performance Method. For buildings located as defined in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.1.1, wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall be constructed to provide an interior noise environment attributable to exterior sources that does not exceed an hourly equivalent noise level (Leq-1Hr) of 50 dBA in occupied areas during any hour of operation. 5.507.4.2.1 Site Features. Exterior features such as sound walls or earth berms may be utilized as appropriate to the building, addition or alteration project to mitigate sound migration to the interior. 5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance. An acoustical analysis documenting complying interior sound levels shall be prepared by personnel approved by the architect or engineer of record. 5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenant spaces and public places shall have an STC of at least 40. Note: Examples of assemblies and their various STC ratings may be found at the California Office of Noise Control: www.toolbase.org/PDF/CaseStudies/stc_icc_ratings.pdf. SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1 and 5.508.1.2. 5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs. 5.508.1.2 Halons. Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain Halons. 5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems. Where resilient flooring is installed, at least 80 percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers," Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350) See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that resilient flooring materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.7 Thermal insulation Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method of the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, "Version 1.2, January 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that thermal insulation materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels. Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, " Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. 5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that acoustical finish materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.5.3 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with air filtration media for outside and return air that provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13. MERV 13 filters shall be installed prior to occupancy, and recommendations for maintenance with filters of the same value shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. Exceptions: Existing mechanical equipment. 5.504.5.3.1 Labeling. Installed filters shall be clearly labeled by the manufacturer indicating the MERV rating. 5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking, prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows and within the building as already prohibited by other laws or regulations; or as enforced by ordinances, regulations or policies of any city, county, city and county, California Community College, campus of the California State University, or campus of the University of California, whichever are more stringent. When ordinances, regulations or policies are not in place, post signage to inform building occupants of the prohibitions. 5.504.4.3.2 Verification. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Manufacturer's product specification 2. Field verification of on-site product containers 5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems. All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. Finish materials shall comply with Sections 5.504.4.1 through 5.504.4.6. 5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks used on the project shall meet the requirements of the following standards: 1. Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except for aerosol products as specified in subsection 2, below. 2. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507. DISCLAIMER:THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED AND INTENDED TO BE USED AS A MEANS TO INDICATE AREAS OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (CALGREEN) CODE. DUE TO THE VARIABLES BETWEEN BUILDING DEPARTMENT JURISDICTIONS, THIS CHECKLIST IS TO BE USED ON AN INDIVIDUAL PROJECT BASIS AND MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE END USER TO MEET THOSE INDIVIDUAL NEEDS. THE END USER ASSUMES ALL RESPONSIBILITY ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING VERIFICATION WITH THE FULL CODE. Y N/A Y N/A Y N/A Y N/ARESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY RESPON. PARTY Y = YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLE RESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR ETC.) Y Ge n e r a l C o n t r a c t o r Y Ge n e r a l C o n t r a c t o r Y St r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r Y Me c h a n i c a l En g i n e e r Y Y Me c h a n i c a l En g i n e e r Y Me c h a n i c a l En g i n e e r N/A Y Ac o u s t i c a l E n g i n e e r Y Me c h a n i c a l Co n t r a c t o r Y Ow n e r / B u i l d e r N/A 12/9/2024 4:08:58 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 TITLE 24 DOCUMENTATION E-601 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5001 CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits 24 H R - H O U S E K E E P I N G AR C A D E LABEL FACE PLATE WITH BLACK LETTERS ON CLEAR VINYL (TYP.) GREY FACEPLATE (GAMES FLOOR) GREEN DEVICE COLOR (GAMES FLOOR NON CONTROLLED) GREY DEVICE COLOR (GAMES FLOOR ARCADE CONTROLLED) FACTORY ETCHED SYMBOL FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES (NEC 406.3) CO N T R O L L E D CO N T R O L L E D QUAD (DOUBLE DUPLEX) WITH 24HR AND CONTROLLED 24 H R - H O U S E K E E P I N G LABEL FACE PLATE WITH BLACK LETTERS ON CLEAR VINYL (TYP.) GREY FACEPLATE (GAMES FLOOR) GREEN DEVICE COLOR (GAMES FLOOR NON CONTROLLED) DUPLEX 24HR - HOUSEKEEPING ARCADE GREY FACEPLATE (GAMES FLOOR) GREY DEVICE COLOR (GAMES FLOOR ARCADE CONTROLLED) FACTORY ETCHED SYMBOL FOR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES (NEC 406.3) CO N T R O L L E D CO N T R O L L E D QUAD (DOUBLE DUPLEX) ALL CONTROLLED CO N T R O L L E D CO N T R O L L E D LABEL FACE PLATE WITH BLACK LETTERS ON CLEAR VINYL (TYP.) X-XX CIRCUIT NUMBER X-XX X-XX CIRCUIT NUMBER (TYP.) X-XX CIRCUIT NUMBER ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NOTESMFG. DATA AC WP EWC CS J S S WEATHER PROOF GFI RECEPTACLE SEE SPECS T WFS S DD D S S S SEE PLANS FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH SEE PLANS HOME RUN SINGLE PHASE MOTOR THREE PHASE MOTOR TRANSFORMER JUNCTION BOX NONFUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH PANEL BOARD SURFACE MOUNTED SEE PLANS SEE PLANS SEE PLANS SEE SPECS SEE SPECS SEE SPECS MT. 18" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED WATER FLOW SWITCH SEE SPECS FIRE ALARM SPEAKER/VISUAL DEVICE SEE SPECS SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FIRE ALARM VISUAL DEVICE DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR SEE SPECS SEE SPECS SEE PLANS SEE SPECS MT. 88" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX 4 SQUARE BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND 3/4" C. TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING. 4 SQUARE BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND 3/4" C. TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET MTD. "ABOVE COUNTER" DATA OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET SPECIAL RECEPTACLE SPECIAL CONNECTION (HARDWIRE) SEE PLANS SEE PLANS SEE SPECS SEE SPECS OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH AV CONTRACTOR MT. 18" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX OCCUPANCY SENSOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CONTACTOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR (WALL MOUNT) ELECTRIC WATER COOLER RECEPTACLE GFI PROTECTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SEE SPECS SEE SPECS SEE SPECS SEE PLANS MT. 24" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR MT. 18" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX LITHONIA #LIRW 120/277 WH SEE SPECS (FOR SENSORS BELOW)POWER PACK WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SWITCH THREE-WAY TOGGLE SWITCH SEE SPECS MT. 46" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX MT. 46" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SPLIT WIRED SEE PLANS MT. 88" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX MT. 8" ABOVE COUNTER TO BOTTOM OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE CABINET DRAWINGS. COMBINATION DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET 4 SQUARE BOX WITH SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING AND 3/4" C. TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING. DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SEE SPECS, NOTE WHERE CONTROLLED THE DEVICE SHALL HAVE PERMANENT MARKINGS PER NEC 406.3(E)MT. 18" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL SEE SPECSFAAP FACP DIMMER SWITCH SEE 6/E601, COORDINATE TYPE WITH LIGHTING FOR 0-10V MT. 46" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX PANEL BOARD FLUSH MOUNTED SEE SPECS TS TAMPER SWITCH (FIRE ALARM)SEE SPECS NETWORK LIGHITNG CONTROL STATION REFER TO E601 AND CONTROL STATION SCHEDULE SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH SEE SPECS MT. 46" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX SEE SPECS SEE SPECS MT. 18" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH AV CONTRACTOR MT. 18" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE WITH AV CONTRACTOR WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER SEE PLANS, BY AV CONTRACTOR, E.C. SHALL PROVIDE COORDINATE HEIGHTS WITH AV CONTRACTORSINGLE GANG BOX AND CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR JOIST SPACE WALL MOUNTED SPEAKER SEE PLANS, BY AV CONTRACTOR, E.C. SHALL PROVIDE COORDINATE HEIGHTS WITH AV CONTRACTOR SINGLE GANG BOX AND CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR JOIST SPACE CEILING MOUNTEDC AUDIO/VIDEO CONTRACTORAV PLUMBING CONTRACTORPC GENERAL CONTRACTORGC MECHANICAL CONTRACTORMC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOREC OS OS PP X OS 3 D PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH POWER PACK RELAYS AS NEEDED PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH POWER PACK RELAYS AS NEEDED S FIRE ALARM SPEAKER/VISUAL DEVICE SEE SPECS LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH SEE 7/E601 MT. 46" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOXL F FIRE ALARM PULL STATION SEE SPECS FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR SEE SPECSH GFI BY BREAKER WHERE NOT ACCESSIBLE C FLOOR MOUNTEDF TAMPER RESISTANTTR AREA DEVICE PLATE ARCADE/GAME AREA GREY GREY REDEMPTION SLAT WALLS WHITE WHITE REDEMPTION GENERAL WHITE WHITE REDEMPTION CEILING WHITE WHITE KITCHEN WHITE WHITE BAR GREY GREY SNACK BAR WHITE WHITE GUEST COUNTER WHITE WHITE ALCOVE GREY GREY FAMILY TOILET WHITE WHITE JANITOR WHITE WHITE WOMEN'S RESTROOM WHITE WHITE MEN'S RESTROOM GREY GREY OFFICE GREY GREY EMPLOYEE LOUNGE GREY GREY SAFE ROOM GREY GREY KAROKE/PARTY ROOMS GREY GREY BILLIARDS AREA GREY GREY VESTIBULE GREY GREY STORAGE ROOMS GREY GREY MECHANICS ROOM GREY GREY WITHIN STRUCTURAL CEILING BLACK BLACK BUS CORD DROP BLACK BLACK OUTLETS IN TOE KICK BLACK BLACK A. ELECTRICAL ORDINANCES: ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND FEDERAL LAWS OR ORDINANCES GOVERNING THE PROJECT. IF, IN ANY INSTANCE, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE IN DIRECT CONFLICT WITH SUCH CODES, LAWS OR ORDINANCES, THE CODE, LAWS AND ORDINANCES SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION AND THE WORK IN QUESTION SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE CODES, LAWS AND ORDINANCES. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A LICENSED MASTER ELECTRICIAN. B. BRING ALL DISCREPANCIES SHOWN ON DIFFERENT DRAWINGS AND BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR BETWEEN DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. C. COORDINATE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION WITH ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS AND OWNER FOR THE LOCATION AND SIZES OF ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SHOULD ELECTRICAL WORK BE INSTALLED WHICH INTERFERES WITH THE WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS OR OWNER, SUCH WORK SHALL BE CHANGED WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. D. MOUNT EQUIPMENT AT NOMINAL MOUNTING HEIGHT INDICATED IN ELECTRICAL SYMBOL SCHEDULE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE FLOOR PLANS OR DETAILED IN ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS. DIMENSION SHOWN IS TO CENTER LINE OF BOX. SEE ARCHITECTURAL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF WALL MOUNTED DEVICES AND LIGHT FIXTURES. E. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. BUILDING POWER WIRING SHALL HAVE THHN/THWN INSULATION. CONDUCTOR AMPACITY SHALL BE BASED ON TABLE 310-16 OF THE NEC. USE 60-DEGREE C RATING FOR CIRCUITS TERMINATING ON DEVICES RATED 100A AND BELOW. USE 75-DEGREE RATING FOR CIRCUITS TERMINATING ON DEVICES AND IN ENCLOSURES RATED OVER 100a. F. INSTALL INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WITH ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER CONDUCTORS, SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC ARTICLE 250. G. DRAWINGS INDICATE DESIGN LOADS, VOLTAGES, CORRESPONDING CONTROL EQUIPMENT, FEEDERS AND OVER CURRENT DEVICES. IF EQUIPMENT ACTUALLY FURNISHED HAVE LOADS OTHER THAN THOSE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN, CONTROL EQUIPMENT, FEEDERS AND OVER CURRENT DEVICES SHALL BE ADJUSTED IN SIZE ACCORDINGLY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. SUCH ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OR PURCHASE. H. IN GENERAL, BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT AND WIRE IS NOT SHOWN. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WIRE TO CONNECT DEVICES TO CIRCUITS SHOWN. WIRE FILL AND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED. PROVIDE A MAXIMUM OF THREE PHASE CONDUCTORS IN A SINGLE HOME RUN. PROVIDE A DEDICATED NEUTRAL FOR EACH PHASE CONDUCTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. INSTALL PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES AS REQUIRED TO AID IN THE INSTALLATION OF CABLES AND CONDUCTORS. LABEL LOCATION OF POWER CIRCUITS ON COVER OF ALL RECEPTACLES AND ON COVER OF JUNCTION BOXES AND BOXES ASSOCIATED WITH EQUIPMENT. INCLUDE PANEL AND CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. LABEL LOCATION OF POWER CIRCUITS ON COVER OF ALL LIGHT SWITCHES. INCLUDE PANEL AND CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION. I. PROVIDE MINIMUM #12 AWG CONDUCTORS FOR HOMERUNS, #10 AWG CONDUCTORS FOR HOMERUNS THAT EXCEED 100 FEET FOR 120 VOLT CIRCUITS AND 250 FEET FOR 277 VOLT CIRCUITS. HOMERUNS SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO ORIGINATE FROM THE POWER SOURCE TO THE FIRST PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE. J. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR FINAL LOCATION OF CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. MOUNT RECESSED CEILING FIXTURES WITH FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OF LENGTH REQUIRED TO MEET MOUNTING LOCATION AND NEC REQUIREMENTS. MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE CONDUIT LENGTH SHALL BE (6') SIX FEET. K. NOT USED L. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL TOUCH-UP OR REFINISH THE FACTORY FINISH OF EQUIPMENT MARRED DURING SHIPMENT, DEMOLITION OR INSTALLATION. M. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH CLEARANCES REQUIRED FOR GENERAL AND MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION. N. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL NEW EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, FIXTURES AND CABLES/CONDUCTORS TO BE INSTALLED IN SYSTEM FOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. O. ALL WORK SHALL BE GUARANTEED FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. P. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WITHIN THE DOCUMENTS MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR ITEMS IN THE ARCADE/OPEN STRUCTURE AREA SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS TO BOTTOM. CABLE TRAY: 12'-6" A.F.F.(IN AREAS OF CONFLICT TRAY SHALL BE ROUTED UP OR DOWN AND PAST OBSTRUCTION IN LOCATION OF OBSTRUCTION ONLY) POWER BUS: 12'-0" A.F.F. GENERAL LIGHTING: 12'-0" A.F.F. ELECTRICAL DEVICE COLOR SCHEDULE GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY/VACANCY SWITCH WITH 0-10V DIMMINGOSD SENSOR SWITCH WSX-D-SA MT. 46" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX 1. EMT (ELECTRIC METALIC TUBING) SHALL BE USED IN ALL DEMISING WALLS, HOME RUNS, AND BETWEEN JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES. MC CABLE MAY BE USED IN OTHER APPLICATIONS AS ALLOWED BY THE AHJ. ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT, RIDID, OR MC CABLE, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN TIGHT STRAIGHT LINES, PARALLEL OR IN RIGHT ANGLES TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO NOT LOOP EXCESS MC CABLE IN CEILING SPACE OR WALL CAVITY. 2. UPON COMPLETION E.C. SHALL MEASURE PHASE LOADS AND ADUST TO BE BALLANCE WITHIN 10%. UPDATE ALL CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES, AS BUILTS AND LABELING AS A RESULT OF THIS PROCESS. 3. NOTHING IS PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED TO, SUSPENDED FROM, OR PENETRATE LANDLORDS STRUCTURE, FLOOR DECK, OR ROOF DECK. YOU MAY ATTACH, NON-DESTRUCTIVELY, TO OR SUSPEND FROM THE TOP CHORD OF THE JOISTS OR THE STRUCTURAL STEEL WHICH EXISTS ABOVE THE TENANT SPACE. WHEN ATTACHING TO LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE, DO NOT DRILL, WELD, SCREW, OR SHOOT INTO STRUCTURE. ALTERNTIVE METHODS OF ATTACHEMENT ONLY, NOTHING TO DAMAGE LANDLORD'S BASE BUILDING STRUCTURE. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE SIGNED SEALED STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER WITH LEGALLY ACTIVE REGISTRATION AS INDICATED BY ALL JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS, FOR ALL STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS FOR LANDLORD RECORDS. 4. ELEVATED SLABS: TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE OPERATIONS TEAM PRIOR TO ANY SLAB MODIFICATION OR REMOVAL. IF ANY ELEVATED SLAB IS TO BE MODIFIED IN ANYWAY (DRILLED, CORED, OR PENETRATED), TENANT SHALL PROVIDE STAMPED AND CERTIFIED DRAWINGS BY A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER CERTIFIED IN THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE CORE BORED ONLY. SAW CUTTING, JACK HAMMERING, AND TRENCHING IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SLEEVED, SEALED, FIRE STOPPED AND WATERPROOFED. THE PENETRATION SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 4" ON EITHER SIDE OF THE SLAB AND BE LABELED WIT HTHE REQURED NFPA RATING. TENANT GC SHALL VERIFY THAT WORKS SHALL NOT CONFLICT WITH ANY EXISTING STRUCTURAL, UTILITY, OR OTHER UNDER-SLAB CONDITION. (NONDESTRUCTIVE VERIFICATION MAYBE REQURED.) ANY DAMAGE OF DOWNTIME CAUSED BY TENANT'S WORK SHALL BE REPAIRED AND REIMBURSED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. ADDITIONAL GENERAL LANDLORD REQURIREMENTS 12/9/2024 4:08:53 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ELECTRICAL GENERAL INFORMATION E-001 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits SCALE:1/4" = 1'-0"E-001 GAME FLOOR CONTROLLED/NON-CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES1 CONTACTOR FOR ARCADE EQUIPMENT MANUAL SHUTDOWN FROM CONTROL STATION AND AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN AND RESET FROM FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PLUG IN UNITS SHALL HAVE 1P20A BREAKER AND 18' CORD DROP WITH STRAIN RELIEF ON EACH END AND CONNECTED TO A TWO GANG BOX WITH DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. E.C. SHALL INITIALLY INSTALL THESE PLUG IN UNITS AT THE DIRECTION OF THE OWNER FOR INITIAL ARCADE MACHINE LAYOUT. BUSWAY AND DROPS FURNISHED BY OTHERS AND INSTALLED BY E.C. ONE LINE DIAGRAM NOTES 1 2 3 4 5 6 E.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SURGE SUPPRESSOR FOR THIS PANEL EQUAL SQUARE D HMA TVS2HWA10X. MOUNT AS CLOSE TO PANEL AS POSSIBLE AND UTILIZE (5) #10, 3/4"C FOR CONNECTION TO BREAKER AS SHOWN. (100KA 208V-4W) EXISTING MAIN DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD "MDB" 1200A MAIN FUSED SWITCH 3P 6 0 A PROVIDE CONTACTOR AND WIRE TO RELAY SHOWN FOR CONTROL OF POWER TO MONITOR CIRCUITS. NOTE: ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING IS NEW UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS EXISTING. PROVIDE BREAKER LOCK FOR TRANSFORMER, PROVIDE LABEL ON TRANSFORMER NOTING LOCATION OF DISCONNECT, (SEE NEC 450.14) 3P 1 0 0 A EXISTING LANDLOARD SWITCHBOARD 480Y/277V-3Ø-4W 4000A EXISTING TO EXISTING UTILITY TRANSFORMER MM 3P1200A GFI 3P600A 3P4000A GFI (ERMS) SUITE 1100 (ROUND 1) SUITE 1140 (ROUND 1- EXPANSION) EXISTING SECTION EXISTING SECTIONEXISTING SECTION EXISTING 45 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "LP2" EX I S T I N G 3P 2 0 0 A EXISTING 150 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "DLP2A" EX I S T I N G EX I S T I N G EX I S T I N G EXISTING PANEL "LP1" EXISTING PANEL "DLP2B" EXISTING PANEL "DLP2C" EXISTING PANEL "DLP2D" EXISTING PANEL "DLP2E" EXISTING PANEL "HL" 3P 1 0 0 A EXISTING PANEL "HK" 3P 6 0 A EXISTING 45 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "BS" EX I S T I N G EX I S T I N G 3P 2 0 0 A EXISTING 150 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "DLP1" EX I S T I N G EX I S T I N G EXISTING PANEL "LP4" EXISTING PANEL "LK1" EXISTING PANEL "LP2" 3P 1 0 0 A EXISTING 75 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "GS1" EX I S T I N G EX I S T I N G 3P 6 0 A EXISTING 45 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "LP3" EX I S T I N G EX I S T I N G 3P 2 0 0 A EXISTING PANEL "AC" 3P 1 2 5 A EXISTING RTU-3 3P 6 0 A EXISTING 45 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "GS2" EX I S T I N G EX I S T I N G NEW 30 KVA TRANSFORMER "T-BUS A" 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. (3 ) # 6 , ( 1 ) # 1 0 G N D . , 1 - 1 / 4 " C . 4 NEW 3P100A FUSED DISCONNECT (100A FUSES) C 3P100A 1 TIE INTO EXISTING ARCADE POWER FOR CONTROL OF NEW CONTACTOR (FIELD VERIFY CONNECTION) NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. PO W E R B U S " A " S E C T I O N 1 NE W PO W E R B U S " A " S E C T I O N 2 NE W PO W E R B U S " A S E C T I O N 3 NE W NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. (TYP. BETWEEN BUS) PO W E R B U S " A S E C T I O N 4 NE W NE W 3 P 5 0 A NEW 30 KVA TRANSFORMER "T-BUS B" 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. (3 ) # 6 , ( 1 ) # 1 0 G N D . , 1 - 1 / 4 " C . 4 NEW 3P100A FUSED DISCONNECT (100A FUSES) C 3P100A 1 TIE INTO EXISTING ARCADE POWER FOR CONTROL OF NEW CONTACTOR (FIELD VERIFY CONNECTION) NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. PO W E R B U S " B " S E C T I O N 1 NE W PO W E R B U S " B " S E C T I O N 2 NE W PO W E R B U S " B " S E C T I O N 3 NE W NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. (TYP. BETWEEN BUS) PO W E R B U S " B " S E C T I O N 4 NE W NE W 3 P 5 0 A EXISTING PANEL "H" EXISTING 45 KVA TRANSFORMER 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY EXISTING PANEL "A" EX I S T I N G EXISTING PANEL "B" NEW 30 KVA TRANSFORMER "T-BUS C" 480V-3Ø PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3Ø-4W SECONDARY NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. NE W ( 3 ) # 6 , ( 1 ) # 1 0 G N D . , 1 - 1 / 4 " C . 4 NEW 3P100A FUSED DISCONNECT (100A FUSES) C 3P100A 1 TIE INTO EXISTING ARCADE POWER FOR CONTROL OF NEW CONTACTOR (FIELD VERIFY CONNECTION) NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. PO W E R B U S " C " S E C T I O N 1 NE W PO W E R B U S " C " S E C T I O N 2 NE W PO W E R B U S " C " S E C T I O N 3 NE W NEW (4) #1, (1) #6GND., 1-1/2"C. (TYP. BETWEEN BUS) PO W E R B U S " C " S E C T I O N 4 NE W PO W E R B U S " C " S E C T I O N 5 NE W SPD 2 5 5 5 55555 EXISTING EXISTING PO W E R B U S " C " S E C T I O N 5 NE W PO W E R B U S " C " S E C T I O N 5 NE W C TIE INTO EXISTING ARCADE POWER CONTROLS (FIELD VERIFY CONNECTION) C 1 1 12P30A 12P30A B-2,4,6,8,10,12,14 ,16,18,20,21,22 B-24,26,28,30,32,34, 36,38,40,42,1,3 NEW RTU-1 E.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SURGE SUPPRESSOR FOR THIS PANEL EQUAL TO SQUARE D HMA TVS4HWA10X. MOUNT AS CLOSE TO PANEL AS POSSIBLE AND UTILIZE (5) #10, 3/4"C FOR CONNECTION TO BREAKER AS SHOWN. (100KA 480V-4W) NEW (3) #4, (1) #10GND., 1-1/4"C. 4 4 SPD 6 GENERAL EQUIPMENT:43,128VA ARCADE EQUIPMENT: 31,281VA KITCHEN/FOOD PREP:0 .65 = 0VA LIGHITNG:2,472VAX 1.25= 3,090VA RECEPTACLES:4,920VA 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR: 10,182A TOTAL DEMAND:92,601VA, 111.4A x 1.25 = 139.3A SERVICE LOAD CALCULATIONS SERVICE : 480Y/277V-3Ø-4W , 600A SERVICE LOAD CALCULATIONS SERVICE: 480Y/277V-3Ø-4W , 1200A PANEL H PANEL MDB EXISTING CALCULATED DEMAND (ORIGINAL): 701,316VA NEW ARCADE EQUIPMENT: 70,150VA TOTAL REVISED DEMAND:771,466VA, 928.36A x 1.25 = 1160.5A C 3 4P30A A-11,13,15 LCPA-8 PO W E R B U S " B " S E C T I O N 5 NE W 5 PO W E R B U S " B " S E C T I O N 6 NE W 5 R1 480V EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 480V-3PH PRIMARY 208Y/120V-3PH-4W SECONDARY TRANSFORMER PH B PH A PH C NEUTRAL (GROUNDED) BAR TO NEAREST GROUNDING ELECTRODE (STRUCTURAL STEEL) GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED PER NEC TABLE 250.66 (SEE "GND" CONDUCTOR ON ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR SUB DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER GROUNDING ELECTRODE SIZING) EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR 208Y/120V-3PH-4W PANELBOARD EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR 5/21/2025 1:08:51 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ELECTRICLAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E-501 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL BUSWAY DETAILS SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"E-501 PROPOSED ONE-LINE SANTA ANA1 SCALE:3/32" = 1'-0"E-501 TRANSFORMER GROUNDING DETAIL2 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5001 CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits R1 5-21-25 PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS PROVIDE NEW ENGRAVED PLAQUE INDICATING "ROUND 1 TENANT" ABOVE EACH SWITCH. DN S S F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 2.5 2.5 F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 PANEL "H" (E) TRANSFORMER "T-AB" (E) PANEL "A" (E) PANEL "B" (E) CONTROL PANEL (REMOVE) 1 1 1 1 EXISTING TRACK LIGHTING (TYP.) (REMOVE) EXISTING EXIT SIGN (TYP.) (REMOVE) EXISTING PENDANT LIGHT (TYP.) (REMOVE) EXISTING EMERGENCY LIGHT (TYP.) (REMOVE) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 EHD EHD 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EXISTING EXTERIOR ACCENT LIGHTING (TYP.)(REMOVE) EXISTING PENDANT LIGHT (TYP.) (REMOVE) EXISTING SIGN ACCENT PENDANT LIGHT (REMOVE) 12/9/2024 4:09:03 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN ED101 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"ED101 ENLARGED ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN1 5 EXPANSION AREA SHALL, DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND LIGHITNG AS REQURIED TO ALLOW FOR RENOVATION. 4 EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICE SHALL BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED TO NEW LOCATION AS FEASABLE FOR RENOVATION. 3 EXISTING LIGHTING SHALL BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED AS SHOWN ON REVISED PLAN. 2 EXISTING LIGHITNG OR DEVICE SHALL REMAIN, SHOWN FOR REFERENCE. 1 EXISTING ELECTRICAL GEAR SHALL REMAIN FOR REUSE. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES I (E) DENOTES EXISTING H REFER TO SHEET MD-105 FOR DEMOLITION OF ROOF MOUNTED HVAC EQUIPMENT. DISCONNECT TO ALLOW FOR SAFE REMOVAL. REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR ROOF TOP UNITS. NOTE WIRING FROM EXISTING MAIN LEVEL ANCHOR TENANT TO ROOF MAY BE REUSED IN NEW CONSTRUCTION PHASE, COORDINATE WITH FINAL NEW CONSTRUCTION PHASE DRAWINGS FOR FINAL DETERMINATION ON WIRING/EQUIPMENT FEEDER REMOVAL. G PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING ADEQUATE FOR SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 40 LUMENS PER SQUARE FOOT. MAINTAIN A STOCK OF SPARE LAMPS AND FIXTURES AT THE JOB SITE TO ENSURE THAT SAFE LIGHT LEVELS ARE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. USE OF STRING LIGHTS AND/OR WOBBLE LIGHTS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT APPORVAL OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FIELD MANAGER. F ITEMS SHOWN BOLD AND DASHED SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED INCLUDING ALL WIRING BACK TO SOURCE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. E ABANDON IN PLACE AND CAP ALL UNDER SLAB RACEWAYS AND REMOVE CONDUCTORS BACK TO SOURCE. D THESE DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ONLY SHOW SYSTEMS AND ITEMS THAT ARE INTENDED TO REMAIN OR BE RECONFIGURED. ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, DEVICES, CONDUITS, WIRING ETC. SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SPACE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERFIY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING AND COMMENCEMENT ON ANY WORK. C ALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND ASSOCIATED COSTS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR. ACTUAL PATCHING AND FINISHING OF SURFACES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY TRADESMAN QUALIFIED AND LICENSED FOR THE SPECIFIC WORK TO BE PERFORMED. B ELECTRICAL TRADES SHALL MAINTAIN WORK AREA AND SITE IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY STATE. DISPOSE OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS ON A DAILY BASIS. A ELECTRICAL TRADES SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK AND PROJECT PHASING WITH ALL TRADES PRIOR TO COMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES DN FEC L L L FEC L L L 131 BAR SEATING 112 BAR 139 PARTY ROOM 3 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 132 BILLIARDS F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 2.5 2.5 F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 "H" 13'-0" 13 ' - 1 " 13 ' - 1 " "H""H""H""H""H""H" "BH""BH" "BH""BH" "H""H""H" "A47""A47""A84""A84""A47""A84""A84" "A 8 4 " "A47""A84""A84""A47""A47""A84""A84""A47""A84" "A 8 4 " "H""H""H""H""H" "H""H" "H""H" "H" "H" "H""H" "H" "H" "H" "H" "H" "H" "H" "H" "V" "V" "V" "V" "V" POWER BUSWAY (REFER TO POWER PLANS) OS OS OS PP H A B "X" "X" "X" "X" "X" F F F F 9'-0"11'-4" 6' - 3 " 9' - 7 " "ZBIL" UNDER TABLE (SEE DETAIL) UNDER TABLE LIGHT RGB CONTROLLER, MOUNT 8'-0" A.F.F. "XE" C "XE" C "XE" C "XE" C "XE" C "XE" C "XE" C "XE""XE" "XE" C "XE" C 6' - 6 " 6' - 6 " 13 ' - 1 " 3' - 1 0 " 9' - 2 " 3' - 1 0 " 13'-0"13'-0"4'-0"9'-0" "H" "H" 3'-10" 2' - 8 " 10 ' - 5 " F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 1 1 1 1 22 5 ROUND 1 5 PARTY 5 FOOD & BAR5BOWLING5ARCADE 5 ARCADE 5 BOWLING 5 FOOD & BAR PANEL "H" (E) TRANSFORMER "T-AB" (E) PANEL "A" (E) PANEL "B" (E) NEW LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL "LCPA" 4 4 4 44444 RGB PWR. AND DMX CONTROL 0-10V 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 BILLIARD UNDER-TABLE LIGHTING LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V COORDINATE LIGHTING AROUND DUCTWORK LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-1 0-10V LCPA-2 0-10V LCPA-3 LCPA-3 LCPA-5 H-9 LCPA-6 LCPA-7 "XE" C "XE"C "XE" H-9 H-9 H-9 H-7 H-7H-7H-7 H-7 H-7 H-7 H-7H-7H-7 "XE"C H-7 H-7 H-7H-7 H-7 H-7 3 POOL TABLE EDGE 6'-0" 4' - 0 " J J JUNCTION BOXES 120V-24V DRIVER TOUCHDIAL RECIEVER (RF) TYPE "ZBIL" RGB TAPE LIGHT IN LENSED CHANNEL. RF RGB LV WIRING 24V WIRING RF TOUCHDIAL RGB(W) RF WALL MOUNT CONTROL BOTTOM VIEW NOTES: 1.SECURE ALL CABLES AND EQUIPMENT TIGHTLY TO UNDERSIDE OF TABLE. PROVIDE CORD/PLUG ASSEMBLY WITH STRAIN RELIEF NOTES: EXISTNIG LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL "LCP1" 2. PERFORM PROGRAMMING TO MATCH EXISTING SCHEDULES AND MANUAL OVERRIDES AS SHOWN. 1. SYSTEM INTENDED TO BE AN EXTENSION OF EXISTING SYSTEM USING RELAY PANEL WITH FEATURES SHOWN AND NOTED. 3. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDELINES FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. NEW LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL "LCPA" NEW CONTROL CABLE 4. FOR PROJECTS LOCATED IN CALIFORNIA, PROVIDE A PROGRAMMING INPUT FOR UTILITY DEMAND CONTROL RESPONSE. FOR DIMMING/CONTROL OF LIGHTING TO MINIMUM OF 50%. 5. SEE PLANS, RELAY SCHEDULES AND ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR VARIOUS CONTACTORS THAT ARE CONTROLLED BY RELAYS OF THIS SYSTEM. 6. MANUFACTURER SHALL MATCH EXISTING. (FIELD VERIFY TYPE-MATCH EXISTING) (FIELD VER IFY TYPE -MAT C H EXI STING) OS CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR PLAN SYMBOL PLAN SYMBOL WHT #NPODM OR #NPODM-DX (IF DIMMED) LED LIGHT FIXTURE BLK/ORG H N RED BLU PP SL 1. REFER TO MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION GUIDELINES FOR ADDITIONAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS. NOTES: 2. SYSTEM BASED ON SENSORSWITCH / nLIGHT SERIES COMPONENTS. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. 3. E.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. #NCM-RJB-SERIES SLDOR VIO GRY 0-10V WIRING IF DIMMING #NPP16-EPP-SA OR #NPP16-D-EPP-SA IF DIMING CAT 5 WITH RJ45 CONNECTORS 4. SEE SHEET E-001 FOR DEVICE COLOR LIST. 12/9/2024 4:09:09 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN EL101 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits SCALE:N PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" ENLARGED FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 20 TRIM CEILING GRID AS REQUIRED TO CENTER RECESSED LIGHITNG FIXTURE IN SPACE AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL TRADES. 19 CONTACTOR FOR GROUP CONTROL OF LIGHTING. CONTROL FROM RELAY PANEL. SEE ONE LINE DIAGRAM. 18 MOUNT TRACK TO CEILING T BAR. E.C. SHALL ADJUST EXACT PLACEMENT AND AIMING FOR TRACK LIGHTING HEADS PER OWNER DIRECTION PRIOR TO OPENING. 17 MOUNT TOP OF FIXTURE AT SAME ELEVATION AS TOP OF BULKHEAD OR AS NOTED ON PLAN TO REDUCE VIEW OBSTRUCTION OF BULKHEAD MOUNTED SIGNS. 16 NOT USED 15 REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND ELEVATIONS FOR BACK BAR SHELF UP LIGHTING AND/OR LIT SIGN ARRANGEMENT. COORDINATE WITH GENERAL TRADES. 14 LINEAR LED ACCENT LIGHTING MOUNTED IN COVE OF BULKHEAD, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETIALS. 13 (LED UNDERCOUNTER) MOUNT UNDER HIGH COUNTER FOR LIGHTING OF STAFF SIDE WORK SURFACE. 12 MOUNT LED CHANNEL UNDER COUNTER ON CUSTOMER SIDE APPROXIMATLY 4" FROM MILLWORK VERTICAL WALL THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF BAR CUSTOMER "KNEE SPACE". MOUNT POWER SUPPLY ON STAFF SIDE OF COUNTER HIDDEN FROM VIEW OF CUSTOMER AND STAFF UNDER COUNTER AND NEATLY SECURING ALL CABLES. 11 PROVIDE A LOCKING COVER WITH VIEWING WINDOW FOR LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROL STATION TO PROTECT FROM UNAUTHORIZED USE IN PUBLIC AREA. 10 FIXTURE TO BE WIRED TO OPERATE AS EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE THROUGH INVERTER. REFER TO INVERTER MANUFACTURERS GUIDE FOR POWER AND SWITCHING CONNECTIONS. LETTER DESIGNATION SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES WHICH INVERTER IS TO BE CONNECTED. FIXTURE IS TO BE NORMALLY ON BASED ON RELAY STATE. 9 CONTROLLED VIA CONTACTOR, SEE ONE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E501. 8 CONNECTION TO AV ELEMENT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND CONNECTION WITH AV CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. 7 FOR SHELF LIGHTING, SEE BACK BAR ELEVATION. 6 PENDANT MOUNT DOWN TO 10'-0" A.F.F., UNLESS ALTERNATE HEIGHT IS NOTED ON PLAN. 5 CONNECTION TO LIT SIGN, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION. 4 PROVIDE TOGGLE STYLE DISCONNECT SIWTCH ADJACENT TO STOREFRONT SIGN. 3 EXISTING LIGHTING SHALL REMAIN. MAINTAIN EXISTING WIRING AND CONTROLS. 2 MOUNT NEW FIXTURE CENTERED OVER BILLIARD TABLE AT 10'-0" TO BOTTOM. 1 FLOOR BOX/RECEPT. CENTERED UNDER TABLE, PROVIDE FLUSH BRASS SCREW TYPE COVER EQUAL TO HUBBELL #53625, PROVIDE TRENCHING AND UNDERFLOOR CONDUIT/WIRING, EXACT RECEPTACLE LOCATION TBD. RECEPTACLE SHALL BE TYPE WITH PERMANENT MARKING OF AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED RECEPTACLES (NEC 406.3(E)) LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR LIGHTING PLAN NOTES NOT TO SCALEEL101 BILLIARD TABLE UNDERMOUNT LIGHTING3 1. PROVIDE ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE, BRACKETS, CABLES, POWER SUPPLIES ETC. FOR A COMPLETE LIGHTING INSTALLATION. NOTES: "ZBIL"RGB LINEAR TABLE LIGHT IN LENSED CHANNEL WITH RGB RECIEVER/CONTROLLER, DRIVER AND RGB WIRELESS WALL MOUNTED REMOTE. DIODE LED #DI-24V-DRGB-XX, #DI-RF-REC-CV-A RECEIVER, 120V 24V DRIVER, #DI-RF-WMT-DIM WALL CONTROLLER, #DI-HL-MTBR, #DI-HL-MTCH 120V/XX INTEGRAL LED PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY POWER SUPPLIES, CONNECTORS ETC. FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION, REFER TO PLANS FOR LENGTHS AND ARRANGEMENT. (SEE DETAILS) "XEL"EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT - BLACK FINISH LITHONIA #ELM4L B UVOLT LTP UNV/1.8 INCLUDED (LED)WIRE TO NEAREST LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ALL CONTROLS "XE"EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT HIGH LUMEN - BLACK FINISH LITHONIA #ELM6L B UVOLT LTP UNV/1.8 INCLUDED (LED)WIRE TO NEAREST LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ALL CONTROLS "X"UNIVERSAL EXIT SIGN WITH BATTERY BACKUP LITHONIA #EXRLEDELM6 UNV/0.8 INCLUDED (LED)WIRE TO NEAREST LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD OF ALL CONTROLS "V"8' LED STRIP LIGHT LITHONIA TZL1D L96 10000LM FST MVOLT 40K 80CRI WH UNV/81 INTEGRAL LED "H"LED CYLINDER PENDANT (BLACK FINISH) (WIDE DISTRIBUTION) GOTHAM #EVO6CC 35/30 AR WD LS MVOLT GZ10 JBX CCAN C120 DBL UNV/29.5 INTEGRAL LED TRIM MOUNTING CABLE AND CORD AS REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT, AND STRUT AT STRUCTURE FOR MOUNTING. "BH"LED CYLINDER, GREY FINISH, 5000K, 5000 LUMNES AND WIDE DISTRIBUTION GOTHAM #EVO6CC 50/50 AR LS WD MVOLT GZ10 JBS CCAN C120 DCG UNV/48.7 INTEGRAL LED TRIM MOUNTING CABLE AND CORD AS REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT, AND STRUT AT STRUCTURE FOR MOUNTING. CENTER OVER BILLIARD TABLE "A84"84" THIN LINEAR PENDANT (RGBW) WITH BLACK HOUSING LUMINI #KILOS-84"-RGBW36HO-CLR-F-BK-LE-RE, #PSDMX (DMX LED DRIVER) NOTE:PROVIDE CONTROLLER /DECODER AS SHOWN ON PLANS FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM (ONE CONTROLLED ZONE) #DMX-1Z-RGBW UNV/85.4W INTEGRAL LED RGBW SEE PLAN FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT, TRIM CORD/CABLE MOUNT AS REQURIED. PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES TO POWER AND CONTROL RGBW FUNCTIONS. "A47"47" THIN LINEAR PENDANT (RGBW) WITH BLACK HOUSING LUMINI #KILOS-47"-RGBW36HO-CLR-F-BK-LE-RE, #PSDMX (DMX LED DRIVER) NOTE:PROVIDE CONTROLLER /DECODER AS SHOWN ON PLANS FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM (ONE CONTROLLED ZONE) #DMX-1Z-RGBW UNV/54.8W INTEGRAL LED RGBW SEE PLAN FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT, TRIM CORD/CABLE MOUNT AS REQURIED. PROVIDE WITH ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES TO POWER AND CONTROL RGBW FUNCTIONS. TYPE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER / CATALOG NUMBER VOLTAGE / WATTS LAMPS NOTES LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE - SANTA ANA NOT TO SCALEEL101 LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY SYSTEM DIAGRAM4 4 4 277V SPARE 8 8 A-15 120V -COIL CONTROL OF MONITOR CONTACTOR (2) #12, (1) #12 GND., 1/2"C TIME BASED CONTROL, MATCH EXSITING SIGN SCHEDULE 3 3 H-7 277V 994 SEATING AREA LIGHTING (2) #10, (1) #10 GND., 3/4"C TIME BASED AND MANUEL CONTROL, 0-10V DIMMING, MATCH EXISTING SEATING SCHEDULING AND MANUAL OVERRIDES 7 7 A-6 120V 1200 EXTERIOR ELEVATION SIGNS (2) #12, (1) #12 GND., 1/2"C TIME BASED CONTROL, MATCH EXSITING SIGN SCHEDULE 2 2 H-7 277V 194.8 BILLIARDS PENDANTS (2) #12, (1) #12 GND., 1/2"C TIME BASED AND MANUEL CONTROL, 0-10V DIMMING, MATCH EXISTING BILLIARDS SCHEDULING AND MANUAL OVERRIDES 6 6 A-4 120V 1200 EXTERIOR ELEVATION SIGNS (2) #12, (1) #12 GND., 1/2"C TIME BASED CONTROL, MATCH EXSITING SIGN SCHEDULE 1 1 1 H-7 277V 737.5 ARCADE EXPANSION AREA GENERAL (2) #10, (1) #10 GND., 3/4"C TIME BASED AND MANUEL CONTROL, 0-10V DIMMING, MATCH EXISTING ARCADE SCHEDULING AND MANUAL OVERRIDES 5 5 A-2 120V 60 BILLIARD UNDER TABLE ACCENT LIGHTING (2) #12, (1) #12 GND., 1/2"C TIME BASED AND MANUEL CONTROL MATCH EXISTING BILLIARDS SCHEDULING AND MANUAL OVERRIDES MODULE #MODULE CHANNEL RELAY #CIRCUIT #VOLT LOAD (VA)LOAD DSCRIPTION WIRE NOTES MODULE CHANNEL RELAY #CIRCUIT # VOLT LOAD (VA)LOAD DESCRIPTION WIRE NOTES LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL "LCPA" NOT TO SCALEEL101 ROOM LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM - STAND ALONE5 DN DN DN D W FEC FEC FECFEC FE C FE - K FE FE FE A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 2.5 2.5 A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 102 GAME ROOM 121 BOWLING LANES 120 BOWLERS APPROACH 119 BOWLERS SEATING 122 PINSETTER SERVICE 124 CORRIDOR 123 ELECTRICAL 125 BREAK ROOM 126 OFFICE 127 SAFE 128 MECHANICS 129 EXIST. ELEVATOR 101 MALL ENTRANCE 103 STORAGE 103A STORAGE 104 JANITOR 105 FAMILY RESTROOM 109 WOMENS 108 MENS 116 REDEMPTION ROOM 117 PARTY/ GAME KARAOKE 118 BOWLING/ GUEST COUNTER 115 KITCHEN 114 COOLER 110 MECH. 111 COMM./STORAGE 131 BAR SEATING 112 BAR 113 SNACK BAR 135 PARTY ROOM 1 137 VESTIBULE 138 PARTY ROOM 2 139 PARTY ROOM 3 136 STORAGE 107 STORAGE 106 STORAGE 130 SIDE AISLE 140 STORAGE 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE EP102 1 NEW POWER BUSWAY A (SECTION 1) 70'-0" NEW BUS A AND B DISCONNECTS WITH CONTACTORS MTD. ON WALL ABOVE. NEW TRANSFORMERS "T-BUS-A" AND "T-BUS- B" MTD. ABOVE CEILING. 80'-0"80'-0" 80'-0"80'-0" 70'-0" 10'-0"10'-0" 70'-0" 60 ' - 0 " 300' 310' NEW POWER BUSWAY A (SECTION 2) NEW POWER BUSWAY A (SECTION 3) NEW POWER BUSWAY A (SECTION 4) NE W P O W E R B U S W A Y B ( S E C T I O N 1 ) NEW POWER BUSWAY B (SECTION 2) NEW POWER BUSWAY B (SECTION 3) NEW POWER BUSWAY B (SECTION 4) NEW POWER BUSWAY B (SECTION 5) NEW POWER BUSWAY B (SECTION 6) A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 MD B ( E ) GS2 (E) DP L 1 ( E ) HL (E) LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL "LCP1" (E) LP4 (E) AC (E) LP1 (E) BS (E) GS1 (E) CONT. (E) LP2 (E) LP3 (E) CONT. (E) DLP2A (E) DLP2B (E) DLP2C (E) DLP2D (E) DLP2E (E) 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 30,45,75 KVA TRANSFORMER STRUCTURE UNISTRUT SPANNING MINIMUM OF (3) JOISTS UNISTRUT CONNECTION AND DOUBLE NUT UNISTRUT CONNECTION WITH WASHER AND DOUBLE NUT EACH SIDE. BOLT TRANSFORMER TO FRAME AT FACTORY RECOMMENDED POINTS WITH VIBRATION PAD. UNISTRUT DOUBLED UP BACK TO BACK 5/8" THREADED ROD (TYP.) REFER TO MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION GUIDE ON CLEARANCES FOR VENTALATION AND SEPARATION FROM COMBUSTABLES. WHERE APPLICABLE, ENSURE TRANSFORMER IS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. (30 & 45 KVA) CEILING STRUT LATERAL SIESMIC BRACING TO STRUCTURE (EACH SIDE) NOTE:OTHER MEANS OF SIESMIC BRACING APPROVED BY LICENSED STATE OF CALIFORNIA STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL BE ALLOWED BUT MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR FINAL AS BUILT DOCUMENTATION. 12/9/2024 4:09:15 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN EP101 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL 10 RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE FOR MONITOR. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ELEVATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SEE SYSTEMS PLANS AND ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. (NOTE. POWERED THROUGH CONTRACTOR, SEE ONE-LINE DIAG. E-501.) NOTE OFFICE MONITOR SHALL NOT RUN THROUGH A CONTACTOR. 9 NOT USED 8 NOT USED 7 SEE DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC BRACING 6 E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL TRADES FOR MARKING OF CLEARANCE AREAS ON FLOOR IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL GEAR. MARKING BY ARCHITECTURAL TRADES. 5 RECEPTACLE FOR GENERAL USE / HOUSEKEEPING AND NOT SPECIFICALLY ARCADE EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE LABEL READING "HOUSEKEEPING". REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E-001. 4 WIRE BASKET STYLE CABLE TRAY FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.C., TRAY SHALL BE 12" WIDE/4" DEEP. TRAY FINISH SHALL BE BLACK. 3 PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR BEER VENDOR SIGNAGE, MOUNT 10'-0" A.F.F. 2 120V CONNECTION TO FIRE ALARM BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY PANEL. 1 REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR CONTACTOR INTERCONNCTIONS. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES I FIRE ALARM SCOPE SHALL INCLUDE NEW DEVICES AS SHOWN AND/OR REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AHJ FOR THE EXPANSION. EXTEND EXISTING SYSTEM INTO EXPANSION AREA AND MATCH SYSTEM FUNCTION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING, COMPONENTS AND INSTALLATION FOR A COMPLETE COMPLINAT SYSTEM. H PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING ADEQUATE FOR SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS USING LUMA-SITE 400W MH FIXTURES OR EQUAL. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 40 LUMENS PER SQUARE FOOT. MAINTAIN A STOCK OF SPARE LAMPS AND FIXTURES AT THE JOB SITE TO ENSURE THAT SAFE LIGHT LEVELS ARE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. USE OF STRING LIGHTS AND/OR WOBBLE LIGHTS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT APPORVAL OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FIELD MANAGER. G E.C. SHALL PROVIDE BOX AND CONDUIT PROVISIONS FOR AUDIO/VISUAL, DATA, SECURITY AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE E SERIES SHEETS. REFERENCE THE AV SERIES SHEETS FOR THIS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. F E.C. SHALL PROVIDE BOX WITH CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR STRUCTURE WITH BUSHINGS FOR ALL HVAC SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. E ARCADE SHUTDOWN: ARCADE MACHINES SHALL HAVE MANUAL SHUT DOWN AT DESIGNATED CONTROL STATION LOCATIONS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VIA RELAY DRIVING CONTACTORS POWER FEEDS TO ALL ARCADE MACHINE POWER. REFER TO CONTROL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS. D NOT USED C DO NOT SHARE NEUTRALS FOR ARCADE, COMPUTER OR OTHER SPECIAL SYSTEMS CIRCUITS. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRALS. B ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED IN FIELD TO NOT INTERFERE WITH ANY ELEMENTS OF THE ROUND ONE DECOR PACKAGE, INCLUDING ANY ASSOCIATED TRIM WORK AND SIGNS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DECOR DRAWINGS. A MOUNTING DIMENSIONS CALLED OUT ON THE PLANS ARE A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits SCALE:N PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN SCALE:1/8" = 1'-0"EP101 OVERHEAD TRANSFORMER DETAIL2 EL101 DN FEC F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 2.5 2.5 F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 131 BAR SEATING 112 BAR 139 PARTY ROOM 3 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 132 BILLIARDS 10'-0"15'-5"1'-10" 60 ' - 0 " 40 ' - 0 " 10'-0" 25'-0" 25 ' - 0 " 25 ' - 0 " 20'-0"5'-0" 200' 45KVA NEW TRANSFORMER "T-BUS-C"(FLOOR) NEW SECONDARY FUSED DISC. FOR TRANSFORMER "T-BUS-C" NE W B U S W A Y C ( S E C T I O N 1 ) NE W B U S W A Y C ( S E C T I O N 3 ) NE W B U S W A Y C ( S E C T I O N 4 ) NE W B U S W A Y C ( S E C T I O N 6 ) NEW BUSWAY C (SECTION 7) EXISTING PANEL "H" EXISTING TRANSFORMER "T-AB" EXISTING PANELS "A" & "B" TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TRTRTRTR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR 53 TR NEW BUSWAY C (SECTION 2) NEW BUSWAY C (SECTION 5) MOUNTED 12'-0" FOR SECURITY SYSTEMS WIRELESS REPEATER. S S S S S S S S S S 5 F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 PROPOSED LOCATION FOR FIRE ALARM BOOSTER AS REQUIRED. 6 6 6 6 6 NEW LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL "LCPA" C1 ARCADE 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 B-2 B-4 B-6 B-8 B-10 B-12 B-14 B-16 B-18 B-20 B-22 B-24 B-26 B-28 B-30 B-30 B-32 B-34 B-36 B-38 B-40 B-42 B-1 TR TRB-3 4 4 EXISTING CABLE TRAY EX I S T I N G C A B L E T R A Y NEW CABLE TRAY NE W C A B L E T R A Y 5 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1A-1 A-1 A-1 A-5 A-5 A-5 A-5 A-7 A-7 A-9 10 10 10 10 10 10 1010 10 10 10 10 A-15 A-15 A-15A-15 A-13 A-13 A-13 A-13 A-11A-11 A-11 A-11 7 C1 MONITORS 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 #8 SPLAY WIRE TO STRUCTURE AT EACH SIDE (OPPOSING ANGLES) ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE OR STRUT WITH TALCO FIG. 990 CABE SWAY BRACE ATTACHMENT (OR EQUAL) SIESMIC RETROFIT CABLE SWAY BRACE EQUAL TO TOLCO FIG. 991 3/8" THREADED ROD ANCHORED DIRECT TO STRUCTURE OR STRUT SUPPORT BUSWA Y STARLINE BUSWAY ROD ATTACHMENT ACCESSORY NOTE:SEISMIC CABLE BRACING NOT REQUIRED AT ALL SUSPENSION LOCATIONS, ENSURE BRACING IS SPACED 20' ALONG RUNS. NOTE:OTHER MEANS OF SIESMIC BRACING APPROVED BY LICENSED STATE OF CALIFORNIA STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL BE ALLOWED BUT MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR FINAL AS BUILT DOCUMENTATION. CABLE TRAY 45 DEGREE ANGLE TWO HOLE BRACKET EQUAL TO TOLCO B154 3/8" THREADED ROD ANCHORED DIRECT TO STRUCTURE OR STRUT SUPPORT (TYP.) #8 SPLAY WIRE TO STRUCTURE AT EACH SIDE (OPPOSING ANGLES) ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE OR STRUT WITH TALCO FIG. 990 CABE SWAY BRACE ATTACHMENT (OR EQUAL) UNISTRUT SUPPORT NOTE:SEISMIC CABLE BRACING NOT REQUIRED AT ALL SUSPENSION LOCATIONS, ENSURE BRACING IS AT LEAST SPACED 20' ALONG RUNS. NOTE:OTHER MEANS OF SIESMIC BRACING APPROVED BY LICENSED STATE OF CALIFORNIA STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL BE ALLOWED BUT MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR FINAL AS BUILT DOCUMENTATION. 12/9/2024 4:09:19 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ENLARGED POWER PLAN EP102 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits SCALE:N PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" ENLARGED ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 10 RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE FOR MONITOR. COORDINATE LOCATION AND ELEVATION WITH A/V CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SEE SYSTEMS PLANS AND ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. (NOTE. POWERED THROUGH CONTRACTOR, SEE ONE-LINE DIAG. E-501.) NOTE OFFICE MONITOR SHALL NOT RUN THROUGH A CONTACTOR. 9 NOT USED 8 NOT USED 7 SEE DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEISMIC BRACING 6 E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL TRADES FOR MARKING OF CLEARANCE AREAS ON FLOOR IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL GEAR. MARKING BY ARCHITECTURAL TRADES. 5 RECEPTACLE FOR GENERAL USE / HOUSEKEEPING AND NOT SPECIFICALLY ARCADE EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE LABEL READING "HOUSEKEEPING". REFER TO DETAIL ON SHEET E-001. 4 WIRE BASKET STYLE CABLE TRAY FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY E.C., TRAY SHALL BE 12" WIDE/4" DEEP. TRAY FINISH SHALL BE BLACK. 3 PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR BEER VENDOR SIGNAGE, MOUNT 10'-0" A.F.F. 2 120V CONNECTION TO FIRE ALARM BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY PANEL. 1 REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM FOR CONTACTOR INTERCONNCTIONS. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR ELECTRICAL PLAN NOTES I FIRE ALARM SCOPE SHALL INCLUDE NEW DEVICES AS SHOWN AND/OR REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AHJ FOR THE EXPANSION. EXTEND EXISTING SYSTEM INTO EXPANSION AREA AND MATCH SYSTEM FUNCTION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING, COMPONENTS AND INSTALLATION FOR A COMPLETE COMPLINAT SYSTEM. H PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING ADEQUATE FOR SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS USING LUMA-SITE 400W MH FIXTURES OR EQUAL. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 40 LUMENS PER SQUARE FOOT. MAINTAIN A STOCK OF SPARE LAMPS AND FIXTURES AT THE JOB SITE TO ENSURE THAT SAFE LIGHT LEVELS ARE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. USE OF STRING LIGHTS AND/OR WOBBLE LIGHTS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT APPORVAL OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FIELD MANAGER. G E.C. SHALL PROVIDE BOX AND CONDUIT PROVISIONS FOR AUDIO/VISUAL, DATA, SECURITY AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE E SERIES SHEETS. REFERENCE THE AV SERIES SHEETS FOR THIS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. F E.C. SHALL PROVIDE BOX WITH CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR STRUCTURE WITH BUSHINGS FOR ALL HVAC SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. E ARCADE SHUTDOWN: ARCADE MACHINES SHALL HAVE MANUAL SHUT DOWN AT DESIGNATED CONTROL STATION LOCATIONS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VIA RELAY DRIVING CONTACTORS POWER FEEDS TO ALL ARCADE MACHINE POWER. REFER TO CONTROL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS. D NOT USED C DO NOT SHARE NEUTRALS FOR ARCADE, COMPUTER OR OTHER SPECIAL SYSTEMS CIRCUITS. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRALS. B ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED IN FIELD TO NOT INTERFERE WITH ANY ELEMENTS OF THE ROUND ONE DECOR PACKAGE, INCLUDING ANY ASSOCIATED TRIM WORK AND SIGNS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DECOR DRAWINGS. A MOUNTING DIMENSIONS CALLED OUT ON THE PLANS ARE A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES NOT TO SCALEEP102 BUSWAY BRACING DETAIL2 NOT TO SCALEEP102 CABLE TRAY BRACING DETAIL3 SD SD NOTE: 1.RTU'S INCLUDE POWERED SERVICE RECEPTACLES FURNISHED WITH UNIT BY FACOTRY. FED AHEAD OF UNIT DISCONNECT. 2. RTU'S FURNISHED WITH (2) DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS EACH. E.C. SHALL CONNECT DUCT DETECTORS TO NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND PROVIDE REMOTE TEST DEVICES INSIDE ROUND 1 SPACE AT NEAREST ACCESSIBLE COLUMN AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AHJ. 3. ALL RTU'S ARE FURNISHED WITH DISCONNECT SWITCHES. ROOF PENETRATIONS AND REPAIR CONTRACTOR SHALL USE LANDLORD'S ROOF CONTRACTOR FOR SEALING OF ALL PENETRATIONS AND REPAIRS NEEDED FOR THIS PROJECT. NEW RTU-1 UNIT IS A REPLACEMENT AT SAME LOCATION RECONNECT WITH NEW FEEDER FROM EXISTING PANEL H (SEE ONE LINE DIAGRAM) LOCATION OF EXISTING PANEL "H" (BELOW) 12/9/2024 4:09:19 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ROOF EP103 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL SCALE:N PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ROOF CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 12-09-24 Permits I FIRE ALARM SCOPE SHALL INCLUDE NEW DEVICES AS SHOWN AND/OR REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL AHJ FOR THE EXPANSION. EXTEND EXISTING SYSTEM INTO EXPANSION AREA AND MATCH SYSTEM FUNCTION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING, COMPONENTS AND INSTALLATION FOR A COMPLETE COMPLINAT SYSTEM. H PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING ADEQUATE FOR SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS USING LUMA-SITE 400W MH FIXTURES OR EQUAL. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 40 LUMENS PER SQUARE FOOT. MAINTAIN A STOCK OF SPARE LAMPS AND FIXTURES AT THE JOB SITE TO ENSURE THAT SAFE LIGHT LEVELS ARE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. USE OF STRING LIGHTS AND/OR WOBBLE LIGHTS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT APPORVAL OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FIELD MANAGER. G E.C. SHALL PROVIDE BOX AND CONDUIT PROVISIONS FOR AUDIO/VISUAL, DATA, SECURITY AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE E SERIES SHEETS. REFERENCE THE AV SERIES SHEETS FOR THIS ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. F E.C. SHALL PROVIDE BOX WITH CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR STRUCTURE WITH BUSHINGS FOR ALL HVAC SENSORS AND THERMOSTATS. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. E ARCADE SHUTDOWN: ARCADE MACHINES SHALL HAVE MANUAL SHUT DOWN AT DESIGNATED CONTROL STATION LOCATIONS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VIA RELAY DRIVING CONTACTORS POWER FEEDS TO ALL ARCADE MACHINE POWER. REFER TO CONTROL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS. D NOT USED C DO NOT SHARE NEUTRALS FOR ARCADE, COMPUTER OR OTHER SPECIAL SYSTEMS CIRCUITS. PROVIDE DEDICATED NEUTRALS. B ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED IN FIELD TO NOT INTERFERE WITH ANY ELEMENTS OF THE ROUND ONE DECOR PACKAGE, INCLUDING ANY ASSOCIATED TRIM WORK AND SIGNS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DECOR DRAWINGS. A MOUNTING DIMENSIONS CALLED OUT ON THE PLANS ARE A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 5/ 2 1 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 5 : 2 4 A M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 T-24 FORMS CONT. & MANDATORY MEASURES M-603 MAINPLACE MALL TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS R1 05-21-25 PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS R1 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 5/ 2 1 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 5 : 2 6 A M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 MANDATORY MEASURES CONT. M-604 MAINPLACE MALL TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS R1 05-21-25 PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS R1 DN DN DN D W FEC FEC FECFEC FE C FE - K FE FE FE A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 2.5 2.5 A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 102 GAME ROOM 121 BOWLING LANES 120 BOWLERS APPROACH 119 BOWLERS SEATING 122 PINSETTER SERVICE 124 CORRIDOR 123 ELECTRICAL 125 BREAK ROOM 126 OFFICE 127 SAFE 128 MECHANICS 129 EXIST. ELEVATOR 101 MALL ENTRANCE 103 STORAGE 103A STORAGE 104 JANITOR 105 FAMILY RESTROOM 109 WOMENS 108 MENS 116 REDEMPTION ROOM 117 PARTY/ GAME KARAOKE 118 BOWLING/ GUEST COUNTER 115 KITCHEN 114 COOLER 110 MECH. 111 COMM./STORAGE 131 BAR SEATING 112 BAR 113 SNACK BAR 135 PARTY ROOM 1 137 VESTIBULE 138 PARTY ROOM 2 139 PARTY ROOM 3 136 STORAGE 107 STORAGE 106 STORAGE 130 SIDE AISLE 140 STORAGE 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE ? ? 132 BILLIARDS NOTE:FP CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A FULLY SPRINKLERED SYSTEM PER NFPA 13. THE EXISTING SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. THERE SHALL BE NO INTERFERANCE OR TERMINATION OF ANY LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS FOR ANY TENANT AREAS OR MALL COMMON AREAS. 12/9/2024 4:00:37 PM 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 FIRE PROTECTION FLOOR PLAN F-101 MAINPLACE MALL REMODEL CLIENT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 (616) 785-5656 www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT P ALL STATE AND LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO ADOPTED BUILDING CODE SHALL BE ADHERED TO. O REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. N PROVIDE A PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE WHERE THE POTENTIAL EXISTS FOR WATER PRESSURES EXCEEDING 175 PSI. [NFPA 13 16.9.7] M THE ENTIRE SYSTEM MUST BE DRAINABLE. SPRINKLER FEED PIPES MUST BE PITCHED FOR DRAINAGE (I.E., TRAPPED PIPING, DRY PIPE SYSTEMS, LOW POINTS, ETC.). [NFPA 13 8.15.2.2] PROVIDE AUXILIARY DRAINS FOR TRAPPED PIPING. [NFPA 13 8.15.2.5] ALL DRAINS MUST DISCHARGE OUTSIDE OR TO A DRAIN CONNECTION. [NFPA 13 16.10] L THE ENTIRE BUILDING MUST BE SPRINKLED. IDENTIFY ALL AREAS TO BE SPRINKLED. K THE MAXIMUM AREA PER RISER IS: LIGHT OR ORDINARY HAZARD ¬ 52,000 SQ. FT.; EXTRA HAZARD ¬ 40,000 SQ. FT. PER RISER OR 25,000 FOR PIPE SCHEDULE SYSTEMS. [NFPA 13 4.4] J THE FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION MUST BE AN APPROVED NH STANDARD, INTERNAL THREADED SWIVEL FITTING, WITH LISTED PLUGS OR CAPS. [NFPA 24 5.9] I PROVIDE (5) FIVE EXTRA SPRINKLER HEADS OF EACH TYPE IN CABINET NEAR RISER WITH A WRENCH. H SHOW THAT THE SYSTEM IS SUPERVISED PER NFPA 13 16.9.3.3 AND TITLE 24, PART 2, 903.4: A. PROVIDE TAMPER SWITCHES AT ALL CONTROL VALVES. B. PROVIDE A FLOW SWITCH OR ALARM CHECK VALVE AND SPECIFY CONNECTION TO THE GENERAL BUILDING ALARM (MUST SOUND WITHIN 5 MINUTES OF FLOW). [NFPA 13 7.7] G PROVIDE A LOCAL WATERFLOW ALARM. [NFPA 13 7.7] F PROVIDE A SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER SCHEMATIC WITH CONTROL AND CHECK VALVES, BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES, SUPPLY AND SYSTEM PRESSURE GAUGES, WATER FLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SUPERVISING SWITCHES, LOCAL WATERFLOW ALARM LOCATION, AND SPARE SPRINKLER HEAD CABINET LOCATION. [NFPA 13 7.7, 16.9.3] E ALL SPRINKLER PIPING AND HEAD PLACEMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH LIGHTING, DIFFUSERS, ETC. CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS WITHIN CEILING TILES. D IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO ARRANGE FOR A FLOW TEST AS CLOSE TO THIS SITE AS POSSIBLE. THE RESULTS OF THE FLOW TEST SHALL BE INCLUDED WITH THE SUBMITTALS OF THE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS FOR REVIEW. C HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL LEAVE A MINIMUM PRESSURE CUSHION OF 10% FROM THE AVAILABLE SUPPLY PRESSURE TO THE SYSTEM PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR EACH CALCULATION. B HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS SHALL BE RUN FOR ALL REMOTE AREAS AND SUBMITTED WITH WORKING DRAWINGS WHICH SHOW SPRINKLERS, PIPE, INSPECTORS TEST VALVES, AND HANGER LOCATIONS, PIPE SIZING AND RISER DETAIL. A BUILDING SHALL BE FULLY SPRINKLERED. ENTIRE SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13 LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY AND MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE SPRINKLERS USED. STORAGE AND MECHANICAL ROOMS SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA ORDINARY HAZARD. FIRE PROTECTION NOTES SCALE:N PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" FIRE PROTECTION FIRST FLOOR PLAN SCOPE OF WORK BOUNDARY 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS DN DN DN D W FEC FEC FECFEC FE C FE - K FE FE FE A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 M-401 1 102 GAME ROOM 121 BOWLING LANES 120 BOWLERS APPROACH 119 BOWLERS SEATING 122 PINSETTER SERVICE 124 CORRIDOR 123 ELECTRICAL 125 BREAK ROOM 126 OFFICE 127 SAFE 128 MECHANICS 129 EXIST. ELEVATOR 101 MALL ENTRANCE 103 STORAGE 103A STORAGE 104 JANITOR 105 FAMILY RESTROOM 109 WOMENS 108 MENS 116 REDEMPTION ROOM 117 PARTY/ GAME KARAOKE 118 BOWLING/ GUEST COUNTER 115 KITCHEN 114 COOLER 110 MECH. 111 COMM./STORAGE 131 BAR SEATING 112 BAR 113 SNACK BAR 135 PARTY ROOM 1 137 VESTIBULE 138 PARTY ROOM 2 139 PARTY ROOM 3 136 STORAGE 107 STORAGE 106 STORAGE 130 SIDE AISLE 140 STORAGE 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 132 BILLIARDS 143 SEATING 36"/20" X-SA 36 " / 2 0 " X - S A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 36 " / 2 0 " X - S A 20 " ø X - S A 6"ø X-SA 10"ø X-SA 10"ø X - S A 14"ø X-SA 14"ø X-SA 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 12 / 9 / 2 0 2 4 4 : 2 4 : 0 4 P M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M-101 MAINPLACE MALL V ALL HVAC UNIT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM PANEL TO INITIATE A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL UPON ACTIVATION, BE INTERCONNECTED, AND SHALL SHUT DOWN ALL UNITS SIMULTANEOUSLY UPON ACTIVATION OF ANY ONE SINGLE DETECTOR. ALL HVAC UNIT DUCT-SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE TESTED BY CALIBRATED MANOMETER PROVIDED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE AIR VOLUME AND VELOCITIES ARE WITHIN THE TOLERANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE RATINGS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON EACH DUCT-SMOKE DETECTOR INSTALLED WITHIN THE UNIT / DUCTWORK. U FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL MECHANICAL WORK COMPLETED BY THE LANDLORD AS PART OF THE SHELL PACKAGE MATCHES CONDITIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. TENANT MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT MECHANICAL WORK BY THE LANDLORD DEVIATES SUBSTANTIALLY FROM PLANS. T TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BROWARD COUNTY CERTIFIED. S ALL FLEX DUCTS SHALL TRANSITION FROM ROUND METAL DUCT TO SAME SIZE FLEX DUCT. PROVIDE PREFORMED 90° TRANSITION ELBOW FOR FLEX DUCT CONNECTION INTO SUPPLY DIFFUSER INLET. 5'0" MAXIMUM LENGTH FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL RUN OF FLEX DUCT PER SECTION 603.4.1 CMC. R ALL MECHANICAL DUCTS AND PIPING PENETRATING RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AND FIRE-STOPPED TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. FOR REFERENCE, SHAFT WALL CONSTRUCTION IS 1-HR RATED FOR DUCTS ROUTED DOWN TO LOWER LEVEL, DUCT PENETRATIONS INTO AND OUT OF SHAFTS SHALL BE SEALED AND FIRE STOPPED ACCORDINGLY PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. Q COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. P ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS / GRILLES, AND GENERAL HVAC LOCATED IN OPEN CEILING AREAS IN THE LOWER LEVEL SHALL BE BLACK IN COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS / GRILLES, AND GENERAL HVAC LOCATED IN OPEN CEILING AREAS IN THE UPPER LEVEL SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DIFFUSERS / GRILLES SHALL BE ORDERED WITH FINISH SPECIFIED IN ASSOCIATED SCHEDULE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SPECIFIED TO BE PAINTED FOR PREPARATION OF PAINTING BY PAINTING CONTRACTOR. ALL OILS, DUST AND DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SURFACES REQUIRING PAINTING. OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM MANUFACTURER BEFORE PAINTING DUCT WRAP INSUALTION. UL LISTING MUST NOT BE COVERED. PAINTING MUST OCCUR AFTER ROUGH DUCT INSPECTION. FIRE-WRAPPED GREASE DUCTS SHALL NOT BE PAINTED. O PAINT ALL VISIBLE GAS PIPING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. ALL GAS PIPING ROUTED ON ROOF SHALL BE PAINTED YELLOW. N ALL SERVICEABLE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON ROOF SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 10FT FROM ROOF EDGE OR HAVE GUARD RAIL AS REQUIRED BY CODE. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. M EXHAUST TERMINATIONS, PLUMBING VENTS, ETC. SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3FT. VERTICAL CLEARANCE ABOVE OR MINIMUM OF 10FT. HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE FROM FENESTRATION OR EQUIPMENT OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES. L ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCT ELBOWS SHALL BE SMOOTH RADIUS ELBOWS WITH THE INSIDE RADIUS SAME AS WIDTH OF DUCT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ALL 90° MITERED ELBOWS SHALL HAVE TURNING VANES. K ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST BRANCH DUCTS SHALL HAVE A BALANCING DAMPER NEAR MAIN. (INDIVIDUAL BRANCH DAMPERS NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) J ALL RECTANGULAR RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE 1" INTERNAL LINER, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. I INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL USE EXTREME CAUTION TO COORDINATE THE EXACT ROUTING AND ELEVATION OF DUCTING SYSTEMS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DUCTING SO AS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE REMOVAL AND/OR SERVICING OF SYSTEMS. H ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. G FIELD VERIFY THERMOSTAT AND SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. INSTALL SENSORS AT A HEIGHT OF ±4'-0" A.F.F.. COORDINATE MECHANICAL SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES, INSTALL SENSORS ±6"-1'0" ABOVE LIGHTING CONTROLS WHEN INSTALLED IN SIMILAR LOCATIONS. F ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS PLAN TO BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. E ALL DUCTWORK BEHIND GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. PAINT INSIDE OF DUCT CONNECTIONS 2'-0" UP STREAM OF FIRST 90 DEGREE ELBOW. D ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED ACCORDING TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C ALL DUCT AND EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS NOTED ON PLANS MEASURED FROM F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DUCT/EQUPMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B REFER TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. A ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL, STATE, & FEDERAL CODES, RULES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 3 CONNECT EXISTING GAS PIPING TO NEW RTU-1. 2 SHIFT DUCT DOWN TO AVOID STRUCTURE, APPROXIMATELY 11 ’1” A.F.F. BOD THEN BACK UP TO ANNOTATED ELEVATION. 1 REFER TO EXISTING DRAWINGS FOR DUCTWORK CONTINUATION. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE:N PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL PLAN 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS RTU-1 COORDINATE WITH LL TO RAISE SUITE 2160 LUCILLE'S BBQ EXHAUST FAN. CURRENT DISTANCE FROM EXISTING RTU INTAKE IS 9'0". 3 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 12 / 9 / 2 0 2 4 4 : 2 4 : 0 5 P M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M-201 MAINPLACE MALL SCALE:N PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN V ALL HVAC UNIT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM PANEL TO INITIATE A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL UPON ACTIVATION, BE INTERCONNECTED, AND SHALL SHUT DOWN ALL UNITS SIMULTANEOUSLY UPON ACTIVATION OF ANY ONE SINGLE DETECTOR. ALL HVAC UNIT DUCT-SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE TESTED BY CALIBRATED MANOMETER PROVIDED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE AIR VOLUME AND VELOCITIES ARE WITHIN THE TOLERANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE RATINGS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON EACH DUCT-SMOKE DETECTOR INSTALLED WITHIN THE UNIT / DUCTWORK. U FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL MECHANICAL WORK COMPLETED BY THE LANDLORD AS PART OF THE SHELL PACKAGE MATCHES CONDITIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. TENANT MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT MECHANICAL WORK BY THE LANDLORD DEVIATES SUBSTANTIALLY FROM PLANS. T TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BROWARD COUNTY CERTIFIED. S ALL FLEX DUCTS SHALL TRANSITION FROM ROUND METAL DUCT TO SAME SIZE FLEX DUCT. PROVIDE PREFORMED 90° TRANSITION ELBOW FOR FLEX DUCT CONNECTION INTO SUPPLY DIFFUSER INLET. 5'0" MAXIMUM LENGTH FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL RUN OF FLEX DUCT PER SECTION 603.4.1 CMC. R ALL MECHANICAL DUCTS AND PIPING PENETRATING RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AND FIRE-STOPPED TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. FOR REFERENCE, SHAFT WALL CONSTRUCTION IS 1-HR RATED FOR DUCTS ROUTED DOWN TO LOWER LEVEL, DUCT PENETRATIONS INTO AND OUT OF SHAFTS SHALL BE SEALED AND FIRE STOPPED ACCORDINGLY PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. Q COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. P ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS / GRILLES, AND GENERAL HVAC LOCATED IN OPEN CEILING AREAS IN THE LOWER LEVEL SHALL BE BLACK IN COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS / GRILLES, AND GENERAL HVAC LOCATED IN OPEN CEILING AREAS IN THE UPPER LEVEL SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DIFFUSERS / GRILLES SHALL BE ORDERED WITH FINISH SPECIFIED IN ASSOCIATED SCHEDULE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SPECIFIED TO BE PAINTED FOR PREPARATION OF PAINTING BY PAINTING CONTRACTOR. ALL OILS, DUST AND DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SURFACES REQUIRING PAINTING. OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM MANUFACTURER BEFORE PAINTING DUCT WRAP INSUALTION. UL LISTING MUST NOT BE COVERED. PAINTING MUST OCCUR AFTER ROUGH DUCT INSPECTION. FIRE-WRAPPED GREASE DUCTS SHALL NOT BE PAINTED. O PAINT ALL VISIBLE GAS PIPING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. ALL GAS PIPING ROUTED ON ROOF SHALL BE PAINTED YELLOW. N ALL SERVICEABLE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON ROOF SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 10FT FROM ROOF EDGE OR HAVE GUARD RAIL AS REQUIRED BY CODE. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. M EXHAUST TERMINATIONS, PLUMBING VENTS, ETC. SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3FT. VERTICAL CLEARANCE ABOVE OR MINIMUM OF 10FT. HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE FROM FENESTRATION OR EQUIPMENT OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES. L ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCT ELBOWS SHALL BE SMOOTH RADIUS ELBOWS WITH THE INSIDE RADIUS SAME AS WIDTH OF DUCT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ALL 90° MITERED ELBOWS SHALL HAVE TURNING VANES. K ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST BRANCH DUCTS SHALL HAVE A BALANCING DAMPER NEAR MAIN. (INDIVIDUAL BRANCH DAMPERS NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) J ALL RECTANGULAR RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE 1" INTERNAL LINER, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. I INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL USE EXTREME CAUTION TO COORDINATE THE EXACT ROUTING AND ELEVATION OF DUCTING SYSTEMS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DUCTING SO AS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE REMOVAL AND/OR SERVICING OF SYSTEMS. H ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. G FIELD VERIFY THERMOSTAT AND SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. INSTALL SENSORS AT A HEIGHT OF ±4'-0" A.F.F.. COORDINATE MECHANICAL SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES, INSTALL SENSORS ±6"-1'0" ABOVE LIGHTING CONTROLS WHEN INSTALLED IN SIMILAR LOCATIONS. F ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS PLAN TO BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. E ALL DUCTWORK BEHIND GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. PAINT INSIDE OF DUCT CONNECTIONS 2'-0" UP STREAM OF FIRST 90 DEGREE ELBOW. D ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED ACCORDING TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C ALL DUCT AND EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS NOTED ON PLANS MEASURED FROM F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DUCT/EQUPMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B REFER TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. A ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL, STATE, & FEDERAL CODES, RULES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 3 CONNECT EXISTING GAS PIPING TO NEW RTU-1. 2 SHIFT DUCT DOWN TO AVOID STRUCTURE, APPROXIMATELY 11 ’1” A.F.F. BOD THEN BACK UP TO ANNOTATED ELEVATION. 1 REFER TO EXISTING DRAWINGS FOR DUCTWORK CONTINUATION. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS FEC G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 131 BAR SEATING 112 BAR 139 PARTY ROOM 3 142 GAME ROOM 141 PLUSH STORAGE 132 BILLIARDS 38"x18" X-SA 38"x18" X-RA 38 " x 1 8 " X - S A NEW 34"x42" RA OPENING IN NEW 38"x18" RA DUCT. COVER OPENING WITH GALVANIZED WWM. 38"x18" RA 20"ø X-SA 20 " ø X - S A 10"ø X-SA 10"ø X-SA 10 " ø X - S A 14"ø X-SA EX "A"-SA 440 CFM EX "A"-SA 440 CFM EX "A"-SA 440 CFM 10 " ø S A 10"ø SA 14 " ø S A 10"ø SA 143 SEATING (2) "C"-TA 500 CFM 36"x6" NK 8'0" A.F.F. 36"x6" TA (2) "C"-TA 500 CFM 36"x6" NK 8'0" A.F.F. 36"x6" TA "A"-SA 450 CFM 10"Ø NK. EX "A"-SA 440 CFM "A"-SA 450 CFM 10"Ø NK. MTD AT 11'11" 10 " ø S A 10"ø SA 10"ø S A "A"-SA 450 CFM 10"Ø NK. MTD AT 11'11" A.F.F. 20 " x 1 8 " S A 20"x18" SA "A"-SA 925 CFM 16"Ø NK. "B"-SA 200 CFM 8"x6" NK. "B"-SA 200 CFM 8"x6" NK. "B"-SA 200 CFM 8"x6" NK. "B"-SA 200 CFM 8"x6" NK. 16 " x 1 0 " S A 14 " x 1 0 " S A 12 " x 1 0 " S A 8" x 1 0 " S A "B"-SA 200 CFM 8"x6" NK. 16"x10" SA 16"ø SA "A"-SA 925 CFM 16"Ø NK. 16 " ø S A 16 " ø S A 22 " x 1 8 " S A 10"ø S A 20 " x 1 8 " S A BO D 1 3 ' - 0 1 / 4 " 2 16 " ø S A BOD 11' - 11 1/4" "A"-SA 950 CFM 16"Ø NK. "A"-SA 925 CFM 16"Ø NK. "A"-SA 925 CFM 16"Ø NK. BOD 11' - 11 3/4"16"ø SA 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 12 / 9 / 2 0 2 4 4 : 2 4 : 0 9 P M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN M-401 MAINPLACE MALL TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE:N PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN 3 CONNECT EXISTING GAS PIPING TO NEW RTU-1. 2 SHIFT DUCT DOWN TO AVOID STRUCTURE, APPROXIMATELY 11 ’1” A.F.F. BOD THEN BACK UP TO ANNOTATED ELEVATION. 1 REFER TO EXISTING DRAWINGS FOR DUCTWORK CONTINUATION. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR MECHANICAL PLAN NOTES V ALL HVAC UNIT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM PANEL TO INITIATE A SUPERVISORY SIGNAL UPON ACTIVATION, BE INTERCONNECTED, AND SHALL SHUT DOWN ALL UNITS SIMULTANEOUSLY UPON ACTIVATION OF ANY ONE SINGLE DETECTOR. ALL HVAC UNIT DUCT-SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE TESTED BY CALIBRATED MANOMETER PROVIDED BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE AIR VOLUME AND VELOCITIES ARE WITHIN THE TOLERANCE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE RATINGS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER'S DATA ON EACH DUCT-SMOKE DETECTOR INSTALLED WITHIN THE UNIT / DUCTWORK. U FIELD VERIFY THAT ALL MECHANICAL WORK COMPLETED BY THE LANDLORD AS PART OF THE SHELL PACKAGE MATCHES CONDITIONS SHOWN ON PLANS. TENANT MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT MECHANICAL WORK BY THE LANDLORD DEVIATES SUBSTANTIALLY FROM PLANS. T TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BROWARD COUNTY CERTIFIED. S ALL FLEX DUCTS SHALL TRANSITION FROM ROUND METAL DUCT TO SAME SIZE FLEX DUCT. PROVIDE PREFORMED 90° TRANSITION ELBOW FOR FLEX DUCT CONNECTION INTO SUPPLY DIFFUSER INLET. 5'0" MAXIMUM LENGTH FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL RUN OF FLEX DUCT PER SECTION 603.4.1 CMC. R ALL MECHANICAL DUCTS AND PIPING PENETRATING RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED AND FIRE-STOPPED TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. FOR REFERENCE, SHAFT WALL CONSTRUCTION IS 1-HR RATED FOR DUCTS ROUTED DOWN TO LOWER LEVEL, DUCT PENETRATIONS INTO AND OUT OF SHAFTS SHALL BE SEALED AND FIRE STOPPED ACCORDINGLY PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. Q COORDINATE ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD. ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. P ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS / GRILLES, AND GENERAL HVAC LOCATED IN OPEN CEILING AREAS IN THE LOWER LEVEL SHALL BE BLACK IN COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS / GRILLES, AND GENERAL HVAC LOCATED IN OPEN CEILING AREAS IN THE UPPER LEVEL SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DIFFUSERS / GRILLES SHALL BE ORDERED WITH FINISH SPECIFIED IN ASSOCIATED SCHEDULE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SPECIFIED TO BE PAINTED FOR PREPARATION OF PAINTING BY PAINTING CONTRACTOR. ALL OILS, DUST AND DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SURFACES REQUIRING PAINTING. OBTAIN WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM MANUFACTURER BEFORE PAINTING DUCT WRAP INSUALTION. UL LISTING MUST NOT BE COVERED. PAINTING MUST OCCUR AFTER ROUGH DUCT INSPECTION. FIRE-WRAPPED GREASE DUCTS SHALL NOT BE PAINTED. O PAINT ALL VISIBLE GAS PIPING TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. ALL GAS PIPING ROUTED ON ROOF SHALL BE PAINTED YELLOW. N ALL SERVICEABLE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON ROOF SHALL BE INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 10FT FROM ROOF EDGE OR HAVE GUARD RAIL AS REQUIRED BY CODE. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES. M EXHAUST TERMINATIONS, PLUMBING VENTS, ETC. SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3FT. VERTICAL CLEARANCE ABOVE OR MINIMUM OF 10FT. HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE FROM FENESTRATION OR EQUIPMENT OUTDOOR AIR INTAKES. L ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCT ELBOWS SHALL BE SMOOTH RADIUS ELBOWS WITH THE INSIDE RADIUS SAME AS WIDTH OF DUCT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. ALL 90° MITERED ELBOWS SHALL HAVE TURNING VANES. K ALL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST BRANCH DUCTS SHALL HAVE A BALANCING DAMPER NEAR MAIN. (INDIVIDUAL BRANCH DAMPERS NOT SHOWN ON PLANS) J ALL RECTANGULAR RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE 1" INTERNAL LINER, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS. I INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL USE EXTREME CAUTION TO COORDINATE THE EXACT ROUTING AND ELEVATION OF DUCTING SYSTEMS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DUCTING SO AS TO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE REMOVAL AND/OR SERVICING OF SYSTEMS. H ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. G FIELD VERIFY THERMOSTAT AND SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. INSTALL SENSORS AT A HEIGHT OF ±4'-0" A.F.F.. COORDINATE MECHANICAL SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES, INSTALL SENSORS ±6"-1'0" ABOVE LIGHTING CONTROLS WHEN INSTALLED IN SIMILAR LOCATIONS. F ALL WORK SHOWN ON THIS PLAN TO BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. E ALL DUCTWORK BEHIND GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS CONNECTIONS SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. PAINT INSIDE OF DUCT CONNECTIONS 2'-0" UP STREAM OF FIRST 90 DEGREE ELBOW. D ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED ACCORDING TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C ALL DUCT AND EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS NOTED ON PLANS MEASURED FROM F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DUCT/EQUPMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. B REFER TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. A ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL, STATE, & FEDERAL CODES, RULES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS 18 " MIN I M U M REDUCER (TYP.) N.C. 1/4" F.P.T. AND PLUG TEST PORT, TYPICAL GAS COCK N.C. UNION (TYP.) FISHER HSR GAS PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE, INSTALL VALVE WITH SELF DRAINING VENT ROOF PROVIDE SHORT VENT NIPPLE TURNED DOWN MEDIUM PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE WW D 45° 45° R1 R2 * SMALL DOUBLE VANE ELBOW. USE FOR ELBOWS UP TO 36" IN WIDTH AND/OR DEPTH. DIMENSIONS : W = 1.14" D = 2.125" R1 = 1.00" R2 = 2.00" NOTES: 1. ALL SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHALL HAVE ONE OF THE TWO TYPES OF TURNING VANES SHOWN. SINGLE VANE ELBOWS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED ONLY ON RADIUS ELBOWS FOR ALL DUCTS LESS THAN 12" WIDE. 2. VANES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, SUPPORTED AND FASTENED AS REQUIRED. ALL SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHOWN ON PLANS FOR EXHAUST OR RETURN DUCT MAY BE MADE RADIUS ELBOWS PROVIDED SPACE PERMITS RADIUS INSTALLATION. 3. ALL SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHOWN ON PLANS FOR SUPPLY DUCT MAY BE MADE RADIUS ELBOWS PROVIDED SPACE PERMITS RADIUS INSTALLATION, AND/OR THERE IS NOT AN OUTLET OR TAKEOFF WITHIN 5 DIAMETERS OF THE DOWNSTREAM SIDE OF THE ELBOW. WIDTH DE P T H SIDE VIEWFRONT VIEW TYPICAL ELBOW NO SCALE MECH. CONTR. INSULATED DUCTWORK BY ROOF TOP A.C. UNIT ROOF CANVAS CONNECTION JOIST STEEL BEAM HURRICANE HOLD DOWN CLIPS WITH 16 GAUGE STIFFNERS WELDED TO ROOF CURB BY CURB MANUFACTURER @ 2'-0" CENTERS MIN. (2) STRAPS PER SIDE. SECURE HOLD DOWN TO UNIT WITH (4) #10x1/2" TEK SCREWS SECURE TIE DOWN STRAPS TO ANGLE WITH (2) #14 TEK SCREWS ANGLE IRON FRAMING BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 16 GAUGE CURB TIE DOWN STRAPS @ 2'-0" CENTERS MIN. (2) STRAPS PER SIDE WOOD BLOCKING BY MECH. CONTR. SECURE HOLD DOWN TO CURB WITH (8) # 10x1/2" TEK SCREWS SECURE TIE DOWN STRAPS TO CURB WITH (2) #14 TEK SCREWS FACTORY INSTALLED ECONOMIZER MECH. CONTR. SHALL OPEN UP ECONOMIZER PER MANUFACTORY INSTRUCTIONS. ROOF CURB INSULATION FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECH. CONTR. ROOF CURB FURNISHED BY OWNER. ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY MECH. CONTR. SEE CURB DETAIL, THIS SHEET. INTERNALLY INSULATE REFER TO SPECS. OFFSET DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED TO RUN THRU WEB OF JOIST GIRDER FIELD VERIFY CONDITION OFFSET BOTH DUCTS EQUALLY L ENLARGED RTU CURB DETAIL 3' 0R L E S S - R E F R I G . L I N E S HOLD DOWN CLAMP 1/4" THICK RUBBER MAT RUBBER SUPPORT WITH 14 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL. EQUAL TO MI- FAB C SERIES NOTE: MAY USE IN LIEU OF PILLOW BLOCK PIPESTAND NOTED ON SHEET M-107 IF APPROVED BY MIKE BLECHER AND THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR. PAINT INSIDE FLAT BLACK CLG. NECK SIZE 12 " x N E C K S I Z E 18" MIN. 1" 3" FROM STRUCTURE.ELBOW, SUSPEND1" THICK, FIBERGLASS PIPING SUPPORT FOR ALL PIPING RUNNING ON ROOF MIRO INDUSTRIES. 60 MIL UNCURED RUBBER FLASHING OR MFG'S. OPTIONAL SUPPORT PAD. PIPE EQUAL TO MIRO, MODEL 6-RHA-12 6" PIPE SUPPORT 4" PIPE SUPPORT EQUAL TO MIRO, MODEL 5-RHA-7 1 1/2"-3" PIPE SUPPORT EQUAL TO MIRO, MODEL 3-R-2 1/2"-1 1/4" PIPE SUPPORT EQUAL TO MIRO, MODEL 3-R-2 PIPE SUPPORT SCHEDULE ALL MODELS OF SUPPORTS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH THE OPTIONAL STRAPS OVER THE PIPE AND BOLTED TO SUPPORT. ALL METAL SHALL BE OF STAINLESS STEEL CONSTRUCTION. NOTE: SUPPORTS SHALL BE FURNISHED AS THE MANUFACTURERS STANDARD. ADJUST HEIGHT AS REQUIRED FOR SITE CONDITIONS. 45° LEAD-IN. SUPPLY AIR MAIN DUCTWORK BRANCH DUCTWORK. D1 D2 NOTE: D1 NOT LESS THAN D2. VOLUME DAMPER 4 DUC T D I A M E T E R S ( D 2 ) M I N . AIRFL O W AIRFL O W AIRFL O W AIRFL O W 3/8" CADMIUM PLATED THREADED ROD. SECURE TO STRUCTURE (2 TYP). GALVANIZED DUCT AND INSULATION AS SPECIFIED ON PLANS 2" x 2" x 1/8" MIN (GALVANIZED) TWO HEAVY HEX NUTS, BACK TO BACK WITH WASHER (TYP EACH CONNECTION) NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALLOWABLE LOAD FOR EACH TRAPEZE HANGER PER SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 2. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE STRAP HANGERS ON DUCTS LESS THAN 36" WIDE. 45° D DIMENSIONS: D = 6" BRANCH DUCT BALANCING DAMPER (REQ'D IF BRANCH SERVES A SINGLE AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE) PRIMARY SUPPLY AIR/OUTSIDE AIR RETURN/EXHAUST AIR TURN DOWN OPEN FOR DRAWTHRU RTU OR AHU DRAIN PAN B A BLOWTHRU A = GREATER OF 4" OR 1/2" PLUS AHU TOTAL PRESSURE IN INCHES-WC. DRAWTHRU B = GREATER OF 2" OR 1/2" PLUS AHU TOTAL PRESSURE IN INCHES-WC DIELECTRIC UNION AS REQUIRED 1"MIN. PROVIDE SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. FOR BLOWTHRU PROVIDE THREADED CLEANOUT FITTING WITH PLUG. M.C. SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL 8x8 CONCRETE PAVER BELOW CONDENSATE TERMINATIONS ON ROOF. GAS LINE TO UNIT PIPE REDUCER FROM BRANCH PIPE SIZE TO UNIT CONNECTION SIZE. PROVIDE AT UNIT. UNION GAS COCK EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING.NOTE: OMIT DIRT LEG ATDIRT LEG 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 12 / 9 / 2 0 2 4 4 : 2 4 : 1 0 P M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 MECHANICAL DETAILS M-501 MAINPLACE MALL NOT TO SCALEM-501 SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR ELBOW WITH TURNING VANES1 NOT TO SCALEM-501 ROOF CURB DETAIL2 NOT TO SCALEM-501 REFRIGERANT PIPING SUPPORT DETAIL5 NOT TO SCALEM-501 RETURN AIR GRILLE BOOT DETAIL3 NOT TO SCALEM-501 PIPE ON ROOF DETAIL11 NOT TO SCALEM-501 BRANCH CONNECTION DETAIL8 NOT TO SCALEM-501 RECTANGULAR DUCT TRAPEZE HANGER7 NOT TO SCALEM-501 RECTANGULAR BRANCH DUCT DETAIL9 NOT TO SCALEM-501 UNIT COOLING COIL CONDENSATE DRAIN DETAIL10 NOT TO SCALEM-501 GAS CONNECTION DETAIL4 NOT TO SCALEM-501 ABOVE ROOF GAS PRESSURE REDUCING STATION6 TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS HVAC DUCTWORK ABBREVIATIONS VENTV BALANCING VALVE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER MANUAL SPLITTERS V.D. H HUMIDISTAT CU CUH C.W. EA LAT M.C. LWT HWS I.E. CABINET UNIT HEATER EXHAUST AIR CONDENSING UNIT COLD WATER LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LEAVING WATER DAMPER HOT WATER SUPPLY INVERT ELEVATION WALL CLEAN OUT YARD CLEAN OUT VENT THRU ROOF WATER CLOSET 3/8x3/8 WELDED WIRE MESH WS WORK SINK YCO WCO VTR WC WWM ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE 14X20 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER EXHAUST FAN SUPPLY AIR DUCT SECTION,FIRST FIGURE IS TOP RETURN AIR DUCT SECTION,FIRST FIGURE IS TOP RETURN AIR DIFFUSER VERTICAL FIRE DAMPER 20X14 20X14 T S SLOT DIFFUSER ACOUSTICAL LINING (AL) STANDARD BRANCH, NO SPLITTER THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT WITH GUARD TEMPERATURE SENSOR FLEX CONNECTION CHANGE IN ELEVATION, RISE (R) DROP (D)R CA CFM COND CSBV ASME A.H.J. BTUH IS SIDE SHOWNDUCT SIZE, FIRST FIGURE AFF FCO EWC EWT EXIST. FD GD F.S.E.C. HP HWR CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE COMBUSTION AIR CONDENSATE CIRCUIT SETTER AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR FIRE DAMPER FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR GREASE DUCT HOT WATER RETURN HORSE POWER FLOOR CLEAN OUT ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXISTING EAT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE OA OUTSIDE AIR SANITARY SEWER SITE CONTRACTOR STATIC PRESSURE SERVICE SINK STORM SEWER SP ST SS UH UR URINAL UNIT HEATER RA / RAD SA / SAD SC SAN RETURN AIR / DUCT CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR SUPPLY AIR / DUCT CO ACOUSTICAL LINED RETURN AIR DUCT WITH OPEN BELL MOUTH FITTING MOTORIZED DAMPERMD STAINLESS STEELS/S MEDIUM PRESSURE DUCTMP TYPE A SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER WITH 475 CFM, 12" ROUND NECK"A"-475-SA 12" NK. AL TV ELBOW WITH AERO DYNE HIGH EFFICIENT TURNING VANES RECTANGULAR RADIUS ELBOW WITH R=1.5 W OR GREATER. GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE PIPE OR DUCT DROP EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EF EXHAUST FAN AL ACOUSTICALLY LINED BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT T W R 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 12 / 9 / 2 0 2 4 4 : 2 4 : 1 1 P M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M-601 MAINPLACE MALL Ø TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 14. ALL OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES THAT CAN BE INSTALLED IN FACTORY OR FIELD CAN BE MODIFIED TO THE OPPOSITE OF WHAT IS SPECIFIED IF LEAD TIME IMPROVES OR IS NOT IMPACTED BY THIS CHANGE. 13. PIPE CONDENSATE FOR ALL ROOFTOP UNITS TO OUTDOORS, ONTO ROOF, OR TO NEAREST AVAILABLE DRAIN. 12. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MINIMUM MERV-13 FILTERS. 11. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH STANDARD EFFICIENCY DX COOLING WITH CONDENSATE OVERFLOW SWITCH. 10. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE INSTALLED SUCH THAT ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT TIE-DOWNS MEET ALL APPLICABLE WIND RESISTANCE CODE REQUIREMENTS. 9. RTU-1 SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH INSULATED CURB ADAPTER AND SHALL REUSE AND BE INSTALLED ON EXISTING ROOF CURB, FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF EXISTING ROOF CURB TO CONFIRM COMPATIBILITY WITH NEW UNITS PRIOR TO BIDDING. 8. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY MOUNTED AND POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET WITH NON-FUSED DISCONNECT. 7. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY 100% POWER EXHAUST WITH ULTRA LOW LEAK EXHAUST DAMPERS. 6. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH REFERENCE ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER WITH LOW LEAK DAMPERS AND FAULT DETECTION AND DIAGNOSIS. OUTSIDE AIR/ECONOMIZER DAMPERS TO BE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER TYPE. 5. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION INTERLOCKED TO CO2 SENSOR LOCATED IN COMMON RA DUCT FOR EACH UNIT. 4. TENANT MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NIAGRA WEB BASED BACNET AND INTERFACE TO ALLOW FOR MONITORING, PROGRAMING, AND CONTROLS INTEGRATION OF ALL ROOFTOP UNITS. MANUFACTURERS IN ORDER OF PREFERENCE: HONEYWELL, DISTECH, VYKON TRIDIUM, AND JOHNSON CONTROLS. RTU-1 TO BE TIED INTO EXISTING CONTROLS OF ROUND1 BMS. 3. RTU-1 SHALL BE SINGLE-ZONE VAV UNITS AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY VFD AND BACNET CARD. 2. ALL RTU'S SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH FACTORY MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN SUPPLY & RETURN, WIRED TO FIRE ALARMS SYSTEM BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 1. ROOFTOP UNITS, ASSOCIATED GAS PIPING, CONDENSATE PIPING, SPECIFIED OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES, ROOFTOP UNIT STARTUP AND CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED CABLES, WIRING, ETC. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT MC. TENANT MC SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT ROOFTOP UNIT SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCT LOCATIONS, ORIENTATIONS, ETC. PRIOR TO PURCHASING UNITS AND CURBS. NOTES: RTU-1 7000 1 5.0 20 93.1 80.4 65.4 54.7 53.0 11.7 270.0 218.7 57.2 85.6 2100 460V/3PH 53 60 ADAPTER 2977 AAON ROOFTOP MODEL #: RN-020-C-A-3-GAAEC. NATURAL GAS HEATING AND COOLING. CFM ESP MOTOR HP NOM. TONS AMBIENT EDB (F) EWB (F)LDB (F)LWB (F)EER INPUT MBH OUTPUT MBH EAT (F) LAT (F) SYMBOL SUPPLY FAN COOLING GAS HEAT OA CFM VOLTAGE MCA MOCP CURB UNIT WEIGHT (LBS)REMARKS ROOFTOP SCHEDULE 3. BRANCH DUCTS SERVING DIFFUSER/GRILLE TO BE SAME SIZE AS THE DIFFUSER/GRILLE NECK SIZE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 2. ALL VISIBLE SURFACE BEHIND DIFFUSER/GRILLE (INCLUDING DAMPERS) TO BE PAINTED FLAT BACK. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY DIFFUSER OR GRILLE FRAME WITH MOUNTING SURFACE. NOTES: "C" SURFACE MOUNTED RETURN, EXHAUST, AND TRANSFER AIR GRILLE. BORDER TYPE 1. ALL ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION, 3/4" BLADE SPACING PARALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION WITH 35° FIXED DEFLECTION, OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER (DAMPER NOT REQUIRED ON TRANSFER GRILLES). NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLANS. FINISH SHALL BE PAINTED, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL. EQUAL TO TITUS 350FL. "B" SURFACE MOUNTED SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER. ALL ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. TWO SETS OF ADJUSTABLE BLADES AT 3/4" SPACING, FRONT SET PARALLEL TO THE LONG DIMENSION, BACK PARALLEL TO THE SHORT DIMENSION, OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER. NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN. FINISH SHALL BE PAINTED, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL. EQUAL TO TITUS 300FL. "A"SURFACE MOUNTED SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER. ALL ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION. ADJUSTABLE ROUND CEILING DIFFUSER WITH FOUR ADJUSTABLE CONES. NECK SIZE AS NOTED ON PLAN. FINISH SHALL BE PAINTED, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL. EQUAL TO TITUS TMRA. TYPE DESCRIPTION GRILLE AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 5/ 2 1 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 4 5 : 2 1 A M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 T-24 FORMS M-602 MAINPLACE MALL TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS R1 05-21-25 PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS R1 DN DN DN D W FEC FECFEC FE C FE - K FE FE FE A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 2.5 2.5 A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 38"x18" X-SA 38 " x 1 8 " X - S A 38"x18" X-RA 4 4 4 4 4 436"/20" X-SA 36 " / 2 0 " X - S A 20 " ø X - S A 36 " / 2 0 " X - S A 14"ø X-SA 20"ø X-SA 10"ø X-SA10"ø X-SA 10"ø 10"ø 10"ø X-SA 10"ø X-SA 6"ø X-SA 14 " ø 10 " ø 4 3 1 2 10"ø X-SA 14"ø X-SA 5 5 EX SD-1 440 CFM10"ø X-SA 10 " ø X - S A EX SD-1 440 CFM EX SD-1 440 CFM EX SD-1 440 CFM EX SD-1 440 CFM A A B B C C D D E E F F G G H H J J 1 1 2 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 D.8 D.8 F.2 F.2 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 12 / 9 / 2 0 2 4 4 : 2 4 : 1 9 P M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLANMD101 MAINPLACE MALL TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT SCALE:N PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" FIRST FLOOR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN I UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS FROM AVAILABLE INFORMATION. THEIR LOCATIONS SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED EXACT LOCATIONS NOR SHOULD THEY BE CONSIDERED AS THE ONLY UTILITIES IN THE AREA AND TO CALL MISS DIG PRIOR TO START OF WORK. H ROOF PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY HOLDER, SUCH THAT EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY IS MAINTAINED; COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD. G CONSULT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF EQUIPMENT ITEMS. AT OWNER'S REQUEST, EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE CAREFULLY TURNED OVER TO OWNER, MAINTAINING ITS EXISTING CONDITION. F DEMOLITION WORK IS IDENTIFIED ON FLOOR PLAN BY NOTES AND/OR ITEMS SHOWN WITHIN HATCH TYPE LINE PATTERN. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES NOTED FOR DEMOLITION IN A NEAT, PROFESSIONAL, AND LEGAL MANNER. NOT ALL OF THE MECHANICAL WORK IS NECESSARILY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. THOSE ITEMS NOT SHOWN OR NOTED, BUT ARE DEEMED NECESSARY FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT BEING REUSED SHALL BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF. E EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT ALL INCLUSIVE AND SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT WHICH HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND FIELD INSPECTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY PRIOR TO PRICING AND CONSTRUCTION. D ALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND ASSOCIATED COSTS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR. ACTUAL PATCHING AND FINISHING OF SURFACES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY TRADESMEN QUALIFIED AND LICENSED FOR THE SPECIFIC WORK TO BE PERFORMED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE OWNER AND GENERAL TRADES. C MECHANICAL TRADES TO MAINTAIN WORK AREA IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY STATE. DISPOSE OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS ON A DAILY BASIS. B MECHANICAL TRADES SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. A REFER TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS AND THE LANDLORD'S TENANT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 6 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING RTU-1. TEMPORARILY COVER ROOF OPENING AND PREPARE FOR NEW RTU AND CURB ADAPTER. 5 DISCONNECT AND DISPOSE OF DUCTWORK. PREPARE FOR NEW CONNECTION. SAVE EXISTING DIFFUSERS FOR USE IN NEW DUCTWORK. 4 REFER TO EXISTING DRAWINGS FOR DUCTWORK CONTINUATION. 3 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING TRANSFER GRILLES. 2 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING EXHAUST FANS AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK. 1 DISCONNECT AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING DUCTWORK SERVED BY RTU-1 AND ASSOCIATED DIFFUSERS, HANGERS, AND PREPARE FOR NEW CONNECTION. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES I UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS FROM AVAILABLE INFORMATION. THEIR LOCATIONS SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED EXACT LOCATIONS NOR SHOULD THEY BE CONSIDERED AS THE ONLY UTILITIES IN THE AREA AND TO CALL MISS DIG PRIOR TO START OF WORK. H ROOF PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY HOLDER, SUCH THAT EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY IS MAINTAINED; COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD. G CONSULT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF EQUIPMENT ITEMS. AT OWNER'S REQUEST, EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE CAREFULLY TURNED OVER TO OWNER, MAINTAINING ITS EXISTING CONDITION. F DEMOLITION WORK IS IDENTIFIED ON FLOOR PLAN BY NOTES AND/OR ITEMS SHOWN WITHIN HATCH TYPE LINE PATTERN. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES NOTED FOR DEMOLITION IN A NEAT, PROFESSIONAL, AND LEGAL MANNER. NOT ALL OF THE MECHANICAL WORK IS NECESSARILY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. THOSE ITEMS NOT SHOWN OR NOTED, BUT ARE DEEMED NECESSARY FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT BEING REUSED SHALL BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF. E EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT ALL INCLUSIVE AND SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT WHICH HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND FIELD INSPECTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY PRIOR TO PRICING AND CONSTRUCTION. D ALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND ASSOCIATED COSTS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR. ACTUAL PATCHING AND FINISHING OF SURFACES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY TRADESMEN QUALIFIED AND LICENSED FOR THE SPECIFIC WORK TO BE PERFORMED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE OWNER AND GENERAL TRADES. C MECHANICAL TRADES TO MAINTAIN WORK AREA IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY STATE. DISPOSE OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS ON A DAILY BASIS. B MECHANICAL TRADES SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. A REFER TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS AND THE LANDLORD'S TENANT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 6 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING RTU-1. TEMPORARILY COVER ROOF OPENING AND PREPARE FOR NEW RTU AND CURB ADAPTER. 5 DISCONNECT AND DISPOSE OF DUCTWORK. PREPARE FOR NEW CONNECTION. SAVE EXISTING DIFFUSERS FOR USE IN NEW DUCTWORK. 4 REFER TO EXISTING DRAWINGS FOR DUCTWORK CONTINUATION. 3 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING TRANSFER GRILLES. 2 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING EXHAUST FANS AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK. 1 DISCONNECT AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING DUCTWORK SERVED BY RTU-1 AND ASSOCIATED DIFFUSERS, HANGERS, AND PREPARE FOR NEW CONNECTION. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS EX RTU-1 6 1751 Barlow St. Traverse City, MI 49686 T 231-947-1707 F 231-947-1710 4801 Henry St. Muskegon, MI 49441 T 231-798-4328 F 231-798-2981 REC #5170 REMODEL 12 / 9 / 2 0 2 4 4 : 2 4 : 2 0 P M 2309147GR ROUND1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT 2800 N. MAIN ST. SUITE 1100 SANTA ANA, CA 92705 ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 SATURN ST. STE. 200 BREA, CA 92821 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FIRST FLOOR PLANMD102 MAINPLACE MALL TENANT CONSULTANT ARCHITECTS PARADIGM www.paradigmae.com Grand Rapids | Phoenix | Traverse City DESIGN ENGINEERS| DATE DESCRIPTION RELEASE DATE SHEET PROJECT PROJECT I UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS FROM AVAILABLE INFORMATION. THEIR LOCATIONS SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED EXACT LOCATIONS NOR SHOULD THEY BE CONSIDERED AS THE ONLY UTILITIES IN THE AREA AND TO CALL MISS DIG PRIOR TO START OF WORK. H ROOF PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY HOLDER, SUCH THAT EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY IS MAINTAINED; COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND LANDLORD. G CONSULT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF EQUIPMENT ITEMS. AT OWNER'S REQUEST, EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE CAREFULLY TURNED OVER TO OWNER, MAINTAINING ITS EXISTING CONDITION. F DEMOLITION WORK IS IDENTIFIED ON FLOOR PLAN BY NOTES AND/OR ITEMS SHOWN WITHIN HATCH TYPE LINE PATTERN. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING AND ACCESSORIES NOTED FOR DEMOLITION IN A NEAT, PROFESSIONAL, AND LEGAL MANNER. NOT ALL OF THE MECHANICAL WORK IS NECESSARILY SHOWN OR NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. THOSE ITEMS NOT SHOWN OR NOTED, BUT ARE DEEMED NECESSARY FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE PART OF THIS CONTRACT. ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES NOT BEING REUSED SHALL BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF. E EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE NOT ALL INCLUSIVE AND SHOW GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF DUCTWORK, PIPING AND EQUIPMENT WHICH HAVE BEEN OBTAINED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND FIELD INSPECTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY PRIOR TO PRICING AND CONSTRUCTION. D ALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND ASSOCIATED COSTS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR. ACTUAL PATCHING AND FINISHING OF SURFACES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY TRADESMEN QUALIFIED AND LICENSED FOR THE SPECIFIC WORK TO BE PERFORMED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE OWNER AND GENERAL TRADES. C MECHANICAL TRADES TO MAINTAIN WORK AREA IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY STATE. DISPOSE OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS ON A DAILY BASIS. B MECHANICAL TRADES SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. A REFER TO WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS AND THE LANDLORD'S TENANT REQUIREMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES 6 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING RTU-1. TEMPORARILY COVER ROOF OPENING AND PREPARE FOR NEW RTU AND CURB ADAPTER. 5 DISCONNECT AND DISPOSE OF DUCTWORK. PREPARE FOR NEW CONNECTION. SAVE EXISTING DIFFUSERS FOR USE IN NEW DUCTWORK. 4 REFER TO EXISTING DRAWINGS FOR DUCTWORK CONTINUATION. 3 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING TRANSFER GRILLES. 2 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING EXHAUST FANS AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK. 1 DISCONNECT AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING DUCTWORK SERVED BY RTU-1 AND ASSOCIATED DIFFUSERS, HANGERS, AND PREPARE FOR NEW CONNECTION. LEGEND SYMBOL INDICATOR DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES SCALE:N PLAN 3/32" = 1'-0" MECHANICAL ROOF DEMOLITION PLAN 10-03-24 LANDLORD REVIEW 12-09-24 PERMITS August 18, 2025 Wayne Lee, P.E., CASp Senior Plan Check Engineer City of Santa Ana – Planning and Building Agency 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92701 Cc: Allissa Zuniga – Permit Services Technician Kathleen Hernandez – Permit Services Technician Re: Accessibility Compliance Statement Round 1 Main Place Mall Expansion 2800 n. Main St. Suite 1100 Santa Ana, CA 92705 PD Project #2309147GR Dear Mr. Lee, Ms. Zuniga, and Ms. Hernandez, We have reviewed the proposed expansion of the existing Round 1 space and confirm that it meets all applicable Santa Ana barrier-free and accessibility requirements, including: - Accessible route - Dining surfaces - Parking - Drinking fountain Please advise if further documentation, drawings, or field verification is required to support this request. Sincerely, Karl Eberhard, AIA (928) 699-7974 California Architect License C22194 Expiration: November 30, 2025 August 12, 2025 Wayne Lee, P.E., CASp Senior Plan Check Engineer City of Santa Ana – Planning and Building Agency 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92701 Cc: Allissa Zuniga – Permit Services Technician Kathleen Hernandez – Permit Services Technician Re: Change of Architect Letter of Introduction Round 1 Main Place Mall Expansion 2800 n. Main St. Suite 1100 Santa Ana, CA 92705 PD Project #2309147GR Dear Mr. Lee, Ms. Zuniga, and Ms. Hernandez, This letter is to formally introduce myself, Karl Eberhard, as the new Architect of Record for the above- referenced project. I am assuming this role following the retirement of the previous Architect of Record, William H. Brunner. My California Architect License number is C22194, and it is valid through November 30, 2025. I will be responsible for all professional architectural services related to this project moving forward, including coordination with the City of Santa Ana on plan review and permit-related matters. Please update your records to reflect this change and continue to direct all future correspondence, plan review comments, and approvals to Paradigm Design. I look forward to working with you to ensure the successful completion of this project. If you require any additional forms, signatures, or documentation to finalize the change of Architect of Record, please let me know. Sincerely, Karl Eberhard, AIA (928) 699-7974 California Architect License C22194 Expiration: November 30, 2025 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency PARE�L)ik'--3-ivi DESIGN August 11, 2025 Wayne Lee, P E , CASp Senior Plan Check Engineer City of Santa Ana - Planning and Building Agency 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92T01 Cc: Allissa Zuniga - Permit Services Technician Kathleen Hernandez - Permit Services Technician Re: Change of Architect of Record Round 1 Main Place Mall Expansion 2800 n. Main St. Suite 1100 Santa Ana, CA 92705 PD Project #2309147GR Dear Mr. Lee, Ms. Zuniga, and Ms. Hemandez, Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: I am writing to formally notify the City of Santa Ana that I have retired from active architectural practice and my California architect license (No. CA-35034) expired on July 31, 2025. As such, I will no longer serve as the Architect of Record for the above -referenced project Paradigm Design, my firm, is in the process of securing the services of a new California -licensed architect who will assume responsibility as the Architect of Record. The new architect's name and license number will be provided to you, and all revised drawings will be signed, dated, and stamped in accordance with your requirements. The design scope and documents remain unchanged, and the project will continue to be managed by Paradigm Design. The only change is in the responsible architect of record. Please update your records accordingly once the new architects information is submitted along with the revised stamped plans. Thank you for your assistance in this transition. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me or Paradigm Design directly. I trust that our responses adequately address your concerns. Please feel free to contact our office at (616) 785- 5656 if you have any questions or further comment Since William H. Brunner (Retired Architect) Former Architect of Record CA Architect License No. CA-35034 (Expired 07/31/2025) 7385 Grachen Dr., SE Grand Rapids, MI 49546 C: (616) 890-3675 Grand Rapids I Phoenix I Traverse City PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0101 – 1 PROJECT MANUAL for ROUND 1 ROUND 1 BOWLING AND AMUSEMENT MAIN PLACE MALL EXPANSION SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA Paradigm Project No. 2309147GR Issue Date: December 09, 2024 CLIENT:ROUND 1 ENTERTAINMENT 3070 Saturn Street, Suite 200 Brea, California 92821 ARCHITECT PARADIGM DESIGN 415 Leonard St. NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, Michigan 49504 Telephone: (616) 785-5656 PLUMBING/RHOADES ENGINEERING MECHANICAL/1751 Barlow Street ELECTRICAL ENGINEER:Traverse City, Michigan 49686 Telephone: (231) 947-1707 Copyright 2024 Paradigm Design. All rights reserved. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. DOCUMENT 00 0110 - TABLE OF CONTENTS Division Section Title 00 0101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0115 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS / PROJECT WEBSITE INSTRUCTIONS 00 2600 BIDDING SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 00 2600.10 BIDDING SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 00 3119 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION 00 3143 PERMIT APPLICATION 00 4113 BID FORM – STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE PRIME CONTRACT) 00 4373 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM 00 6000 PROJECT FORMS 00 7000 GENERAL & SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS General Requirements Subgroup 01 1000 SUMMARY 01 2500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500.10 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 2600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100.10 DIGITAL DATA RELEASE AGREEMENT 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300.10 SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET 01 3516 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4200 REFERENCES 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 EXECUTION 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110 - 2 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Facility Construction Subgroup DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 4119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 4000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 2023 INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 4113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE 08 8000 GLAZING DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 2900 GYPSUM BOARD 09 6513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6816 SHEET CARPETING 09 7200 WALL COVERINGS 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 INTERIOR PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10 2600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 4413 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 4416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110 - 3 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12 3661.16 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE Facility Services Subgroup DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 1313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 22 0501 PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0501 MECHANICAL DEMOLITIION FOR REMODELING 23 0513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 0700 HVAC INSULATION 23 0900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 3113 METAL DUCTS 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 3423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 3713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 0101 BUSWAY SYSTEM 26 0500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0501 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 26 0510 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 0519 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0529 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110 - 4 26 0533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0536 CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 26 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 2200 LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2416 PANELBOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 26 2813 FUSES 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY NOT APPLICABLE Site and Infrastructure Subgroup DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES NOT APPLICABLE END OF SECTION 00 0110 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 00 0115 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 DOCUMENT 00 0115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 1 ed. 2024-04-26 DOCUMENT 00 2113 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT:Round 1 Bowling and Amusement Main Place Mall Expansion 2800 N. Main Street, Suite 1100 Santa Ana, CA 92705 Project #2309147GR OWNER:Round 1 Entertainment 3070 Saturn Street, Suite 200 Brea, CA 92821 Contact: Steven Takeuchi Email: takeuchi@round1usa.com ARCHITECT:Paradigm Design 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200 Grand Rapids, MI 49504 Contact: Kim VandenBerg Email: kvandenberg@paradigmae.com LANDLORD REP:Centennial Real Estate Management, LLC 8750 N. Central Expressway, Suite 1740 Dallas, TX 75231 Contact: Morgan Dawson Email: mdawson@centennialrec.com Phone: 240-204-4322 TABLE OF ARTICLES 1.DEFINITIONS 2.BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 3.BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4.PRE-BID SITE VISIT 5.BIDDING PROCEDURES 6.CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 7.POST-BID INFORMATION 8.EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 9.FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 10.PARADIGM INTERNET FILE SHARING SITE 1.ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1.1.Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 2 ed. 2024-04-26 (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. 1.2.Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. 1.3.Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. 1.4.A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. 1.5.The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base. 1.6.An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 1.7.A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. 1.8.A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. 1.9.A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. 2.ARTICLE 2 BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1.The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: 2.1.1.The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. 2.1.2.The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. 2.1.3.The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 2.1.3.1.The Bidder has investigated all required fees, permits, and regulatory requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and has properly included in the submitted bid the cost of such fees, permits, and requirements not otherwise indicated as provided by Owner. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 3 ed. 2024-04-26 2.1.4.The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. 2.1.5.The Bidder is a properly licensed Contractor according to the laws and regulations of the State in which the Project is located and meets qualifications indicated in the Bidding Documents. 2.1.6.The Bidder has incorporated into the Bid adequate sums for work performed by installers whose qualifications meet those indicated in the Bidding Documents. 3.ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1.COPIES 3.1.1.Bidders and Sub-bidders may obtain a complete set of the Bidding Documents electronically from the Architect’s internet file sharing site per the instructions contained in these Instructions to Bidders. 3.1.2.Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 3.1.3.The Owner and Architect may make copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work. No license or grant of use is conferred by issuance of copies of the Bidding Documents. 3.2.INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.2.1.The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. 3.2.2.Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. 3.2.3.Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. 3.3.SUBSTITUTIONS 3.3.1.The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 4 ed. 2024-04-26 3.3.2.No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless a written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 3.3.3.If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.3.4.Refer to Document 00 2600 - Bidding Substitution Procedures for requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those indicated in the Bidding and Contracting Documents, prior to receipt of bids. 3.3.5.No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. 3.4.ADDENDA 3.4.1.Addenda may be obtained electronically from the Architect’s internet file sharing site per the instructions contained in these Instructions to Bidders. Notification of available Addenda will be transmitted to all Bidders who are known by the issuing office to have obtained a complete set of Bidding Documents. 3.4.2.Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. 3.4.3.Addenda may be issued at any time prior to the receipt of bids. 3.4.4.Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid. 3.4.4.1.Owner may elect to waive the requirement for acknowledging receipt of 3.4.4 Addenda as follows: 3.4.4.1.1.Information received as part of the Bid indicates that the Bid, as submitted, reflects modifications to the Bidding Documents included in an unacknowledged Addendum. 3.4.4.1.2.Modifications to the Procurement and Contracting Documents in an unacknowledged Addendum do not, in the opinion of Owner, affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 4.ARTICLE 4 PRE-BID SITE VISIT Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 5 ed. 2024-04-26 4.1.A pre-bid site visit is required for general contractors interested in bidding. It is recommended that you invite all sub contractors to the visit to see the existing conditions of the space and gain a better understanding of the project. 4.2.The general contractor is required to coordinate their own pre-bid visit. Coordinate the time and access with the mall management. 5.ARTICLE 5 BIDDING PROCEDURES 5.1.PREPARATION OF BIDS 5.1.1.Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with or identified in the Bidding Documents. 5.1.1.1.Printable electronic Bid Forms and related documents are available from Architect. 5.1.2.All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium. 5.1.3.Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount written in words shall govern. 5.1.4.Interlineations, alterations, and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. 5.1.5.Type or print organization's name, mailing address, and telephone number. 5.1.6.Indicate in United States currency dollar amounts the stipulated sum. 5.1.7.Record Addenda numerically and indicate dates of Addenda documents. 5.1.8.Indicate alternate prices on Document 00 4323 “Alternates Form”. Refer to Section 01 2300 “Alternates” for additional information. 5.1.9.Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. 5.1.10.Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the Bidder. 5.1.11.Owner may elect to disqualify a bid due to failure to submit a bid in the form requested, failure to bid requested alternates or unit prices, failure to complete entries in all blanks in Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 6 ed. 2024-04-26 the Bid Form, or inclusion by the Bidder of any alternates, conditions, limitations or provisions not called for. 5.1.12.Bids shall include sales and use taxes required by the State in which the Project is located. Contractors shall show separately with each monthly payment application the sales and use taxes paid by them and their subcontractors in the form indicated. Reimbursement of sales and use taxes, if any, shall be applied for by Owner for the sole benefit of Owner. 5.2.SUBMISSION OF BIDS 5.2.1.All copies of the Bid and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be emailed to the office of the Architect. The subject of the email shall include the Project name in the following format: Round 1 – Chandler Fashion Center, Tenant Improvement Bids. 5.2.2.The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 5.2.3.Bids of General Contractors including all appropriate subcontractors will be received by Kim VandenBerg via email @ kvandenberg@paradigmae.com by TBD end of business day. 5.2.4.Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or fax transmittals will not be considered. 5.2.5.Bidder’s proposal will be required to be submitted under a condition of irrevocability for a period of 60 days after submission. 5.2.6.By submitting a bid, the Bidder is acknowledging that there will be no contractual relationship between the Owner and Bidder until both parties have formally approved and signed the AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. 5.3.MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 5.3.1.A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. 5.3.2.Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder. Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received, and date- and time-stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 5.3.3.Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 7 ed. 2024-04-26 5.3.3.1.Such modifications to or withdrawal of a bid may only be made by persons authorized to act on behalf of the Bidder. Authorized persons are those so identified in the Bidder's corporate bylaws, specifically empowered by the Bidder's charter or similar legally binding document acceptable to Owner, or by a power of attorney, signed and dated, describing the scope and limitations of the power of attorney. Make such documentation available to Owner at the time of seeking modifications or withdrawal of the Bid. 5.3.3.2.Owner will consider modifications to a bid written on the sealed bid envelope by authorized persons when such modifications comply with the following: the modification is indicated by a percent or stated amount to be added to or deducted from the Bid; the amount of the Bid itself is not made known by the modification; a signature of the authorized person, along with the time and date of the modification, accompanies the modification. Completion of an unsealed bid form, awaiting final figures from the Bidder, does not require power of attorney due to the evidenced authorization of the Bidder implied by the circumstance of the completion and delivery of the Bid. 6.ARTICLE 6 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6.1.OPENING OF BIDS 6.1.1.Bids will be opened upon receipt and shared with the owners and owner’s rep for review. 6.2.ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) 6.2.1.It is the desire of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available; however, low bid alone will not necessitate award. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner's judgment, is in the Owner's own best interests. 7.ARTICLE 7 POST-BID INFORMATION 7.1.SUBMITTALS 7.1.1.Within 48 hours after submitting a Bid, the Bidder may be requested to furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the following: 7.1.1.1.Contractor’s Qualification Statement – AIA Document A305. 7.1.1.2.Schedule of Values – AIA Document G703. Refer to Document 00 4373 “Proposed Schedule of Values Form”. 7.1.1.3.Subcontractor and Supplier List. Provide list of major subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers furnishing or installing products. Note that the Owner desires the use of local subcontractors and suppliers. Do not change subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers from those submitted without approval of Architect. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 8 ed. 2024-04-26 7.1.1.4.Construction Schedule including both a Substantial Completion date and a Final Completion date. 7.1.1.5.Project staffing – resumes of key personnel that will be involved in the project including the Project Manager and Site Superintendent. 7.1.1.6.Work to be self-performed. 7.1.2.The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. 7.1.3.Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder's option, (1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. 7.1.4.Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. 8.ARTICLE 8 EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 8.1.Subsequent to the Notice of Intent to Award, and within Fifteen (15) days after the prescribed Form of Agreement is presented to the Awardee for signature, the Awardee shall execute and deliver the Agreement to Owner through Architect, in such number of counterparts as Owner may require. 8.2.Owner may deem as a default the failure of the Awardee to execute the Contract when the Agreement is presented for signature within the period of time allowed. 8.3.Unless otherwise indicated in the Procurement and Contracting Documents or the executed Agreement, the date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of the executed Agreement. 9.ARTICLE 9 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR 9.1.Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum. 9.2.Copy of said Agreement is on file at Architect's office or may be obtained from the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006-5292. 10.ARTICLE 10 PARADIGM INTERNET FILE SHARING SITE Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 9 ed. 2024-04-26 The following document comprises instructions on accessing the Paradigm Internet File Sharing Site and using the site for viewing and downloading files. END OF DOCUMENT 00 2113 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2113 - 10 ed. 2024-04-26 Paradigm Internet File Sharing Site Your Paradigm Share Space credentials are: Your username (not case sensitive) is: Round 1 - Main Place Mall Expansion Your password (case sensitive) is: 8zVXMT To Access Paradigm's Share Space open your Internet Browser to https://share.paradigmae.com. Once you open the site you can bookmark the address. NOTE the https is required to access the website in web browser and Java is required for full functionality of this site. All folders are read-only access except the “UPLOAD TO PARADIGM” folder. You can upload files to the “UPLOAD TO PARADIGM” folder. PLEASE NOTIFY PARADIGM DESIGN IF YOU UPLOAD A FILE. Please contact us at 616-785-5656 for technical assistance. The Paradigm Design Team. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design BIDDING SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 00 2600 - 1 DOCUMENT 002600 - BIDDING SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design BIDDING SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 00 2600 - 2 2. Submittal Format: Submit one copy of each written Bidding Substitution Request, using form bound in Project Manual. B. Architect's Action: 1. Architect may request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the Bidding Substitution Request. Architect will notify all bidders of acceptance of the proposed substitute by means of an Addendum to the Bidding and Contracting Documents. C. Architect's approval of a substitute during bidding does not relieve Contractor of the responsibility to submit required shop drawings and to comply with all other requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF DOCUMENT 00 2600 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design BIDDING SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 00 2600.10 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 BIDDING SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Project: Specification Title: Description: Section: Page: Article/Paragraph: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, and performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. Attached data also includes a description of changes to the Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. Point-by-point comparative data attached — REQUIRED BY A/E The Undersigned certifies: •Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. •Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. •Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. •Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. •Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. •Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. •Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. •Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address: Telephone: A/E’s REVIEW AND ACTION Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 00 2600 Bidding Substitution Procedures. Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 2600 Bidding Substitution Procedures. Substitution rejected - Use specified materials. Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials. Signed by:Date: Supporting Data Attached: Drawings Product Data Samples Tests Reports Other Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION 00 3119 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 3119 - EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PERMIT APPLICATION 00 3143 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 3143 - PERMIT APPLICATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 00 4113 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 4113 - BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 00 4113 - 2 1.5 SUBMISSION OF BID Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM 00 4373 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 4373 - PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PROJECT FORMS 00 6000 - 1 DOCUMENT 00 6000 – PROJECT FORMS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00 7000 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 DOCUMENT 00 7000 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT STANDARD AIA FORMS The “General Conditions of the Contract for Construction” (Standard AIA Form A-201-2017 edition of the American Institute of Architects), Article 1 through 15 and as herein added to and amended are a part of the Contract Documents and shall apply to all contractors, separate Contractor and/or Subcontractors. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these supplementary conditions, the unaltered portion of the general conditions shall remain in effect. Copies of said General Conditions are on file at Architect's office or may be obtained from the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006-5292. General Conditions are hereby added to and amended in certain particulars as follows: ADD TO ARTICLE 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, AS FOLLOWS: 1.1.1.1 The form of agreement which will be Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor A101-2017. 1.1.5.1 Figures provided on Drawings govern manual scaling of the Drawings, and large-scale figures govern small scale figures. Discrepancies shall promptly be brought to the attention of Architect for interpretation and Architect's decision shall govern. 1.1.5.2 Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors shall provide all items of Work complete, unless indicated on drawings or herein specified to the contrary. If drawings and specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, Contractor shall promptly bring the apparent disagreement to the attention of the Architect and estimate on and furnish greater quantity or better quality unless otherwise instructed by Architect. 1.2.3.1 If there are any questions about the Architect’s intent by its use of particular wording(s), Contractor shall promptly seek clarification from Architect before proceeding with Work. Any Work done by Contractor without obtaining such clarification will be one at Contractor’s risk, and removal, remediation and/or replacement of such Work will be performed at the discretion of the Architect and Owner and at Contractor’s sole expense without reimbursement. AMEND OR ADD TO ARTICLE 3, CONTRACTOR, AS FOLLOWS: 3.3.4 The Contractor and authorized representatives shall attend all meetings as requested and scheduled by the Architect. 3.7.1.1 General Contractor shall submit plans and specifications to Building Inspector and/or any other department having jurisdiction over work and shall obtain and pay for examination fees, general building permits and any other fees required by said departments. Similarly, each contractor shall procure all necessary permits and certificates, pay all fees, and arrange for all necessary inspections required by State, County or City authorities. Any work done on the project without securing applicable permits for that work will be done at the Contractor's risk. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00 7000 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 3.15.1 Revise Subparagraph 3.15.1 in its entirety as follows: The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials from and about the Project, including broom cleaning of the floor. All packing/crating materials from goods installed will be removed from the site by the Contractor responsible for the packaged materials. The Contractor responsible for taking delivery of Owner furnished materials will be responsible for packing/crating of goods delivered. 3.15.3 Remove all marks, stains, fingerprints and other soil or dirt from all painted, enameled or finished work and all other exposed finished surfaces. 3.15.4 General Contractor and other Contractors are responsible for expediting, cleaning, washing, waxing, and polishing required within technical sections of specifications governing work under their contract. In addition, the General Contractor shall perform final cleaning to remove all foreign matter, spots, soil, and construction dust, so as to put the project in a complete and finished condition ready for acceptance and use intended. 3.15.5 Contractors shall perform a weekly thorough cleaning to maintain the premises and equipment in a neat, orderly condition. Contractors failing to remove their debris (weekly) from the premises shall be charged the actual cost of cleanup of their specific "mess". AMEND OR ADD TO ARTICLE 7, CHANGES IN THE WORK, AS FOLLOWS: 7.3.6 Revise Subparagraph 7.3.6 in its entirety as follows: In order to obtain a Contract Sum Adjustment for any Change Directive, the Contractor must first submit a written notice to the Architect stating its proposed Contract Sum adjustment and basis for adjustment. This notice must be submitted within seventy-two (72) hours of receipt of the written Change Directive and prior to commencement of the changed work. If the Contractor fails to comply with these notice requirements Contractor shall be deemed to have waived its rights to dispute or contest the Architect’s determination as to the Change Adjustment, the Architect shall include overhead, bond, insurance, field supervision and profit in accordance with the limits established by paragraph 7.3.10. 7.3.11 In Paragraph 7.3.6, the allowance for overhead (misc. and small tools/blades, vehicles, maintenance equipment for vehicles), bonds, insurance, field supervision and profit shall be ten (10%) of cost of labor, labor insurance and materials for work performed by the contractor’s own forces and five (5%) of the Subcontractor’s invoice for work performed by Subcontractors. A breakdown of material and hourly breakdown of labor must be submitted with each request for additional compensation. ADD TO ARTICLE 9, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION, AS FOLLOWS: 9.6.1.1 Until substantial completion, the Owner shall pay 90% of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00 7000 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 9.8.5.1 The payment shall be sufficient to increase the total payment to 95% of the contract sum, less such amount the Architect shall determine for incomplete work and unsettled claims. ADD TO ARTICLE 10, PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY, AS FOLLOWS: 10.1.1 Contractor is responsible to provide an overview of its safety program and requirements of the Landlords Corporate Safety Program, including any policy statement, description of its methods of implementing and enforcing safety measures, and its procedures for identifying/controlling hazards. Prior to first application for payment, Contractor shall provide: .1 A written inventory of all hazardous materials it will have on the Project Site. .2 A material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each of the hazardous materials. .3 A statement on its letterhead confirming that its workers have received proper training in the handling of those hazardous materials. ADD TO ARTICLE 11, INSURANCE AND BONDS, AS FOLLOWS: 11.1.1.1 Contractor shall in no event be liable to Owner and in no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, separate Contractors or Subcontractor for any extended coverage perils in connection with this contract whether during or after completion of this contract. Contractor shall include in contracts with his separate Contractors or Subcontractors a similar waiver of recovery rights by the separate Contractors and/or Subcontractors against Owner and Contractor. 11.1.1.2 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall include all major divisions of coverage and shall be on a comprehensive general basis including premises and operations, Owner’s and Contractor’s protective products and completed operations, and owned, non-owned, and hired motor vehicles. Such insurance shall be written for not less than any limits of liability required by law or those set forth below, whichever is greater, on an occurrence coverage basis. CONTRACTOR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1.Worker’s Compensation: a.State Statutory Limits b.Applicable Federal Statutory Limits c.Employer’s Liability: i.Bodily Injury by Accident $1,000,000 per occurrence 2.Comprehensive General Liability written on an occurrence basis (including Premises Operations; Independent Contractor’s protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage): a.General Aggregate $4,000,000 b.Personal Injury (per occurrence)$4,000,000 c.Property Damage/Completed Operations $2,000,000 d.Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide Waiver of X, C and U exclusions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00 7000 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 3.Professional Liability $2,000,000 each claim and in aggregate Errors and Omissions (if applicable)per project 4.Comprehensive Automobile Liability $1,000,000 SUBCONTRACTOR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1.Worker’s Compensation: a.State Statutory Limits b.Applicable Federal Statutory Limits c.Employer’s Liability: i.Bodily Injury by Accident $1,000,000 per occurrence 11.1.1.3 Contractor shall submit original insurance certificate to the Landlord, Tenant/Owner, and copies to the Architect. 11.2.1 It is the mutual and individual responsibility and liability of both the Owner and Contractors to provide insurance as required by State statute and as deemed in their best interest, through consultation and advice as provided by their respective insurance advisor. The insurance values here, if any, establish minimum required values and are for general guidance only. 11.3.1 The Owner shall make available to the Contractor a copy of the “builder’s risk” policy purchased by the Owner and described in this subparagraph 11.3.1. END OF DOCUMENT 00 7000 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Project information. 2.Work covered by Contract Documents. 3.Work by Owner. 4.Work under separate contracts and sequencing. 5.Owner-furnished, Contractor installed products. 6.Contractor-furnished, Owner-installed products. 7.Access to site. 8.Coordination with occupants. 9.Work restrictions. 10.Specification and Drawing conventions. 11.Miscellaneous provisions. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A.Project Name: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement - Main Place Mall Expansion. B.Project Location: 2800 N. Main Street, Suite 1100, Santa Ana, CA 92705. C.Owner/Tenant: Round 1 Entertainment, 3070 Saturn Street, Suite 200, Brea, CA 92821. D.Architect: Paradigm Design, 415 Leonard Street NW, Suite 200, Grand Rapids, MI 49504. 1.Phone: (616) 785-5656. E.Architect's Consultants: Architect has retained the following design professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Fire Protection, Plumbing Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer: a.Rhoades Engineering, 1751 Barlow Street, Traverse City, MI 49686. F.Other Owner Consultants (Not in Contract – Reference Only): Owner has retained the following professionals who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents: 1.Decibel-Studios, Inc. has prepared the following portions under a separate contract with the owner: a.Audio system infrastructure. b.Video system infrastructure. c.CCTV/surveillance infrastructure. d.Data and network infrastructure. e.A/V server racks and infrastructure. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A.Type of Contract: 1.Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 WORK BY OWNER A.General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. B.Concurrent Work: Owner’s Contractor will perform the following construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with Work under this Contract. 1.Decibel-Studios, Inc. has prepared documents and will provide equipment, materials, and installation of including but not limited to the following: a.Audio system infrastructure. b.Video system infrastructure including TV’s and support brackets, mounts, and poles. c.CCTV/surveillance infrastructure. d.Data and network infrastructure. e.A/V server racks and infrastructure. 2.Cross Design & Lighting, Inc. has prepared documents and will provide materials and installation of including but not limited to the following: a.Wall Graphics. b.Exterior Wall Signage. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUMMARY 01 1000 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 1.6 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS A.General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying Work under this Contract or other contracts. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts. 1.7 PURCHASE CONTRACTS A.General: Owner has negotiated Purchase contracts with suppliers of material and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Include costs for receiving, handling, storage if required, and installation of material and equipment in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. 1.8 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A.Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling, storing, protecting, and installing Owner-furnished products and making building services connections. B.Owner-Furnished Products: 1.Arcade Games. 2.Bar and Seating Area Furniture 3.Sheet Carpet. 4.Miscellaneous Furniture. 1.9 ACCESS TO SITE A.General: Each Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B.Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1.Limits: Confine construction operations to Tenant space limits and exterior areas defined by Landlord. 2.Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials. a.Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. C.Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUMMARY 01 1000 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 1.10 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS A.Partial Occupancy: Other Mall and Tenant Patrons will occupy the adjacent premises during entire construction period, with the exception of areas under construction. Cooperate with Mall Management during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Patron usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Mall's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. 1.Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Mall Management and authorities having jurisdiction. 2.Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to the Mall Management of activities that will affect Mall's operations and egress passage. 1.11 WORK RESTRICTIONS A.Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations as required by Mall Management. Refer to Contractor’s Rules and Regulations. 1.Comply with limitations on use of public sidewalks and streets with Mall Management. B.On-Site Work Hours: Normal business working hours of 10:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday. Additional information will be discussed at Preconstruction Meeting. 1.Weekend Hours: Sunday 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. 2.Hours for noisy activity or after hours: After hours work will not require any additional approval from Mall management. Noisy activity should be scheduled on off business hours or coordinated with Mall Operations Manager. Complaints from customers or tenants will result in Mall management stopping work that is disruptive. Tenant above space will be in operation during business hours. C.Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by the Mall or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1.Notify Landlord, Architect, and Mall Management not less than three (3) days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2.Obtain Landlord’s written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D.Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Mall Tenants and Customers. 1.Notify Landlord, Architect, and Mall Management not less than three (3) days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2.Obtain Landlord’s written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUMMARY 01 1000 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 E.Restricted Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances within the existing building is not permitted. F.Employee Identification: Provide identification tags for Contractor personnel working on Project site. Require personnel to use identification tags at all times. G.Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of Contractor personnel working on Project site. 1.Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative. 1.12 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A.Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1.Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2.Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B.Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C.Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products: 1.Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2.Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard. 3.Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 1.6 PROCEDURES Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 2500.10 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Project: Specification Title: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Address: Phone: Trade Name: Model No.: Installer: Address: Phone: History: New product 1-4 years old 5-10 years old More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: Point-by-point comparative data attached — REQUIRED BY A/E Reason for not providing specified item: Similar Installation: Project: Architect: Address: Owner: Date Installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: No Yes; explain: Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ ). Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: No Yes [Add] [Deduct] days. Supporting Data Attached: Drawings Product Data Samples Tests Reports Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 2500.10 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM The Undersigned certifies: •Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. •Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. •Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. •Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. •Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. •Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. •Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. •Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address: Telephone: Attachments: A/E’s REVIEW AND ACTION Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 2500 Substitution Procedures. Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 2500 Substitution Procedures. Substitution rejected - Use specified materials. Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials. Signed by:Date: Additional Comments: Contractor Subcontractor Supplier Manufacturer A/E Other: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project, including, but not limited to, the following: 1.General coordination procedures. 2.Coordination drawings. 3.RFIs. 4.Digital project management procedures. 5.Web-based Project management software package. 6.Project meetings. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field- engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 2.Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.BIM: Building Information Modeling. B.RFI: Request for Information. Request from Architect or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1.Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2.Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3.Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 B.Key Personnel Names: Within 5 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses, cellular telephone numbers, and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1.Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, in web-based Project software directory, and in prominent location in each built facility. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A.Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1.Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results, where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2.Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3.Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B.Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1.Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C.Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2.Preparation of the schedule of values. 3.Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4.Delivery and processing of submittals. 5.Progress meetings. 6.Preinstallation conferences. 7.Project closeout activities. 8.Startup and adjustment of systems. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A.Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1.Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a.Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b.Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c.Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d.Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. e.Indicate required installation sequences. f.Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B.Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1.Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2.Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. 3.Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms, showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 4.Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5.Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6.Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 a.Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b.Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c.Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. 7.Electrical Work: Show the following: a.Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b.Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire-alarm locations. c.Panel board, switchboard, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor-control center locations. d.Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8.Fire-Protection System: Show the following: a.Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 9.Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that, in general, the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit. C.Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1.File Preparation Format: a.Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. b.DWG or DGN version, operating in Microsoft Windows operating system. 2.File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PDF format. 3.BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate Contractor’s coordination drawing files into BIM established for Project. 4.Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing coordination digital data files. a.Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Drawings. b.Digital Data Software Program: Consult with Architect regarding the digital data software program and operating system in which the Drawings are available. c.Contractor shall execute a digital data release agreement in the form of Agreement included in this Project Manual. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A.General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1.Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2.Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B.Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1.Project name. 2.Owner name. 3.Owner's Project number. 4.Name of Architect and Construction Manager. 5.Architect's Project number. 6.Date. 7.Name of Contractor. 8.RFI number, numbered sequentially. 9.RFI subject. 10.Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 11.Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12.Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 13.Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 14.Contractor's signature. 15.Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a.Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C.RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 1.Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. D.Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow 5 days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1.The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a.Requests for approval of submittals. b.Requests for approval of substitutions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 c.Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d.Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e.Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f.Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g.Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2.Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information. 3.Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal. a.If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 5 days of receipt of the RFI response. E.RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following: 1.Project name. 2.Name and address of Contractor. 3.Name and address of Architect. 4.RFI number, including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5.RFI description. 6.Date the RFI was submitted. 7.Date Architect's response was received. 8.Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. F.On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within three days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.8 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A.Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Architect’s digital data will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction. 1.Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project Record Drawings. 2.Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings. 3.Digital Drawing Software Program: Consult with Architect regarding the digital drawing software program and operating system in which the Contract Drawings are available. 4.Contractor shall execute a digital data release agreement in the form of Agreement included in Project Manual. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 a.Subcontractors and other parties granted access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a digital data release agreement in the form of Agreement included in this Project Manual. 5.The following digital data files will be furnished for each appropriate discipline: a.Floor plans (base plans). b.Reflected ceiling plans. c.Foundation plans for construction layout purposes. B.Web-Based Project Management Software Package: Use Architect's web-based Project management software package for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion. C.PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows: 1.Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file, incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2.Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3.Certifications: Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS A.General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1.Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of seven days prior to meeting. 2.Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3.Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B.Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1.Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2.Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a.Responsibilities and personnel assignments. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 8 ed. 2023-09-22 b.Tentative construction schedule. c.Phasing. d.Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e.Designation of key personnel and their duties. f.Lines of communications. g.Use of web-based Project software. h.Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i.Procedures for RFIs. j.Procedures for testing and inspecting. k.Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. l.Distribution of the Contract Documents. m.Submittal procedures. n.Sustainable design requirements. o.Preparation of Record Documents. p.Use of the premises and existing building. q.Work restrictions. r.Working hours. s.Owner's occupancy requirements. t.Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. u.Procedures for moisture and mold control. v.Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. w.Construction waste management and recycling. x.Parking availability. y.Office, work, and storage areas. z.Equipment deliveries and priorities. aa.First aid. bb.Security. cc.Progress cleaning. 3.Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C.Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity when required by other Sections and when required for coordination with other construction. 1.Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2.Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a.Contract Documents. b.Options. c.Related RFIs. d.Related Change Orders. e.Purchases. f.Deliveries. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 9 ed. 2023-09-22 g.Submittals. h.Sustainable design requirements. i.Review of mockups. j.Possible conflicts. k.Compatibility requirements. l.Time schedules. m.Weather limitations. n.Manufacturer's written instructions. o.Warranty requirements. p.Compatibility of materials. q.Acceptability of substrates. r.Temporary facilities and controls. s.Space and access limitations. t.Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. u.Testing and inspecting requirements. v.Installation procedures. w.Coordination with other work. x.Required performance results. y.Protection of adjacent work. z.Protection of construction and personnel. 3.Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4.Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5.Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D.Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1.Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2.Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3.Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a.Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1)Review schedule for next period. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 10 ed. 2023-09-22 b.Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1)Interface requirements. 2)Sequence of operations. 3)Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4)Status of submittals. 5)Status of sustainable design documentation. 6)Deliveries. 7)Off-site fabrication. 8)Access. 9)Site use. 10)Temporary facilities and controls. 11)Progress cleaning. 12)Quality and work standards. 13)Status of correction of deficient items. 14)Field observations. 15)Status of RFIs. 16)Status of Proposal Requests. 17)Pending changes. 18)Status of Change Orders. 19)Pending claims and disputes. 20)Documentation of information for payment requests. 4.Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a.Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting, where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DIGITAL DATA RELEASE AGREEMENT 01 3100.10 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 Electronic File Project Name:Project Number: Per request by (User), Paradigm Design, has provided data in digital format for use by the User. FILES REQUESTED: Paradigm Design is prepared to provide User, subject to your execution of this Indemnification Agreement, digital drawing files, for the above project. Upon receipt of an executed agreement, we will send the requested files in AutoCAD 2018 format. The files you receive from Paradigm Design may only be utilized for that project only, for which they were designed. All drawing information including, but not limited to, symbol libraries, blocks, details, etc. may not be reproduced, sold, distributed or utilized in any form on other projects without the express written permission of Paradigm Design. Any use or reuse of original or altered files by User or others will be at User’s risk and full legal responsibility. Furthermore, User will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold Paradigm Design harmless its’ officers, directors, shareholders, and associates from any and all claims, suits, liability demands, or costs arising out of or resulting User’s negligent acts. Because data can be modified without the knowledge of Paradigm Design, User agrees that Paradigm Design will not be held liable for the completeness or correctness of the electronic files after delivery of the electronic data. It is the sole responsibility of User to check the validity of all information contained within the electronic file(s). User shall at all times refer to the signed and sealed construction drawings for the project. It is also understood and agreed to that the information exchanged may be considered confidential, and therefore User will not discuss the project with any party, and retain all the information within the file in a confidential manner. Accepted by User and intending hereby to be legally bound: By: Date: Signature Printed Name and Title Company Name Deliver via e-mail to:________________________________ Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1.Startup construction schedule. 2.Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3.Construction schedule updating reports. 4.Daily construction reports. 5.Material location reports. 6.Site condition reports. 7.Unusual event reports. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 1000 "Summary" for preparing a combined Contractor's Construction Schedule with concurrent work performed under Owner’s and other contracts. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1.Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2.PDF file. B.Startup construction schedule. 1.Submittal of cost-loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of values for cost-loaded activities. C.Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. D.Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. E.Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 F.Material Location Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. G.Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. H.Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's Construction Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following: 1.Review software limitations and content and format for reports. 2.Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule. 3.Discuss constraints, including work stages, Mall restrictions, area separations, interim milestones and partial Owner occupancy. 4.Review delivery dates for Owner-furnished products. 5.Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts. 6.Review submittal requirements and procedures. 7.Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals. 8.Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies. 9.Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures. 10.Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule. 11.Review procedures for updating schedule. 1.5 COORDINATION A.Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1.Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2.Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A.Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of final completion. 1.Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 B.Activities: Treat each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1.Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than twenty (20) days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2.Owner Procured Vendor Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. a.Bowling Vendor equipment and lane installation. b.Kitchen Equipment. 3.Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. 4.Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than fifteen (15) days for startup and testing. 5.Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6.Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than thirty (30) days for completion of punch list items and final completion. C.Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1.Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 2.Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 3.Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a.Coordination with existing construction. b.Limitations of continued occupancies. c.Uninterruptible services. d.Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e.Use-of-premises restrictions. f.Provisions for future construction. g.Seasonal variations. h.Environmental control. 4.Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a.Subcontract awards. b.Submittals. c.Purchases. d.Mockups. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 e.Fabrication. f.Sample testing. g.Deliveries. h.Installation. i.Tests and inspections. j.Adjusting. k.Curing. l.Building flush-out. m.Startup and placement into final use and operation. 5.Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a.Structural completion. b.Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. c.Permanent space enclosure. d.Completion of mechanical installation. e.Completion of electrical installation. f.Substantial Completion. 6.Other Constraints: Requirements by Mall listed in Tenant Handbook. D.Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion, and the following interim milestones: 1.Exterior wall and roof enclosure. 2.Concrete slab work complete. 3.Temporary space conditioning. E.Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1.Unresolved issues. 2.Unanswered Requests for Information. 3.Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4.Notations on returned submittals. 5.Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. F.Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At bi-weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1.Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 2.Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3.As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. G.Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is seven (7) or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. H.Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1.Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2.When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. 1.7 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A.Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type construction schedule within seven (7) days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. B.Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first one-hundred twenty (120) days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities. 1.8 GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A.Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within thirty (30) days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1.Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B.Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1.For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in ten (10%) percent increments within time bar. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 1.9 REPORTS A.Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1.List of subcontractors at Project site. 2.List of separate contractors at Project site. 3.Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4.Equipment at Project site. 5.Material deliveries. 6.High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 7.Testing and inspection. 8.Accidents. 9.Meetings and significant decisions. 10.Unusual events. 11.Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 12.Meter readings and similar recordings. 13.Emergency procedures. 14.Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 15.Change Orders received and implemented. 16.Construction Work Change Directives received and implemented. 17.Services connected and disconnected. 18.Equipment or system tests and startups. 19.Partial completions and occupancies. 20.Substantial Completions authorized. B.Material Location Reports: At weekly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. Indicate the following categories for stored materials: 1.Material stored prior to previous report and remaining in storage. 2.Material stored prior to previous report and since removed from storage and installed. 3.Material stored following previous report and remaining in storage. C.Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. D.Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, and responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3200 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who has been regularly engaged as a professional photographer of construction projects for not less than three years. B. Construction Webcam Service Provider: A firm specializing in providing photographic equipment, web-based software, and related services for construction projects, with record of providing satisfactory services similar to those required for Project. 1.5 FORMATS AND MEDIA A. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions. B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full high-definition mode. Provide supplemental lighting in low light levels or backlit conditions. C. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software. D. Metadata: Record accurate date and time from camera. E. File Names: Name media files with sequential numbering suffix. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. B. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of demolition and starting construction, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take 20 minimum photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3. Take 20 minimum photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 4. Take additional photographs to document condition of Tenant walls, roof drains and leaders, exit corridors, and Mall storefront. C. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 20 minimum photographs weekly to document progress. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. D. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 50 minimum photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. E. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. 1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Special events planned at Project site. b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. c. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. d. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. e. Owner's request for special publicity photographs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3233 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Submittal schedule requirements. 2.Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting coordination drawings and subcontract list and for requirements for web-based Project software. 2.Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports, and schedule of tests and inspections. 3.Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting closeout submittals and maintenance material submittals. 4.Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 5.Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 6.Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A.Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B.Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A.Submittal Schedule: Submit, as an action submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2.Initial Submittal Schedule: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3.Final Submittal Schedule: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a.Submit revised submittal schedule as required to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4.Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a.Scheduled date for first submittal. b.Specification Section number and title. c.Submittal Category: Action; informational. d.Name of subcontractor. e.Description of the Work covered. f.Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g.Scheduled dates for purchasing. h.Scheduled date of fabrication. i.Scheduled dates for installation. j.Activity or event number. 1.4 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A.Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1.Project name. 2.Date. 3.Name of Architect. 4.Name of Contractor. 5.Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 6.Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 7.Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 8.Category and type of submittal. 9.Submittal purpose and description. 10.Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. 11.Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12.Indication of full or partial submittal. 13.Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 14.Other necessary identification. 15.Remarks. 16.Signature of transmitter. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 B.Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. C.Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. D.Electronic Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number. E.Submittals Utilizing Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files or other format indicated by Project management software. 1.5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.Web-Based Project Management Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project management software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. B.Fill out and attach completed “Submittal Cover Sheet” to each submittal before posting. Refer to Section 01 3300.10 “Submittal Cover Sheet” included in this Project Manual. C.Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1.Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2.Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3.Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4.Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections, so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a.Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. D.Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2.Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3.Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. E.Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1.Note date and content of previous submittal. 2.Note date and content of revision in label or title block, and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3.Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. F.Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. G.Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A.Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1.If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2.Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3.Include the following information, as applicable: a.Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b.Manufacturer's product specifications. c.Standard color charts. d.Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e.Testing by recognized testing agency. f.Application of testing agency labels and seals. g.Notation of coordination requirements. h.Availability and delivery time information. 4.For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a.Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring. b.Printed performance curves. c.Operational range diagrams. d.Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 5.Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrently with Samples. B.Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted. 1.Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a.Identification of products. b.Schedules. c.Compliance with specified standards. d.Notation of coordination requirements. e.Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f.Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g.Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. C.Samples: Submit Samples for review of type, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1.Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components, such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2.Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a.Project name and submittal number. b.Generic description of Sample. c.Product name and name of manufacturer. d.Sample source. e.Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f.Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3.Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics and identification information for record. 4.Web-Based Project Management Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. 5.Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a.Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b.Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 6.Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units, showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 a.Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 7.Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a.Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record Sample. 1)Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2)If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D.Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1.Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2.Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3.Number and name of room or space. 4.Location within room or space. E.Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. F.Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. G.Certificates: 1.Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 2.Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3.Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4.Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 5.Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 6.Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of AWS B2.1/B2.1M on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H.Test and Research Reports: 1.Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for substrate preparation and primers required. 2.Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3.Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4.Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5.Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6.Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a.Name of evaluation organization. b.Date of evaluation. c.Time period when report is in effect. d.Product and manufacturers' names. e.Description of product. f.Test procedures and results. g.Limitations of use. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 8 ed. 2023-09-22 1.7 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES A.Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1.If criteria indicated are insufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B.Delegated Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1.Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. C.It is understood that the Contractor will provide professional design services or certifications by an engineer licensed in the state the project is located in related to systems, materials or equipment, where the Architect has specified appropriate performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Architect will review shop drawings and other submittals related to the work designed or certified by the design professional retained by the Contractor that bear such professionals seal and signature when submitted to the Architect. The Architect does not review the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications, coordination with adjacent systems and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A.Action Submittals and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B.Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp. Include name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. C.The Contractor shall warrant that materials and equipment furnished for the project will be consistent with industry standards and new unless required otherwise and will provide the stipulated warranties regardless of the submittals. D.Contractor to verify that all submittals to the Architect will fully comply with the Contract Documents. Submittals that do not comply must be accompanied with the appropriate Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 9 ed. 2023-09-22 Substitution Request Form. Reference Sections 01 2500 “Substitution Procedures” and 01 2500.10 “Substitution Request Form”. 1.9 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A.Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return. 1.PDF Submittals: Architect will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action. 2.Submittals by Web-Based Project Management Software: Architect will indicate, on Project management software website, the appropriate action. B.Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. C.Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. D.Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. E.Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. F.Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without action. G.The Architect’s reviews shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations in Document AIA A201 “General Conditions of the Contract for Construction”, Sections 3.3, 3.5, and 3.12. H.Shop drawings, product data, samples and similar submittals are not considered part of the Contract Documents. I.Submittals reviewed by the Architect or its consultants are for general review of conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. This review is not for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other information such as dimensions, quantities and installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor. J.The Architect’s review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect’s review of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 10 ed. 2023-09-22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3300 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET 01 3300.10 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET PROJECT NAME:PROJECT #: Specification Reference:Submittal #: Submittal Description: Cont. / Mfr. / Supplier: Specified Warranty: Provided Warranty: (Insert review stamp / comments below.) Contractor / Manufacturer / Supplier:Construction Manager / General Contractor: Comments:Comments: Consultant / Engineer:Architect: Comments:Comments: These submittals are reviewed only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. Review of these submittals is not for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other information such as dimensions, quantities and installation or performance of equipment or systems, which are the Contractor's responsibility. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 3516 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes special procedures for alteration work. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Alteration Work: This term includes remodeling, renovation, repair, and maintenance work performed within existing adjacent spaces or on existing surfaces as part of the Project. B.Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place. C.Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Architect's Prebid selection of work to be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project. D.Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. E.Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by Architect. F.Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original, or as otherwise indicated. G.Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes. This includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials. H.Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated. I.Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated. J.Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either the same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 K.Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled. L.Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 COORDINATION A.Alteration Work Sub schedule: A construction schedule coordinating the sequencing and scheduling of alteration work for entire Project, including each activity to be performed, and based on Contractor's Construction Schedule. Secure time commitments for performing critical construction activities from separate entities responsible for alteration work. 1.Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best Work results. 2.Coordinate sequence of alteration work activities to accommodate the following: a.Landlord's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building. b.Tenant's partial occupancy of completed Work. c.Other known work in progress. d.Tests and inspections. 3.Detail sequence of alteration work, with start and end dates. 4.Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Coordinate shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 5.Use of elevator and stairs. 6.Equipment Data: List gross loaded weight, axle-load distribution, and wheel-base dimension data for mobile and heavy equipment proposed for use in existing structure. Do not use such equipment without certification from Contractor's professional engineer that the structure can support the imposed loadings without damage. B.Pedestrian and Vehicular Circulation: Coordinate work with circulation patterns within Project building and site. Circulation patterns cannot be closed off entirely without Mall Management approval, plan and execute the Work accordingly. 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS FOR ALTERATION WORK A.Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work: Before starting alteration work, conduct conference at Project site. 1.Attendees: Representatives of Landlord, Mall Management, Contractor, and Tenants of lease space affected by Work shall be represented at the meeting. 2.Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress of alteration work, including review of the following: a.Alteration Work Sub schedule: Discuss and finalize; verify availability of materials, specialists' personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b.Fire-prevention plan. c.Governing regulations. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 d.Areas where existing construction is to remain and the required protection. e.Hauling routes. f.Sequence of alteration work operations. g.Storage, protection, and accounting for salvaged and specially fabricated items. h.Existing conditions, staging, and structural loading limitations of areas where materials are stored. i.Qualifications of personnel assigned to alteration work and assigned duties. j.Requirements for extent and quality of work, tolerances, and required clearances. k.Embedded work such as flashings and lintels, special details, collection of waste, protection of occupants and the public, and condition of other construction that affects the Work or will affect the work. 3.Reporting: Record conference results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from conference. B.Coordination Meetings: Conduct coordination meetings specifically for alteration work at weekly intervals. Coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and pre-installation conferences. 1.Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Mall Operations Management, Architect, and Contractor; each adjacent Tenant representative, specialist, supplier, installer, and other entity concerned with progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of alteration work activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to alteration work. 2.Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress of alteration work. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a.Alteration Work Sub schedule: Review progress since last coordination meeting. Determine whether each schedule item is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited with retention of quality; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities are completed within the Contract Time. b.Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Alteration Work Sub schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. c.Review present and future needs of each entity present, including review items listed in the "Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work" Paragraph in this article and the following: 1)Interface requirements of alteration work with other Project Work. 2)Status of submittals for alteration work. 3)Access to alteration work locations. 4)Effectiveness of fire-prevention plan. 5)Quality and work standards of alteration work. 6)Change Orders for alteration work. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 3.Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. 1.6 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A.Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Landlord that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of whether they were previously documented, remain Owner's property. 1.Carefully dismantle and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and protect it from damage, then promptly deliver it to Landlord where directed at Project site. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Alteration Work Sub schedule: 1.Submit alteration work sub schedule within thirty (30) days of date established for commencement of alteration work. B.Preconstruction Documentation: Show preexisting conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that are to remain, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by Contractor's alteration work operations. C.Alteration Work Program: Submit thirty (30) days before work begins. D.Provide layout and locations of all core drilling and slab saw-cutting for Landlord approval prior to start of any work. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Specialist Qualifications: An experienced firm regularly engaged in specialty work similar in nature, materials, design, and extent to alteration work as specified in each Section and that has completed a minimum of five recent projects with a record of successful in-service performance that demonstrates the firm's qualifications to perform this work. 1.Field Supervisor Qualifications: Full-time supervisors experienced in specialty work similar in nature, material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supervisors shall be on-site when specialty work begins and during its progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project except for causes beyond the control of the specialist firm. B.Alteration Work Program: Prepare a written plan for alteration work for whole Project, including each phase or process and protection of surrounding materials during operations. Show compliance with indicated methods and procedures specified in this and other Sections. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 Coordinate this whole-Project alteration work program with specific requirements of programs required in other alteration work Sections. 1.Dust and Noise Control: Include locations of proposed temporary dust- and noise-control partitions and means of egress from occupied areas coordinated with continuing on-site operations and other known work in progress. 2.Debris Hauling: Include plans clearly marked to show debris hauling routes, turning radii, and locations and details of temporary protective barriers. C.Fire-Prevention Plan: Prepare a written plan for preventing fires during the Work, including placement of fire extinguishers, fire blankets, rag buckets, and other fire-control devices during each phase or process. Coordinate plan with Owner's fire-protection equipment and requirements. Include fire-watch personnel's training, duties, and authority to enforce fire safety. D.Safety and Health Standard: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6. 1.9 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SALVAGED MATERIALS A.Salvaged Materials: 1.Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged items unless more extensive cleaning is indicated. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning; cushion against damage during handling. Label contents of containers. 3.Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4.Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site. 5.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. B.Salvaged Materials for Reinstallation: 1.Repair and clean items for reuse as indicated. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during handling. Label contents of containers. 3.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4.Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials to make items functional for use indicated. C.Existing Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Architect, items may be dismantled and taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction work and reinstalled in their original locations after alteration and other construction work in the vicinity is complete. D.Storage: Catalog and store items within a weathertight enclosure where they are protected from moisture, weather, condensation, and freezing temperatures. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Identify each item for reinstallation with a nonpermanent mark to document its original location. Indicate original locations on plans, elevations, sections, or photographs by annotating the identifying marks. 2.Secure stored materials to protect from theft. 3.Control humidity so that it does not exceed 85 percent. Maintain temperatures 5 degrees F or more above the dew point. E.Storage Space: 1.Owner will arrange for limited on-site location(s) for free storage of salvaged material. This storage space does not include security for stored material. 2.Arrange for off-site locations for storage and protection of salvaged material that cannot be stored and protected on-site. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions that affect the Work by use of preconstruction photographs and measured drawings. 1.Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation." B.Discrepancies: Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with removal and dismantling work. C.Size Limitations in Existing Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within existing spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches or more. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A.Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from alteration work. 1.Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being protected. 2.Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the public from areas where alteration work is being performed. 3.Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes. 4.Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during alteration work. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 5.Contain dust and debris generated by alteration work, and prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces. 6.Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural elements. 7.Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and staining. 8.Provide supplemental sound-control treatment to isolate demolition work from other areas of the building. B.Temporary Protection of Materials to Remain: 1.Protect existing materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated. 2.Do not attach temporary protection to existing surfaces except as indicated as part of the alteration work program. C.Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and vegetation. D.Utility and Communications Services: 1.Notify Owner, Architect, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or controlling wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by alteration work before commencing operations. 2.Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as required for alteration work. 3.Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities. E.Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to ensure that it is functioning properly. Notify Architect immediately of inadequate drainage or blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is functioning properly. 1.Prevent solids such as adhesive or mortar residue or other debris from entering the drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that become sluggish or blocked by sand or other materials resulting from alteration work. 2.Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only clean water to pass. F.Existing Roofing: Prior to the start of work in an area, install roofing protection. 3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE A.General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following: 1.Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated. 2.Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste, and chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 8 ed. 2023-09-22 a.If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover such materials. B.Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following procedures while performing work with heat-generating equipment or combustible materials, including welding, torch- cutting, soldering, brazing, removing paint with heat, or other operations where open flames or implements using high heat or combustible solvents and chemicals are anticipated: 1.Obtain Landlord's approval for operations involving use of open-flame or welding or other high- heat equipment. Use of open-flame equipment is not permitted. Notify Landlord at least 72 hours before each occurrence, indicating location of such work. 2.As far as practicable, restrict heat-generating equipment to shop areas or outside the building. 3.Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe. 4.Use fireproof baffles to prevent flames, sparks, hot gases, or other high-temperature material from reaching surrounding combustible material. 5.Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings. C.Fire-Control Devices: Provide and maintain fire extinguishers, fire blankets, and rag buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each as suitable for the type of fire risk in each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel and the fire-watch personnel are trained in fire-extinguisher and blanket use. D.Sprinklers: Where sprinkler protection exists and is functional, maintain it without interruption while operations are being performed. If operations are performed close to sprinklers, shield them temporarily with guards. 1.Remove temporary guards at the end of work shifts, whenever operations are paused, and when nearby work is complete. 3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS A.Protect other Tenant’s merchandise and equipment, adjacent storefront, surrounding surfaces of walls, and remaining ceilings and finishes from harm or spillage resulting from applications of chemicals and adhesives. B.Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proven to resist chemicals selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces as indicated in alteration work program. Use covering materials and masking agents that are waterproof and UV resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to which they are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 3516 - 9 ed. 2023-09-22 C.Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. D.Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Landlord's property. 3.4 GENERAL ALTERATION WORK A.Have specialty work performed only by qualified specialists. B.Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress. C.Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress during the work. Use digital preconstruction documentation photographs or video recordings. Comply with requirements in Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation." D.Perform surveys of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from alterations. END OF SECTION 01 3516 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for testing and inspection allowances. 1.3 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements are specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for direction before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. F. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. G. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within ten (10) days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five (5) days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including Subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality-control tests and inspections from field quality- control tests and inspections. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspections. 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 8 ed. 2023-09-22 d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens and test assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each Retain "Integrated Exterior Mockups" or "Room Mockups" Paragraph below, or both, describing special mockups as appropriate to Project. 1.10 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 9 ed. 2023-09-22 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 10 ed. 2023-09-22 F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in pre-installation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Associated Contractor Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality- control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update as the Work progresses. 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 11 ed. 2023-09-22 1.11 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 12 ed. 2023-09-22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design REFERENCES 01 4200 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design REFERENCES 01 4200 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. 1. For standards referenced by applicable building codes, comply with dates of standards as listed in building codes. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org. C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design REFERENCES 01 4200 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDOJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com. D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.govinfo.gov. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS). 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org. 6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov. 2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com. 3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH). 4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program;www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/Main- Page.aspx. 5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov. 6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.aqmd.gov. 7. TFS; Texas A&M Forest Service; Sustainable Forestry and Economic Development; www.txforestservice.tamu.edu. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design REFERENCES 01 4200 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 1000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A.General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s construction forces, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B.Sewer Service: Arrange and Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations with Mall Management. C.Water Service: Arrange and Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations with Mall Management. D.Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B.Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within fifteen (15) days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 C.Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content. D.Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. E.Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. F.Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC- control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following: 1.Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2.HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3.Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4.Waste-handling procedures. 5.Other dust-control measures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B.Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C.Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the United States Access Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch OD corner and pull posts. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 B.Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. C.Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-Off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 D.Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. E.Sheathing: Gypsum Board, Type X, 5/8 inch thickness: ASTM C 1396. Attach with steel drill screws at 12 inches on center. Horizontal and Vertical applications. F.Metal Studs: 3-5/8 inch, 25 gauge studs at 16 inches on center with 20 gauge top and bottom track. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A.Field Offices, General: Landlord will provide conditioned interior space for field offices upon completion of demolition and enclosure. B.Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Landlord’s Contractor, Tenant/Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1.Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2.Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of ten individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no less than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with chairs square tack and marker boards. 3.Drinking water and private toilet. 4.Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 degrees F. 5.Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 30 fc at desk height. C.Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1.Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A.Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B.HVAC Equipment: Unless Landlord and Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self- contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2.Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3.Permanent HVAC System: If Landlord or Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 9 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." C.Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A.Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1.Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1.Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." B.Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A.General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1.Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B.Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Connect temporary sewers to system indicated by Mall Management and as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C.Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Landlord. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. D.Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E.Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1.Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying. F.Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. 1.Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed. a.Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b.Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air-filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 2.Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices. 3.Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment. G.Electric Power Service: Connect to Landlord's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Landlord and Tenant/Owner. H.Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1.Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 I.Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install Wi-Fi cell phone access equipment and one land-based telephone line for each field office. 1.At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a.Police and fire departments. b.Ambulance service. c.Landlord’s General Contractor’s home office and emergency after-hours telephone number. d.Tenant’s General Contractor's home office and emergency after-hours telephone number. e.Architect's office. f.Mall Operations Manager. g.Mall General Manager. h.Mall Ownership’s Representative. i.Tenant’s Owner Representative. j.All Consultant Engineers' offices. k.Owner's office. l.Principal subcontractors' field and home offices. J.Electronic Communication Service: Provide a computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following: 1.Processor: Intel Core i5. 2.Memory: 4 gigabyte. 3.Disk Storage: 500 gigabyte hard-disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW drive. 4.Full-size keyboard and mouse. 5.Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet. 6.Productivity Software: a.Microsoft Office Professional, including Word, Excel, and Outlook. b.PDF Reader capable of comments. c.File compression software. 7.Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing, photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of these three functions. 8.Internet Service: Broadband with hardware firewall, providing minimum 20 Mbps download speeds at each computer. 9.Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware, phishing, and spam protection in a combined application. 10.Backup: External hard drive, minimum 2 TB terabyte, with automated backup software providing daily backups. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A.General: Comply with the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2.Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B.Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of Mall Management and authorities having jurisdiction. 1.Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2.Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. C.Parking: Landlord to designate and provide parking areas for construction personnel. D.Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1.Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2.Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a.Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3.Maintain and touch up signs so they are legible at all times. E.Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 01 7300 "Execution." 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A.Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1.Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B.Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1.Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." C.Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil- bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 8 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 2.Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 3.Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. D.Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E.Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. F.Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. G.Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each workday. H.Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. Refer to Mall Tenant Manual and Mall Tenant Contractor Manual. I.Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. J.Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1.Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. K.Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Mall patrons from fumes and noise. 1.Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, paint color selected by Mall Manager. 2.Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 9 ed. 2023-09-22 3.Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 4.Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 5.Protect air-handling equipment. 6.Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. L.Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1.Prohibit smoking in construction areas. Comply with additional limits on smoking specified in other Sections. 2.Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4.Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A.Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1.Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 2.Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3.Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. B.Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 1.Protect porous materials from water damage. 2.Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3.Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4.Remove standing water from decks. 5.Keep deck openings covered or dammed. C.Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 10 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2.Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3.Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4.Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5.Do not install material that is wet. 6.Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7.Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes. D.Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1.Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2.Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials. 3.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. a.Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 24 hours are considered defective and require replacing. b.Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. c.Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. 3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A.Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B.Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1.Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C.Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D.Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 11 ed. 2023-09-22 1.At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 5000 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. C. Subject to Compliance with Requirements: Where the phrase "Subject to compliance with requirements" introduces a product selection procedure in an individual Specification Section, provide products qualified under the specified product procedure. In the event that a named product or product by a named manufacturer does not meet the other requirements of the specifications, select another named product or product from another named manufacturer that does meet the requirements of the specifications. Submit a comparable product request, if applicable. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven (7) days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within fifteen (15) days of receipt of request, or seven (7) working days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. B. Identification of Products: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer or product names or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products or equipment that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the exterior. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface, or, where required for observation following installation, on a visually accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service- connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on a visually accessible but inconspicuous surface. Include information essential for operation, including the following: a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. d. Speed. e. Ratings. 3. See individual identification sections in Divisions 21, 22, 23, and 26 for additional identification requirements. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Landlord. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 a. Submit additional documentation required by Architect in order to establish equivalency of proposed products. Evaluation of "or equal" product status is by the Architect, whose determination is final. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: …" 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: …" 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: …" 4. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: …" 5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for substitutions for convenience. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested. B. Submittal Requirements: Approval by the Architect of Contractor's request for use of comparable product is not intended to satisfy other submittal requirements. Comply with specified submittal requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6000 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1.Construction layout. 2.Field engineering and surveying. 3.Installation of the Work. 4.Cutting and patching. 5.Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6.Progress cleaning. 7.Starting and adjusting. 8.Protection of installed construction. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 1000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2.Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3.Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, replacing defective work, and final cleaning. 4.Section 02 4119.16 "Selective Interior Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 5.Section 07 8413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire-rated construction. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 2.Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. a.Primary operational systems and equipment. b.Fire separation assemblies. c.Air or smoke barriers. d.Fire-suppression systems. e.Plumbing piping systems. f.Mechanical systems piping and ducts. g.Control systems. h.Communication systems. i.Fire-detection and -alarm systems. j.Conveying systems. k.Electrical wiring systems. l.Operating systems of special construction. 3.Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4.Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B.Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. 1.For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements. B.In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1.If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1.Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2.Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B.Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1.Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2.Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3.Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C.Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1.Description of the Work. 2.List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3.List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4.Recommended corrections. D.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Existing Utility Information: Furnish request and information to Landlord that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B.Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C.Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D.Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A.Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B.Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. C.Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 INSTALLATION A.General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1.Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2.Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3.Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4.Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces. B.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C.Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D.Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 E.Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F.Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G.Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H.Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1.Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2.Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3.Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I.Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J.Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1.Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A.Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1.Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B.Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C.Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 D.Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E.Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 01 1000 "Summary." F.Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1.In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2.Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3.Concrete and/or Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond- core drill. 4.Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5.Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6.Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. G.Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1.Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2.Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a.Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b.Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3.Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a.Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4.Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5.Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. H.Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.6 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A.Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. B.Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1.Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2.Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at pre-installation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend pre- installation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A.General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1.Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2.Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg. F. 3.Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a.Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4.Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B.Maintain Project free of waste materials and debris. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 8 ed. 2023-09-22 C.Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1.Remove liquid spills promptly. 2.Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D.Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E.Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F.Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G.Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." H.During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I.Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J.Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B.Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C.Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D.Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 9 ed. 2023-09-22 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A.Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B.Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. C.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 01 7300 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1.Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2.Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3.Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 02 4119.16 "Selective Interior Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements, and for disposition of hazardous waste. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B.Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C.Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D.Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E.Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F.Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work. B.Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. C.Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. D.Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. E.Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. F.Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed according to EPA regulations. Include name and address of technician and date refrigerant was recovered. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. B.Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by EPA-approved certification program. C.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A.General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B.Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. 2.Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3.Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 4.Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 5.Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. 6.Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed. C.Cost/Revenue Analysis: Indicate total cost of waste disposal as if there was no waste management plan and net additional cost or net savings resulting from implementing waste management plan. Include the following: 1.Total quantity of waste. 2.Estimated cost of disposal (cost per unit). Include hauling and tipping fees and cost of collection containers for each type of waste. 3.Total cost of disposal (with no waste management). 4.Revenue from salvaged materials. 5.Revenue from recycled materials. 6.Savings in hauling and tipping fees by donating materials. 7.Savings in hauling and tipping fees that are avoided. 8.Handling and transportation costs. Include cost of collection containers for each type of waste. 9.Net additional cost or net savings from waste management plan. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A.General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1.Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B.Instruct workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1.Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A.Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1.Clean salvaged items. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3.Store items in a secure area until installation. 4.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5.Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B.Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1.Clean salvaged items. 2.Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3.Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4.Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site. 5.Protect items from damage during transport and storage. C.Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors. D.Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 E.Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. F.Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. G.Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. 3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A.General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B.Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor. C.Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. D.Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1.Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a.Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2.Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3.Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4.Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5.Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A.Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1.Pulverize concrete to maximum 4-inch (100-mm) size. 2.Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Section 31 2000 "Earth Moving" for use as satisfactory soil for fill or subbase. B.Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 C.Metals: Separate metals by type. 1.Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2.Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. D.Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. E.Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. F.Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals from acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals. G.Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. 1.Store clean in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler. H.Carpet Tile: Remove debris, trash, and adhesive. 1.Stack tile on pallet and store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler. I.Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size. J.Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A.Packaging: 1.Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2.Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3.Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4.Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A.General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2.Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B.Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C.Burning: Burning of waste materials is permitted only at designated areas on Owner's property, provided required permits are obtained. Provide full-time monitoring for burning materials until fires are extinguished. D.Disposal: Remove waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's property. E.Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01 7419 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1.Substantial Completion procedures. 2.Final completion procedures. 3.Warranties. 4.Final cleaning. 5.Repair of the Work. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction photographic documentation. 2.Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B.Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C.Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B.Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C.Field Report: For pest control inspection. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A.Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A.Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B.Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of ten (10) days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1.Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2.Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3.Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4.Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a.Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5.Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6.Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C.Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of ten (10) days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1.Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2.Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3.Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4.Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5.Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 6.Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7.Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8.Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9.Complete final cleaning requirements. 10.Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D.Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of ten (10) days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1.Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2.Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A.Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1.Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures." 2.Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3.Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4.Submit pest-control final inspection report. 5.Submit final completion photographic documentation. B.Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1.Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A.Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1.Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2.Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3.Include the following information at the top of each page: a.Project name. b.Date. c.Name of Architect. d.Name of Contractor. e.Page number. 4.Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a.MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. b.PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. c.Web-based project software upload. Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list). d.Three paper copies. Architect will return two copies. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A.Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B.Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within fifteen (15) days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C.Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D.Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1.Submit by uploading to web-based project site. E.Warranties in Paper Form: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2.Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3.Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. F.Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A.General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B.Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1.Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a.Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b.Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c.Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d.Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e.Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 f.Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g.Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h.Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i.Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j.Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k.Remove labels that are not permanent. l.Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. m.Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n.Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o.Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. 1)Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA ACR. Provide written report on completion of cleaning. p.Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q.Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C.Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D.Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal.” 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A.Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B.Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2.Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a.Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3.Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4.Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 01 7700 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1.Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2.Emergency manuals. 3.Systems and equipment operation manuals. 4.Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 5.Product maintenance manuals. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B.Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1.Architect will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2.Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 B.Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1.Submit by uploading to web-based project software site. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. C.Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1.Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. D.Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1.Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2.File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. B.Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard-copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1.Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a.If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b.Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2.Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3.Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. 4.Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5.Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a.If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b.If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1.Title page. 2.Table of contents. 3.Manual contents. B.Title Page: Include the following information: 1.Subject matter included in manual. 2.Name and address of Project. 3.Name and address of Owner. 4.Date of submittal. 5.Name and contact information for Contractor. 6.Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7.Name and contact information for Architect. 8.Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9.Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10.Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C.Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1.If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 D.Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E.Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.7 EMERGENCY MANUALS A.Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B.Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1.Type of emergency. 2.Emergency instructions. 3.Emergency procedures. C.Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1.Fire. 2.Flood. 3.Gas leak. 4.Water leak. 5.Power failure. 6.Water outage. 7.System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8.Chemical release or spill. D.Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. E.Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1.Instructions on stopping. 2.Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3.Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4.Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5.Special operating instructions and procedures. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 1.8 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A.Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. 1.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2.Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B.Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1.System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2.Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3.Operating standards. 4.Operating procedures. 5.Operating logs. 6.Wiring diagrams. 7.Control diagrams. 8.Piped system diagrams. 9.Precautions against improper use. 10.License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C.Descriptions: Include the following: 1.Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2.Manufacturer's name. 3.Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4.Equipment function. 5.Operating characteristics. 6.Limiting conditions. 7.Performance curves. 8.Engineering data and tests. 9.Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D.Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1.Startup procedures. 2.Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3.Routine and normal operating instructions. 4.Regulation and control procedures. 5.Instructions on stopping. 6.Normal shutdown instructions. 7.Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 8.Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9.Special operating instructions and procedures. E.Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F.Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification. 1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. 1.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2.Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B.Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C.Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1.Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. a.Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2.Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3.Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4.List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D.Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1.Test and inspection instructions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 7 ed. 2023-09-22 2.Troubleshooting guide. 3.Precautions against improper maintenance. 4.Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5.Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6.Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E.Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1.Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2.Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F.Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G.Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1.Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. H.Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1.Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals. 1.10 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. B.Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C.Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D.Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 8 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Product name and model number. 2.Manufacturer's name. 3.Color, pattern, and texture. 4.Material and chemical composition. 5.Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E.Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1.Inspection procedures. 2.Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3.List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4.Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5.Repair instructions. F.Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G.Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1.Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7823 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record- keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. E. Reports: Submit written reports weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Specifications. 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Product Data. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up miscellaneous record submittals. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 1 ed. 2023-09-22 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1.Instruction in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2.Demonstration and training video recordings. 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1.Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven days of end of each training module. 1.Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a.Name of Project. b.Name and address of videographer. c.Name of Architect. d.Name of Contractor. e.Date of video recording. 2.Transcript: a.Prepared in PDF electronic format. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video recording and a table of contents with links to corresponding training components. Include name of Project and date of video recording on each page. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 2 ed. 2023-09-22 3.At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared in same PDF file format required for operation and maintenance manuals specified in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B.Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C.Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 1.5 COORDINATION A.Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B.Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C.Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data have been reviewed and approved by Architect. 1.6 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A.Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B.Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1.Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a.System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b.Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c.Operating standards. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 3 ed. 2023-09-22 d.Regulatory requirements. e.Equipment function. f.Operating characteristics. g.Limiting conditions. h.Performance curves. 2.Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a.Emergency manuals. b.Systems and equipment operation manuals. c.Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. d.Product maintenance manuals. e.Project Record Documents. f.Identification systems. g.Warranties and bonds. h.Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3.Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a.Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b.Instructions on stopping. c.Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d.Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e.Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f.Special operating instructions and procedures. 4.Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a.Startup procedures. b.Equipment or system break-in procedures. c.Routine and normal operating instructions. d.Regulation and control procedures. e.Control sequences. f.Safety procedures. g.Instructions on stopping. h.Normal shutdown instructions. i.Operating procedures for emergencies. j.Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k.Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l.Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m.Special operating instructions and procedures. 5.Adjustments: Include the following: a.Alignments. b.Checking adjustments. c.Noise and vibration adjustments. d.Economy and efficiency adjustments. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 4 ed. 2023-09-22 6.Troubleshooting: Include the following: a.Diagnostic instructions. b.Test and inspection procedures. 7.Maintenance: Include the following: a.Inspection procedures. b.Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c.List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d.Procedures for routine cleaning. e.Procedures for preventive maintenance. f.Procedures for routine maintenance. g.Instruction on use of special tools. 8.Repairs: Include the following: a.Diagnosis instructions. b.Repair instructions. c.Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d.Instructions for identifying parts and components. e.Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 1.7 PREPARATION A.Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B.Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 1.8 INSTRUCTION A.Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B.Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1.Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2.Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3.Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 5 ed. 2023-09-22 C.Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1.Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. D.Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. E.Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test. F.Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. 1.9 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS A.General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and training video recordings. Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice. 1.At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson outline. B.Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video in MPEG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor resolution of 12 megapixels and capable of recording in full HD mode with vibration reduction technology. 1.Submit video recordings on CD-ROM or thumb drive and by uploading to web-based Project software site. 2.File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations in accordance with Project Manual table of contents. Provide complete screen-based menu. 3.File Names: Utilize file names based on name of equipment generally described in video segment, as identified in Project specifications. 4.Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file for inclusion on the equipment demonstration and training recording that describes the following for each Contractor involved on the Project, arranged in accordance with Project Manual table of contents: a.Name of Contractor/Installer. b.Business address. c.Business phone number. d.Point of contact. e.Email address. C.Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to adequately cover area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 6 ed. 2023-09-22 1.Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes. a.Produce segments to present a single significant piece of equipment per segment. b.Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow order of Project Manual table of contents. c.Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment exceeds 15 minutes, stop filming and pause training session. Begin training session again upon commencement of new filming segment. D.Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment. Verify equipment markings are clearly visible prior to recording. 1.Furnish additional portable lighting as required. E.Preproduced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of training modules in same format as recordings of live training. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7900 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Demolition and removal of selected portions of building for installation of new work. 2.Repair procedures for selective demolition operations. 3.Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 4.Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 1000 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2.Section 01 3516 "Alteration Project Procedures" for general protection and work procedures for alteration projects. 3.Section 01 7300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B.Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage. C.Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. D.Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 2 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A.Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B.Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1.Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Landlord's Operations Manager and other Tenants' on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2.Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3.Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4.Coordination of adjacent Tenant's continuing occupancy of the existing lease area. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Landlord and multiple Tenant’s will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to and below selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Landlord's and Tenant’s operations will not be disrupted. B.Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with any selective demolition. C.Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. D.Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1.Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.7 WARRANTY A.Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties. B.Notify warrantor on completion of selective demolition, and obtain documentation verifying that existing system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 3 1.8 COORDINATION A.Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with adjacent Tenant's operations and comply with Landlord’s use of premises requirements listed in documentation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B.Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 “Safety & Health Program Requirements for Demolition Operations” and NFPA 241 “Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations”. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B.Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. 1.Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. D.Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings, preconstruction photographs or video. 1.Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3233 "Photographic Documentation." 2.Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 4 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A.Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B.Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1.Landlord will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2.If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 3.Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed and/or otherwise abandoned. a.Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. b.Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place. c.Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d.Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. e.Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. f.Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. g.Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material and leave in place. 3.3 PROTECTION A.Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1.Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B.Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1.Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 5 C.Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A.General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1.Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2.Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3.Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4.Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5.Maintain fire watch during and for at least two hours after flame-cutting operations. 6.Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 7.Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 8.Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 9.Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 10.Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B.Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C.Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A.Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 6 B.Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts. C.Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove. D.Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings." 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A.Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and recycle or dispose of them according to Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 1.Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2.Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3.7 CLEANING A.Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 4119.16 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 05 4000 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Load-bearing wall framing. 2.Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing. 3.Interior non-load-bearing wall framing. 4.Floor joist framing. 5.Ceiling joist framing. 6.Soffit framing. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel shapes, masonry shelf angles, and connections used with cold-formed metal framing. 2.Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for standard, interior non-load-bearing, metal-stud framing, with height limitations and ceiling-suspension assemblies. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A.Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For the following: 1.Cold-formed steel framing materials. 2.Load-bearing wall framing. 3.Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing. 4.Interior non-load-bearing wall framing. 5.Vertical deflection clips. 6.Double deflection track. 7.Drift clips. 8.Floor joist framing. 9.Ceiling joist framing. 10.Soffit framing. 11.Post-installed anchors. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 2 12.Power-actuated anchors. 13.Sill sealer gasket. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed steel framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 2.Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. C.Delegated Design Submittal: For cold-formed steel framing. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For testing agency. B.Welding certificates. C.Product Certificates: For each type of code-compliance certification for studs and tracks. D.Product Test Reports: For each listed product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.Steel sheet. 2.Expansion anchors. 3.Power-actuated anchors. 4.Mechanical fasteners. 5.Vertical deflection clips. 6.Horizontal drift deflection clips 7.Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories. E.Research Reports: 1.For nonstandard cold-formed steel framing, post-installed anchors, and power-actuated fasteners, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E329 for testing indicated. B.Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic-coating thickness. C.Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 3 1.AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2.AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect and store cold-formed steel framing from corrosion, moisture staining, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling as required in AISI S202. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.ClarkDietrich. 2.Marino\WARE. 3.Steel Network, Inc. (The). 4.United Metal Products, Inc. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," to design cold-formed steel framing. B.Structural Performance: Provide cold-formed steel framing capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. 1.Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2.Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections greater than the following: a.Exterior Load-Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height. b.Interior Load-Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height under a horizontal load of 5 lbf/sq. ft.. c.Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height. d.Interior Non-Load-Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height under a horizontal load of 5 lbf/sq. ft.. e.Floor Joist Framing: Vertical deflection of 1/360 for live loads and l/240 for total loads of the span. f.Ceiling Joist Framing: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span for live loads and 1/240 for total loads of the span. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 4 3.Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members located outside the insulated building envelope without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum ambient temperature change of 120 deg F. 4.Design framing system to maintain clearances at openings, to allow for construction tolerances, and to accommodate live load deflection of primary building structure as follows: a.Upward and downward movement of 1/2 inch. 5.Design exterior non-load-bearing wall framing to accommodate horizontal deflection without regard for contribution of sheathing materials. C.Cold-Formed Steel Framing Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, framing complies with AISI S100 and AISI S240. D.Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1.Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.3 COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS A.Framing Members, General: Comply with AISI S240 for conditions indicated. B.Steel Sheet: ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating designation as follows: 1.Grade: As required by structural performance. 2.Coating: G60, A60, AZ50, or GF30. C.Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection and Drift Clips: ASTM A653/A653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1.Grade: As required by structural performance. 2.Coating: G90. 2.4 LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A.Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 5 B.Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with straight flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. C.Steel Box or Back-to-Back Headers: Manufacturer's standard C-shapes used to form header beams, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches 2 inches or 2-1/2 inches. 2.5 EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A.Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. B.Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. C.Vertical Deflection Clips, Exterior: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.ClarkDietrich. b.Simpson Strong-Tie c.Steel Network, Inc. (The). D.Double Deflection Tracks: Manufacturer's double, deep-leg, U-shaped steel tracks, consisting of nested inner and outer tracks; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges. 1.Outer Track: Of web depth to allow free vertical movement of inner track, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: a.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. b.Flange Width: 1 inch plus the design gap for one-story structures and 1 inch plus twice the design gap for other applications. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 6 2.Inner Track: Of web depth indicated, and as follows: a.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. b.Flange Width: Dimension equal to sum of outer deflection track flange width plus 1 inch. E.Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web and structure. 2.6 INTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A.Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. B.Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. C.Vertical Deflection Clips, Interior: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.ClarkDietrich. b.Simpson Strong-Tie c.Steel Network, Inc. (The). D.Double Deflection Tracks: Manufacturer's double, deep-leg, U-shaped steel tracks, consisting of nested inner and outer tracks; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges. 1.Outer Track: Of web depth to allow free vertical movement of inner track, with flanges designed to support horizontal loads and transfer them to the primary structure, and as follows: a.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. b.Flange Width: 1 inch plus the design gap for one-story structures and 1 inch plus twice the design gap for other applications. 2.Inner Track: Of web depth indicated, and as follows: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 7 a.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0428 inch. b.Flange Width: Dimension equal to sum of outer deflection track flange width plus 1 inch. E.Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web and structure. 2.7 FLOOR JOIST FRAMING A.Steel Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel joists, of web depths indicated, punched with standard holes, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches, minimum. B.Steel Joist Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel joist track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel joists. 2.Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches, minimum. 2.8 CEILING JOIST FRAMING A.Steel Ceiling Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, punched with standard holes, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches, minimum. 2.9 SOFFIT FRAMING A.Exterior Soffit Frame: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1.Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2.Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches, minimum. 2.10 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A.Fabricate steel-framing accessories from ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated steel sheet, of same grade and coating designation used for framing members. B.Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 8 1.Supplementary framing. 2.Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3.Web stiffeners. 4.Anchor clips. 5.End clips. 6.Foundation clips. 7.Gusset plates. 8.Stud kickers and knee braces. 9.Joist hangers and end closures. 10.Hole-reinforcing plates. 11.Backer plates. 2.11 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A.Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A36/A36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A123/A123M. B.Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon-steel hex-headed bolts, carbon-steel nuts, and flat, hardened-steel washers; zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A153/A153M, Class C. C.Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with bolts of same basic metal as fastened metal, if visible, unless otherwise indicated; with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC01, ICC-ES AC193, ICC-ES AC58, or ICC-ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. 1.Uses: Securing cold-formed steel framing to structure. 2.Type: Torque-controlled expansion anchor, torque-controlled adhesive anchor or adhesive anchor. 3.Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 4.Material for Exterior or Interior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594. D.Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. E.Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping, steel drill screws. 1.Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing; manufacturer's standard elsewhere. F.Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 9 2.12 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A780/A780M or SSPC-Paint 20. B.Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C150/C150M, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration. C.Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Factory-packaged, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout, complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M, and with a fluid consistency and 30-minute working time. D.Shims: Load-bearing, high-density, multimonomer, nonleaching plastic; or cold-formed steel of same grade and metallic coating as framing members supported by shims. E.Sill Sealer Gasket: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members as required. 2.13 FABRICATION A.Fabricate cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1.Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2.Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3.Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, pneumatic pin fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a.Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b.Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screws penetrating joined members by no fewer than three exposed screw threads. 4.Fasten other materials to cold-formed steel framing by welding, bolting, pneumatic pin fastening, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B.Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies by means that prevent damage or permanent distortion. C.Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1.Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error are not to exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 10 2.Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed steel framing assembly to a maximum out-of-square tolerance of 1/8 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates, areas, conditions, and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. B.After applying sprayed fire-resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of cold-formed framing without reducing thickness of fire-resistive materials below that required to obtain fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive materials from damage. C.Install load-bearing shims or grout between the underside of load-bearing wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction. D.Install sill sealer gasket at the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and at the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.Cold-formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B.Install cold-formed steel framing according to AISI S200, AISI S202, and manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C.Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1.Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true-to- line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch. D.Install cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 11 1.Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2.Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a.Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b.Locate mechanical fasteners, install according to Shop Drawings, and comply with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. E.Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. F.Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads equal to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. G.Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold-formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. H.Install insulation, specified in Section 07 2100 "Thermal Insulation," in framing-assembly members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. I.Fasten hole-reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A.Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows: 1.Anchor Spacing: As shown on Shop Drawings. B.Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks, with gap not exceeding 1/8 inch between the end of wall- framing member and the web of track. 1.Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom tracks. 2.Space studs as follows: a.Stud Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. C.Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar configurations. D.Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall-framing continuity. Where studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 12 E.Align floor framing over studs according to AISI S200, Section C1. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads. F.Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting structure. G.Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip- angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates. 1.Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame. Fasten jamb members together to uniformly distribute loads. 2.Install tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full-height wall studs. H.Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring attachment to framing. 1.If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's written recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load resulting from item supported. I.Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced vertically 48 inches or as indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1.Channel Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs with a minimum of two screws into each flange of the clip angle for framing members up to 6 inches deep. 2.Strap Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges, and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 3.Bar Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. J.Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges; terminate at and fasten to reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip-angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of bracing and anchor to structure. K.Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR NONLOADBEARING WALL FRAMING A.Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 13 B.Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1.Stud Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. C.Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D.Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1.Install single deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2.Install double deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure. 3.Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing or infill studs and anchor to building structure. 4.Connect drift clips to cold-formed steel framing and anchor to building structure. E.Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1.Channel Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. 2.Strap Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 3.Bar Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. F.Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR NONLOADBEARING WALL FRAMING A.Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. B.Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1.Stud Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. C.Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D.Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 14 1.Install single deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2.Install double deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building structure. 3.Connect vertical deflection clips to studs and anchor to building structure. 4.Connect drift clips to cold-formed steel metal framing and anchor to building structure. E.Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1.Channel Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. 2.Strap Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 3.Bar Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. F.Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF JOIST FRAMING A.Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to supporting structure at corners, ends, and spacings indicated on Shop Drawings. B.Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track. 1.Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches. 2.Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists with web stiffeners, end clips, joist hangers, steel clip angles, or steel-stud sections. C.Space joists not more than 2 inches from abutting walls, and as follows: 1.Joist Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. D.Frame openings with built-up joist headers, consisting of joist and joist track or another combination of connected joists if indicated. E.Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement. 1.Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above. F.Install bridging at intervals indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as follows: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 15 1.Joist-Track Solid Bridging: Joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated, secured to joist webs. 2.Combination Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated. Fasten flat straps to bottom flange of joists and secure solid blocking to joist webs. G.Secure joists to load-bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. H.Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist-framing assembly. 3.8 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A.Install cold-formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1.Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error are not to exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.9 REPAIR A.Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold- formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780/A780M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing: Owner’s Authorized Agent will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B.Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C.Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D.Cold-formed steel framing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E.Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.11 PROTECTION A.Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold-formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 4000 - 16 END OF SECTION 05 4000 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 3. Wood furring and grounds. 4. Plywood backing panels. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1600 "Sheathing" for sheathing, subflooring, and underlayment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal size or greater but less than 5 inches nominal size in least dimension. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 2 3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. B. Fastener Patterns: Full-size templates for fasteners in exposed framing. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of Review. B. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Wood-preservative-treated wood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 3. Engineered wood products. 4. Shear panels. 5. Power-driven fasteners. 6. Post-installed anchors. 7. Metal framing anchors. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire- retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack wood products flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect wood products from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 3 Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less; 19 percent for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for interior construction not in contact with ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with ground. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill plates. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, chemical formulations shall not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or that does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 4 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 5 D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. E. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.5 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch nominal thickness. 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Fasteners shall be of size and type indicated and shall comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. D. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, as appropriate for the substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. Install fire-retardant-treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view. C. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole. D. Install sill sealer gasket to form continuous seal between sill plates and foundation walls. E. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 6 F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c. G. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as indicated and as follows: 1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to close furred spaces. 2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood-framed walls and partitions at each floor level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. Where fire blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted solid wood blocks of same width as framing members and 2-inch nominal thickness. 3. Fire block concealed spaces behind combustible cornices and exterior trim at not more than 20 feet o.c. H. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. I. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. J. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. K. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code (IBC). 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. L. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 7 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 06 2023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Interior standing and running trim and rails. 2.High-density polyethylene wall guards and trim. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 06 1000 " Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 2.Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" for priming and back-priming of interior finish carpentry. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.HDPE: High-density polyethylene. B.MDF: Medium-density fiberboard. C.MDO: Plywood with a medium-density overlay on the face. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials, dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include construction and application details. 1.Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. Include chemical-treatment manufacturer's written instructions for finishing treated material. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 2 2.Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. 3.For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced before shipment to Project site to levels specified. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Evaluation Reports: For fire-retardant-treated wood, from ICC-ES. B.Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Arrange for installation of finish carpentry by a firm that can demonstrate successful experience in installing finish carpentry items similar in type and quality to those required for this Project. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B.Deliver interior finish carpentry materials only when environmental conditions comply with requirements specified for installation areas. If interior finish carpentry materials must be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified for installation areas. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry materials until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B.Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1.Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2.Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A.Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1.For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency B.Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. C.Hardboard: ANSI A135.4. D.MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each voluntary standard NPA 9. E.Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue. Comply with formaldehyde emission requirements of each voluntary standard NPA 8. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A.Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC1. 1.Kiln dry lumber and plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 18 percent, respectively. 2.Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 3.For exposed items indicated to receive transparent finish, do not use chemical formulations that contain colorants or that bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 4.Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. 5.Mark lumber with treatment-quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standard Committee's Board of Review. a.For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. 6.Mark plywood with appropriate classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 4 a.For exposed plywood indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark back of each piece. 7.Application: Where indicated. 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A.General: Where fire-retardant-treated wood is indicated, pressure impregnate with fire-retardant chemicals to comply with AWPA C20 for lumber and AWPA C27 for plywood. Identify "fire retardant-treated wood" with appropriate classification marking of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; U.S. Testing; Timber Products Inspection, Inc.; or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.Current Evaluation and Research Reports: Provide fire-retardant wood for which a current model code evaluation and research report exists that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidences compliance of fire-retardant-treated wood for application indicated. B.Interior Type A: For interior locations use fire-retardant chemical formulation that produces treated lumber and plywood with the following properties under conditions after installation: 1.No reduction takes place in bending strength, stiffness, and fastener-holding capacities below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation that are based on tests by a qualified independent testing laboratory of treated wood products identical to those indicated for this Project under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions. 2.No other form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to manufacture and treatment. 3.No corrosion of metal fasteners results from their contact with treated wood. 2.4 INTERIOR TRIM A.Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): 1.Species and Grade: Maple: free from defects and selected for compatible grain and color; NHLA. 2.Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 3.Gluing for Width: Not allowed. 4.Veneered Material: Allowed. 5.Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). 6.Matching: Selected for compatible grain and color. B.Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish): 1.Species and Grade: Poplar: clear dry; NeLMA or NLGA. 2.Finger Jointing: Not allowed. 3.Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 5 C.Wood Molding Patterns: For stock molding patterns included in Wood Moulding and Millwork Producers Association WM 7 and graded under WM 4, provide the following grade based on finish indicated and fabricated from species specified: 1.Moldings for Transparent Finish: N-Grade. D.High Density Polyethylene Wall Guards and Trim: As manufactured by Piedmont Plastics, www.piedmontplastics.com for branch locations or approved equal. 1.Size: As indicated in the drawings. 2.Color: As indicated in the drawings. 3.Finish: Matte dimpled finish. 4.Edges: Exposed edges shall have 1/4” radius. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. 1.Countersink nails, fill surface flush, and sand where face nailing is unavoidable. 2.Where finish carpentry materials are exposed in areas of high humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with hot-dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 153. B.Felt Underlayment: Asphalt-saturated organic felts, unperforated, conforming to requirements of ASTM D 26, Type 1, No. 15. C.Adhesive: Comply with paneling manufacturer's written recommendations for adhesives. D.Acrylic Sheet: Plexiglas® MC acrylic sheet, 0.236 inch thickness, premium grade, transparent. 2.6 FABRICATION A.Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and manufacturer's recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry in relation to relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. Provide finish carpentry with moisture content that is compatible with Project requirements. B.Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch (25 mm) in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) radius and edges of lumber 1 inch (25 mm) or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch (3-mm) radius. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B.Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning is recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.Do not use materials that are unsound; warped; improperly treated or finished; inadequately seasoned; too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements; or with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. B.Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1.Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 2.Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand unless otherwise indicated. 3.Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2438 mm) for level and plumb. Install adjoining interior finish carpentry with 1/16-inch (1.5-mm) maximum offset for flush installation and 1/8-inch (3-mm) maximum offset for reveal installation. 4.Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior finish carpentry. 3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A.Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches (610 mm) long, except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. Cope at returns, Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 7 miter at outside corners, and cope at inside corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints where necessary for alignment. 1.Match color and grain pattern of trim across joints. 2.Install trim after gypsum-board joint finishing operations are completed. 3.Install without splitting; drill pilot holes before fastening where necessary to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. 3.5 PANELING INSTALLATION A.Plank Paneling: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Arrange in random-width pattern suggested by manufacturer, unless boards or planks are of uniform width. Stagger end joints in random pattern to uniformly distribute joints on each wall. Install with uniform joints with only tongue-and-groove joints or end-matched joints within each field of paneling. 1.Select and arrange panels on each wall for best match of adjacent panels for paneling where grain character or color variations are noticeable. Install with uniform tight joints between panels. 2.Fasten paneling to substrate complying with manufacturer's recommendations for concealed nailing. 3.Fasten paneling to wood substrate using manufacturer's concealed clip system. 4.Fasten paneling to gypsum wallboard substrates using adhesive. 3.6 High Density Polyethylene Floor Base, Wall Guards, Edge Banding and Trim: Use finish gun nails for installation of all HDPE and provide butt joints (not miter joints) at all corner conditions. 3.7 ADJUSTING A.Replace interior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Interior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.8 CLEANING A.Clean interior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Restore damaged or soiled areas and touch up factory-applied finishes if any. 3.9 PROTECTION A.Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06 2023 - 8 B.Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1.Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2.Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 06 2023 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Silicone joint sealants. 2.Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 3.Urethane joint sealants. 4.Immersible joint sealants. 5.Silyl-terminated polyether joint sealants. 6.Mildew-resistant joint sealants. 7.Polysulfide joint sealants. 8.Butyl joint sealants. 9.Latex joint sealants. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 08 8000 "Glazing" for sealants related to glazing. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each joint-sealant product. B.Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C.Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1.Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2.Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3.Joint-sealant formulation. 4.Joint-sealant color. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 2 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B.Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. C.Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1.Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2.Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation are needed for adhesion. D.Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. E.Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: For each sealant application tested. F.Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B.Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1.Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1.When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (5 deg C). 2.When joint substrates are wet. 3.Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4.Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 3 1.7 WARRANTY A.Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period: Three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion. B.Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period: Three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion. C.Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1.Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2.Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3.Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4.Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A.Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B.Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A.Silicone, S, NS, 100/50, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Dow Corning Corporation; 790. b.GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; SilPruf LM SCS2700. c.May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 290 or Bondaflex Sil 728 NS. d.Pecora Corporation; 301 NS, 311 NS, 890, or 890FTS. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 4 e.Tremco Incorporated; Spectrem 1 or Spectrem 800. B.Silicone, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.BASF Building Systems; Omniplus. b.Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant. c.GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700. d.May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 100 WF. e.Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200 Sanitary. 2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A.Urethane, M, NS, 25, NT: Multicomponent, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic NP 2. b.May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex PUR 2 NS. c.Pecora Corporation; Dynatred. d.Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 227. B.Urethane, M, P, 25, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. 1.Use on floor control joints. 2.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 550. b.Degussa Building Systems; Sonneborn Sonolastic SL 2. c.Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol II-SG or NR-200 Urexpan. d.Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-2c SL. e.Tremco Incorporated.; THC-900, THC-901, or Vulkem 245. 2.4 MILDEW-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS A.Mildew-Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 5 B.Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew-resistant, single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.BASF Building Systems; Omniplus. b.Dow Corning Corporation; 786 Mildew Resistant. c.GE Advanced Materials - Silicones; Sanitary SCS1700. d.May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex Sil 100 WF. e.Tremco Incorporated; Tremsil 200 Sanitary. 2.5 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A.Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.BASF Building Systems; Sonolac. b.Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 600. c.May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex 600 or Bondaflex Sil-A 700. d.Pecora Corporation; AC-20+. e.Tremco Incorporated; Tremflex 834 2.6 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A.Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Pecora Corporation; AC-20 FTR or AIS-919. b.USG Corporation; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 2.7 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A.Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B.Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), Type O (open-cell material), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 6 C.Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B.Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C.Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint- sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1.Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2.Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a.Concrete. b.Masonry. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 7 c.Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. d.Exterior insulation and finish systems. 3.Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4.Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a.Metal. b.Glass. c.Porcelain enamel. d.Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B.Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C.Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A.General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B.Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C.Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound-rated assemblies and elsewhere as indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. D.Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1.Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2.Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3.Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. E.Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 8 F.Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1.Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2.Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3.Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. G.Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1.Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2.Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3.Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4.Provide flush joint profile at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 5.Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193. a.Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1.Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a.Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 2.Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a.For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 3.Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a.Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b.Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. c.Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 9 product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 4.Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5.Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B.Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.5 CLEANING A.Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A.Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A.Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1.Joint Locations (as applicable): a.Control and expansion joints in brick pavers. b.Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs. c.Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete paving units. d.Joints in stone paving units, including steps. e.Tile control and expansion joints. f.Joints between different materials listed above. g.Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2.Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 25, T, NT. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 10 3.Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. B.Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1.Joint Locations (as applicable): a.Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete. b.Joints between plant-precast architectural concrete units. c.Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. d.Joints in dimension stone cladding. e.Joints in glass unit masonry assemblies. f.Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems. g.Joints between metal panels. h.Joints between different materials listed above. i.Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors windows and louvers. j.Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces. k.Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2.Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT. 3.Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. C.Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1.Joint Locations (as applicable): a.Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b.Tile control and expansion joints. c.Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of unit masonry concrete walls and partitions. d.Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2.Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT. 3.Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. D.Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement. 1.Joint Locations (as applicable): a.Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b.Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows and elevator entrances. c.Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2.Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex. 3.Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. E.Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 11 1.Joint Locations (as applicable): a.Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b.Tile control and expansion joints where indicated. c.Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2.Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT. 3.Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. F.Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics. 1.Joint Locations (as applicable): a.Aluminum thresholds. b.Sill plates. c.Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2.Joint Sealant: Butyl-rubber based. 3.Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. END OF SECTION 07 9200 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes: 1.Interior standard steel doors and frames. 2.Exterior standard steel doors and frames. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow-metal doors. 2.Section 08 3800 “Plastic Laminate Traffic Doors”. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM- HMMA 803 or ANSI/SDI A250.8. 1.4 COORDINATION A.Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B.Coordinate requirements for installation of door hardware, electrified door hardware, and access control and security systems. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 2 1.Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, fire-resistance ratings, and finishes. B.Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1.Elevations of each door type. 2.Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal thicknesses. 3.Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4.Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5.Details of each different wall opening condition. 6.Details of electrical raceway and preparation for electrified hardware, access control systems, and security systems. 7.Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 8.Details of accessories. 9.Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. C.Product Schedule: For hollow-metal doors and frames, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final door hardware schedule. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Product Test Reports: For each type of fire-rated hollow-metal door and frame assembly and thermally rated door assemblies for tests performed by a qualified testing agency indicating compliance with performance requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver hollow-metal doors and frames palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1.Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units. B.Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C.Store hollow-metal doors and frames vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch-high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY. 2.Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY. 3.Fleming Door Products Ltd.; Assa Abloy Group Company. 4.Mesker Door Inc. 5.Pioneer Industries. 6.Steelcraft; an Allegion brand. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated on Drawings, based on testing at positive pressure in accordance with NFPA 252 or UL 10C. B.Thermally Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door assemblies with U-factor of not more than 0.38 deg Btu/F x h x sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM C518. 2.3 INTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A.Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B.Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8, Level 2; ANSI/SDI A250.4, Level B.. 1.Doors: a.Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b.Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c.Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch. d.Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. e.Edge Bevel: Provide manufacturer's standard beveled or square edges. f.Core: Manufacturer's standard. g.Core at Party Room Doors: Polyurethane. h.Fire-Rated Core: Manufacturer's standard laminated mineral board core for fire-rated doors. 2.Frames: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 4 a.Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b.Construction: Full profile welded. 3.Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.4 EXTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A.Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B.Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8, Level 2; ANSI/SDI A250.4, Level B. 1.Doors: a.Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b.Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c.Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch, with minimum A60 coating. d.Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. e.Edge Bevel: Provide manufacturer's standard beveled or square edges. f.Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same material as face sheets. Seal joints against water penetration. g.Bottom Edges: Close bottom edges of doors with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. h.Core: Polyurethane. 2.Frames: a.Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A60 coating. b.Construction: Full profile welded. 3.Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS A.Jamb Anchors: 1.Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame standard, and suitable for performance level indicated. 2.Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for frames with no floor anchor. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches of frame height above 7 feet. 3.Postinstalled Expansion Anchor: Minimum 3/8-inch-diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts, with manufacturer's standard pipe spacer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 5 B.Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor. C.Material: ASTM A879/A879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1.For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M or ASTM A1011/A1011M; hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M, Class B. 2.6 MATERIALS A.Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B.Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. C.Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. D.Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M. E.Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated. F.Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics. G.Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing." 2.7 FABRICATION A.Door Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted or as required to comply with published listing of qualified testing agency. B.Hollow-Metal Frames: Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping limitations require multiple sections. Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as frames. 1.Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by welding. 2.Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 6 3.Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a.Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b.Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. C.Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware, and electrical wiring; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to ANSI/SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1.Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 2.Comply with BHMA A156.115 for preparing hollow-metal doors and frames for hardware. D.Glazed Lites: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1.Provide stops and moldings flush with face of door, and with square stops unless otherwise indicated. 2.Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each glazed lite is capable of being removed independently. 3.Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal doors and frames. 4.Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated. 5.Provide stops for installation with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner. 2.8 STEEL FINISHES A.Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1.Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch up factory-applied finishes where spreaders are removed. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 7 B.Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install hollow-metal doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with manufacturer's written instructions. B.Hollow-Metal Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. 1.Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage to completed Work. a.Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch-up finishes. b.Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. 2.Floor Anchors: Secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a.Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3.Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 4.In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 5.Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances: a.Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b.Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c.Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d.Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C.Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. 1.Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. D.Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 8000 "Glazing" and with hollow- metal manufacturer's written instructions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 8 3.3 REPAIR A.Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. B.Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. C.Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections. END OF SECTION 08 1113 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 1 ed. 2024-02-20 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 08 4113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: 1.Aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems. B.Product Data Submittals: For each product. 1.Construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2.Operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. C.Shop Drawings: 1.Plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work. 2.Details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for draining moisture occurring within the assembly to the exterior. 3.Full-size isometric details of each type of vertical-to-horizontal intersection of aluminum- framed entrance and storefront systems, showing the following: a.Joinery, including concealed welds. b.Anchorage. c.Expansion provisions. d.Glazing. e.Flashing and drainage. 4.Connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers. 5.Point-to-point wiring diagrams showing the following: a.Power requirements for each electrically operated door hardware. b.Location and types of switches, signal device, conduit sizes, and number and size of wires. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 2 ed. 2024-02-20 6.Signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D.Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of entrance door hardware. E.Delegated Design Submittals: For aluminum-framed entrances and storefront systems, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Energy Performance Certificates: For aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1.Basis for Certification: NFRC-certified energy performance values for each aluminum-framed entrance and storefront system. B.Product Test Reports: For aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C.Source Quality-Control Reports: For aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems. D.Qualification Statements: 1.For Installer. E.Delegated Design Engineer Qualifications: For aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems. F.Sample Warranties: For aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Operation and Maintenance Data: For aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems. B.Maintenance Data for Structural Sealant: For structural-sealant-glazed storefront. Include ASTM C1401 recommendations for post-installation-phase quality-control program. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: 1.Entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 3 ed. 2024-02-20 B.Delegated Design Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the state where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the type indicated. 1.6 WARRANTY A.Special Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of aluminum- framed entrance and storefront systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a.Structural failures, including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b.Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. c.Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. d.Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas. e.Failure of operating components. 2.Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B.Special Finish Warranty, Anodized Finishes: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of anodized finishes within specified warranty period. 1.Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a.Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2244. b.Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4214. c.Cracking, peeling, or chipping. 2.Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A.Obtain all components of aluminum-framed entrance and storefront system, including framing, spandrel panels, and accessories, from single manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 4 ed. 2024-02-20 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," to design aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems. B.General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. 1.Aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems to withstand movements of supporting structure, including, but not limited to, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2.Failure also includes the following: a.Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b.Glass breakage. c.Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d.Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. e.Failure of operating units. C.Structural Loads: 1.Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. D.Deflection of Framing Members Supporting Glass: At design wind load, as follows: 1.Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans of up to 13 feet 6 inches and to 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches. 2.Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1/8 inch. E.Structural: Test in accordance with ASTM E330/E330M as follows: 1.When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, storefront assemblies, including entrance doors, do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2.When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, storefront assemblies, including entrance doors and anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 3.Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds. F.Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test in accordance with ASTM E331 as follows: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 5 ed. 2024-02-20 1.No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas, including entrance doors, when tested in accordance with a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 10 lbf/sq. ft.. G.Seismic Performance: Aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. 1.Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout: Complying with criteria for passing based on building occupancy type when tested in accordance with AAMA 501.6 at design displacement and 1.5 times the design displacement. H.Energy Performance: Certified and labeled by manufacturer for energy performance as follows: 1.Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): a.Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: U-factor for the system of not more than 0.38 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined in accordance with NFRC 100 and with double glazed clear solar control insulating glass unit (Solarban® 60 on clear 6mm (2) | Air 1/2" (12.7mm) | Clear 6mm). b.Entrance Doors: U-factor of not more than 0.61 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined in accordance with NFRC 100 and with double glazed clear solar control insulating glass unit (Solarban® 60 on clear 6mm (2) | Air 1/2" (12.7mm) | Clear 6mm). 2.Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient (SHGC): a.Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: SHGC for the system of not more than 0.35 as determined in accordance with NFRC 200. b.Entrance Doors: SHGC of not more than 0.20 as determined in accordance with NFRC 200. 3.Air Leakage: a.Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: Air leakage for the system of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. when tested in accordance with ASTM E283. b.Entrance Doors: Air leakage of not more than 1.0 cfm/sq. ft. at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.. 4.Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF): a.Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: CRF for the system of not less than frame 69 and glass 68 as determined in accordance with AAMA 1503. b.Entrance Doors: CRF of not less than 57 as determined in accordance with AAMA 1503. I.Noise Reduction: Test in accordance with ASTM E90, with ratings determined by ASTM E1332, as follows. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 6 ed. 2024-02-20 1.Outdoor-Indoor Transmission Class: Minimum 26. J.Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1.Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.Thermal Cycling: No buckling; stress on glass; sealant failure; excess stress on framing, anchors, and fasteners; or reduction of performance when tested in accordance with AAMA 501.5. a.High Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: That which produces an exterior metal-surface temperature of 180 deg F. b.Low Exterior Ambient-Air Temperature: 0 deg F. c.Interior Ambient-Air Temperature: 75 deg F. 2.3 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS (EXTERIOR) A.Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tubelite Inc.; TU24000 Series Storefront Framing, 2″ x 4-1/2″ profile, and Therml=Block Entrances or a comparable product by one of the following: 1.EFCO Corporation. 2.Kawneer Company, Inc.; Arconic Corporation. 3.OldCastle BuildingEnvelope (OBE). 4.YKK AP America Inc. B.Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1.Exterior Framing Construction: Thermally broken. 2.Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3.Glazing Plane: Center. 4.Finish: a.Standard clear anodic finish, unless otherwise specified on Drawings. b.Optional color anodic finish. Refer to Drawings for color. 5.Fabrication Method: Field-fabricated stick system. 6.Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 7.Steel Reinforcement: As required by manufacturer. C.Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. D.Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 7 ed. 2024-02-20 E.Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's thermally broken entrance doors with insulating glass for manual- swing or automatic operation. 1.Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch-thick, extruded- aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. a.Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate aluminum members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior. 2.Door Design: Wide stile; 5-inch nominal width. 3.Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a.Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door. 4.Finish: Match adjacent storefront framing finish. 2.4 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS (INTERIOR) A.Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tubelite Inc.; E14000 Series Storefront Framing, 2″ x 4-1/2″ profile, and Standard Wide Stile Entrances or a comparable product by one of the following: 1.EFCO Corporation. 2.Kawneer Company, Inc.; Arconic Corporation. 3.OldCastle BuildingEnvelope (OBE). 4.YKK AP America Inc. B.Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1.Interior Framing Construction: Nonthermal. 2.Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 3.Glazing Plane: Center. 4.Finish: a.Standard clear anodic finish, unless otherwise specified on Drawings. b.Optional color anodic finish. Refer to Drawings for color. 5.Fabrication Method: Field-fabricated stick system. 6.Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 7.Steel Reinforcement: As required by manufacturer. C.Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 8 ed. 2024-02-20 D.Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. E.Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual-swing or automatic operation. 1.Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch-thick, extruded- aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. 2.Door Design: Wide stile; 5-inch nominal width. 3.Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a.Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door. 4.Finish: Match adjacent storefront framing finish. 2.5 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A.Entrance Door Hardware: Hardware not specified in this Section is specified in Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware." B.Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. C.Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. 1.Compression Type: Made of ASTM D2000 molded neoprene or ASTM D2287 molded PVC. 2.6 GLAZING A.Glazing: Comply with Section 08 8000 "Glazing." B.Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers. 2.7 MATERIALS A.Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. B.Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221. C.Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M. D.Steel Reinforcement: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 9 ed. 2024-02-20 1.Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. 2.Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A1008/A1008M. 3.Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A1011/A1011M. E.Steel Reinforcement Primer: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods in accordance with recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces in accordance with applicable SSPC standard. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A.Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1.Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 2.Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3.Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads, finished to match framing system. B.Anchors: Three-way adjustable anchors with minimum adjustment of 1 inch that accommodate fabrication and installation tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by manufacturer. 1.Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M requirements. C.Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. D.Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint containing no asbestos, formulated for 30-mil thickness per coat. E.Rigid PVC filler. 2.9 FABRICATION A.Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B.Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1.Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2.Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3.Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4.Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 5.Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 10 ed. 2024-02-20 6.Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. C.Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. D.Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware. 1.At interior and exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. E.Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware. 1.At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding-type weather stripping retained in adjustable strip and mortised into door edge. 2.At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. F.Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes. G.After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project in accordance with Shop Drawings. 2.10 ALUMINUM FINISHES A.Standard Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker, unless otherwise specified on Drawings. B.Optional Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. Refer to Drawings for color. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B.Do not install damaged components. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 11 ed. 2024-02-20 C.Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. D.Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. E.Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. F.Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. G.Metal Protection: 1.Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2.Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. H.Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed, as specified in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants," to produce weathertight installation. I.Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. J.Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. K.Install entrance doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1.Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2.Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware in accordance with entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. L.Install glazing as specified in Section 08 8000 "Glazing." 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A.Install aluminum-framed entrance and storefront systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1.Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 2.Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 3.Alignment: a.Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch. b.Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08 4113 - 12 ed. 2024-02-20 c.Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch. 4.Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/2 inch over total length. 3.4 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A.Entrance Door Hardware Maintenance: 1.Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of entrance door hardware. END OF SECTION 08 4113 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-1 ed. 2023-10-12 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Mechanical door hardware B. Section excludes: 1. Windows 2. Cabinets (casework), including locks in cabinets 3. Signage 4. Toilet accessories 5. Overhead doors C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section ''Alternates'' for alternates affecting this section. 2. Division 06 Section ''Rough Carpentry'' 3. Division 06 Section ''Finish Carpentry'' 4. Division 07 Section ''Joint Sealants'' for sealant requirements applicable to threshold installation specified in this section. 5. Division 08 Sections: a. ''Metal Doors and Frames'' b. ''Flush Wood Doors'' c. ''Stile and Rail Wood Doors'' d. ''Interior Aluminum Doors and Frames'' e. ''Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts'' f. ''Stainless Steel Doors and Frames'' g. ''Special Function Doors'' h. ''Entrances'' 1.02 REFERENCES A. UL LLC 1. UL 10B - Fire Test of Door Assemblies 2. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Test of Fire Door Assemblies Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-2 ed. 2023-10-12 3. UL 1784 - Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies 4. UL 305 - Panic Hardware B. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute 1. Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule 2. Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware 3. Keying Systems and Nomenclature 4. Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware C. NFPA – National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA 80 – 2016 Edition – Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives 2. NFPA 101 – Life Safety Code 3. NFPA 105 – Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies 4. NFPA 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies D. ANSI - American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI A117.1 – 2017 Edition – Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 2. ANSI/BHMA A156.1 - A156.29, and ANSI/BHMA A156.31 - Standards for Hardware and Specialties 3. ANSI/BHMA A156.28 - Recommended Practices for Keying Systems 4. ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A - Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors 5. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames E. 2022 California Building Code 1. Chapter 11B – Accessibility to Public Buildings, Public Accommodations, Commercial Buildings and Public Housing 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01 Submittal Procedures. 2. Prior to forwarding submittal: a. Review drawings and Sections from related trades to verify compatibility with specified hardware. b. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise specifically identify on submittals: deviations from Contract Documents, issues of incompatibility or other issues which may detrimentally affect the Work. B. Action Submittals: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-3 ed. 2023-10-12 1. Product Data: Submit technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. 2. Samples for Verification: If requested by Architect, submit production sample of requested door hardware unit in finish indicated and tagged with full description for coordination with schedule. a. Samples will be returned to supplier. Units that are acceptable to Architect may, after final check of operations, be incorporated into Work, within limitations of key coordination requirements. 3. Door Hardware Schedule: a. Submit concurrent with submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate fabrication of other work critical in Project construction schedule. b. Submit under direct supervision of a Door Hardware Institute (DHI) certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) or Door Hardware Consultant (DHC) with hardware sets in vertical format as illustrated by Sequence of Format for the Hardware Schedule published by DHI. c. Indicate complete designations of each item required for each opening, include: 1) Door Index: door number, heading number, and Architect's hardware set number. 2) Quantity, type, style, function, size, and finish of each hardware item. 3) Name and manufacturer of each item. 4) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 5) Location of each hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings. 6) Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 7) Mounting locations for hardware. 8) Door and frame sizes and materials. 9) Degree of door swing and handing. 4. Key Schedule: a. After Keying Conference, provide keying schedule that includes levels of keying, explanations of key system's function, key symbols used, and door numbers controlled. b. Use ANSI/BHMA A156.28 ''Recommended Practices for Keying Systems'' as guideline for nomenclature, definitions, and approach for selecting optimal keying system. c. Provide 3 copies of keying schedule for review prepared and detailed in accordance with referenced DHI publication. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key to unique door designations. d. Index keying schedule by door number, keyset, hardware heading number, cross keying instructions, and special key stamping instructions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-4 ed. 2023-10-12 e. Provide one complete bitting list of key cuts and one key system schematic illustrating system usage and expansion. Forward bitting list, key cuts and key system schematic directly to Owner, by means as directed by Owner. f. Prepare key schedule by or under supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. C. Informational Submittals: 1. Provide Qualification Data for Supplier, Installer and Architectural Hardware Consultant. 2. Provide Product Data: a. Certify that door hardware approved for use on types and sizes of labeled fire-rated doors complies with listed fire-rated door assemblies. b. Include warranties for specified door hardware. D. Closeout Submittals: 1. Operations and Maintenance Data: Provide in accordance with Division 01 and include: a. Complete information on care, maintenance, and adjustment; data on repair and replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes. b. Catalog pages for each product. c. Final approved hardware schedule edited to reflect conditions as installed. d. Final keying schedule e. Copy of warranties including appropriate reference numbers for manufacturers to identify project. E. Inspection and Testing: 1. Submit written reports to the Owner and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) of the results of functional testing and inspection for: a. Fire door assemblies, in compliance with NFPA 80. b. Required egress door assemblies, in compliance with NFPA 101. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications and Responsibilities: 1. Supplier: Recognized architectural hardware supplier with a minimum of 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project. Supplier to be recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturer of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in the Project’s vicinity and be available at reasonable times during the Work for consultation. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-5 ed. 2023-10-12 2. Installer: Qualified tradesperson skilled in the application of commercial grade hardware with experience installing door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality as indicated for this Project. 3. Architectural Hardware Consultant: Person who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and meets these requirements: a. For door hardware: DHI certified AHC or DHC. b. Can provide installation and technical data to Architect and other related subcontractors. c. Can inspect and verify components are in working order upon completion of installation. 4. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer. B. Certifications: 1. Fire-Rated Door Openings: a. Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. b. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed products tested by UL LLC, Intertek Testing Services, or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated, based on testing at positive pressure and according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C and in compliance with requirements of fire-rated door and door frame labels. 2. Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies: a. Provide door hardware that meets requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105 b. Comply with the maximum air leakage of 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. (3 cu. m per minute/sq. m) at tested pressure differential of 0.3-inch wg (75 Pa) of water. 3. Accessibility Requirements: a. Comply with governing accessibility regulations cited in ''REFERENCES'' article 087100, 1.02.D3 herein for door hardware on doors in an accessible route. This project must comply with all Federal Americans with Disability Act regulations and all Local Accessibility Regulations. C. Pre-Installation Meetings 1. Keying Conference a. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-6 ed. 2023-10-12 1) Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. 2) Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 3) Requirements for key control system. 4) Address for delivery of keys. 2. Pre-installation Conference a. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Inspect and discuss preparatory work performed by other trades. c. Review required testing, inspecting, and certifying procedures. d. Review questions or concerns related to proper installation and adjustment of door hardware. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to Project site. Promptly replace products damaged during shipping. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with final door hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. Deliver each article of hardware in manufacturer's original packaging. C. Maintain manufacturer-recommended environmental conditions throughout storage and installation periods. D. Provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to Project. Control handling and installation of hardware items so that completion of Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. E. Handle hardware in manner to avoid damage, marring, or scratching. Correct, replace or repair products damaged during Work. Protect products against malfunction due to paint, solvent, cleanser, or any chemical agent. F. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of floor-recessed door hardware with floor construction. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory or shop prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-7 ed. 2023-10-12 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within published warranty period. 1. Warranty does not cover damage or faulty operation due to improper installation, improper use or abuse. 2. Warranty Period: Beginning from date of Substantial Completion, for durations indicated in manufacturer's published listings. a. Mechanical Warranty 1) Locks a) Schlage ND Series: 10 years 2) Closers a) LCN 4000 Series: 30 years 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish complete set of special tools required for maintenance and adjustment of hardware, including changing of cylinders. B. Turn over unused materials to Owner for maintenance purposes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Approval of alternate manufacturers and/or products other than those listed as ''Scheduled Manufacturer'' or ''Acceptable Manufacturers'' in the individual article for the product category are only to be considered by official substitution request in accordance with section 01 25 00. B. Approval of products from manufacturers indicated in ''Acceptable Manufacturers'' is contingent upon those products providing all functions and features and meeting all requirements of scheduled manufacturer's product. C. Where specified hardware is not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect's approval. 2.02 MATERIALS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-8 ed. 2023-10-12 A. Fabrication 1. Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. provide screws according to manufacturer’s recognized installation standards for application intended. 2. Finish exposed screws to match hardware finish, or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of this other work including prepared for paint surfaces to receive painted finish. 3. Provide concealed fasteners wherever possible for hardware units exposed when door is closed. Coordinate with “Metal Doors and Frames”, “Flush Wood Doors”, “Stile and Rail Wood Doors” to ensure proper reinforcements. Advise the Architect where visible fasteners, such as thru bolts, are required. B. Provide screws, bolts, expansion shields, drop plates and other devices necessary for hardware installation. 1. Where fasteners are exposed to view: Finish to match adjacent door hardware material. 2.03 HINGES A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. Ives 5BB series B. Requirements: 1. Provide hinges conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.1. 2. Provide five knuckle, ball bearing hinges. 3. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors, up to and including 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Standard weight, bronze or stainless steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high b. Interior: Standard weight, steel, 4-1/2 inches (114 mm) high 4. 1-3/4 inch (44 mm) thick doors over 36 inches (914 mm) wide: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze/stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 5. 2 inches or thicker doors: a. Exterior: Heavy weight, bronze or stainless steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high b. Interior: Heavy weight, steel, 5 inches (127 mm) high 6. Adjust hinge width for door, frame, and wall conditions to allow proper degree of opening. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-9 ed. 2023-10-12 7. Provide three hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches (2286 mm) or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches (762 mm) of additional door height. 8. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: a. Steel Hinges: Steel pins b. Non-Ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins c. Out-Swinging Exterior Doors: Non-removable pins d. Out-Swinging Interior Lockable Doors: Non-removable pins e. Interior Non-lockable Doors: Non-rising pins 2.04 FLUSH BOLTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Ives B. Requirements: 1. Provide automatic, constant latching, and manual flush bolts with forged bronze or stainless-steel face plates, extruded brass levers, and with wrought brass guides and strikes. Provide 12 inch (305 mm) steel or brass rods at doors up to 90 inches (2286 mm) in height. For doors over 90 inches (2286 mm) in height increase top rods by 6 inches (152 mm) for each additional 6 inches (152 mm) of door height. Provide dust-proof strikes at each bottom flush bolt. 2.05 CYLINDRICAL LOCKS – GRADE 1 A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. Schlage ND series B. Requirements: 1. Provide cylindrical locks conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1, and UL Listed for 3-hour fire doors. 2. Cylinders: Refer to ''KEYING'' article, herein. 3. Provide locks with standard 2-3/4 inches (70 mm) backset, unless noted otherwise, with 1/2-inch latch throw. Provide proper latch throw for UL listing at pairs. 4. Provide locksets with separate anti-rotation thru-bolts, and no exposed screws. 5. Provide independently operating levers with two external return spring cassettes mounted under roses to prevent lever sag. 6. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 7. Lever Trim: Solid cast levers without plastic inserts and wrought roses on both sides. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-10 ed. 2023-10-12 a. Provide levers that return to within 1/2 inch (13 mm) of door face. b. Vandlgard: Provide levers with vandal resistant technology for use at heavy traffic or abusive applications. c. Lever Design: RHO 2.06 CYLINDERS [VERIFY] A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. Schlage Everest 29 S B. Requirements: 1. Provide cylinders/cores compliant with ANSI/BHMA A156.5; latest revision; cylinder face finished to match lockset; manufacturer’s series as indicated. Refer to “KEYING” article, herein. 2. Provide cylinders in the below-listed configuration(s), distributed throughout the Project as indicated. a. Patented Open: cylinder with permanent core with open keyway. b. Patented Open: cylinder with interchangeable core with open keyway. 3. Patent Protection: Cylinders/cores requiring use of restricted, patented keys, patent protected. 4. Nickel silver bottom pins. 2.07 KEYING [VERIFY] A. Scheduled System: 1. New factory registered system: a. Provide a factory registered keying system, complying with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. 2. Existing factory registered system: a. Provide cylinders/cores keyed into Owner’s existing factory registered keying system. Comply with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. 3. Existing non-factory registered system: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-11 ed. 2023-10-12 a. Provide cylinders/cores keyed into Owner’s existing keying system managed by Owner’s locksmith, complying with guidelines in ANSI/BHMA A156.28, incorporating decisions made at keying conference. Contact: 1) Firm Name: 2) Contact Person: 3) Telephone: B. Requirements: 1. Construction Keying: a. Temporary Construction Cylinder Keying. 1) Provide construction cores that permit voiding construction keys without cylinder removal, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. a) Split Key or Lost Ball Construction Keying System. b) 3 construction control keys, and extractor tools or keys as required to void construction keying. c) 12 construction change (day) keys. 2) Owner or Owner’s Representative will void operation of temporary construction keys. b. Replaceable Construction Cores. 1) Provide temporary construction cores replaceable by permanent cores, furnished in accordance with the following requirements. a) 3 construction control keys b) 12 construction change (day) keys. 2) Owner or Owner’s Representative will replace temporary construction cores with permanent cores. 2. Permanent Keying: a. Provide permanent cylinders/cores keyed by the manufacturer according to the following key system. 1) Master Keying system as directed by the Owner. b. Forward bitting list and keys separately from cylinders, by means as directed by Owner. Failure to comply with forwarding requirements will be cause for replacement of cylinders/cores involved at no additional cost to Owner. c. Provide keys with the following features: 1) Material: Nickel silver; minimum thickness of .107-inch (2.3mm) Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-12 ed. 2023-10-12 2) Patent Protection: Keys and blanks protected by one or more utility patent(s). 3) Geographically Exclusive: Where High Security or Security cylinders/cores are indicated, provide nationwide, geographically exclusive key system complying with the following restrictions. d. Identification: 1) Mark permanent cylinders/cores and keys with applicable blind code for identification. Do not provide blind code marks with actual key cuts. 2) Identification stamping provisions must be approved by the Architect and Owner. 3) Stamp cylinders/cores and keys with Owner’s unique key system facility code as established by the manufacturer; key symbol and embossed or stamped with “DO NOT DUPLICATE” along with the “PATENTED” or patent number to enforce the patent protection. 4) Failure to comply with stamping requirements will be cause for replacement of keys involved at no additional cost to Owner. 5) Forward permanent cylinders/cores to Owner, separately from keys, by means as directed by Owner. e. Quantity: Furnish in the following quantities. 1) Permanent Control Keys: 3. 2) Master Keys: 6. 3) Change (Day) Keys: 3 per cylinder/core that is keyed differently 4) Key Blanks: Quantity as determined in the keying meeting. 2.08 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Telkee B. Requirements: 1. Provide key control system, including envelopes, labels, tags with self-locking key clips, receipt forms, 3-way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet, all as recommended by system manufacturer, with capacity for 150% of number of locks required for Project. a. Provide complete cross index system set up by hardware supplier, and place keys on markers and hooks in cabinet as determined by final key schedule. b. Provide hinged-panel type cabinet for wall mounting. 2.09 DOOR CLOSERS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-13 ed. 2023-10-12 A. Manufacturers and Products: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer and Product: a. LCN 4040XP series B. Requirements: 1. Provide door closers conforming to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. ISO 9000 certify closers. Stamp units with date of manufacture code. 2. Provide door closers with fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with high strength cast iron cylinder, and full complement bearings at shaft. 3. Cylinder Body: 1-1/2-inch (38 mm) diameter piston with 5/8-inch (16 mm) diameter double heat-treated pinion journal. QR code with a direct link to maintenance instructions. 4. Hydraulic Fluid: Fireproof, passing requirements of UL10C, and requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to -30 degrees F. 5. Spring Power: Continuously adjustable over full range of closer sizes, and providing reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. Provide snap-on cover clip, with plastic covers, that secures cover to spring tube. 6. Hydraulic Regulation: By tamper-proof, non-critical valves, with separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. Provide graphically labelled instructions on the closer body adjacent to each adjustment valve. Provide positive stop on reg valve that prevents reg screw from being backed out. 7. Provide closers with solid forged steel main arms and factory assembled heavy-duty forged forearms for parallel arm closers. 8. Pressure Relief Valve (PRV) Technology: Not permitted. 9. Finish for Closer Cylinders, Arms, Adapter Plates, and Metal Covers: Powder coating finish which has been certified to exceed 100 hours salt spray testing as described in ANSI Standard A156.4 and ASTM B117, or has special rust inhibitor (SRI). 10. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other door hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 2.10 DOOR TRIM A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Ives B. Requirements: 1. Provide push plates, push bars, pull plates, pulls, and hands-free reversible door pulls with diameter and length as scheduled. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-14 ed. 2023-10-12 2.11 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Scheduled Manufacturer: a. Ives B. Provide door stops at each door leaf: 1. Provide wall stops wherever possible. Provide concave type where lockset has a push button of thumbturn. 2. Where a wall stop cannot be used, provide universal floor stops. 3. Where wall or floor stop cannot be used, provide overhead stop. 4. Provide roller bumper where doors open into each other and overhead stop cannot be used. 2.12 FINISHES A. FINISH: BHMA 626/652 (US26D); EXCEPT: 1. Hinges at Exterior Doors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 2. Aluminum Geared Continuous Hinges: BHMA 628 (US28) 3. Push Plates, Pulls, and Push Bars: BHMA 630 (US32D) 4. Protection Plates: BHMA 630 (US32D) 5. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA 630 (US32D) 6. Door Closers: Powder Coat to Match 7. Wall Stops: BHMA 630 (US32D) 8. Latch Protectors: BHMA 630 (US32D) 9. Weatherstripping: Clear Anodized Aluminum 10. Thresholds: Mill Finish Aluminum PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of hardware, examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire-rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. Verify doors, frames, and walls have been properly reinforced for hardware installation. B. Submit a list of deficiencies in writing and proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-15 ed. 2023-10-12 A. Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following, unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831. 3. Interior Architectural Wood Flush Doors: ANSI/WDMA I.S. 1A 4. Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware: DHI TDH-007-20 B. Install door hardware in accordance with NFPA 80, NFPA 101 and provide post-install inspection, testing as specified in section 1.03.E unless otherwise required to comply with governing regulations. C. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, using only fasteners provided by manufacturer. D. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Protect all installed hardware during painting. E. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. F. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. G. Install operating parts so they move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking, or excessive clearance. H. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule but not fewer than quantity recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. I. Lock Cylinders: 1. Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 2. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as indicated in keying section. 3. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation. J. Key Control System: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. K. Door Closers & Auto Operators: Mount closers/operators on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors from corridors. Mount closers/operators so they are not visible in corridors, lobbies and other public spaces unless approved by Architect. L. Overhead Stops/Holders: Mount overhead stops/holders on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors. M. Thresholds: Set thresholds in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 07 Section ''Joint Sealants.'' Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-16 ed. 2023-10-12 N. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they may impede traffic or present tripping hazard. O. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. P. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. Q. Door Bottoms and Sweeps: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door can close freely from an open position of 30 degrees. 2. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three to six months after date of Substantial Completion, examine and readjust each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors and door hardware. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items per manufacturer's instructions to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.05 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The intent of the hardware specification is to specify the hardware for interior and exterior doors, and to establish a type, continuity, and standard of quality. However, it is the door hardware supplier's responsibility to thoroughly review existing conditions, schedules, specifications, drawings, and other Contract Documents to verify the suitability of the hardware specified. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100-17 ed. 2023-10-12 B. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware, and missing items are to be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application. C. Hardware items are referenced in the following hardware schedule. Refer to the above specifications for special features, options, cylinders/keying, and other requirements. D. Hardware Sets: Refer to Door Hardware Schedule in Drawings. END OF SECTION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 1 ed. 2024-02-20 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Glass products. 2.Insulating glass. 3.Glazing sealants. 4.Glazing tapes. 5.Miscellaneous glazing materials. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 08 8300 "Mirrors." 1.2 DEFINITIONS A.Glass Manufacturers: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B.Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters in accordance with ASTM C1036. C.IBC: International Building Code. D.Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit. 1.3 COORDINATION A.Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances to achieve proper safety margins for glazing retention under each design load case, load case combination, and service condition. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 2 ed. 2024-02-20 B.Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. C.Delegated Design Submittal: For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturers of fabricated glass units. B.Product Certificates: For glass. C.Product Test Reports: For fabricated glass and glazing sealants, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.For glazing sealants, provide test reports based on testing current sealant formulations within previous 36-month period. D.Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report. E.Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Fabricated-Glass Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer of fabricated glass units who is approved and certified by primary glass manufacturer. B.Installer Qualifications: A qualified glazing contractor for this Project who is certified under the North American Contractor Certification Program (NACC) for Architectural Glass & Metal (AG&M) contractors and who employs glazing technicians certified under the Architectural Glass and Metal Technician (AGMT) certification program. C.Glass Testing Agency Qualifications: A qualified independent testing agency accredited according to the NFRC CAP 1 Certification Agency Program. D.Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Protect glazing materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 3 ed. 2024-02-20 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1.Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 1.9 WARRANTY A.Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated- glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1.Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B.Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1.Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C.Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Heat-Soaked Tempered Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace heat-soaked tempered glass units that spontaneously break due to nickel sulfide (NiS) inclusions at a rate exceeding 0.3 percent (3/1000) within specified warranty period. Coverage for any other cause is excluded. 1.Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Source Limitations for Glass: Obtain tinted and coated glass from single source from single manufacturer. B.Source Limitations for Glazing Accessories: For each product and installation method, obtain from single source from single manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 4 ed. 2024-02-20 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.General: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B.Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," to design glazing. C.Structural Performance: Glazing shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated determined in accordance with the IBC and ASTM E1300: 1.Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings or determine design wind pressures applicable to Project in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7, based on heights above grade indicated on Drawings. 2.Maximum Lateral Deflection: For glass supported on all four edges, limit center-of-glass deflection at design wind pressure to not more than 1/50 times the short-side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. 3.Thermal Loads: Design glazing to resist thermal stress breakage induced by differential temperature conditions and limited air circulation within individual glass lites and insulated glazing units. D.Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. E.Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1.For monolithic-glass lites, properties are based on units with lites of thickness indicated. 2.For insulating-glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. 3.U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 100 and based on most current non-beta version of LBL's WINDOW computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 4.SHGC and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 200 and based on most current non-beta version of LBL's WINDOW computer program. 5.Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 300. 2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A.Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1.NGA Publications: "Glazing Manual." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 5 ed. 2024-02-20 2.IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." B.Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. C.Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the IGCC. D.Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass that complies with performance requirements and is not less than thickness indicated. 1.Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: 6 mm. 2.Thickness of Tinted Glass: Provide same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout Project. E.Strength: Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat-strengthened float glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat-strengthened float glass is indicated, provide heat-strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered float glass is indicated, provide fully tempered float glass. 2.4 GLASS PRODUCTS A.Clear Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3. B.Tinted Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 2 (tinted), Quality-Q3. C.Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. 1.Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated. D.Heat-Strengthened Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind HS (heat strengthened), Type I, Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality- Q3. 1.Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller-hearth) process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated. E.Low-E-Coated Vision Glass: ASTM C1376. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 6 ed. 2024-02-20 2.5 INSULATING GLASS A.Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified in accordance with ASTM E2190. 1.Sealing System: Dual seal, with polyisobutylene and silicone primary and secondary sealants. 2.Perimeter Spacer: Aluminum with mill or clear anodic finish. 3.Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or a blend of both. 2.6 GLAZING SEALANTS A.General: 1.Compatibility: Compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2.Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3.Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of industry colors. B.Neutral-Curing Silicone Glazing Sealant, Class 50: Complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Use NT. 2.7 GLAZING TAPES A.Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1.AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A.General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, recommended in writing by manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B.Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 7 ed. 2024-02-20 C.Setting Blocks: 1.Silicone with Shore A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. 2.Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. D.Spacers: 1.Neoprene blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. 2.Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. E.Edge Blocks: 1.Silicone with Shore A durometer hardness per manufacturer's written instructions. 2.Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. F.Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. 2.9 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A.Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. 1.Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glass framing members and glazing components. a.Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. B.Clean-cut or flat-grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites to produce square edges with slight chamfers at junctions of edges and faces. C.Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges and corners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1.Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2.Presence and functioning of weep systems. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 8 ed. 2024-02-20 3.Minimum required face and edge clearances. 4.Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B.Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that leave visible marks in the completed Work. 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A.Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B.Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance. C.Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D.Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E.Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. F.Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1.Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2.Provide 1/8-inch-minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. G.Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and in accordance with requirements in referenced glazing publications. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 9 ed. 2024-02-20 H.Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. I.Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. J.Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. K.Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A.Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B.Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C.Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first, then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs, then to heads and sills. D.Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E.Do not remove release paper from tape until right before each glazing unit is installed. F.Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G.Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H.Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A.Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B.Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C.Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 10 ed. 2024-02-20 and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. D.Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. E.Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A.Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B.Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C.Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.Immediately after installation, remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B.Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. 1.If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings. C.Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. D.Wash glass on both exposed surfaces not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 11 ed. 2024-02-20 3.8 MONOLITHIC GLASS SCHEDULE A.Clear Glass Type GL-2: Annealed or fully tempered float glass. 1.Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2.Safety glazing required per code. B.Clear Glass Type GL-3: Fully tempered float glass. 1.Minimum Thickness: 1/2 inch (12 mm). 2.Safety glazing required per code. C.Clear Glass Type GL-4: Fully tempered float glass. 1.Minimum Thickness: 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2.Safety glazing required per code. 3.9 INSULATING GLASS SCHEDULE A.Low-E-Coated, Clear Insulating Glass Type GL-1: 1.Basis-of-Design Product: Vitro Architectural Glass; Solarban® 60 Solar Control Low-E Glass. 2.Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch. 3.Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Lite: 6 mm. 4.Outdoor Lite: Heat-strengthened or fully tempered float glass. 5.Interspace Content: Air. 6.Indoor Lite: Heat-strengthened or fully tempered float glass. 7.Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface. 8.Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.29 maximum. 9.Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.27 maximum. 10.Visible Light Transmittance: 70 percent minimum. 11.SGHC: 0.39 maximum. 12.Safety glazing required. B.Low-E-Coated, Tinted Insulating Glass Type GL-5: 1.Basis-of-Design Product: Vitro Architectural Glass; Solarban® 60 Solar Control Low-E Glass. 2.Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch. 3.Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Lite: 6 mm. 4.Outdoor Lite: Tinted heat-strengthened or fully tempered float glass. 5.Tint Color: Vitro Architectural Glass; Graylite® II. 6.Interspace Content: Air. 7.Indoor Lite: Clear heat-strengthened or fully tempered float glass. 8.Low-E Coating: Sputtered on third surface. 9.Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.29 maximum. 10.Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.27 maximum. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GLAZING 08 8000 - 12 ed. 2024-02-20 11.Visible Light Transmittance: 7 percent minimum. 12.SGHC: 0.13 maximum. 13.Safety glazing required. ND OF SECTION 08 8000 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Interior gypsum board. 2.Tile backing panels. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 06 1600 "Sheathing" for gypsum sheathing for exterior walls. 2.Section 09 2216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural steel framing and suspension systems that support gypsum board panels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For the following: 1.Gypsum wallboard. 2.Gypsum board, Type X. 3.Gypsum ceiling board. 4.Impact-resistant gypsum board. 5.Mold-resistant gypsum board. 6.Water-resistant gypsum backing board. 7.Cementitious backer units. 8.Interior trim. 9.Joint treatment materials. 10.Laminating adhesive. 11.Sound-attenuation blankets. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A.Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 2 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent. B.Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C.Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1.Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2.Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated in accordance with ASTM E119 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A.Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A.Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.American Gypsum. b.CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. c.Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. d.Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company. e.USG Corporation. 2.Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherwise noted. 3.Long Edges: Tapered. B.Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C1396/C1396M. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 3 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.American Gypsum. b.CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. c.Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. d.Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company. e.USG Corporation. 2.Thickness: 5/8 inch. 3.Long Edges: Tapered. C.Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.American Gypsum. b.CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. c.Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. d.Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company. e.USG Corporation. 2.Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherwise noted. 3.Long Edges: Tapered. D.Impact-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M gypsum board, tested in accordance with ASTM C1629/C1629M. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.American Gypsum; 5/8" M-Bloc® IR Type X with Mold & Moisture Resistance. b.CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN; CertainTeed Extreme Impact Resistant Type X Gypsum Board with M2Tech Mold and Moisture Technology. c.Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond® XP® Hi-Impact® Gypsum Board. d.USG Corporation; USG Sheetrock® Brand Mold Tough® VHI (Very High Impact) Firecode® Core. 2.Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3.Surface Abrasion: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds Level 3 requirements. 4.Indentation: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds Level 1 requirements. 5.Soft-Body Impact: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds Level 3 requirements. 6.Hard-Body Impact: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds Level 3 requirements in accordance with test in Annex A1. 7.Long Edges: Tapered. 8.Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated in accordance with ASTM D3274. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 4 E.Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. With moisture- and mold- resistant core and paper surfaces. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.American Gypsum; 5/8” M-Bloc® Type X with Mold & Moisture Resistance. b.CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN; CertainTeed M2Tech Mold and Moisture Resistant Type X Gypsum Board. c.Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; ToughRock® Mold-Guard™ Gypsum Board. d.Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond® XP® Fire-Shield® Gypsum Board. e.USG Corporation; USG Sheetrock® Brand Mold Tough® Firecode® X Panels. 2.Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3.Long Edges: Tapered. 4.Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated in accordance with ASTM D3274. 2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS A.Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C1178/C1178M, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN; GlasRoc Tile Backer. b.Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC; DensShield® Tile Backer. c.Gold Bond Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond® eXP® Fire-Shield® Tile Backer. d.USG Corporation; USG Durock™ Glass-Mat Tile Backerboard. 2.Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3.Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated in accordance with ASTM D3274. B.Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C1288 or ASTM C1325, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.C-Cure; C-CURE® BOARD 990. b.Custom Building Products; WonderBoard® Lite Backerboard. c.PermaBASE Building Products, LLC provided by National Gypsum Company; PermaBASE® Cement Board. d.USG Corporation; DUROCK Cement Board. 2.Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3.Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated in accordance with ASTM D3274. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 5 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A.Interior Trim: ASTM C1047. 1.Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc. 2.Shapes: a.Cornerbead. b.Bullnose bead. c.LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d.L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e.U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. f.Expansion (control) joint. g.Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A.General: Comply with ASTM C475/C475M. B.Joint Tape: 1.Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. 2.Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 3.Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C.Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1.Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2.Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound. a.Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. 3.Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 4.Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. D.Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1.Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by backing panel manufacturer. 2.Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 6 2.7 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A.Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B.Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C.Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1.Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2.For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. D.Sound-Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1.Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. E.Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 07 2100 "Thermal Insulation." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION AND FINISHING OF PANELS, GENERAL A.Comply with ASTM C840. B.Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C.Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 7 D.Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E.Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F.Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1.Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2.Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3.Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8- inch-wide joints to install sealant. G.Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H.Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. I.Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A.Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1.Wallboard Type: As indicated on Drawings. 2.Type X: As indicated on Drawings. 3.Ceiling Type: As indicated on Drawings. 4.Impact-Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings. 5.Moisture- and Mold-Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings. 6.Glass-Mat Interior Type: As indicated on Drawings. 7.Cementitious Backer Type: As indicated on Drawings. B.Single-Layer Application: 1.On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. 2.On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 8 a.Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b.At high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire- resistance-rated assembly. 3.On Z-shaped furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 4.Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. C.Multilayer Application: 1.On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face-layer joints one framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base-layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 2.On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face- layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3.On Z-shaped furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members. 4.Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. D.Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF TILE BACKING PANELS A.Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at locations indicated on Drawings. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B.Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108.11, at locations indicated on Drawings. C.Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 9 3.5 INSTALLATION OF TRIM ACCESSORIES A.General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B.Control Joints: Install control joints in accordance with ASTM C840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect. 1.Partition Walls: 30’ maximum in either direction. 2.Interior ceiling with perimeter relief: 50’ maximum in either direction. 3.Interior ceilings without perimeter relief: 30’ maximum in either direction. C.Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1.Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 2.Bullnose Bead: Use only where indicated on Drawings. 3.LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges, unless otherwise indicated. 4.L-Bead: Use where indicated on Drawings. 5.U-Bead: Use where indicated on Drawings. 6.Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. 3.6 FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD A.General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B.Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C.Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D.Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and in accordance with ASTM C840: 1.Level 1: All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound. Excess joint compound and tool marks are acceptable; fastener heads need not be covered. a.Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated on Drawings, unless higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. 2.Level 2: All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and wiped with a joint knife leaving a thin coating of joint compound over all joints and interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with one coat of joint compound. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound; tool marks are acceptable. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 10 a.Panels that are substrate for tile and where indicated on Drawings. 3.Level 3: One separate coat of joint compound shall be applied over all joints and interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with two separate coats of joint compound. Surface shall be smooth and free of tool marks. a.Utility, mechanical, or non-occupiable spaces, and where indicated on Drawings. 4.Level 4: Two separate coats of joint compound shall be applied over all flat joints. One separate coat of joint compound shall be applied over interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered with three separate coats of joint compound. Surface shall be smooth and free of tool marks. a.At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view and to receive a paint finish, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1)Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." E.Glass-Mat Faced Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. F.Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 PROTECTION A.Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non- drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. B.Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C.Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1.Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2.Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09 2900 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 09 6513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Resilient base. 2.Resilient stair accessories. 3.Resilient molding accessories. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 09 6519 "Resilient Tile Flooring" for transitional materials. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. B.Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, not less than 12 inches long. C.Product Schedule: For resilient base and accessory products. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A.Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg For more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following time periods: 1.48 hours before installation. 2.During installation. 3.48 hours after installation. B.After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C.Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOPLASTIC-RUBBER BASE A.Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Mohawk Group; Vinyl Wall Base or a comparable product by one of the following: 1.Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2.Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc. 3.Johnsonite; a Tarkett Company. 4.Roppe Corporation, USA. B.Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TP (rubber, thermoplastic). 1.Group: I (solid, homogeneous). 2.Style and Location: a.Style B, Cove: Provide in areas as indicated on Drawings. C.Thickness: 0.125 inch. D.Height: 4 inches or 6 inches indicated on Drawings. E.Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 3 F.Outside Corners: Job formed. G.Inside Corners: Job formed or preformed. H.Colors: 099 Black Brown. 2.2 RUBBER STAIR ACCESSORIES A.Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1.Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. B.Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Roppe Corporation, USA; Rubber Stair Tread or a comparable product by one of the following: 1.Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2.Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc. 3.Johnsonite; a Tarkett Company. 4.Mohawk Group C.Stair Treads: ASTM F 2169. 1.Type: TP (rubber, thermoplastic). 2.Class: 2 (pattern; embossed); Raised Round. 3.Group: 1 (embedded abrasive strips); Grey Grit Tape. 4.Nosing Style: Square, adjustable to cover angles between 60 and 90 degrees. 5.Nosing Height: 2 inches. 6.Thickness: 7/32 inch and tapered to back edge. 7.Size: Lengths and depths to fit each stair tread in one piece. D.Separate Risers: Smooth, flat; in height that fully covers substrate; produced by same manufacturer as treads and recommended by manufacturer for installation with treads. 1.Style: Coved toe, 7 inches high by length matching treads. 2.Thickness: 0.10 inch. E.Stringers: Height and length after cutting to fit risers and treads and to cover stair stringers, produced by same manufacturer as treads, and recommended by manufacturer for installation with treads. 1.Thickness: 0.080 inch. F.Landing Tile: Matching treads; produced by same manufacturer as treads and recommended by manufacturer for installation with treads. G.Locations: Provide rubber stair accessories at stairways shown on Drawings. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 4 H.Colors and Patterns: 193 Black Brown. 2.3 RUBBER MOLDING ACCESSORY A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2.Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc. 3.Johnsonite; a Tarkett company. 4.Mohawk Group. 5.Roppe Corporation, USA. B.Description: Rubber carpet edge for glue-down applications, nosing for carpet, nosing for resilient floor covering, reducer strip for resilient floor covering, and transition strips. C.Profile and Dimensions: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of profiles and sizes. D.Locations: Provide rubber molding accessories at carpet and resilient floor covering edges and where reducer strip and transition strips are required. E.Colors and Patterns: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A.Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient-product manufacturer for applications indicated. B.Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. C.Stair-Tread Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient stair-tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1.Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 5 B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1.Installation of resilient products indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B.Concrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Accessories: Prepare horizontal surfaces according to ASTM F 710. 1.Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2.Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3.Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing. 4.Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following: a.Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b.Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum 60 percent relative humidity level. C.Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D.Do not install resilient products until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1.At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E.Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products. 3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B.Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 6 C.Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D.Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E.Do not stretch resilient base during installation. F.On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. G.Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces. H.Job-Formed Corners: 1.Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 12 inches in length. a.Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends. 2.Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible and form with returns not less than 3 inches in length. a. Miter or cope corners to minimize open joints. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B.Resilient Stair Accessories: 1.Use stair-tread-nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. 2.Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. 3.For treads installed as separate, equal-length units, install to produce a flush joint between units. C.Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products. B.Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient-product installation: 1.Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2.Sweep and vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09 6513 - 7 3.Damp-mop horizontal surfaces to remove marks and soil. C.Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D.Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09 6513 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 09 6519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid vinyl floor tile. 2. Vinyl composition floor tile. 3. Luxury vinyl floor tile. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 6513 “Resilient Base and Accessories”, for base and transition materials. 2. Section 09 6816 “Sheet Carpeting”. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of floor tile. Include floor tile layouts, edges, columns, doorways, enclosing partitions, built-in furniture, cabinets, and cutouts. 1. Show details of special patterns. C. Samples for Verification: Full-size units of each color and pattern of floor tile required. 1. For heat-welding bead, manufacturer's standard-size Samples, but not less than 9 inches (230 mm) long, of each color required. D. Product Schedule: For floor tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 4 H. Colors and Patterns: As indicated on drawings. 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by floor tile manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by floor tile and adhesive manufacturers to suit floor tile and substrate conditions indicated. C. Seamless-Installation Accessories: 1. Heat-Welding Bead: Manufacturer's solid-strand product for heat welding seams. a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range to contrast with floor tile. 2. Chemical-Bonding Compound: Manufacturer's product for chemically bonding seams. D. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor-polish products recommended by floor tile manufacturer. E. Metal edge transition: Tandus MetalEdge Un#ME001: 3/16” cap with 1/8” wide support. 1. Color: Steel #00179 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 5 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 10 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to floor tile manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test according to ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b. Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level. C. Access Flooring Panels: Remove protective film of oil or other coating using method recommended by access flooring manufacturer. D. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. E. Do not install floor tiles until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. F. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient floor tile. 3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile. B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles square with room axis or in pattern indicated. C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 6 1. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles (basket-weave pattern) in pattern of colors and sizes indicated. D. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles to center of door openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. G. Install floor tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, building expansion-joint covers, and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of tile installed on covers and adjoining tiles. Tightly adhere tile edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters. H. Adhere floor tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. I. Seamless Installation: 1. Heat-Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and heat weld with welding bead to permanently fuse sections into a seamless flooring. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining flooring surfaces. 2. Chemically Bonded Seams: Bond seams with chemical-bonding compound to permanently fuse sections into a seamless flooring. Prepare seams and apply compound to produce tightly fitted seams without gaps, overlays, or excess bonding compound on flooring surfaces. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting floor tile. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor tile installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect floor tile from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Floor Polish: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying liquid floor polish. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09 6519 - 7 1. Apply two coat(s). E. Joint Sealant: Apply sealant to resilient terrazzo floor tile perimeter and around columns, at door frames, and at other joints and penetrations. F. Sealers and Finish Coats: Remove soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes from resilient terrazzo floor tile surfaces before applying liquid cleaners, sealers, and finish products. 1. Sealer: Apply two base coats of liquid sealer. 2. Finish: Apply three coats of liquid floor finish. G. Cover floor tile until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09 6519 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SHEET CARPETING 09 6816 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 09 6816 - SHEET CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Sheet carpet. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 01 1000 “Summary”, for Owner Supplied Products. 2.Section 09 6513 "Resilient Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base and accessories installed with carpet. 3.Section 09 6519 "Resilient Tile Flooring". 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A.Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.Review methods and procedures related to carpet installation including, but not limited to, the following: a.Review delivery, storage, and handling procedures. b.Review ambient conditions and ventilation procedures. c.Review subfloor preparation procedures. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. 1.Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics and durability. 2.Include manufacturer's written installation recommendations for each type of substrate. B.Shop Drawings: For carpet installation, showing the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SHEET CARPETING 09 6816 - 2 1.Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built-in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. 2.Carpet type, color, and dye lot. 3.Locations where dye lot changes occur. 4.Seam locations, types, and methods. 5.Type of subfloor. 6.Type of installation. 7.Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starting point. 8.Pile direction. 9.Types, colors, and locations of insets and borders. 10.Types, colors, and locations of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 11.Transition details to other flooring materials. C.Product Schedule: For carpet. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. D.Product Quantity: Installer to provide accurate quantity take-off in square yards and square meters to Owner. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For Installer. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the International Certified Floorcovering Installers Association at the Commercial II certification level. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard." B.Deliver carpet in original mill protective covering with mill register numbers and tags attached. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard" for temperature, humidity, and ventilation limitations. B.Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install carpet until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. C.Do not install carpet over concrete slabs until slabs have cured, are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive, and have pH range recommended by carpet manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SHEET CARPETING 09 6816 - 3 D.Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet, install carpet before installing these items. 1.9 WARRANTY A.Special Warranty for Carpet: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 2.Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a.More than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, and runs. b.Loss of tuft bind strength. c.Excess static discharge. d.Delamination. 3.Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET (Provided by Owner) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1.Astro Carpet Mills. B.Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings. C.Backing: Manufacturer's standard. D.Applied Treatments: 1.Applied Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard material. 2.Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard material. E.Performance Characteristics: 1.Appearance Retention Rating: Severe traffic, 3.5 minimum according to ASTM D 7330. 2.Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm according to NFPA 253. 3.Dry Breaking Strength: Not less than 100 lbf (445 N) according to ASTM D 2646. 4.Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, according to AATCC 165. 5.Colorfastness to Light: Not less than 4 after 40 AFU (AATCC fading units) according to AATCC 16, Option E. 6.Electrostatic Propensity: Less than 2 kV according to AATCC 134. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SHEET CARPETING 09 6816 - 4 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A.Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or recommended by carpet manufacturer. B.Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet and is recommended or provided by carpet manufacturers. C.Seam Adhesive: Hot-melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for sealing and taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. D.Metal Edge/Transition Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of profile and width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet, and of maximum lengths to minimize running joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet performance. B.Examine carpet for type, color, pattern, and potential defects. C.Concrete Slabs: Verify that finishes comply with requirements specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete" and that surfaces are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. 1.Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m), and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. a.Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours. b.Relative Humidity Test: Using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 60 percent relative humidity level measurement. c.Perform additional moisture tests recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet manufacturers. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. D.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SHEET CARPETING 09 6816 - 5 3.2 PREPARATION A.General: Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard" and with carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates. B.Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm), unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions. C.Concrete Substrates: Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet manufacturers. D.Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet. 3.3 CARPET INSTALLATION A.Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard" and carpet manufacturers' written installation instructions and Shop Drawings for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under the door in closed position for the following: 1.Direct-glue-down installation. B.Install borders with mitered corner seams. C.Do not bridge building expansion joints with carpet. D.Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. E.Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. F.Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on carpet as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet: 1.Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2.Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SHEET CARPETING 09 6816 - 6 3.Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face-beater element. B.Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard." C.Protect carpet against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer and adhesive manufacturers. END OF SECTION 09 6816 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WALL COVERINGS 09 7200 - 1 ed. 2023-10-20 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 09 7200 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Vinyl wall covering. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A.Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. 1.Include data on physical characteristics, durability, fade resistance, and fire-test-response characteristics. B.Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of each wall-covering type. Indicate pattern placement, seams and termination points. C.Samples for Verification: For each type of wall covering and for each color, pattern, texture, and finish specified, full width by 36-inch long in size. 1.Wall-Covering Sample: From same production run to be used for the Work, Show complete pattern repeat. Mark top and face of fabric. D.Product Schedule: For wall coverings. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: For testing agency. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WALL COVERINGS 09 7200 - 2 ed. 2023-10-20 B.Product Test Reports: For each wall covering, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at levels intended for occupants after Project completion during the remainder of the construction period. B.Lighting: Do not install wall covering until lighting that matches conditions intended for occupants after Project completion is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering. C.Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by wall-covering manufacturer for full drying or curing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VINYL WALL COVERING (WC-1) A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1.D. L. Couch. 2.Total Weight: 20 oz., excluding coatings. 3.Width: 54 inches 4.Backing: Osnaburg. 5.Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Reese – Chambord 2VRE-04. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A.Adhesive: Mildew-resistant, nonstaining, strippable adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application indicated and as recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. B.Primer/Sealer: Mildew resistant, complying with requirements in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by primer/sealer and wall-covering manufacturers for intended substrate. C.Metal Primer: Interior ferrous metal primer complying with Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" and recommended in writing by primer and wall-covering manufacturers for intended substrate. D.Seam Tape: As recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WALL COVERINGS 09 7200 - 3 ed. 2023-10-20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B.Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of wall covering, including dirt, oil, grease, mold, mildew, and incompatible primers. C.Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1.Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 2.Plaster: Allow new plaster to cure. Neutralize areas of high alkalinity. Prime with primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 3.Metals: If not factory primed, clean and apply primer recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 4.Gypsum Board: Prime with primer as recommended in writing by primer/sealer manufacturer and wall-covering manufacturer. 5.Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. D.Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finish with fine sandpaper. E.Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. F.Acclimatize wall-covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. 3.3 WALL-COVERING INSTALLATION A.Comply with wall-covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B.Cut wall-covering strips in roll number sequence. Change the roll numbers at partition breaks and corners. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WALL COVERINGS 09 7200 - 4 ed. 2023-10-20 C.Install strips in same order as cut from roll. 1.For solid-color, even-texture, or random-match wall coverings, reverse every other strip. D.Install wall covering without lifted or curling edges and without visible shrinkage. E.Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside corners and 3 inches from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at corner. Horizontal seams are not permitted. F.Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without overlaps or gaps between strips. G.Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. 3.4 CLEANING A.Remove excess adhesive at seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B.Use cleaning methods recommended in writing by wall-covering manufacturer. C.Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. D.Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION 09 7200 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior substrates. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming metal fabrications. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B.MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C.MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D.MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E.MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F.MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1.Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 2 2.Indicate VOC content. B.Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1.Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2.Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3.Label each coat of each Sample. 4.Label each Sample for location and application area. C.Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1.Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2.Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B.Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1.Benjamin Moore & Co. 2.Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A.MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B.Material Compatibility: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 3 1.Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C.Colors: As indicated in a color schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B.Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1.Concrete: 12 percent. C.Portland Cement Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured. D.Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. E.Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1.Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B.Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1.After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection. C.Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1.Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 4 D.Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E.Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer but not less than the following: 1.SSPC-SP 2. 2.SSPC-SP 3. 3.SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4. 4.SSPC-SP 11. F.Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. G.Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. H.Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation. 3.3 APPLICATION A.Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." 1.Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2.Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3.Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4.Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5.Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B.If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. C.Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 5 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B.After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C.Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D.At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.5 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A.Concrete Substrates, Traffic Surfaces: 1.Latex Floor Paint System MPI EXT 3.2A: a.Prime Coat: Floor paint, latex, matching topcoat. b.Intermediate Coat: Floor paint, latex, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Floor paint, latex, low gloss (maximum MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #60. B.Cement Board Substrates: 1.Latex System MPI EXT 3.3J: a.Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #10. b.Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15. c.Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #11. d.Topcoat: Latex, exterior, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6), MPI #119. C.Steel and Iron Substrates: 1.Alkyd System MPI EXT 5.1D: a.Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anticorrosive, for metal, MPI #79. b.Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. c.Intermediate Coat: Exterior, alkyd enamel, matching topcoat. d.Topcoat: Alkyd, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #94. 2.Aluminum Paint System MPI EXT 5.1K: a.Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 9113 - 6 b.Intermediate Coat: Aluminum paint, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Aluminum paint, MPI #1. D.Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1.Latex System MPI EXT 5.3H: a.Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based, MPI #134. b.Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (MPI Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15. E.Aluminum Substrates: 1.Alkyd System MPI EXT 5.4F: a.Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum, MPI #95. b.Intermediate Coat: Exterior, alkyd enamel, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Alkyd, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #94. END OF SECTION 09 9113 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1.Concrete. 2.Cement board. 3.Clay masonry. 4.Steel and iron. 5.Galvanized metal. 6.Wood. 7.Fiberglass. 8.Plastic. 9.Gypsum board. 10.Plaster. 11.Acoustic panels and tiles. 12.Spray-textured ceilings. 13.ASJ insulation covering. B.Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, notify Architect for clarification. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1.Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. C.Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1.Prefinished items include the following factory-finished components: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 2 a.Architectural woodwork and casework. b.Acoustical wall panels. c.Metal toilet enclosures. d.Metal lockers. e.Finished mechanical and electrical equipment, unless noted otherwise. f.Light fixtures. g.Distribution cabinets. h.Aluminum framing and glass. 2.Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces: a.Foundation spaces. b.Furred areas. c.Ceiling plenums. d.Utility tunnels. e.Pipe spaces. f.Duct shafts. g.Elevator shafts. 3.Finished metal surfaces include the following: a.Anodized aluminum. b.Stainless steel. c.Chromium plate. d.Copper. e.Bronze and brass. 4.Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a.Valve and damper operators. b.Linkages. c.Sensing devices. d.Motor and fan shafts. 5.Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. D.Related Sections: 1.Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming metal fabrications and steel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 3 B.MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C.MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D.MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E.MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F.MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G.MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1.Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2.Indicate VOC content. B.Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1.Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2.Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3.Label each coat of each Sample. 4.Label each Sample for location and application area. C.Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Mockups: Apply paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1.Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a.If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Construction Manager at no added cost. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 4 2.Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3.Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: 1.Product name or title of material. 2.Product description (generic classification or binder type). 3.Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 4.Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 5.Thinning instructions. 6.Application instructions. 7.Color name and number. 8.VOC content. B.Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1.Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2.Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 3.Protect from freezing. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A.Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B.Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1.Benjamin Moore & Co. 2.Sherwin-Williams Company (The). Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 5 B.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated. 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A.MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B.Material Compatibility: 1.Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2.For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C.VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following VOC limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). These requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1.Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2.Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3.Dry-Fog Coatings: 400 g/L. 4.Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 5.Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 6.Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L. 7.Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 8.Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 9.Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 10.Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. D.Colors: As indicated on finish key schedule. E.Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide topcoat paints and anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to ferrous metals that comply with the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop: 1.Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2.Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following: a.Acrolein. b.Acrylonitrile. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 6 c.Antimony. d.Benzene. e.Butyl benzyl phthalate. f.Cadmium. g.Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h.Di-n-butyl phthalate. i.Di-n-octyl phthalate. j.1,2-dichlorobenzene. k.Diethyl phthalate. l.Dimethyl phthalate. m.Ethylbenzene. n.Formaldehyde. o.Hexavalent chromium. p.Isophorone. q.Lead. r.Mercury. s.Methyl ethyl ketone. t.Methyl isobutyl ketone. u.Methylene chloride. v.Naphthalene. w.Toluene (methylbenzene). x.1,1,1-trichloroethane. y.Vinyl chloride. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. Where acceptability of substrate conditions is in question, apply samples and perform in- situ testing to verify compatibility, adhesion, and film integrity of new paint application. 1.Report, in writing, conditions that may affect application, appearance, or performance of paint. B.Substrate Conditions: 1.Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: a.Concrete: 12 percent. b.Fiber-Cement Board: 12 percent. c.Masonry (Clay and CMUs): 12 percent. d.Wood: 15 percent. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 7 e.Gypsum Board: 12 percent. f.Plaster: 12 percent. 2.Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. 3.Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured. 4.Spray-Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry. C.Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. D.Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1.Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B.Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1.After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C.Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1.Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D.Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 1.Concrete Floors: Remove oil, dust, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials. Comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6 or ICRI 03732. E.Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F.Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer but not less than the following: 1.SSPC-SP 2. 2.SSPC-SP 3. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 8 G.Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. H.Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. I.Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation. J.Gypsum Board Substrates and other Skim Coated Surfaces: Do not begin paint application until finishing compound is dry and sanded smooth. Verify finish level of drywall required for paint sheen specified K.Wood Substrates: 1.Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2.Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3.Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4.After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 3.3 APPLICATION A.Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1.Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2.Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3.Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4.Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5.Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B.If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. C.Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D.Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 9 1.Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following: a.Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear. b.Uninsulated metal piping. c.Uninsulated plastic piping. d.Pipe hangers and supports. e.Metal conduit. f.Plastic conduit. g.Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. h.Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. i.Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. 2.Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1.Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2.If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A.At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B.After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C.Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D.At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 10 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A.Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces and Clay Masonry: 1.Latex System MPI INT 3.1A: a.Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based, MPI #3. b.Prime Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. d.Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #52. B.Concrete Substrates, Traffic Surfaces: 1.Epoxy- and Urethane- Based Aggregate-Filled Floor Surfacing: Refer to Section 09 67 23 "Resinous Flooring." C.Steel Substrates: 1.Latex System, Alkyd Primer MPI INT 5.1QQ, Bowler Seating Rail Support Tube: a.Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti-corrosive, for metal, MPI #79. 1)Protective & Marine, Kem Kromik Universal Primer, B50WZ1. b.Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. c.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. d.Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #53. 1)Pro Tech, Interior latex flat pain, C115. 2.Water-Based Dry-Fall System MPI INT 5.1CC: a.Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. b.Topcoat: Dry fall, latex, flat, MPI #118. 1)PT-1: Pro industrial Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall Flat, B42B00081. 3.Alkyd System MPI INT 5.1E, Metal Doors and Frames: a.Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry, for metal, MPI #76. 1)PT-x b.Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #47. 1)PT-x: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 11 D.Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1.Latex System MPI INT 5.3J: a.Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based, MPI #134. b.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #52. E.Aluminum (Not Anodized or Otherwise Coated) Substrates: 1.High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.4F: a.Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum, MPI #95. b.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4), MPI #140. 2.Alkyd System MPI INT 5.4J: a.Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum, MPI #95. b.Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, interior, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Alkyd, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #47. F.Wood Substrates: Chair Rail. 1.Latex over Latex Primer System MPI INT 6.3T: a.Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, MPI #39. 1)PrepRite® ProBlock® Interior/Exterior Latex Primer/Sealer. b.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #43. 1)PT-11: ProMar® 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer; B31W02651. G.Wood Substrates: Casework. 1.High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 6.4S: a.Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, MPI #39. b.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #139. d.Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4), MPI #140. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 12 H.Plastic Substrates: 1.High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 6.8A: a.Prime Coat: Primer, bonding, solvent based, MPI #69. b.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #139. d.Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural (MPI Gloss Level 4), MPI #140. I.Gypsum Board Substrates: 1.Latex over Latex Sealer System MPI INT 9.2A: a.Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MPI #50. 1)ProMar® 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer; B28W02600. b.Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. c.Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #52. 1)PT-6, PT-8, PT-9, PT-10 2)ProMar® 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer; B28W02600. d.Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 4), MPI #43. 1)PT-11: ProMar® 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer; B28W02600. e.Topcoat: Latex, interior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #54. 1)PT-2: ProMar® 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer; B28W02600. 2.Water-Based Dry-Fall System MPI INT 5.1CC: a.Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. b.Topcoat: Dry fall, latex, flat, MPI #118. 1)PT-1: Pro industrial Waterborne Acrylic Dryfall Flat, B42B00081. J.Tile Substrates: 1.Sherwin Williams Tile Painting System: a.Prime Coat: Primer, Sherwin Extreme Bond Primer B51W00150: White Base b.Intermediate Coat: Multi-Surface Acrylic 113.04A B66-1500 Series Gloss c.Topcoat: Multi-Surface Acrylic 113.04A B66-1500 Series Gloss d.PT-19 Sherwin Williams SW 7004 Snow Bound Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 13 e.PT-20 Sherwin Williams 7006 Extra White END OF SECTION 09 9123 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 2600 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 10 2600 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Corner guards. 2. End-wall guards. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for pipe guards. 2. Section 08 7100 "Door Hardware" for metal protective trim units, according to BHMA A156.6, used for armor, kick, mop, and push plates. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, impact strength, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of wall and door protection showing locations and extent. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of wall and door protection product to include in maintenance manuals. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 2600 - 2 1. Include precautions against using cleaning materials and methods that may be detrimental to finishes and performance. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Mounting and Accessory Components: Amounts proportional to the quantities of extra materials. Package mounting and accessory components with each extra material. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store wall and door protection in original undamaged packages and containers inside well- ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1. Store corner-guard covers in a vertical position. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of wall- and door- protection units that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including detachment of components from each other or from the substrates, delamination, and permanent deformation beyond normal use. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain wall- and door-protection products of each type from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84 or UL 723; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 2600 - 3 2.3 CORNER GUARDS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 2600 - 4 2.6 FABRICATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 2600 - 5 3.3 INSTALLATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 10 4413 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 10 4413 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Fire protection cabinets for the following: a.Portable fire extinguishers. B.Related Sections: 1.Section 10 4416 "Fire Extinguishers." 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire protection cabinets. 1.Fire Protection Cabinets: Include roughing-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style. B.Shop Drawings: For fire protection cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.4 COORDINATION A.Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. B.Coordinate sizes and locations of fire protection cabinets with wall depths. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 10 4413 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. B.Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, 3 mm thick, Class 1 (clear). 2.2 FIRE PROTECTION CABINET A.Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. B.Cabinet Construction: Nonrated. C.Cabinet Material: Steel sheet. D.Semirecessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim indicated; with one-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend). Provide where walls are of insufficient depth for recessed cabinets but are of sufficient depth to accommodate semi-recessed cabinet installation. For semi-recessed cabinets in 3-5/8” metal stud walls, provide 4” deep maximum cabinet with ADA compliant recessed pull door. E.Cabinet Trim Material: Same material and finish as door. F.Door Material: Steel sheet. G.Door Style: Fully glazed panel with frame. H.Door Glazing: Tempered float glass (clear). I.Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1.Provide manufacturer's standard. 2.Provide manufacturer's standard hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. J.Accessories: 1.Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked- enamel finish. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 10 4413 - 3 2.Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. a.Identify fire extinguisher in fire protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER." 1)Location: Applied to cabinet door. 2)Application Process: Decals. 3)Lettering Color: Black. 4)Orientation: Vertical. K.Finishes: 1.Manufacturer's standard baked-enamel paint for the following: a.Exterior of cabinet, door, and trim except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. b.Interior of cabinet and door. 2.Steel: Baked enamel or powder coat. 2.3 FABRICATION A.Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. 1.Weld joints and grind smooth. 2.Provide factory-drilled mounting holes. 3.Prepare doors and frames to receive locks. 4.Install door locks at factory. B.Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. 1.Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow-metal design, minimum 1/2 inch thick. 2.Miter and weld perimeter door frames. C.Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. 2.4 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 10 4413 - 4 B.Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C.Finish fire protection cabinets after assembly. D.Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.5 STEEL FINISHES A.Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC- SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning" or SSPC-SP 8, "Pickling". After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. B.Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils. 1.Color and Gloss: As selected by Owner from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where semirecessed cabinets will be installed. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Prepare recesses for semi-recessed fire protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.General: Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B.Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. 1.Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire protection cabinets. If wall thickness is not adequate for recessed cabinets, provide semirecessed fire protection cabinets. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 10 4413 - 5 2.Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire protection cabinets, square and plumb. C.Identification: Apply decals at locations indicated. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire protection cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturers written installation instructions. B.Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. C.On completion of fire protection cabinet installation, clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D.Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory-finished appearance. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers. E.Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 10 4413 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 4416 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 10 4416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FMG. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. c. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 4416 - 2 d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. g. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc. h. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. i. Moon-American. j. Pem All Fire Extinguisher Corp.; a division of PEM Systems, Inc. k. Potter Roemer LLC. l. Pyro-Chem; Tyco Safety Products. 2. Valves: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B. B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type for general use: UL-rated 4-A:80-B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, with mono-ammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in enameled-steel container. C. Multipurpose Wet-Chemical Type for Kitchen only: UL-rated 2-A:K, 6 liter nominal capacity, with potassium acetate based low PH chemical in Chrome finished steel container. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or black baked-enamel finish. B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 4416 - 3 END OF SECTION 10 4416 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 12 3661.16 - 1 Note that the Round 1 Project Specifications is non-site specific and not all portions of the individual Sections contained in the Project Specifications may apply to a particular Project. Refer to the Drawings. SECTION 12 3661.16 - SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid surface material countertops. 2. Solid surface material apron fronts. 3. Solid surface material low-wall caps. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 4000 "Plumbing Fixtures" for under-mount sinks and plumbing fittings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For countertop materials. B. Shop Drawings: For countertops. Show materials, finishes, edge profiles, methods of joining, and cutouts for plumbing fixtures. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Countertop material, 6 inches square. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 12 3661.16 - 2 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 12 3661.16 - 3 2.2 COUNTERTOP FABRICATION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS 12 3661.16 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 21 1313 - WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2.Fire-protection valves. 3.Sprinklers. 4.Manual control stations. 5.Pressure gages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Standard-Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet-pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175 psig maximum. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A.Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water and that is connected to water supply through alarm valve. Water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or destroys frangible device. Hose connections are included if indicated. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with the following: 1.NFPA 13. B.Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. C.Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. 2.Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: a.Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. b.General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR c.Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. d.Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. 3.Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: Per UL listing and latest edition of NFPA-13. D.Seismic Performance: Sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to NFPA 13 and the California Fire Sprinkler Code. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated.Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, calculations, and attachments to other work. 1.Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C.Delegated-Design Submittal: For sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified NICET professional responsible for their preparation. D.Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. E.Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. F.Welding certificates. G.Fire-hydrant flow test report. H.Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." I.Field quality-control reports. J.Operation and Maintenance Data: For sprinkler specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: 1.Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing design engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR a.Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified design engineer. B.Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D.NFPA Standards: Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with the following: 1.NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems." 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Interruption of Existing Sprinkler Service: Do not interrupt sprinkler service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary sprinkler service according to requirements indicated: 1.Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than three days in advance of proposed interruption of sprinkler service. 2.Do not proceed with interruption of sprinkler service without Construction Manager's and Owner's written permission. 1.9 COORDINATION A.Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with all other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. Mount piping as high as structure will allow and with as little interference with other trades as possible. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounted steel cabinet and hinged cover with space for spare sprinklers. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A.Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A.Standard Weight, Galvanized- and Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B.Thinwall Galvanized- and Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795/A 795M with wall thickness less than Schedule 30 and equal to or greater than Schedule 10. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. C.Galvanized- and Black-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard-weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. D.Galvanized and Uncoated, Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865, threaded. E.Galvanized and Uncoated, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. F.Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860. G.Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125. H.Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. I.Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M and ASME B16.9. J.Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.Tyco Fire & Building Products LP. b.Victaulic Company. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. 3.Galvanized and Uncoated, Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable-iron casting or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting; with dimensions matching steel pipe. 4.Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213, rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.3 CPVC PIPE AND FITTINGS (by voluntary alternate only) A.CPVC Pipe: ASTM F 442/F 442M and UL 1821, SDR 13.5, for 175-psig rated pressure at 150 deg F, with plain ends. Include "LISTED" and "CPVC SPRINKLER PIPE" markings. B.CPVC Fittings: UL listed or FM approved, for 175-psig rated pressure at 150 deg F, socket type. Include "LISTED" and "CPVC SPRINKLER FITTING" markings. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.NPS 3/4 to NPS 1-1/2: ASTM F 438 and UL 1821, Schedule 40, socket type. 2.NPS 2 to NPS 3: ASTM F 439 and UL 1821, Schedule 80, socket type. 3.CPVC-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC, one piece, with dimensions equivalent to pipe; one end with threaded brass insert, and one socket end. 4.CPVC-to-Metal Transition Unions: CPVC, with dimensions equivalent to pipe; one end with threaded brass insert, and one socket end. 5.Flanges: CPVC, one or two pieces. 2.4 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A.Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free. 1.Class 125, Cast-Iron Flanges and Class 150, Bronze Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face gaskets. 2.Class 250, Cast-Iron Flanges and Class 300, Steel Raised-Face Flanges: Ring-type gaskets. B.Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C.Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. D.Solvent Cements for Joining CPVC Piping and Tubing: ASTM F 493, solvent cement recommended by pipe and fitting manufacturer, and made for joining CPVC sprinkler pipe and fittings. Include cleaner or primer recommended by pipe and fitting manufacturer. E.Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, and Bolts and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 SPRINKLERS A.Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B.Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. C.Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element: 1.Early-Suppression, Fast-Response Applications: UL 1767 2.Nonresidential Applications: UL 199 3.Residential Applications: UL 1626 4.Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. D.Open Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element Removed: UL 199. 1.Nominal Orifice: 1/2 inch, with discharge coefficient K of 5.6, unless otherwise indicated or required. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR E.Sprinkler Finishes: painted, coordinate finish with Architect. F.Sprinkler Mounting Types: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1.Closed Ceiling Mounting: Concealed pendent with cover plate. Coordinate finish with Architect. 2.Open Ceiling Mounting: Upright sprinkler head. Natural brass finish. Provide sprinkler head guards in open areas of SpoCha facilities. 3.Sidewall Mounting: Concealed with cover plate. Coordinate finish with Architect. G.Sprinkler Guards: 1.Standard: UL 199. 2.Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 3.Provide in open areas of SpoCha facilities. 2.6 LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES AND DEVICES A.General Requirements: 1.Valves shall be UL listed or FM approved. 2.Minimum Pressure Rating for Standard-Pressure Piping: 175 psig. 3.Minimum Pressure Rating for High-Pressure Piping: 250 psig. 4.Refer to specification section 22 0523 for general duty valves. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the fol- lowing: 1. Specialty Valves and Devices: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. c. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp. d. Grinnell Corp. e. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. f.Star Sprinkler Corp. g. Viking Corp. 2. Sprinkler, Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Fire-End and Croker Corp. c. Grinnell Corp. d. Victaulic Co. of America. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3. Sprinkler, Inspector's Test Fittings: a. Fire-End and Croker Corp. b. G/J Innovations, Inc. c. Triple R Specialty of Ajax, Inc. 4. Fire Department Connections: a. Badger Fire Protection, Inc. b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. c. Fire-End and Croker Corp. d. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. e. Grinnell Corp. f.Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. g. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. h. Smith Industries, Inc.; Potter-Roemer Div. 5. Sprinklers: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc. c. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corp. d. Grinnell Corp. e. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. f.Star Sprinkler Corp. g. Viking Corp. h. Tyco 6. Hose Connections and Hose Stations: a. Badger Fire Protection, Inc. b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. c. Fire-End and Croker Corp. d. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. e. Smith Industries, Inc.; Potter-Roemer Div. 7. Indicator Valves: a. Central Sprink, Inc. b. Grinnell Corp. c. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. d. Nibco, Inc. e. Victaulic Co. of America. 8. Keyed Couplings for Steel Piping: a. Central Sprink, Inc. b. Ductilic, Inc. c. Grinnell Corp. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR d. National Fittings, Inc.e. Star Pipe Products, Inc.; Star Fittings Div. f.Victaulic Co. of America. 9. Mechanically Formed Tee Outlets: a. T-Drill Industries, Inc. 2.7 ALARM DEVICES A.Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B.Electrically Operated Alarm Bell: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.Fire-Lite Alarms, Inc.; a Honeywell company. b.Notifier; a Honeywell company. c.Potter Electric Signal Company. 2.Standard: UL 464. 3.Type: Vibrating, metal alarm bell. 4.Size: 6-inch minimum-diameter. 5.Finish: Red-enamel factory finish, suitable for outdoor use. C.Water-Flow Indicators: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.ADT Security Services, Inc. b.McDonnell & Miller; ITT Industries. c.Potter Electric Signal Company. d.System Sensor; a Honeywell company. e.Viking Corporation. f.Watts Industries (Canada) Inc. 2.Standard: UL 346. 3.Water-Flow Detector: Electrically supervised. 4.Components: Two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field- adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. 2.8 ESCUTCHEONS A.General: Manufactured ceiling, floor, and wall escutcheons and floor plates. B.One-Piece, Cast-Brass Escutcheons: Polished chrome-plated finish with set-screws. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Escutcheons: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated finish. D.One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Escutcheons: Chrome-plated finish with set-screw or spring clips. E.Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Escutcheons: Polished chrome-plated or rough-brass finish with concealed hinge and set-screw. F.Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Escutcheons: Chrome-plated finish with concealed hinge, set-screw or spring clips. G.One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. H.Split-Casting Floor Plates: Cast brass with concealed hinge. 2.9 SLEEVES A.Cast-Iron Wall Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated of cast iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B.Molded-PVC Sleeves: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms. C.PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. D.Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, standard weight, zinc coated, plain ends. E.Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1.Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set-screws. 2.10 SLEEVE SEALS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2.Calpico, Inc. 3.Metraflex, Inc. 4.Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. B.Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. 1.Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2.Pressure Plates: Carbon steel or Stainless steel. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating or Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.11 GROUT A.Standard: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, posthardening and volume adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B.Characteristics: Nonshrink and recommended for interior and exterior applications. C.Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D.Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article. B.Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A.Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical. 1.Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. B.Piping Standard: Comply with requirements for installation of sprinkler piping in NFPA 13. C.Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for seismic-restraint device materials and installation. D.Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. E.Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. F.Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. G.Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. H.Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR I.Install automatic (ball drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire-department connection, to drain piping between fire-department connection and check valve. Install drain piping to and spill over floor drain or to outside building. J.Install alarm devices in piping systems. K.Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. L.Fill sprinkler system piping with water. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A.Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B.Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. C.Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D.Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E.Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F.Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G.Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2.Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H.Steel-Piping, Pressure-Sealed Joints: Join lightwall steel pipe and steel pressure-seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. I.Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. 1.Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for galvanized-steel pipe. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR J.Steel-Piping, Cut-Grooved Joints: Cut square-edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe joints. K.Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints. L.Plastic-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1.Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. Apply primer. 2.CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. 3.4 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A.Install listed fire-protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B.Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C.Specialty Valves: 1.General Requirements: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2.Alarm Valves: Include bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain-line connection. 3.5 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A.Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical ceiling panels. B.Install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler hose fittings and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.6 ESCUTCHEON INSTALLATION A.Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. B.Escutcheons for New Piping: 1.Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One piece, deep pattern. 2.Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome-plated finish or stamped steel with spring clips. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome-plated finish, One piece or split casting, cast brass with polished chrome-plated finish, Split casting, cast brass with polished chrome-plated finish, One piece, stamped steel with set-screw, One piece or split plate, stamped steel with set- screw, or Split plate, stamped steel with set-screw. 4.Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One piece, cast brass with polished chrome- plated finish, stamped steel with set-screw, stamped steel with spring clips, or stamped steel with set-screw or spring clips. 5.Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One piece, stamped steel with set-screw or spring clips. 6.Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece floor plate. 3.7 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A.General Requirements: Install sleeves for pipes and tubes passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B.Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. C.Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. D.Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces unless otherwise indicated. E.Install sleeves in new partitions, slabs, and walls as they are built. F.For interior wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for joint sealants in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." G.For exterior wall penetrations above grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for joint sealants in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." H.For exterior wall penetrations below grade, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe using sleeve seals. I.Seal space outside of sleeves in concrete slabs and walls with grout. J.Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation unless otherwise indicated. K.Install sleeve materials according to the following applications: 1.Sleeves for Piping Passing through Gypsum-Board Partitions: a.PVC-pipe or Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. b.Exception: Sleeves are not required for water-supply tubes and waste pipes for individual plumbing fixtures if escutcheons will cover openings. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.Sleeves for Piping Passing through Interior Concrete Walls: a.PVC-pipe or Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves for pipes smaller than NPS 6. L.Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestop materials and installations in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.8 SLEEVE SEAL INSTALLATION A.Install sleeve seals in sleeves in exterior concrete walls at water-service piping entries into building. B.Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble sleeve seal components and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A.Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B.Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform tests and inspections. B.Tests and Inspections: 1.Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2.Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4.Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5.Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required. 6.Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire-department equipment. C.Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D.Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 CLEANING A.Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Remove and replace sprinklers with paint other than factory finish. 3.12 DEMONSTRATION A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. END OF SECTION 21 1313 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 22 0501 - 1 SECTION 22 0501 – PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Interior demolition, removal and abandonment of interior plumbing systems, including sanitary sewer/vent systems, storm systems, domestic hot and cold water systems, water heaters, plumbing fixtures, equipment, etc. B.Cleaning and repair of existing equipment to remain. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A.Materials and equipment for patching work: As specified individual sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify field measurements and plumbing systems are as shown on drawings. B.Verify that piping systems and equipment serve only areas shown on drawings. C.Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record drawings. Contractor to field verify exact conditions that exist. Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before distributing existing installation. D.Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Disconnect piping systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. B.Provide temporary connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. 3.3 DEMOLITION EXISTING PLUMBING WORK A.Remove existing installations to accommodate requirements for new construction. B.Remove abandoned piping and equipment. C.Cut piping flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. D.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition work. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PLUMBING DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 22 0501 - 2 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR A.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. END OF SECTION 22 0501 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 0500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2.Transition fittings. 3.Dielectric fittings. 4.Mechanical sleeve seals. 5.Sleeves. 6.Escutcheons. 7.Grout. 8.HVAC demolition. 9.Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 10.Painting and finishing. 11.Concrete bases. 12.Supports and anchorages. 1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES, PERMITS, FEES OR ASSESSMENTS A.All work and materials shall be installed in accordance with the standards as described by local and state codes or ordinances including the rules of the National Mechanical Code, National Board of Fire Underwriters, American Standards Association, and with the prevailing rules and regulations pertaining to adequate protection and guarding of any moving parts or otherwise hazardous locations. B.Should the drawings or specifications call for sizes and grades different than required by the governing code, this Contractor shall furnish and install the larger size of the higher grade. C.In addition, this Contractor shall give all notices, file all drawings, obtain all necessary approvals, obtain all permits, pay for all fees, deposits and expenses required for installation of all work under this contract, as stated therein and in the General Requirements. In such instances where permits are not required, the Contractor shall engage a third party, preferably the local official, to inspect the work. D.In addition to all applicable federal, state and local codes, the standards and codes listed below shall apply to all mechanical work. Where standards or codes are mentioned in these specifications, the latest edition or revision shall be followed; hence, the specified numbers may be superseded by new numbers. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.American National Standard Institute (ANSI) 2.American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 3.American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 4.American Water Works Association (AWWA) 5.Air Moving and Condition Association, Inc. (AMCA) 6.National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) 7.ANSI Code of Pressure Piping and Unfired Pressure Vessels 8.Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 9.Occupational Safety and Health Acts (OSHA) 10.Most Current Applicable State Mechanical Code 11.Most Current Applicable State Building Code 1.4 DEFINITIONS A.Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B.Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C.Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D.Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases. E.Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F.The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials: 1.EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. 2.NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For the following: 1.Transition fittings. 2.Dielectric fittings. 3.Mechanical sleeve seals. 4.Escutcheons. B.Welding certificates. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.6 RECORD DOCUMENTS A.Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 1 Section, Project Closeout. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, indicate the following installed conditions: 1.Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tank, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 2.Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. 3.Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MANUALS A.Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 1 Section, Project Closeout. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 1, include the following information for equipment items: 1.Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2.Manufacturer’s printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3.Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4.Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. 1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS A.This Contractor shall be considered liable for all added costs both to himself and others (including those costs as incurred by the Engineer, for redesigning or redrawing) resultant from the substitution of products not the basis of the design. B.This Contractor shall be responsible for the verification of adequate space (considering dimensions, required clearances, weights, and roughing-in requirements) for the installation of items or systems not the basis of the design. He shall be responsible for advising all other trades. He shall submit revised drawing layouts for the approval of the Engineer and shall not proceed without this approval. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1.Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." 2.Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C.Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B.Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 1.11 COORDINATION A.Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for HVAC installations. B.Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. C.Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for fire-suppression items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors to be equal to Milcor or Vent-Lock, 10” x 18” steel access, flush type for mounting in walls or ceilings with prime coating, ready for field painting. Access panels shall be provided by Mechanical Contractor for installation by General Trades. Locate so as to provide access for all required maintenance. Provide more than one where required. Provide UL labeled panels where installed in rated walls or ceilings, and shall match the rating of the structure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A.Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B.Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A.Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B.Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents. 1.ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. a.Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. b.Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. 2.AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated. C.Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. D.Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. E.Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. F.Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated. G.Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. H.Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1.CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 2.PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A.Refer to specifications 22 0500. 2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A.Refer to specifications 22 0500. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.6 SLEEVES A.Refer to specifications 22 0500. 2.7 ESCUTCHEONS A.Refer to specifications 22 0500. 2.8 GROUT A.Refer to specifications 22 0500. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HVAC DEMOLITION A.Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B.Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1.Piping to be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2.Piping to be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3.Ducts to be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 4.Ducts to be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork material. 5.Equipment to be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 6.Equipment to be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 7.Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. C.If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A.Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B.Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C.Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D.Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E.Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F.Install piping to permit valve servicing. G.Install piping at indicated slopes. H.Install piping free of sags and bends. I.Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J.Install piping to allow application of insulation. K.Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L.Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the following: 1.New Piping: a.Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b.Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. c.Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips. d.Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. e.Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type or split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw. f.Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge and set screw or spring clips. g.Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw or spring clips. h.Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type. M.Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. N.Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR O.Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1.Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a.Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2.Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed. 3.Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a.PVC Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6. b.Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board partitions. c.Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 1)Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout. 4.Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. P.Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch. 1.Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2.Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. 3.Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. Q.Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1.Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR R.Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. S.Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. T.Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A.Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B.Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C.Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D.Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E.Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. F.Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2.Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G.Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. H.Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. I.Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1.Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2.CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 4.PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. J.Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. K.Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A.Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1.Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2.Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A.Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B.Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C.Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D.Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. 3.6 PAINTING A.Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 09 Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting." B.Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.7 CONCRETE BASES A.Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1.Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3.Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4.Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 5.Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 6.Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7.Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 3.8 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A.Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. B.Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. C.Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.9 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A.Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. B.Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood members. C.Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads. 3.10 GROUTING A.Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B.Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C.Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D.Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E.Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F.Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G.Place grout around anchors. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR H.Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 23 0500 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 23 0501 - 1 SECTION 23 0501 – MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Interior demolition, removal and abandonment of interior mechanical systems, including HVAC systems, temperature control systems, rooftop units, exhaust fan kitchen hoods, gas piping, etc. B.Cleaning and repair of existing equipment to remain. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A.Materials and equipment for patching work: As specified individual sections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify field measurements and mechanical systems are as shown on drawings. B.Verify that piping and ducting systems and equipment serve only areas shown on drawings. C.Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record drawings. Contractor to field verify exact conditions that exist. Report discrepancies to Architect/Engineer before distributing existing installation. D.Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Disconnect piping and ducting systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal. B.Provide temporary connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. 3.3 DEMOLITION EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK A.Remove existing installations to accommodate requirements for new construction. B.Remove abandoned piping, ducting and equipment. C.Cut piping flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. D.Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition work. 3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR A.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. END OF SECTION 23 0501 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR MECHANICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 23 0501 - 2 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 0513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.3 COORDINATION A.Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1.Motor controllers. 2.Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3.Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4.Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A.Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in HVAC equipment schedules or Sections. B.Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. C.Comply with IEEE 841 for severe-duty motors. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A.Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. B.Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. 2.3 POLYPHASE MOTORS A.Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. C.Service Factor: 1.15. D.Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. 1.For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2.For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. E.Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage. F.Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. G.Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. H.Insulation: Class F. I.Code Letter Designation: 1.Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2.Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. J.Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.4 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A.Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method. B.Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer. 1.Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters. 2.Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation. 3.Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 4.Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally protected motors. C.Severe-Duty Motors: Comply with IEEE 841, with 1.15 minimum service factor. 2.5 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A.Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Permanent-split capacitor. 2.Split phase. 3.Capacitor start, inductor run. 4.Capacitor start, capacitor run. B.Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type. C.Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. D.Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type. E.Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 23 0513 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 0529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following hangers and supports for HVAC system piping and equipment: 1.Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2.Trapeze pipe hangers. 3.Fiberglass pipe hangers. 4.Metal framing systems 5.Fiberglass strut systems. 6.Fastener systems. 7.Equipment supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. B.Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. B.Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For the following: 1.Steel pipe hangers and supports. 2.Fiberglass pipe hangers. 3.Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 4.Powder-actuated fastener systems. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Shop Drawings:Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1.Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components. 2.Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components. 3.Fiberglass strut systems. Include Product Data for components. 4.Pipe stands. Include Product Data for components. 5.Equipment supports. C.Welding certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel”. B.Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1.AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2.AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and support types. B.Manufacturers: 1.B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2.ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co. 3.Unistrut Corp. 4.Miro Industries 5.Others by voluntary alternate. C.Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. D.Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR E.Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for support of bearing surface of piping. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A.Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.4 FIBERGLASS PIPE HANGERS A.Clevis-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: Similar to MSS Type 1, steel pipe hanger except hanger is made of fiberglass and continuous-thread rod and nuts are made of polyurethane or stainless steel. 1.Manufacturers: a.B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b.Unistrut Corp. c.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Strap-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: Made of fiberglass loop with stainless-steel continuous- thread rod, nuts, and support hook. 1.Manufacturers: a.Plasti-Fab, Inc. b.Others by voluntary alternate. 2.5 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A.Description: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made of steel channels and other components. B.Manufacturers: 1.B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2.ERICO/Michigan Hanger Co.; ERISTRUT Div. 3.Unistrut Corp. 4.Miro Industries. 5.Others by voluntary alternate. C.Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish, unless bare metal surfaces are indicated. D.Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 2.6 FIBERGLASS STRUT SYSTEMS A.Description: Shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly, similar to MFMA-3, made of fiberglass channels and other components. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Manufacturers: 1.B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. 2.Others by voluntary alternate. 2.7 FASTENER SYSTEMS A.Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1.Manufacturers: a.Hilti, Inc. b.Powers Fasteners. c.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type zinc-coated or stainless steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1.Manufacturers: a.B-Line Systems, Inc.; a division of Cooper Industries. b.Hilti, Inc. c.Powers Fasteners. d.Others by voluntary alternate. 2.8 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A.Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-steel shapes. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. B.Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1.Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2.Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A.Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C.Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D.Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E.Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. F.Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1.Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2.Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes, NPS 3/4 to NPS 24, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 3.U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 4.Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 5.Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 6.Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 7.Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 8.Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. G.Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1.Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps. H.Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1.Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2.Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3.Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 4.Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR I.Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1.Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2.Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3.Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4.Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5.C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 6.Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 7.Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: J.Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1.Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2.Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. K.Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. L.Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M.Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A.Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B.Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1.Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2.Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Fiberglass Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. D.Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems. E.Fiberglass Strut System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled fiberglass struts. F.Fastener System Installation: 1.Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2.Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. G.Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. H.Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. I.Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. J.Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. K.Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. L.Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. M.Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded. N.Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1.Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a.Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR b.Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c.Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.1 for power piping and ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2.Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a.Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3.Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a.Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4.Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a.NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b.NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. c.NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d.NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. 5.Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A.Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B.Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. C.Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A.Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B.Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C.Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1.Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2.Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Remove welding flux immediately. 4.Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A.Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B.Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.6 PAINTING A.Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1.Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B.Touch Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 09. C.Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 23 0529 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 0548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Elastomeric isolation pads. 2.Elastomeric isolation mounts. 3.Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4.Open-spring isolators. 5.Housed-spring isolators. 6.Restrained-spring isolators. 7.Housed-restrained-spring isolators. 8.Pipe-riser resilient supports. 9.Resilient pipe guides. 10.Air-spring isolators. 11.Restrained-air-spring isolators. 12.Elastomeric hangers. 13.Spring hangers. 14.Snubbers. 15.Restraint channel bracings. 16.Restraint cables. 17.Seismic-restraint accessories. 18.Mechanical anchor bolts. 19.Adhesive anchor bolts. 20.Vibration isolation equipment bases. 21.Restrained isolation roof-curb rails. B.Related Requirements: 1.Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire Suppression" for devices for fire-suppression equipment and systems. 2.Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing" for devices for plumbing equipment and systems. 3.Structural Design Documents, Sheet S000, General Design Notes: D. Seismic Loading. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.IBC: International Building Code. B.ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product. 1.Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. 2.Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each type and size of vibration isolation device and seismic-restraint component required. a.Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. b.Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. 3.Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 2.Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C.Delegated-Design Submittal: For each vibration isolation and seismic-restraint device. 1.Include design calculations and details for selecting vibration isolators, seismic restraints, and vibration isolation bases complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2.Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight, operation, and seismic and wind forces required to select vibration isolators and seismic and wind restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. a.Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 3.Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. 4.Seismic-and Wind-Restraint Details: a.Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic and wind restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR b.Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c.Coordinate seismic-restraint and vibration isolation details with wind-restraint details required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. d.Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: By an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of vibration isolation device installation and seismic bracing for HVAC piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and restraints, if any. B.Qualification Data: For testing agency. C.Welding certificates. D.Air-Mounting System Performance Certification: Include natural frequency, load, and damping test data performed by an independent agency. E.Field quality-control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Operation and Maintenance Data: For air-spring mounts and restrained-air-spring mounts to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B.Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. C.Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." D.Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis and shall bear anchorage preapproval OPA number from OSHPD, preapproval by ICC-ES, or preapproval by another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic-restraint ratings. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If preapproved ratings are unavailable, submittals based on independent testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Wind-Restraint Loading: 1.Basic Wind Speed: 120 mph 2.Building Classification Category: III. 3.Minimum 10 lb/sq. ft. multiplied by maximum area of HVAC component projected on vertical plane normal to wind direction, and 45 degrees either side of normal. B.Seismic-Restraint Loading: 1.Site Class as Defined in the IBC: D. 2.Assigned Seismic Use Group or Building Category as Defined in the IBC: III. a.Component Importance Factor: 1.25. b.Component Response Modification Factor: 3. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS A.Elastomeric Isolation Pads: 1.Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area. 2.Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. 3.Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties. 4.Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers. 5.Load-bearing metal plates adhered to pads. 6.Sandwich-Core Material: Resilient and elastomeric. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A.Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts: 1.Mounting Plates: a.Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with threaded studs or bolts. b.Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support structure. 2.Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.4 RESTRAINED ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A.Restrained Elastomeric Isolation Mounts: 1.Description: All-directional isolator with seismic restraints containing two separate and opposing elastomeric elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. a.Housing: Cast-ductile iron or welded steel. b.Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material. 2.5 OPEN-SPRING ISOLATORS A.Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators: 1.Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2.Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3.Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4.Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5.Baseplates: Factory-drilled steel plate for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig. 6.Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 2.6 HOUSED-SPRING ISOLATORS A.Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators in Two-Part Telescoping Housing: 1.Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2.Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3.Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4.Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5.Two-Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. a.Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig. 2.7 RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS A.Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint: 1.Housing: Steel housing with vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR a.Base with holes for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig. b.Top plate with threaded mounting holes or elastomeric pad. c.Internal leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2.Restraint: Limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4.Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5.Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6.Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.8 HOUSED-RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS A.Freestanding, Steel, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint in Two-Part Telescoping Housing: 1.Two-Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. Housings are equipped with adjustable snubbers to limit vertical movement. a.Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig. b.Threaded top housing with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 2.Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3.Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4.Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5.Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.9 PIPE-RISER RESILIENT SUPPORT A.Description: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of two steel tubes separated by a minimum 1/2-inch-thick neoprene. 1.Vertical-Limit Stops: Steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. 2.Maximum Load Per Support: 500 psig on isolation material providing equal isolation in all directions. 2.10 RESILIENT PIPE GUIDES A.Description: Telescopic arrangement of two steel tubes or post and sleeve arrangement separated by a minimum 1/2-inch-thick neoprene. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Factory-Set Height Guide with Shear Pin: Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2.11 AIR-SPRING ISOLATORS A.Freestanding, Single or Multiple, Compressed-Air Bellows: 1.Bellows Assembly: Upper and lower powder-coated steel sections connected by a replaceable, flexible, nylon-reinforced neoprene bellows or similar elastomeric material. 2.Maximum Natural Frequency: 3 Hz. 3.Operating Pressure Range: 25 to 100 psig. 4.Burst Pressure: At least three times manufacturer's published maximum operating pressure. 5.Tank valves. 2.12 RESTRAINED-AIR-SPRING ISOLATORS A.Freestanding, Single or Multiple, Compressed-Air Bellows with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint: 1.Housing: Steel housing with vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed. a.Base with holes for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig. b.Top plate with threaded mounting holes or elastomeric pad. c.Internal leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2.Restraint: Limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 3.Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4.Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5.Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6.Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 7.Bellows Assembly: Upper and lower powder-coated steel sections connected by a replaceable, flexible, nylon-reinforced neoprene bellows or similar elastomeric material. 8.Maximum Natural Frequency: 3 Hz. 9.Operating Pressure Range: 25 to 100 psig. 10.Burst Pressure: At least three times manufacturer's published maximum operating pressure. 11.Tank valves. 2.13 ELASTOMERIC HANGERS A.Elastomeric Mount in a Steel Frame with Upper and Lower Steel Hanger Rods: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Frame: Steel, fabricated with a connection for an upper threaded hanger rod and an opening on the underside to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular lower hanger- rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2.Dampening Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel to steel contact. 2.14 SPRING HANGERS A.Combination Coil-Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression: 1.Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2.Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3.Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4.Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5.Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6.Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7.Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. 8.Self-centering hanger-rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. 2.15 SNUBBERS A.Description: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1.Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. 2.Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene. 3.Maximum 1/4-inch air gap, and minimum 1/4-inch-thick resilient cushion. 2.16 RESTRAINT CHANNEL BRACINGS A.Description: MFMA-4, shop- or field-fabricated bracing assembly made of slotted steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion-resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.17 RESTRAINT CABLES A.Restraint Cables: ASTM A 492 stainless-steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable service; with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement. 2.18 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A.Hanger-Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. B.Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings and restraint cables. C.Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. D.Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. E.Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.19 MECHANICAL ANCHOR BOLTS A.Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. 2.20 ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLTS A.Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and capsule anchor system containing PVC or urethane methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. 2.21 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES A.Steel Rails: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel rails. 1.Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide rails. a.Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. 2.Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Rails shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. B.Steel Bases: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails. 1.Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or rails. a.Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps. 2.Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment. 3.Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support. 2.22 RESTRAINED ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS A.Description: Factory-assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed to resiliently support equipment and to withstand seismic and wind forces. B.Upper Frame: The upper frame shall provide continuous support for equipment and shall be captive to resiliently resist seismic and wind forces. C.Lower Support Assembly: The lower support assembly shall be formed sheet metal section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper frame. The lower support assembly shall have a means for attaching to building structure and a wood nailer for attaching roof materials, and shall be insulated with a minimum of 2 inches of rigid, glass-fiber insulation on inside of assembly. Adjustable, restrained-spring isolators shall be mounted on elastomeric vibration isolation pads and shall have access ports, for level adjustment, with removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Isolators shall be located so they are accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the integrity of the roof. D.Snubber Bushings: All-directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch thick. E.Water Seal: Galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counterflashed over roof materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic- and wind-control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A.Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B.Hanger-Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger-rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C.Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength is adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.3 VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION A.Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork. B.Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. C.Comply with requirements in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. D.Equipment Restraints: 1.Install seismic snubbers on HVAC equipment mounted on vibration isolators. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure. 2.Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 3.Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. E.Piping Restraints: 1.Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2.Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet o.c. 3.Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet. F.Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR G.Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. H.Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. I.Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. J.Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. K.Drilled-in Anchors: 1.Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2.Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3.Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4.Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5.Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 6.Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.4 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A.Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. 3.5 ADJUSTING A.Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight. B.Adjust limit stops on restrained-spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.6 AIR-SPRING ISOLATOR INSTALLATION A.Independent Isolator Installation: 1.Install tank valve into each air isolator. 3.7 VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES INSTALLATION A.Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork. END OF SECTION 23 0548 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Equipment labels. 2.Warning signs and labels. 3.Pipe labels. 4.Duct labels. 5.Stencils. 6.Valve tags. 7.Warning tags. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B.Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C.Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. D.Valve numbering scheme. E.Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 COORDINATION A.Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B.Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C.Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A.Metal Labels for Equipment: 1.Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch, Stainless steel, 0.025-inch, Aluminum, 0.032-inch, or anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2.Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 3.Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 4.Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 5.Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B.Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1.Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2.Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 3.Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 4.Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 5.Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. C.Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D.Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A.Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B.Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. D.Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. E.Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. F.Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. G.Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A.General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction. B.Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C.Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. D.Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1.Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2.Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high. 2.4 STENCILS A.Stencils: Prepared with letter sizes according to ASME A13.1 for piping; minimum letter height of 1-1/4 inches for ducts; and minimum letter height of 3/4 inch for access panel and door labels, equipment labels, and similar operational instructions. 1.Stencil Material: Aluminum or Brass. 2.Stencil Paint: Exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel black unless otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form. 3.Identification Paint: Exterior, acrylic enamel in colors according to ASME A13.1 unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 VALVE TAGS A.Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation and 1/2- inch numbers. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Tag Material: Brass, 0.032-inch, Stainless steel, 0.025-inch, Aluminum, 0.032-inch, or anodized aluminum, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2.Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook. B.Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1.Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.6 WARNING TAGS A.Warning Tags: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident-prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1.Size: Approximately 4 by 7 inches. 2.Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire. 3.Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4.Color: Yellow background with black lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A.Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A.Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B.Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.3 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A.Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Division 09 Section "Interior Painting." B.Stenciled Pipe Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels with painted, color-coded bands or rectangles , complying with ASME A13.1, on each piping system. 1.Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. 2.Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1.Near each valve and control device. 2.Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3.Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4.At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5.Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6.Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 15 feet in areas of congested piping, equipment and within equipment rooms. 7.On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. D.Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1.Heating Water Piping: a.Background Color: White. b.Letter Color: Black. 2.Refrigerant Piping: a.Background Color: White. b.Letter Color: Red. 3.4 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A.Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. B.Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs: 1.Valve-Tag Size and Shape: a.Refrigerant: 2 inches round. b.Hot Water: 2 inches round. c.Gas: 2 inches round. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.5 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION A.Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION 23 0553 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Balancing Air Systems: a.Variable-air-volume systems. b.Constant volume systems. 2.Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems: a.Variable-flow hydronic systems. b.Primary-secondary hydronic systems. c.Constant flow hydronic systems 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B.NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C.TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D.TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E.TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B.Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article. C.Certified TAB reports. D.Sample report forms. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR E.Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1.Instrument type and make. 2.Serial number. 3.Application. 4.Dates of use. 5.Dates of calibration. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB. 1.TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB. 2.TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by AABC, NEBB, or TABB as a TAB technician. B.TAB Conference: Meet with Architect on approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Require the participation of the TAB field supervisor and technicians. Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1.Agenda Items: a.The Contract Documents examination report. b.The TAB plan. c.Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. d.Coordination of documentation and communication flow. C.Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following: 1.Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified TAB reports. 2.Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. D.TAB Report Forms: Use standard TAB contractor's forms approved by Architect. E.Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: As described in ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy the site and existing building during entire TAB period. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. 1.7 COORDINATION A.Notice: Provide seven days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. B.Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B.Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible. C.Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment. D.Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. E.Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air to verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required. F.Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. 1.Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2.Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. G.Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR H.Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. I.Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J.Examine terminal units, such as variable-air-volume boxes, and verify that they are accessible and their controls are connected and functioning. K.Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with indicated perforations. L.Examine three-way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows. M.Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. N.Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. O.Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment. P.Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. B.Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following: 1.Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete. 2.Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air. 3.Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 4.Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 5.Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 6.Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 7.Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 8.Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A.Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance", ASHRAE 111, NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems", SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and in this Section. 1.Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1.After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and thickness as used to construct ducts. 2.Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Division 23 Section "HVAC Insulation." C.Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D.Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound IP units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A.Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B.Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C.For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity. D.Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow and pressure measurements. E.Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. F.Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. G.Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. H.Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. I.Check for airflow blockages. J.Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. K.Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components. L.Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts." 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS A.Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Measure total airflow. a.Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow. 2.Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure: a.Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b.Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c.Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and downstream from duct restrictions. 3.Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a.Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are measured. 4.Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Calculate actual system-effect factors. Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions. 5.Obtain approval from Construction Manager for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve indicated air-handling-unit performance. 6.Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full-cooling, full- heating, economizer, and any other operating mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B.Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1.Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts. a.Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2.Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. 3.Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1.Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D.Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. 1.Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2.Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING EXISTING SYSTEMS A.Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be reused. 1.Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan. 2.Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate information. 3.Check the refrigerant charge. 4.Check the condition of filters. 5.Check the condition of coils. 6.Check the operation of the drain pan and condensate-drain trap. 7.Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication. 8.Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the measurements taken. Report deficiencies. B.Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment that is to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and refurbished. Verify the following: 1.New filters are installed. 2.Coils are clean and fins combed. 3.Drain pans are clean. 4.Fans are clean. 5.Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated. 6.Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected. C.Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are affected by the renovation work. 1.Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan airflows, and determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and coils. 2.Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil face velocities and fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by equipment manufacturer. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.If calculations increase or decrease the air flow rates and water flow rates by more than 5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates. If increase or decrease is 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not required. 4.Balance each air outlet. 3.7 TOLERANCES A.Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances: 1.Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10 percent. 2.Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3.Heating-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent. 3.8 REPORTING A.Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B.Status Reports: Prepare monthly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.9 FINAL REPORT A.General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1.Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 2.Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. B.Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: 1.Pump curves. 2.Fan curves. 3.Manufacturers' test data. 4.Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5.Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and product data. C.General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1.Title page. 2.Name and address of the TAB contractor. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Project name. 4.Project location. 5.Architect's name and address. 6.Engineer's name and address. 7.Contractor's name and address. 8.Report date. 9.Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10.Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11.Summary of contents including the following: a.Indicated versus final performance. b.Notable characteristics of systems. c.Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12.Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13.Data for terminal units, including manufacturer's name, type, size, and fittings. 14.Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 15.Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a.Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b.Conditions of filters. c.Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d.Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e.Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f.Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g.Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h.Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D.System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1.Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2.Water and steam flow rates. 3.Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 4.Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 5.Terminal units. 6.Balancing stations. 7.Position of balancing devices. E.Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following: 1.Unit Data: a.Unit identification. b.Location. c.Make and type. d.Model number and unit size. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR e.Manufacturer's serial number. f.Unit arrangement and class. g.Discharge arrangement. h.Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i.Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. j.Number, make, and size of belts. k.Number, type, and size of filters. 2.Motor Data: a.Motor make, and frame type and size. b.Horsepower and rpm. c.Volts, phase, and hertz. d.Full-load amperage and service factor. e.Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f.Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 3.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a.Total air flow rate in cfm. b.Total system static pressure in inches wg. c.Fan rpm. d.Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e.Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg. f.Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. g.Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. h.Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. i.Outdoor airflow in cfm. j.Return airflow in cfm. k.Outdoor-air damper position. l.Return-air damper position. m.Vortex damper position. F.Apparatus-Coil Test Reports: 1.Coil Data: a.System identification. b.Location. c.Number of rows. d.Make and model number. e.Face area in sq. ft.. f.Tube size in NPS. g.Tube and fin materials. h.Circuiting arrangement. 2.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a.Air flow rate in cfm. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR b.Average face velocity in fpm. c.Air pressure drop in inches wg. d.Outdoor-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e.Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f.Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g.Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h.Water flow rate in gpm. i.Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. j.Entering-water temperature in deg F. k.Leaving-water temperature in deg F. l.Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. m.Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. n.Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. G.Gas-Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports, include the following: 1.Unit Data: a.System identification. b.Location. c.Make and type. d.Model number and unit size. e.Manufacturer's serial number. f.Fuel type in input data. g.Output capacity in Btu/h. h.Ignition type. i.Burner-control types. j.Motor horsepower and rpm. k.Motor volts, phase, and hertz. l.Motor full-load amperage and service factor. m.Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 2.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a.Total air flow rate in cfm. b.Entering-air temperature in deg F. c.Leaving-air temperature in deg F. d.Air temperature differential in deg F. e.Entering-air static pressure in inches wg. f.Leaving-air static pressure in inches wg. g.Air static-pressure differential in inches wg. h.Low-fire fuel input in Btu/h. i.High-fire fuel input in Btu/h. j.Manifold pressure in psig. k.High-temperature-limit setting in deg F. l.Operating set point in Btu/h. m.Motor voltage at each connection. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR n.Motor amperage for each phase. o.Heating value of fuel in Btu/h. H.Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1.Fan Data: a.System identification. b.Location. c.Make and type. d.Model number and size. e.Manufacturer's serial number. f.Arrangement and class. g.Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. h.Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. 2.Motor Data: a.Motor make, and frame type and size. b.Horsepower and rpm. c.Volts, phase, and hertz. d.Full-load amperage and service factor. e.Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f.Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in inches. g.Number, make, and size of belts. 3.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a.Total airflow rate in cfm. b.Total system static pressure in inches wg. c.Fan rpm. d.Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e.Suction static pressure in inches wg. I.Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1.Report Data: a.System and air-handling-unit number. b.Location and zone. c.Traverse air temperature in deg F. d.Duct static pressure in inches wg. e.Duct size in inches. f.Duct area in sq. ft.. g.Indicated air flow rate in cfm. h.Indicated velocity in fpm. i.Actual air flow rate in cfm. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR j.Actual average velocity in fpm. k.Barometric pressure in psig. J.Air-Terminal-Device Reports: 1.Unit Data: a.System and air-handling unit identification. b.Location and zone. c.Apparatus used for test. d.Area served. e.Make. f.Number from system diagram. g.Type and model number. h.Size. i.Effective area in sq. ft.. 2.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a.Air flow rate in cfm. b.Air velocity in fpm. c.Preliminary air flow rate as needed in cfm. d.Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm. e.Final air flow rate in cfm. f.Final velocity in fpm. g.Space temperature in deg F. K.Instrument Calibration Reports: 1.Report Data: a.Instrument type and make. b.Serial number. c.Application. d.Dates of use. e.Dates of calibration. 3.10 INSPECTIONS A.Initial Inspection: 1.After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final test and balance readings documented in the final report. 2.Check the following for each system: a.Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets. b.Measure water flow of at least 5 percent of terminals. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR c.Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor. Compare the reading to the set point. d.Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position. e.Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report. B.Final Inspection: 1.After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final report, request that a final inspection be made by Architect. 2.Architect shall randomly select measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day. 3.If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be noted as "FAILED." 4.If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall be considered incomplete and shall be rejected. C.TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB Work fails, proceed as follows: 1.Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and request a second final inspection. 2.If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of another TAB contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's final payment. D.Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 ADDITIONAL TESTS A.Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B.Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 23 0593 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 1 SECTION 23 0700 - HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections and Section 22 0700, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Insulation Materials: a.Calcium silicate. b.Cellular glass. c.Flexible elastomeric. d.Mineral fiber. e.Phenolic. f.Polyisocyanurate. g.Polyolefin. h.Polystyrene. 2.Fire-rated insulation systems. 3.Insulating cements. 4.Adhesives. 5.Mastics. 6.Lagging adhesives. 7.Sealants. 8.Factory-applied jackets. 9.Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh. 10.Field-applied cloths. 11.Field-applied jackets. 12.Tapes. 13.Securements. 14.Corner angles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any). B.Shop Drawings: 1.Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 2.Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 2 3.Detail application of field-applied jackets. 4.Detail application at linkages of control devices. 5.Detail field application for each equipment type. C.Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. D.Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include dates of tests and test methods employed. E.Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B.Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1.Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2.Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature. 1.6 COORDINATION A.Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B.Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application, duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 3 1.7 SCHEDULING A.Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B.Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A.Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B.Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C.Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D.Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E.Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F.Calcium Silicate: 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Industrial Insulation Group (The); Thermo-12 Gold. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. 3.Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I. 4.Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. G.Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory- Applied Jackets" Article. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Cell-U-Foam Corporation; Ultra-CUF. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 4 b.Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Foamglas Super K. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Block Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type I. 3.Special-Shaped Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type III. 4.Board Insulation: ASTM C 552, Type IV. 5.Preformed Pipe Insulation without Jacket: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 1. 6.Preformed Pipe Insulation with Factory-Applied ASJ: Comply with ASTM C 552, Type II, Class 2. 7.Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. H.Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel. b.Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. I.Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b.Johns Manville; Microlite. c.Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. d.Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap. e.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. J.High-Temperature, Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type V, without factory-applied jacket. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Johns Manville b.Knauf Insulation c.Owens Corning d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. K.Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ or with factory-applied FSK jacket. For equipment applications, provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ or with factory-applied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 5 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b.Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. c.Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. d.Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. e.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. L.High-Temperature, Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type III, without factory-applied jacket. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Johns Manville. b.Owens Corning. c.Thermafiber. d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. M.Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. b.Knauf Insulation; 1000 Pipe Insulation. c.Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ or with factory- applied ASJ-SSL. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. N.Mineral-Fiber, Pipe Insulation Wicking System: Preformed pipe insulation complying with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with absorbent cloth factory applied to the entire inside surface of preformed pipe insulation and extended through the longitudinal joint to outside surface of insulation under insulation jacket. Factory apply a white, polymer, vapor-retarder jacket with self-sealing adhesive tape seam and evaporation holes running continuously along the longitudinal seam, exposing the absorbent cloth. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Knauf Insulation; Permawick Pipe Insulation. b.Owens Corning; VaporWick Pipe Insulation. c.Other manufacturer by voluntary alternates. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 6 O.Phenolic: 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Kingspan Corp.; Koolphen K. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Preformed pipe insulation of rigid, expanded, closed-cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type III, Grade 1. 3.Block insulation of rigid, expanded, closed-cell structure. Comply with ASTM C 1126, Type II, Grade 1. 4.Factory fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 5.Factory-Applied Jacket: Requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. a.Preformed Pipe Insulation: ASJ. b.Board for Duct and Plenum Applications: ASJ. c.Board for Equipment Applications: ASJ. P.Polyisocyanurate: Unfaced, preformed, rigid cellular polyisocyanurate material intended for use as thermal insulation. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Dow Chemical Company (The); Trymer. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Comply with ASTM C 591, Type I or Type IV, except thermal conductivity (k-value) shall not exceed 0.19 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F after 180 days of aging. 3.Flame-spread index shall be 25 or less and smoke-developed index shall be 50 or less for thickness up to 1-1/2 inches as tested by ASTM E 84. 4.Fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 5.Factory-Applied Jacket: Requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. Q.Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C 534 or ASTM C 1427, Type I, Grade 1 for tubular materials and Type II, Grade 1 for sheet materials. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Armacell LLC; Tubolit. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. R.Polystyrene: Rigid, extruded cellular polystyrene intended for use as thermal insulation. Comply with ASTM C 578, Type IV or Type XIII, except thermal conductivity (k-value) shall not exceed 0.26 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F after 180 days of aging. Fabricate shapes according to ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 7 a.Dow Chemical Company (The); Styrofoam. b.Knauf Insulation; Knauf Polystyrene. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A.Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; Triple I. b.P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Super-Stik. c.Others manufacturers by voluntary alternates. B.Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Thermal-V-Kote. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. C.Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. b.P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik-Cote. c.Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot. d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.3 ADHESIVES A.Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B.Calcium Silicate Adhesive: Fibrous, sodium-silicate-based adhesive with a service temperature range of 50 to 800 deg F. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-27/81-93. b.Vimasco Corporation; 760. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 8 C.Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, Polyisocyanurate, and Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent-based resin adhesive, with a service temperature range of minus 75 to plus 300 deg F. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-33. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D.Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal. b.Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive. c.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). E.Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). F.Polystyrene Adhesive: Solvent- or water-based, synthetic resin adhesive with a service temperature range of minus 20 to plus 140 deg F. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-96. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 97-13. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. G.ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 9 b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). H.PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Dow Chemical Company (The); 739, Dow Silicone. b.Johns-Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.4 MASTICS A.Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. 1.For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B.Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-35. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90. c.Vimasco Corporation; 749. d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film thickness. 3.Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F. 4.Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight. 5.Color: White. C.Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-30. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-35. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 10 2.Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 35-mil dry film thickness. 3.Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 deg F. 4.Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 44 percent by volume and 62 percent by weight. 5.Color: White. D.Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below ambient services. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; Encacel. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 60-95/60-96. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness. 3.Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F. 4.Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight. 5.Color: White. E.Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-10. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness. 3.Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 deg F. 4.Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight. 5.Color: White. 2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES A.Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1.For indoor applications, use lagging adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-52. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-42. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 3.Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over duct, equipment, and pipe insulation. 4.Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 deg F. 5.Color: White. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 11 2.6 SEALANTS A.Joint Sealants: 1.Joint Sealants for Cellular-Glass, Phenolic, and Polyisocyanurate Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Joint Sealants for Polystyrene Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-70. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45/30-46. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 3.Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 4.Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 5.Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F. 6.Color: White or gray. 7.For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B.FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76-8. b.Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. c.Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405. d.Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e.Vimasco Corporation; 750. f.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3.Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4.Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5.Color: Aluminum. 6.For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C.ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 12 2.Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3.Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4.Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F. 5.Color: White. 6.For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.7 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A.Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1.ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2.ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3.FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 4.FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 5.PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil-thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1)Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 2)Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 6.PVDC Jacket for Outdoor Applications: 6-mil-thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.01 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84. a.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1)Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. 2)Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 7.PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. a.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1)Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 13 2)Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 8.Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2.8 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A.Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B.FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C.PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Johns Manville; Zeston. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3.Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a.Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories. 4.Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels. D.PVDC Jacket for Indoor Applications: 4-mil-thick, white PVDC biaxially oriented barrier film with a permeance at 0.02 perms when tested according to ASTM E 96 and with a flame-spread index of 5 and a smoke-developed index of 20 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Dow Chemical Company (The), Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. E.PVDC-SSL Jacket: PVDC jacket with a self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Film and Saran 560 Vapor Retarder Film. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 14 2.9 TAPES A.ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Width: 3 inches. 3.Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4.Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5.Elongation: 2 percent. 6.Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7.ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B.FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Width: 3 inches. 3.Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4.Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5.Elongation: 2 percent. 6.Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width. 7.FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C.PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Width: 2 inches. 3.Thickness: 6 mils. 4.Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5.Elongation: 500 percent. 6.Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width. D.Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 15 a.Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Width: 2 inches. 3.Thickness: 3.7 mils. 4.Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 5.Elongation: 5 percent. 6.Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width. E.PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Dow Chemical Company (The); Saran 540 Vapor Retarder Tape. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Width: 3 inches. 3.Film Thickness: 4 mils. 4.Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils. 5.Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 6.Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch in width. 2.10 SECUREMENTS A.Bands: 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a.Childers Products; Bands. b.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch thick, 3/4 inch wide with wing or closed seal. 3.Springs: Twin spring set constructed of stainless steel with ends flat and slotted to accept metal bands. Spring size determined by manufacturer for application. B.Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1.Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. 2.Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer. 3.Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-thick, galvanized-steel or stainless-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. C.Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-wide, stainless steel or Monel. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 16 2.11 CORNER ANGLES A.PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface. B.Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14. C.Stainless-Steel Corner Angles: 0.024 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, stainless steel according to ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or 316. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1.Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2.Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. 3.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B.Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A.Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B.Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C.Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D.Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E.Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 17 F.Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G.Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H.Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I.Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J.Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1.Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2.For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3.Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4.Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K.Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L.Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1.Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2.Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3.Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a.For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4.Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal. 5.Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. M.Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N.Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 18 O.Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. P.For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1.Vibration-control devices. 2.Testing agency labels and stamps. 3.Nameplates and data plates. 4.Handholes. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A.Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1.Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2.For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3.Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4.Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B.Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C.Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1.Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2.For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3.Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4.Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D.Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E.Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 19 1.Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" and fire- resistive joint sealers. F.Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1.Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire rated. For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2.Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 3.Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A.Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1.Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2.Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3.Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor- discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a.On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b.On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c.Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d.Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e.Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f.Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4.For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a.Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 20 b.Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5.Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6.Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7.Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. B.Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1.Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2.Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3.Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor- discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a.On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b.On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c.Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d.Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e.Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4.For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a.Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b.Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 21 Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5.Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6.Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c. 3.6 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A.Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1.Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2.Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3.Indoor, concealed return located in nonconditioned space. 4.Indoor, exposed return located in nonconditioned space. 5.Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 6.Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. B.Items Not Insulated: 1.Fibrous-glass ducts. 2.Metal ducts with duct liner of sufficient thickness to comply with energy code and ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1. 3.Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 4.Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 5.Flexible connectors. 6.Vibration-control devices. 7.Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 8.Metal duct exposed to an occupied conditioned space such as exposed spiral ducting. 3.7 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A.Concealed, supply and return outdoor air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1.Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft.nominal density. 2.Mineral-Fiber Board: 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft.nominal density. B.Concealed, supply return and outdoor-air plenum insulation shall be one of the following: 1.Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft.nominal density. 2.Mineral-Fiber Board: 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft.nominal density. C.Exposed, supply return and outdoor-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1.Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft.nominal density. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR HVAC INSULATION 23 0700 - 22 2.Mineral-Fiber Board: 1-1/2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft.nominal density. D.Type I, Commercial, Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct and Plenum Insulation: Fire-rated double wall, Metalbestos style, as required to achieve 2-hour fire rating. 3.8 REFRIGERANT SUCTION AND HOT-GAS PIPING 1.All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following: a.Cellular Glass: 1-1/2” thick. b.Flexible Elastomeric: 1” thick. c.Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1” thick. d.Phenolic: 1” thick. e.Polyisocyanurate: 1” thick. f.Polyolefin: 1” thick. 3.9 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A.Hot Water Heating 1.Insulation shall be the following: a.Cellular Glass: 2 inches thick. 3.10 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A.Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B.If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed in Contractor’s option. END OF SECTION 23 0700 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 0900 – INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 1.1 GENERAL A.The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials and labor to install a complete system of electric temperature controls. B.The system shall be equal to as manufactured and installed by the Mechanical Contractor 1.2 INSTALLATION A.All installation work is to be scheduled and coordinated with other trades to expedite job progress. The installation will match erection of slabs and walls such that no damage, cutting or patching will be required. B.Installation of the automatic temperature control system shall be installed in accordance with current temperature control industry practices. Only top quality workmanship will be permitted. Any work not properly executed shall be removed and replaced at this Contractor's expense. C.When all devices are installed, the Mechanical Contractor shall set, adjust and calibrate all components. A letter certifying completion of the system shall be forwarded to the Architect through the Mechanical Contractor. D.At the completion of the control system installation, the Contractor shall completely balance and calibrate all controls and demonstrate in the presence of the Owner and Engineer that their systems are operating satisfactorily. E.The Contractor shall cooperate and work with the Heating and Air System Balancing Contractor to have all controls operational and positioned as required by the Balancing Contractor. 1.3 WORK BY OTHERS A.All valves in piping are to be installed by the Mechanical Contractor. B.All automatic control dampers shall be installed by Sheet Metal Contractors. Dampers set free of binding. Frames of dampers shall not be used to square duct work and shall be caulked for tight seal. 1.4 EQUIPMENT A.The TEMPERATURE CONTROLS shall include furnishing thermostats, relays, transformers, controls, selector, switches, dampers and operators necessary for a complete system as noted on drawings. B.Adjust ROOM THERMOSTATS over 55° to 85° range, guaranteed accurate within 2° and shall have adjustable differentials, and shall be seven day programmable with occupied and unoccupied periods. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Control MOTORS for dampers shall be ample size to smoothly position units without fluttering. D.DAMPERS shall have insulated blades. All outside air, relief air and return air dampers are furnished by the Mechanical Contractor. E.Remote sensors mounted in space. PART 2 - SEQUENCE OF CONTROL 2.1 ROOFTOP UNITS 1.Safety Controls a.Smoke detector for RTU-1: Upon actuation of unit smoke detector or building fire alarm system, unit to shut down and unit’s outdoor air damper to close 100%. Power exhaust fan shall be de-energized and damper closed. 2.Normal Operation Mode a.Occupied Mode When indexed to the Occupied Mode from the individual thermostats each RTU shall operate to control the space temperature to the occupied heating and cooling setpoints, and the space humidity to the dehumidification setpoint. The supply fan shall operate continuously. 1)Heating - When the space temperature drops to the heating setpoint of 70 deg F (adjustable), the RTU heating stages shall cycle as necessary to maintain the space temperature at setpoint. The outside air damper shall be controlled to the minimum position setpoint determined by the CO2 detector. 2)Mechanical Cooling - When the space temperature rises to the cooling setpoint of 73 deg F (adj.), and outdoor air temperature exceeds 53 deg F, the compressor stages shall cycle as necessary to maintain the space temperature at setpoint. Below 51 deg F outside, the compressors shall be disabled, and cooling shall be provided by the economizer. 3)Economizer Cooling - When outdoor air enthalpy drops below the space enthalpy, the space temperature shall be maintained at the cooling setpoint by modulation of the outside air damper. The modulation range shall be between minimum position setpoint and 100% open. When the outdoor air enthalpy exceeds the space enthalpy by more than 1 BTU/lb, or when outside air temperature exceeds 75 deg F, economizing shall be disabled and the outside air damper shall be controlled to its minimum position. 4)A CO2 detector shall determine the minimum outdoor air setting. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR b.Unoccupied Mode When indexed to the Unoccupied Mode from the individual thermostats each RTU shall operate to control the space temperature to the unoccupied heating and cooling setpoints. The supply fan shall operate only when the unit is actively heating or cooling. The hot gas reheat shall be disabled. 1)Heating - When the space temperature drops below the unoccupied heating setpoint of 65 deg F, the RTU heating stages shall cycle as necessary to maintain the space temperature at setpoint. The outside air damper shall be closed. 2)Mechanical Cooling - When the space temperature rises to the unoccupied cooling setpoint of 80 deg F, and outdoor air temperature exceeds 52 deg F, the compressor stages shall cycle as necessary to maintain the space temperature at setpoint. Below 50 deg F outside, the compressors shall be disabled, and cooling shall be provided by the economizer. 3)Economizer Cooling - When outdoor air enthalpy drops below the space enthalpy, the space temperature shall be maintained at the unoccupied cooling setpoint by modulation of the outside air damper. The modulation range is between minimum position setpoint and 100% open. When the outdoor air enthalpy exceeds the space enthalpy by more than 1 BTU/lb, or when outside air temperature exceeds 80 deg F, economizing is disabled and the outside air damper is controlled to its minimum position of 0% (adj.) 3.Units RTU-1 shall be True VAV unit and shall be provided with factory VFD and BACnet card for interface to VAV system by Tenant via existing controls in space. Provide AirFi adjustable setpoint zone sensor with occupancy sensor for each individual VAV box located in associated zone. VAV boxes shall be provided with factory mounted controls equal to Trane UC210 controls. Box controllers shall communicate with RTU-1 via the existing Control Panel. Occupancy sensors shall control each individual VAV box to provide space temperature and ventilation at the unoccupied setpoints when occupants are not present. 4.Units RTU-1 & 2 shall have a minimum outdoor air supply level of 30% of supply air at minimum supply. Upon activation of CO2 sensors, rooftop units shall proportionally supply ventilation outdoor air up to scheduled outdoor air cfm levels using demand control ventilation strategies. 2.2 EXHAUST FAN CONTROL A.Not used. END OF SECTION 23 0900 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 1123 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2.Piping specialties. 3.Piping and tubing joining materials. 4.Valves. 5.Pressure regulators. 6.Service meters. 7.Mechanical sleeve seals. 8.Grout. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B.Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C.Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings: 1.Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. B.Natural-Gas System Pressures within Buildings: Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5 psig but not more than 2 psig, and is reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig or less. C.Delegated Design: Design restraints and anchors for natural-gas piping and equipment, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of the following: 1.Piping specialties. 2.Corrugated, stainless-steel tubing with associated components. 3.Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. 4.Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. 5.Dielectric fittings. 6.Mechanical sleeve seals. 7.Escutcheons. B.Delegated-Design Submittal: For natural-gas piping and equipment indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.Detail fabrication and assembly of seismic restraints. 2.Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints. C.Qualification Data: For qualified professional engineer. D.Welding certificates. E.Field quality-control reports. F.Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B.Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B.Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory-applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating, and protect from direct sunlight. D.Protect stored PE pipes and valves from direct sunlight. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility-locating service for area where Project is located. B.Interruption of Existing Natural-Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply according to requirements indicated: 1.Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than four days in advance of proposed interruption of natural-gas service. 2.Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without Construction Manager's and Owner's written permission. 1.9 COORDINATION A.Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. B.Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for fire-suppression items requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors to be equal to Milcor or Vent-Lock, 10” x 18” steel access, flush type for mounting in walls or ceilings with prime coating, ready for field painting. Access panels shall be provided by Mechanical Contractor for installation by General Trades. Locate so as to provide access for all required maintenance. Provide more than one where required. Provide UL labeled panels where installed in rated walls or ceilings, and shall match the rating of the structure. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1.Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2.Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3.Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 4.Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: a.Material Group: 1.1. b.End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR c.Lapped Face: Not permitted underground. d.Gasket Materials: ASME B16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral-wound metal gaskets. e.Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground. 5.Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory-applied, three-layer coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE. a.Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves. 6.Mechanical Couplings: a.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1)Dresser Piping Specialties; Division of Dresser, Inc. 2)Smith-Blair, Inc. 3)Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. b.Steel flanges and tube with epoxy finish. c.Buna-nitrile seals. d.Steel bolts, washers, and nuts. e.Coupling shall be capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe. f.Steel body couplings installed underground on plastic pipe shall be factory equipped with anode. 2.2 PIPING SPECIALTIES A.Quick-Disconnect Devices: Comply with ANSI Z21.41. 1.Copper-alloy convenience outlet and matching plug connector. 2.Nitrile seals. 3.Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected. 4.For indoor or outdoor applications. 5.Adjustable, retractable restraining cable. B.Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable-iron increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded-end connection. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A.Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B.Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited. 2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A.See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services. B.General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1.CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2.Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1. 3.Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3. 4.Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5.Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 6.Service Mark: Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. C.General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38. 1.CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2.Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges. 3.Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 4.Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body. D.Ball Valves. 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company. b.Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div. c.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584. 3.Ball: Chrome-plated brass. 4.Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 5.Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 6.Packing: Separate packnut with adjustable-stem packing threaded ends. 7.Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 8.CWP Rating: 600 psig. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 9.Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 10.Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. 2.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A.General Requirements: 1.Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2.Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components. 3.Elevation compensator. 4.End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 and larger. B.Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.American Meter Company. b.Invensys. c.Richards Industries; Jordan Valve Div. d.Maxitrol. e.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3.Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable. 4.Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel. 5.Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6.Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7.Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon. 8.Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9.Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10.Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11.Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 12.Maximum Inlet Pressure: Site determined. 2.6 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A.Refer to specifications section 22 0500. 2.7 SLEEVES A.Refer to specification section 22 0500. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.8 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A.Refer to specification section 22 0500. 2.9 ESCUTCHEONS A.Refer to specification section 22 0500. 2.10 GROUT A.Refer to specification section 22 0500. 2.11 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A.Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine roughing-in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A.Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section. B.Inspect natural-gas piping according to NFPA 54 and the International Fuel Gas Code to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. C.Comply with NFPA 54 and the International Fuel Gas Code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. 3.3 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A.Comply with NFPA 54 and the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B.Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 1.If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in containment conduit. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D 2774. D.Steel Piping with Protective Coating: 1.Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2.Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. 3.Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe. E.Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. F.Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 1.Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter. 2.Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter. G.Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. H.Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. I.Install pressure gage downstream from each service regulator. 3.4 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A.Comply with NFPA 54 and the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B.Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. C.Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D.Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E.Locate valves for easy access. F.Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps. G.Install piping free of sags and bends. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR H.Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I.Install escutcheons at penetrations of interior walls, ceilings, and floors. 1.New Piping: a.Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b.Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped- steel type. c.Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece or split-casting, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish. d.Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated or rough-brass finish. e.Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type with set screw or spring clips. f.Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-plate type. J.Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." K.Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. L.Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and equipment for roughing-in requirements. M.Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. 1.Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. N.Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. O.Concealed Location Installations: Except as specified below, install concealed natural-gas piping and piping installed under the building in containment conduit constructed of steel pipe with welded joints as described in Part 2. Install a vent pipe from containment conduit to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. 1.Above Accessible Ceilings: Natural-gas piping, fittings, valves, and regulators may be installed in accessible spaces without containment conduit. 2.In Floors: Install natural-gas piping with welded or brazed joints and protective coating in cast-in-place concrete floors. Cover piping to be cast in concrete slabs with minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick-set additives or cinder aggregate. 3.In Floor Channels: Install natural-gas piping in floor channels. Channels must have cover and be open to space above cover for ventilation. 4.In Walls or Partitions: Protect tubing installed inside partitions or hollow walls from physical damage using steel striker barriers at rigid supports. a.Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls does not require striker barriers. 5.Prohibited Locations: a.Do not install natural-gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts. b.Do not install natural-gas piping in solid walls or partitions. P.Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. Q.Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. R.Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. S.Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. T.Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. U.Install pressure gage downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Division 23 Section "Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping." 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A.Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. B.Install underground valves with valve boxes. C.Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. D.Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping. 3.6 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A.Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C.Threaded Joints: 1.Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2.Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3.Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5.Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D.Welded Joints: 1.Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. 2.Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 3.Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. E.Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter. F.Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas service. Install gasket concentrically positioned. G.Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten. H.PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1.Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2.Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A.Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." B.Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." C.Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2.NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4.NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 5.NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A.Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B.Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. C.Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. D.Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. E.Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A.Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification. B.Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.10 PAINTING A.Comply with requirements in Division 09 painting Sections for painting interior and exterior natural-gas piping. B.Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, meter bars, and piping specialties, except components, with factory-applied paint or protective coating. 1.Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D. a.Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b.Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c.Color of Piping Exposed on Walls: Per Architect. d.Color on Roofs: Safety Yellow. C.Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform tests and inspections. B.Tests and Inspections: 1.Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to NFPA 54 and the International Fuel Gas Code and authorities having jurisdiction. C.Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D.Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.12 DEMONSTRATION A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain earthquake valves. 3.13 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE A.Underground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1.PE pipe and fittings joined by heat fusion, or mechanical couplings; service-line risers with tracer wire terminated in an accessible location. 2.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints, or mechanical couplings. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. B.Aboveground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following: 1.Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings, threaded joints and painted. 2.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings, welded joints and painted. C.Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.14 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG A.Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following: 1.Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. 3.Drawn-temper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. B.Underground, below building, piping shall be one of the following: 1.Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints. 2.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. C.Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR D.Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping. 3.15 UNDERGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A.Connections to Existing Gas Piping: Use valve and fitting assemblies made for tapping utility's gas mains and listed by an NRTL. B.Underground: 1.NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze plug valves. 2.NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron, lubricated plug valves. 3.16 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A.Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following: 1.One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2.Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3.Bronze plug valve. B.Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger at service meter shall be one of the following: 1.Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2.Bronze plug valve. 3.Cast-iron, nonlubricated plug valve. C.Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following: 1.One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim. 2.Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 3.Bronze plug valve. D.Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be one of the following: 1.Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2.Bronze plug valve. 3.Cast-iron, lubricated plug valve. END OF SECTION 23 1123 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 3113 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings. 2.Single-wall round and flat-oval ducts and fittings. 3.Sheet metal materials. 4.Duct liner. 5.Sealants and gaskets. 6.Hangers and supports. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article. B.Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible". C.Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2007. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of the following products: 1.Liners and adhesives. 2.Sealants and gaskets. 3.Seismic-restraint devices. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings. 2.Reinforcement and spacing. 3.Seam and joint construction. 4.Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions. 5.Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 6.Duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and panels. 7.Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, and vibration isolation. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1.AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports. 2.AWS D9.1M/D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. B.ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2007, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up." C.ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2007, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A.General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. B.Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for static- pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." C.Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct- support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." D.Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.2 SINGLE-WALL ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL DUCTS AND FITTINGS A.General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.Lindab Inc. b.McGill AirFlow LLC. c.United McGill d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. B.Flat-Oval Ducts: Indicated dimensions are the duct width (major dimension) and diameter of the round sides connecting the flat portions of the duct (minor dimension). C.Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1.Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter: Flanged. D.Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 1.Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams. 2.Fabricate flat-oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with butt- welded longitudinal seams. E.Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A.General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B.Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1.Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2.Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.Carbon-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for exposed ducts. D.Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1.Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. E.Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.4 DUCT LINER A.Fibrous-Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.CertainTeed Corporation; Insulation Group. b.Johns Manville. c.Knauf Insulation. d.Owens Corning. e.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Maximum Thermal Conductivity: a.Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature. 3.Antimicrobial Erosion-Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the liner that will form the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion-resistant coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 4.Water-Based Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with ASTM C 916. a.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B.Flexible Elastomeric Duct Liner: Preformed, cellular, closed-cell, sheet materials complying with ASTM C 534, Type II, Grade 1; and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.Aeroflex USA Inc. b.Armacell LLC. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR c.Rubatex International, LLC d.Other manufacturers by voluntary alternate. 2.Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. 3.Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. a.For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C.Insulation Pins and Washers: 1.Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.106-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer. 2.Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-thick stainless steel; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter. D.Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-19, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation." 1.Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers of duct liner is prohibited. 2.Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal nosing. 3.Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive. 4.Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted- edge overlapping. 5.Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary. 6.Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm. 7.Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally. 8.Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: a.Fan discharges. b.Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. c.Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than 2500 fpm or where indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 9.Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire-damper sleeves, dampers, turning vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. 2.5 SEALANT AND GASKETS A.General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B.Two-Part Tape Sealing System: 1.Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. 2.Tape Width: 3 inches. 3.Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. 4.Water resistant. 5.Mold and mildew resistant. 6.Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 7.Service: Indoor and outdoor. 8.Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 9.Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum. 10.For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C.Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1.Application Method: Brush on. 2.Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3.Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4.Water resistant. 5.Mold and mildew resistant. 6.VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7.Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 8.Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9.Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. D.Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1.Application Method: Brush on. 2.Base: Synthetic rubber resin. 3.Solvent: Toluene and heptane. 4.Solids Content: Minimum 60 percent. 5.Shore A Hardness: Minimum 60. 6.Water resistant. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 7.Mold and mildew resistant. 8.For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 9.VOC: Maximum 395 g/L. 10.Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive or negative. 11.Service: Indoor or outdoor. 12.Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. E.Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1.General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2.Type: S. 3.Grade: NS. 4.Class: 25. 5.Use: O. 6.For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). F.Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. G.Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: 1.Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg and shall be rated for 10-inch wg static-pressure class, positive or negative. 2.EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3.Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts. B.Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." C.Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. D.Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. E.Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. F.Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1.Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. 2.Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION A.Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B.Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C.Install round and flat-oval ducts in maximum practical lengths. D.Install ducts with fewest possible joints. E.Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. F.Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G.Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. H.Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. I.Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and enclosures. J.Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. K.Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers. L.Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials.Comply with SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A.Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C.Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D.Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. E.Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A.Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." B.Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible": 1.Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 2.Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 3.Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B. 4.Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 5.Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class B. 6.Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class B. 7.Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B. 8.Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 9.Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class B. 10.Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class B. 11.Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B. 12.Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A.Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports." B.Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1.Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. 2.Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. 4.Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5.Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. C.Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D.Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E.Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. F.Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 CONNECTIONS A.Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B.Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.6 PAINTING A.Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09 painting Sections. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform tests and inspections. B.Leakage Tests: 1.Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for each test. 2.Test the following systems: a.Ducts with a Pressure Class Higher Than 3-Inch wg: Test representative duct sections, totaling no less than 25 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR b.Exhaust Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. c.Outdoor Air Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative duct sections totaling no less than 50 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class. 3.Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements. 4.Test for leaks before applying external insulation. 5.Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. 6.Give seven days' advance notice for testing. C.Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1.Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2.Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." a.Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm. D.Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E.Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.8 DUCT CLEANING A.Clean new and existing duct system(s) in area of work before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B.Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1.Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2.Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3.Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. C.Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1.When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2.When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR D.Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1.Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2.Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3.Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4.Coils and related components. 5.Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6.Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7.Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. E.Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1.Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2.Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3.Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4.Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5.Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6.Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 7.Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.9 START UP A.Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 3.10 DUCT SCHEDULE A.Supply and Return Ducts: 1.Ducts Connected to Constant-Volume Air-Handling Units: a.Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg. b.Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR c.SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 6. d.SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. B.Exhaust Ducts: 1.Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air: a.Pressure Class: Negative 1-inch wg. b.Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and B if positive pressure. c.SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12. d.SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. C.Outdoor-Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts: 1.Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units: a.Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg. b.Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B. c.SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 6. d.SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 6. D.Elbow Configuration: 1.Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a.Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 1)Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2)Mitered Type RE 4 without vanes. b.Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1)Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2)Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3)Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." c.Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1)Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. 2)Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. 3)Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows." a.Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3- 1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have proportionately fewer segments. 1)Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 0.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and three segments for 90-degree elbow. 2)Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and four segments for 90-degree elbow. 3)Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and five segments for 90-degree elbow. 4)Radius-to Diameter Ratio: 1.5. b.Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated. E.Branch Configuration: 1.Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-6, "Branch Connections." a.Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. b.Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in. 2.Round and Flat Oval: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct. a.Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 90-degree tap. b.Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: Conical tap. c.Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45-degree lateral. END OF SECTION 23 3113 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 3300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Backdraft and pressure relief dampers. 2.Barometric relief dampers. 3.Manual volume dampers. 4.Control dampers. 5.Fire dampers. 6.Smoke dampers. 7.Combination fire and smoke dampers. 8.Flange connectors. 9.Turning vanes. 10.Duct-mounted access doors. 11.Flexible connectors. 12.Flexible ducts. 13.Duct accessory hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data. Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings. B.Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. 1.Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the following: a.Special fittings. b.Manual volume damper installations. c.Control damper installations. d.Fire-damper, smoke-damper, combination fire- and smoke-damper, ceiling, and corridor damper installations, including sleeves; and duct-mounted access doors and remote damper operators. e.Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C.Source quality-control reports. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR D.Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B.Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. 1.5 EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Fusible Links: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B.Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1.Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2.Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized. C.Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. D.Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2.American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 3.Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4.Nailor Industries Inc. 5.Ruskin Company. 6.Others by voluntary alternate. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Description: Gravity balanced. C.Maximum Air Velocity: 3000 fpm. D.Maximum System Pressure: 3-inch wg. E.Frame: 0.052-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners and mounting flange. F.Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, center-pivoted, maximum 6-inch width, 0.025-inch-thick, roll-formed aluminum. G.Blade Action: Parallel. H.Blade Seals: Extruded vinyl, mechanically locked. I.Blade Axles: 1.Material: Galvanized steel. 2.Diameter: 0.20 inch. J.Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. K.Return Spring: Adjustable tension. L.Bearings: Steel ball or synthetic pivot bushings. M.Accessories: 1.Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure. 2.Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations. 3.Electric actuators. 4.Chain pulls. 5.Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve. a.Sleeve Thickness: 20-gage minimum. b.Sleeve Length: 6 inches minimum. 6.Screen Material: Galvanized steel. 7.Screen Type: Bird. 8.90-degree stops. 2.3 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A.Low-Leakage, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following and equal to American Warming and Ventilating room dampers model VC-22 for round ducts 6” through 10”, VC-23 for 12” round ducts and above, rectangular dampers model VC-21 for maximum differential pressure of 2” wg: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR a.Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. b.American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. c.McGill AirFlow LLC. d.METALAIRE, Inc. e.Nailor Industries Inc. f.Ruskin Company. g.Others by voluntary alternate. 2.Low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage. 3.Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 4.Frames: a.Hat shaped. b.Galvanized-steel channels, 0.064 inch thick. c.Mitered and welded corners. d.Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in ducts. 5.Blades: a.Multiple or single blade. b.Parallel- or opposed-blade design. c.Stiffen damper blades for stability. d.Galvanized, roll-formed steel, 0.064 inch thick. 6.Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 7.Bearings: a.Oil-impregnated bronze. b.Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 8.Blade Seals: Neoprene. 9.Jamb Seals: Cambered stainless steel. 10.Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. 11.Accessories: a.Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. B.Damper Hardware: 1.Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch-thick zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. 2.Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. 3.Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.4 CONTROL DAMPERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2.Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3.Lloyd Industries, Inc. 4.McGill AirFlow LLC. 5.METALAIRE, Inc. 6.Metal Form Manufacturing, Inc. 7.Nailor Industries Inc. 8.Ruskin Company. 9.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage. C.Frames: 1.Hat shaped. 2.Galvanized-steel channels, 0.064 inch thick. 3.Mitered and welded corners. D.Blades: 1.Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 8 inches. 2.Parallel-and opposed-blade design. 3.Galvanized steel. 4.0.064 inch thick. 5.Blade Edging: Closed-cell neoprene edging. E.Blade Axles: 1/2-inch-diameter; galvanized steel; blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel and brass; ends sealed against blade bearings. 1.Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F.Bearings: 1.Oil-impregnated bronze. 2.Dampers in ducts with pressure classes of 3-inch wg or less shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. 3.Thrust bearings at each end of every blade. 2.5 FIRE DAMPERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Air Balance Inc.; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2.Greenheck Fan Corporation. 3.McGill AirFlow LLC. 4.METALAIRE, Inc. 5.Nailor Industries Inc. 6.Ruskin Company. 7.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Type: Static; rated and labeled according to UL 555 by an NRTL. C.Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 4000-fpm velocity. D.Fire Rating: 1-1/2 and 3 hours. E.Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-inch- thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners. F.Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel. 1.Minimum Thickness: 0.052 or 0.138 inch thick, as indicated, and of length to suit application. 2.Exception: Omit sleeve where damper-frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor; thickness of damper frame must comply with sleeve requirements. G.Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated. H.Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel. In place of interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034-inch-thick, galvanized-steel blade connectors. I.Horizontal Dampers: Include blade lock and stainless-steel closure spring. J.Heat-Responsive Device: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links. 2.6 TURNING VANES A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2.METALAIRE, Inc. 3.McGill Airflow, LLC 4.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. 1.Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR C.General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." D.Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to 40 inches wide and double wall for larger dimensions. 2.7 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.American Warming and Ventilating; a division of Mestek, Inc. 2.Ductmate Industries, Inc. 3.Greenheck Fan Corporation. 4.McGill AirFlow LLC. 5.Nailor Industries Inc. 6.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-10, "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and 2-11, "Access Panels - Round Duct." 1.Door: a.Double wall, rectangular. b.Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class. c.Vision panel. d.Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches. e.Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class. 2.Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets. 3.Number of Hinges and Locks: a.Access Doors Less than 12 inches Square: No hinges and two sash locks. b.Access Doors up to 18 inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks. c.Access Doors up to 24 by 48 inches: Three hinges and two compression latches. d.Access Doors larger than 24 by 48 inches: Four hinges and two compression latches with outside and inside handles. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2.Duro Dyne Inc. 3.Ventfabrics, Inc. 4.Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C.Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D.Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4-inch-wide, 0.028-inch-thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch-thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E.Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1.Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2.Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling. 3.Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F.Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. 1.Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd.. 2.Minimum Tensile Strength: 500 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the filling. 3.Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F. G.Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct. 1.Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2.Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3.Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4.Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5.Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6.Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7.Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable for a maximum of 1/4-inch movement at start and stop. 2.9 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc. 2.McGill AirFlow LLC. 3.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, 2-ply vinyl film supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation; polyethylene vapor-barrier film. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative. 2.Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm. 3.Temperature Range: Minus 10 to plus 160 deg F. 4.Insulation R-value: Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004. 5.Maximum of 5’-0”. C.Flexible Duct Connectors: 1.Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action in sizes 3 through 18 inches, to suit duct size. 2.10 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A.Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. B.Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts. B.Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. C.Install backdraft dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated. D.Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1.Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. E.Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. F.Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. G.Install fire dampers according to UL listing. H.Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.On both sides of duct coils. 2.Upstream and downstream from duct filters. 3.At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums. 4.At drain pans and seals. 5.Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment. 6.Adjacent to and close enough to fire dampers, to reset or reinstall fusible links. Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having fusible links shall be pressure relief access doors and shall be outward operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and inward operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers. 7.At each change in direction and at maximum 50-foot spacing. 8.Control devices requiring inspection. 9.Elsewhere as indicated. I.Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure. J.Access Door Sizes: 1.One-Hand or Inspection Access: 8 by 5 inches. 2.Two-Hand Access: 12 by 6 inches. 3.Head and Hand Access: 18 by 10 inches. 4.Head and Shoulders Access: 21 by 14 inches. 5.Body Access: 25 by 14 inches. K.Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door. L.Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. M.Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. N.Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and stop of fans. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Tests and Inspections: 1.Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2.Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be performed. 3.Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range of movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed. 4.Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. 5.Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator and damper. END OF SECTION 23 3300 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 3423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Centrifugal roof ventilators. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Project Altitude: Base fan-performance ratings on sea level elevation. B.Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated and include the following: 1.Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated. 2.Certified fan sound-power ratings. 3.Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories. 4.Material thickness and finishes, including color charts. 5.Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators. 6.Roof curbs. 7.Fan speed controllers. B.Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1.Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C.Field quality-control test reports. D.Operation and Maintenance Data: For power ventilators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B.AMCA Compliance: Products shall comply with performance requirements and shall be licensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal. C.NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards. D.UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Deliver fans as factory-assembled unit, to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with protective crating and covering. B.Disassemble and reassemble units, as required for moving to final location, according to manufacturer's written instructions. C.Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points. 1.7 COORDINATION A.Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members. B.Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. C.Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Belts: One set for each belt-driven unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp. 2.Cook. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 3.Broan Mfg. Co., Inc. 4.Greenheck. 5.NuTone Inc. 6.Penn Ventilation. 7.Others by voluntary alternate. B.Description: Direct- or belt-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base, and accessories. C.Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle, extruded-aluminum, rectangular top, or galvanized steel, mushroom-domed top; square, one-piece, aluminum base with venturi inlet cone. D.Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades. E.Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following features: 1.Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub. 2.Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball bearings. 3.Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley. 4.Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream. F.Accessories: 1.Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire. 2.Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb base; factory set to close when fan stops. G.Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-inch-thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base. 1.Configuration: Self-flashing without a cant strip, with mounting flange or Built-in cant and mounting flange. 2.Overall Height: 12 inches. 3.Sound Curb: Curb with sound-absorbing insulation matrix. 4.Pitch Mounting: Manufacture curb for roof slope. 5.Metal Liner: Galvanized steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install power ventilators level and plumb. B.Support units using Elastomeric mounts, restrained elastomeric mounts, spring isolators, and restrained spring isolators having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration- and seismic-control devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.Secure vibration and seismic controls to concrete bases using anchor bolts cast in concrete base. C.Secure roof-mounting fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. Refer to Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs. D.Support suspended units from structure using threaded steel rods and elastomeric hangers, and spring hangers with vertical-limit stops having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration-control devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." E.Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. F.Label units according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.2 CONNECTIONS A.Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B.Install ducts adjacent to power ventilators to allow service and maintenance. C.Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D.Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1.Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2.Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3.Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4.Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 5.Adjust belt tension. 6.Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7.Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8.Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 9.Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10.Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators. 11.Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. B.Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. B.Adjust belt tension. C.Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. D.Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design airflow. E.Lubricate bearings. END OF SECTION 23 3423 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 23 3713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Round ceiling diffusers. 2.Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers. 3.Perforated diffusers. 4.Louver face diffusers. 5.Fixed face registers and grilles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following: 1.Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2.Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished. B.Source quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEILING DIFFUSERS A.All Diffusers and Grilles: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a.Titus b.Price Industries. c.Nailor Industries Inc. d.Others by voluntary alternate. 2.Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows. 3.Material: Steel or Aluminum per schedule on drawings. 4.Finish: Baked enamel, color selected by Architect. 5.Face Style: Per schedule on drawings. 6.Mounting: Per schedule on drawings. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 7.Pattern: Fully adjustable. 8.Accessories: a.Plaster ring as required. b.Wire guard as required. c.Sectorizing baffles as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb. B.Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location. C.Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A.After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing. END OF SECTION 23 3713 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 1 SECTION 23 7413 - PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes packaged, outdoor, central-station air-handling units (rooftop units) with the following components and accessories: 1.Direct-expansion cooling. 2.Hydronic-heating coils. 3.Economizer outdoor- and return-air damper section. 4.Integral, space temperature controls. 5.Roof curbs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.DDC: Direct-digital controls. B.ECM: Electrically commutated motor. C.RTU: Rooftop unit. As used in this Section, this abbreviation means packaged, outdoor, central-station air-handling units. This abbreviation is used regardless of whether the unit is mounted on the roof or on a concrete base on ground. D.Supply-Air Fan: The fan providing supply air to conditioned space. "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus. E.Supply-Air Refrigerant Coil: Refrigerant coil in the supply-air stream to absorb heat (provide cooling) during cooling operations and to reject heat (provide heating) during heating operations. "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus. F.VVT: Variable-air volume and temperature. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.Delegated Design: Design RTU supports to comply with local wind performance requirements, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each RTU, including rated capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B.Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, all components, and location and size of each field connection. 1.Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C.Manufacturer Wind Loading Qualification Certification: Submit certification that specified equipment will withstand wind forces identified in "Performance Requirements" Article and in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1.Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculations. 2.Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of wind force and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3.Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D.Field quality-control test reports. E.Operation and Maintenance Data: For RTUs to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. F.Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.ARI Compliance: 1.Comply with ARI 210/240 and ARI 340/360 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for RTUs. 2.Comply with ARI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for RTUs. B.ASHRAE Compliance: 1.Comply with ASHRAE 15 for refrigeration system safety. 2.Comply with ASHRAE 33 for methods of testing cooling and heating coils. 3.Comply with applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." C.ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1- 2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." D.NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 3 E.UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995. F.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.7 WARRANTY A.Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace components of RTUs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion. 2.Warranty Period for Control Boards: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than three years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Fan Belts: One set for each belt-driven fan. 2.Filters: One set of filters for each unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following 1. Carrier 2. Trane 3. Other manufacturers by voluntary alternates. 2.2 CASING A.General Fabrication Requirements for Casings: Formed and reinforced double-wall insulated panels, fabricated to allow removal for access to internal parts and components, with joints between sections sealed. B.Exterior Casing Material: Galvanized steel with factory-painted finish, with pitched roof panels and knockouts with grommet seals for electrical and piping connections and lifting lugs. 1.Exterior Casing Thickness: 0.052 inch thick. C.Inner Casing Fabrication Requirements: 1.Inside Casing: Galvanized steel, 0.034 inch. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 4 D.Casing Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1.Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I. 2.Thickness: 1 inch. 3.Liner materials shall have air-stream surface coated with an erosion- and temperature- resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric. 4.Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. E.Condensate Drain Pans: Formed sections of galvanized-steel sheet, a minimum of 2 inches deep, and complying with ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 1.Double-Wall Construction: Fill space between walls with foam insulation and seal moisture tight. 2.Drain Connections: Threaded nipple both sides of drain pan. 3.Pan-Top Surface Coating: Corrosion-resistant compound. F.Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004. 2.3 FANS A.Direct-Driven Supply-Air Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, ECM motor resiliently mounted in the fan inlet. Aluminum or painted-steel wheels, and galvanized- or painted-steel fan scrolls. B.Belt-Driven Supply-Air Fans: Double width, forward curved, centrifugal; with permanently lubricated, single-speed motor installed on an adjustable fan base resiliently mounted in the casing. Aluminum or painted-steel wheels, and galvanized- or painted-steel fan scrolls. C.Condenser-Coil Fan: Propeller, mounted on shaft of permanently lubricated motor. D.Relief-Air Fan: Forward curved, shaft mounted on permanently lubricated motor. E.Fan Motor: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment." 2.4 COILS A.Supply-Air Refrigerant Coil: 1.Aluminum-plate fin and seamless copper tube in steel casing with equalizing-type vertical distributor. 2.Polymer strip shall prevent all copper coil from contacting steel coil frame or condensate pan. 3.Coil Split: Interlaced. 4.Condensate Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating formed with pitch and drain connections complying with ASHRAE 62.1-2004. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 5 2.5 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT COMPONENTS A.Number of Refrigerant Circuits: Based on unit size. B.Compressor: Hermetic, scroll, mounted on vibration isolators; with internal overcurrent and high-temperature protection, internal pressure relief, and crankcase heater. C.Refrigeration Specialties: 1.Expansion valve with replaceable thermostatic element. 2.Refrigerant filter/dryer. 3.Manual-reset high-pressure safety switch. 4.Automatic-reset low-pressure safety switch. 5.Minimum off-time relay. 6.Automatic-reset compressor motor thermal overload. 7.Brass service valves installed in compressor suction and liquid lines. 8.Low-ambient kit high-pressure sensor. 9.Four-way reversing valve with a replaceable magnetic coil, thermostatic expansion valves with bypass check valves, and a suction line accumulator. 2.6 AIR FILTRATION A.Minimum arrestance according to ASHRAE 52.1, and a minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) according to ASHRAE 52.2. 1.Glass Fiber: Minimum 80 percent arrestance, and MERV 5. 2.Pleated: Minimum 90 percent arrestance, and MERV 7. 2.7 DAMPERS A.Outdoor-Air Damper: Linked damper blades, for 0 to 35 percent outdoor air, with motorized damper filter. B.Outdoor- and Return-Air Mixing Dampers: Parallel- or opposed-blade galvanized-steel dampers mechanically fastened to cadmium plated for galvanized-steel operating rod in reinforced cabinet. Connect operating rods with common linkage and interconnect linkages so dampers operate simultaneously. 1.Damper Motor: Modulating with adjustable minimum position. 2.Relief-Air Damper: Gravity actuated or motorized, as required by ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, with bird screen and hood. 2.8 ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTION A.Provide for single connection of power to unit with unit-mounted disconnect switch accessible from outside unit and control-circuit transformer with built-in overcurrent protection. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 6 2.9 CONTROLS A.Control equipment and sequence of operation are specified in Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC." B.Basic Unit Controls: 1.Control-voltage transformer. 2.Wall-mounted sensor with the following features: a.Heat-cool-off switch. b.Fan on-auto switch. c.Automatic changeover. d.Adjustable deadband. e.Exposed indication. f.Degree F indication. g.Unoccupied-period-override push button. h.Data entry and access port to input temperature set points, occupied and unoccupied periods, and output room temperature, supply-air temperature, operating mode, and status. C.DDC Controller: 1.Controller shall have volatile-memory backup. 2.Safety Control Operation: a.Smoke Detectors: Stop fan and close outdoor-air damper if smoke is detected. Provide additional contacts for alarm interface to fire alarm control panel. b.Low-Discharge Temperature: Stop fan and close outdoor-air damper if supply air temperature is less than 40 deg F. 3.Scheduled Operation: Occupied and unoccupied periods on seven 365-day clock with a minimum of four programmable periods per day. 4.Unoccupied Period: a.Heating Setback: 10 deg F. b.Cooling Setback: System off. c.Override Operation: Two hours. 5.Supply Fan Operation: a.Occupied Periods: Run fan continuously. b.Unoccupied Periods: Cycle fan to maintain setback temperature. 6.Refrigerant Circuit Operation: a.Occupied Periods: Cycle or stage compressors to match compressor output to cooling load to maintain room temperature. Operate low-ambient control kit to maintain minimum hot-gas pressure. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 7 b.Unoccupied Periods: Cycle compressors and condenser fans for heating to maintain setback temperature. c.Switch reversing valve for heating or cooling mode on air-to-air heat pump. 7.Economizer Outdoor-Air Damper Operation: a.Occupied Periods: Open to 10 percent fixed minimum intake, and maximum 100 percent of the fan capacity to comply with ASHRAE Cycle II. Controller shall permit air-side economizer operation when outdoor air is less than 60 deg F.Use mixed-air temperature and select between outdoor-air and return-air enthalpy to adjust mixing dampers.Start relief-air fan with end switch on outdoor-air damper. During economizer cycle operation, lock out cooling. b.Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor-air damper 100% and open return-air damper 100%. c.Outdoor-Airflow Monitor: Accuracy maximum plus or minus 5 percent within 15 and 100 percent of total outdoor air. Monitor microprocessor shall adjust for temperature, and output shall range from 2- to 10-V dc and 4 to 20 mA. 8.Carbon Dioxide Sensor Operation: a.Occupied Periods: Reset minimum outdoor-air ratio open from minimum 10 percent to maintain maximum 1000-ppm concentration. b.Unoccupied Periods: Close outdoor-air damper and open return-air damper. 9.VVT Relays: a.Provide heating- and cooling-mode changeover relays compatible with VVT terminal control system required in Division 23 Sections "Air Terminal Units" and "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC." 2.10 ACCESSORIES A.Duplex, 115-V, ground-fault-interrupter outlet with 15-A overcurrent protection. Include transformer if required. B.Low-ambient kit using staged condenser fans for operation down to 35 deg F. C.Filter differential pressure switch with sensor tubing on either side of filter. Set for final filter pressure loss. D.Coil guards of painted, galvanized-steel wire. E.Hail guards of galvanized steel, painted to match casing. 2.11 ROOF CURBS A.Roof curbs with vibration isolators and wind restraints are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 8 B.Materials: Galvanized steel with corrosion-protection coating, watertight gaskets, and factory- installed wood nailer; complying with NRCA standards. 1.Curb Insulation and Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. a.Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type I or II. b.Thickness: 1-1/2 inches. 2.Application: Factory applied with adhesive and mechanical fasteners to the internal surface of curb. a.Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. b.Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment, mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in cabinet. c.Liner materials applied in this location shall have air-stream surface coated with a temperature-resistant coating or faced with a plain or coated fibrous mat or fabric depending on service air velocity. d.Liner Adhesive: Comply with ASTM C 916, Type I. C.Curb Height: 14 inches. D.Wind Restraints: Metal brackets compatible with the curb and casing, painted to match RTU, used to anchor unit to the curb, and designed for loads at Project site. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for wind-load requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of RTUs. B.Examine roughing-in for RTUs to verify actual locations of piping and duct connections before equipment installation. C.Examine roofs for suitable conditions where RTUs will be installed. D.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Roof Curb: Install on roof structure or concrete base, level and secure, according to NRCA's "Low-Slope Membrane Roofing Construction Details Manual," Illustration "Raised Curb Detail for Rooftop Air Handling Units and Ducts. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 9 Install RTUs on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories." Secure RTUs to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or concrete base with anchor bolts. B.Unit Support: Install unit level on structural curbs. Coordinate wall penetrations and flashing with wall construction. Secure RTUs to structural support with anchor bolts. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A.Install condensate drain, minimum connection size, with trap and indirect connection to nearest roof drain or area drain. B.Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements: 1.Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb. 2.Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking under entire roof curb. 3.Connect supply ducts to RTUs with flexible duct connectors specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 4.Install return-air duct continuously through roof structure. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. Report results in writing. B.Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1.Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. Report results in writing. C.Tests and Inspections: 1.After installing RTUs and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. 2.Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps. 3.Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4.Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D.Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 10 B.Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the following: 1.Inspect for visible damage to unit casing. 2.Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber. 3.Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans. 4.Inspect internal insulation. 5.Verify that labels are clearly visible. 6.Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. 7.Verify that controls are connected and operable. 8.Verify that filters are installed. 9.Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris. 10.Remove packing from vibration isolators. 11.Inspect operation of barometric relief dampers. 12.Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings. 13.Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and binding. 14.Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension. 15.Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. a.Start refrigeration system. b.Do not operate below recommended low-ambient temperature. c.Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report. 16.Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify sequences. 17.Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer. 18.Calibrate thermostats/sensors. 19.Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits. 20.Inspect outdoor-air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return-air dampers. 21.Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following when ambient is a minimum of 15 deg F above return-air temperature: a.Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures. b.Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures. c.Outdoor-air, dry-bulb temperature. d.Outdoor-air-coil, discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature. 22.Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration, and normal and emergency shutdown. 23.Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on fan curve. a.Supply-air volume. b.Return-air volume. c.Relief-air volume. d.Outdoor-air intake volume. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 11 24.Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following: a.Compressor refrigerant suction and hot-gas pressures. b.Short circuiting of air through condenser coil or from condenser fans to outdoor-air intake. 25.Verify operation of remote panel including pilot-light operation and failure modes. Inspect the following: a.High-temperature limit on gas-fired heat exchanger. b.Low-temperature safety operation. c.Filter high-pressure differential alarm. d.Economizer to minimum outdoor-air changeover. e.Relief-air fan operation. 26.After startup and performance testing and prior to Substantial Completion, replace existing filters with new filters. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A.Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to three visits to site during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. B.After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing RTU and air- distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filters. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain RTUs. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 23 7413 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL-STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 23 7413 - 12 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 26 0101 – BUSWAY SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B.The Busway System shall be designed and manufactured to the following standards: 1.Low Voltage Directive (73/23/EEC) including Amendment (93/68/EEC) 2.Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies, Part 1: Type Tested and partially type tested Assemblies, IEC 60439-1: 1999 3.Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear Assemblies, Part 2: Particular Requirements for Busbar Trunking systems (Busways), IEC 60439-2: 2000 4.Underwriters Laboratory Standard, UL 857 – The common UL, CSA, and ANCE Standard for Busways that is derived from the fifth edition of CSA Standard C22.2 No. 27, the twelfth edition of UL 857, and the second edition of NMX-J-148-1998-ANCE. 5.CUL Listing 6.National Electric Code (NEC) – Article 364 – Busway 7.NEMA AB1, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches 8.NEMA KS-1, Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600VAC) 9.NFPA 70 – National Fire Protection Agency 1.2 SUMMARY A.This specification covers the electrical characteristics and general requirements for a Busway System, hereafter referred to as Busway. The system shall be designed primarily for overhead power distribution of electrical power. Loads fed from Plug-in units can be added or removed without shutting down the Busway. B.Section Includes: 1.Three-phase Busway System with the following features: a.Power Feed b.Extruded aluminum busway housing with conductors c.Miscellaneous hardware for system installation d.Installation tool e.Plug-in units for power distribution 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B.LED: Light-emitting diode. C.THD: Total harmonic distortion. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include data on features, components, ratings, and performance. B.Shop Drawings: For Busway include: 1.Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, and location and identification of each field connection. 2.Wiring Connection: For power and monitoring wiring. 3.Orientation of Plug-In units face in final installation. 4.Include Plug-In Schedule with detailed description. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.Manufacturer Certificates: For each product, from manufacturer. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.Operation and Maintenance Data: For Busway System, include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Source Limitations: Obtain Busway and Plug-in Units through one source from a single manufacturer. B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C.UL Compliance: Listed and labeled under UL 857. D.NFPA Compliance: Mark components as suitable for installation in computer rooms according to NFPA 75. 1.8 WARRANTY A.Warranty: The Busway manufacturer shall guarantee the entire system against defective material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of shipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Basis of Specification is Starline Track Busway as manufactured by Universal Electric or equal. B.Acceptable alternates are the following, once they are approved by the Consulting Engineer for use on the project. A specification compliance by paragraph showing Comply, Deviate, or Exception is to be submitted one (1) week prior to bid date. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.2 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS A.Environmental Conditions: The Busway shall be capable of operating continuously in the following environmental conditions without mechanical or electrical damage, degradation or derating of operating capability. 1.Ambient Temperature for Electronic Components: 32 to 104 deg F. 2.Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent, noncondensing. 3.Altitude: Sea level to 4000 feet. 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.The Busway shall perform as specified in this specification while supplying rated full-load current as shown on the project drawings. B.Voltage: Busway shall be rated to 600V AC and DC C.Frequency: DC to 60 Hertz D.Busway Amperage: As shown on Drawings 2.4 COMPONENTS A.Power Feed 1.The power feed shall provide the connections from the incoming cables to the Busway System. The Power Feed shall be a NEMA enclosure with access panels for incoming cabling. The Power Feed shall have internal connection to a section of Busway conductors. B.Busway Frame and Enclosure 1.Housing: The Busway housing sections shall be constructed of extruded aluminum and provide 100% system ground. The lengths provided on the project shall be as recommended and selected by the manufacturer to meet the project requirements. The top of the busway shall have a slot running the length of the busway to provide attachment points for installation of the Busway. The bottom of the Busway shall have a continuous opening to accept the Plug-in units. This opening shall pass the UL hypothetical finger probe test. 2.Conductors: All conductors shall be made of 100% copper and sized to handle 100% of the Busway rating under continuous operation up to the maximum ambient temperature. The conductors shall be electrically isolated from the housing. a.Isolated Ground: An isolated ground is to be supplied if shown on the drawings. b.Oversized Neutral: An oversized neutral conductor shall be supplied if shown on the drawings 3.Withstand Rating: The Busway shall meet the kA withstand rating shown on the drawings. If none is shown, the minimum acceptable is 22kA. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 4.Busway and plug in units shall have a black finish. C.Installation Tool 1.The installation tool provided by the manufacturer is to be used to make all joint connections between Busway sections and Power Feeds. D.Miscellaneous Hardware 1.End Cap: The End Cap is installed at the end of the Busway run. 2.Joint Kit or Bus Connector: The Joint Kit or Bus Connector is used to make electrical and mechanical connections between Busway sections and Power Feeds. 3.Busway Hangers: Busway Hangers are installed in the top slot of the Busway and provide for connections to the suspension system provided by the installing contractor. 4.Closure Strips: The open slot of the Busway must be enclosed to prevent access to the conductors of the Busway. E.Plug-In Units 1.Plug-in Units shall be polarized to avoid incorrect installation. 2.Plug-in Units shall use a circuit breaker for branch circuit protection. 3.Plug-in Units shall have locking clips or bolt-on tabs to secure units to the Busway. 4.Plug-in Units that include drop cords shall be manufactured with cord grips and receptacles as specified on the schedule on the project drawings. 5.Plug-in Units shall not have a mechanism in order to engage the electrical connection to the busway conductors. 6.Plug-in Units shall be configured by the manufacturer to balance the load based on quantity of Plug-in Unit types provided. 7.Plug-in Units shall be factory tested for proper operation and orientation. 8.Plug-in Units shall receive serial # label codes on each unit after passing factory testing. 9.Factory test report on Plug-in Units are available upon request. 10.Plug-in Units shall comply with UL 857 sections 7.4.8 and 5.4.1. 11.For this project provide units with cord drop and quad-plex outlet on end of 18'-0" cord, see plans (one-line diagram) for quantity. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for conditions affecting performance of the Busway. B.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.The contractor shall install the Busway in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 1.The Busway runs shall consist of lengths as shown on the drawings. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.The Plug-in units orientation shall be as indicated on the drawings. 3.Hanging of the Busway shall be done using the Busway hangers from a structure above the Busway. The hangers shall connect to the Busway, and to an all thread rod provided by the installing contractor. The spacing of the hangers along the busway is 10 feet or less as recommended by the manufacturer. 4.The power feed shall have connection provisions for the contractor supplied feeder cabling. The power feed shall be connected to the Busway section using a joint kit or bus connector. 5.Connection of sections of the Busway shall be done using a joint kit or bus connector. The connection shall be made per the manufacturer’s instructions. The use of the manufacturer supplied Installation Tool is required. 6.An End Cap shall be installed at the end of the Busway run. 7.As shown on the drawings elbow or tee connections may also be required. B.Maintain minimum clearances and workspace at equipment according to manufacturer's written instructions and NFPA 70. C.Connections: Contractor shall make connections to supply circuits according to manufacturer's instructions and project drawings. 3.3 GROUNDING A.The housing of the busway shall be the system ground. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A.Installing Contractor to identify components and wiring according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Installing Contractor Inspections: 1.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2.Inspect interiors of enclosures, including the following: a.Integrity of mechanical and electrical connections. b.Component type and labeling verification. c.Ratings of installed components. B.Installing Contractor to prepare inspection reports. END OF SECTION 26 0101 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 1 SECTION 26 0500 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Applicable provisions of Bidding Requirements, Project Guidelines and General Requirements (Div. 1) apply to work specified in this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A.Work Included: 1.This Section includes all labor, materials, equipment, tools, supervision, start-up services, and Owner's instructions, including all incidental and related items necessary to complete installation and successfully test, start-up and operate in a practical and efficient manner, all electrical work and systems indicated on the drawings and described in each Section of Division 26 and conforming with all contract documents. 2.This Section defines certain terms used in these specifications and explains the language, abbreviations thereof, format and certain conventions used in the specifications and certain associated contract documents. 3.The following are not intended to supersede but to clarify the definitions used in the General Requirements (Division 1). B.Provide temporary facilities in accordance with Division 1. C.Site and Contract Document Examination: Submission of a Bid Proposal is considered to be evidence that the Contractor has visited the site, examined the drawings and specifications of all the trades and has fully informed himself as to all project and site conditions and is proficient, experienced and knowledgeable of all standards, codes, ordinances, permits and regulations which affect every trade's completion, cost and time required and that all costs are included in his Bid Proposal. D.Responsibility: 1.The Contractor shall be responsible for all subcontractors and suppliers and shall include in his bid and apportion all materials, labor and equipment to the several trades involved in accordance with all local customs, rules, regulations, jurisdictional awards, decisions and secure compliance to all parts of the specifications and drawings regardless of sectional inclusion in these specifications. 2.Each electrical subcontractor and sub-subcontractor shall be responsible for all parts applicable to his trade in accordance with the specifications and drawings and for coordinating locations and arrangements of his work with all other relevant specifications, drawings, shop drawings and details. E.Drawings and Specifications: 1.Drawings and specifications and intended to supplement each other and all work specified or indicated on/in either shall be provided. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 2 2.Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangements of systems and work included in the contract and shall serve only as design drawings and not as working drawings for general layout of various equipment and systems. Drawings do not necessarily indicate every required offset, junction box, pull box, mounting support, access panel, etc. which shall be provided as required. 3.Each subcontractor shall examine all drawings and specifications of his trade and drawings, shop drawings and field layouts of work of all other trades working on the project, including architectural, structural and mechanical. If any discrepancies occur between these various drawings or between these drawings and these specifications, he shall report same to the Engineer in writing and shall obtain written instructions for changes in construction. Should interferences develop during construction which cannot be avoided, the Engineer shall decide which work is to be relocated regardless of which was first installed. This work shall be performed at no extra cost to the Owners. 4.Should drawings disagree in themselves or with the specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be provided. 5.All schedules on the drawings or in the specifications are only for the convenience of the Contractor. The Contractor shall make his own count and, where fixtures and/or equipment are indicated on the drawings but not in the schedules, the Contractor shall provide like equipment and/or fixtures as are indicated for like rooms or used elsewhere on the project. 6.Manufacturer's Model Numbers: a.Wherever, on the drawings or specifications, that a manufacturer's catalog number of model or type designation is made, it is intended as a general qualification. It shall remain the Contractor's responsibility, before the ordering of any material, to determine the proper type or model with arrangement, mounting and accessories applicable for each location on the project. b.Approval of shop drawings by the Engineer does not obviate the Contractor's responsibility. 7.Drawings shall not be scaled for measurements and shall not serve as shop drawings. F.Definitions: 1.Furnish: Supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation and similar subsequent requirements. 2.Install: Operations at the project site, including unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring applying, working to dimension, finishing, protection, cleaning and similar requirements. 3.Provide: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. 4.Minimum Requirements: a.Indicated requirements are for a specific minimum acceptable level of quality as recognized in the industry. Actual work must comply, within specified tolerances, or may exceed minimums within reasonable limits. b.Refer uncertainties to the Engineer for decisions before proceeding. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 3 5.Abbreviations and Plural Words: a.Abbreviations, where not defined in the contract documents, will be interpreted to mean the normal construction industry terminology determined by recognized grammatical rules by the Engineer. b.Plural words will be interpreted as singular and singular words will be interpreted as plural where applicable for the context of the contract documents. 6.Raceway: Conduit, wireway, channels, boxes, fittings, hangers, supports and items necessary or required in connection with and/or relating to raceway to provide a complete installation. 7.Concealed: Embedded in masonry or other construction below floor slabs, installed behind wall finishes, within double partitions or above hung ceilings, in trenches, tunnels or crawl spaces. 8.NIC: Items and/or areas shown on the drawings or identified within these specifications with "NIC" shall be considered by this Contractor as "Not In Contract". As a result, this Contractor shall take no action on those items identified as such. G.Substitutions and Changes: 1.When a material, method or product is listed, shown or scheduled by trade name or catalog number for a use, it shall be the basis of design. Other "similar" manufacturers may or may not be listed as "acceptable", provided that the specific item is comparable with the basis and intent of the design. 2.Contractors shall base their bid proposals only on those items either: a.Originally named, listed, shown or specified on/in the drawings/ specifications. b.Named, listed, and/or shown in an official addendum to the drawings/specifications. All other manufacturers or catalog numbers shall be bid as a voluntary alternate only. Any Contractor choosing to base his bid proposal on any item and/or system not either originally named or named in an official addendum as "acceptable" does so at his own risk and may be required to furnish and install the originally named product and, if applicable, bear all of the costs involved with removing the unauthorized product. 3.Contractor shall be considered liable for all added costs both to himself and to others (including those costs as incurred by the Engineer for redesigning or redrawings) resultant from the substitution of products not originally specified. 4.Contractor shall be responsible for the verification of adequate space (considering dimensions, required clearances, weights and roughing-in requirements) for the installation of any items or systems not originally specified. He shall be responsible for the timely advising of all other trades. He shall submit revised drawing layouts for the approval of the Engineer and shall not proceed without this approval. 1.3 STANDARDS, CODES AND PERMITS A.General: Compliance with standards, codes and permits shall be in accordance with General and Supplemental Conditions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 4 B.Electrical Work: All work installed under Division 26 shall comply with the latest published edition of the applicable standards and codes of the following: ASA....American Standards Association ASTM...American Society for Testing Materials ANSI...American National Standards Institute NFPA...National Fire Protection Association UL.....Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. NEMA...National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NESC...National Electric Safety Code OSHA...Occupational Safety and Health Act BOCA...Building Officials and Code Administrators UBC....Uniform Building Codes NEC....National Electrical Code NECA...National Electrical Contractor's Association NEMA...National Electrical Manufacturer's Association C.All labor, material and equipment shall comply with all applicable: 1.City, county and state laws, ordinances, codes and regulations. 2.Applicable rules and regulations as required by the Department of Consumer and Industry Services – Fire Safety Division. D.Excess Quantities and Sizes: Where quantities, sizes or other requirements on drawings or in specifications are in excess of code requirements, drawings or specifications shall govern and the specified item or system shall be furnished and installed. E.Conflicts: Where conflicts are discovered to exist between referenced standards or specifications, the more stringent requirements shall govern. No extra compensation for such compliance will be allowed. F.Notices and Payments: The Electrical Contractor shall give all notices, file all drawings, obtain all necessary approvals, obtain all permits, pay all fees, deposits and expenses required for installation of all work under this contract. Within ten (10) days after award of the contract, the Contractor shall show proof that such permits have been obtained and appropriate fees paid. G.Inspections and Certificates of Inspection: 1.No work shall be covered or enclosed until work is tested in accordance with applicable codes and regulations and successful test witnessed and approved by authorized inspection authority. 2.Provide for the Engineer's review evidence that the installation has been inspected and approved by the authorized governmental inspector having jurisdiction over that phase or system of work involved. H.UL Labels: In general, all material used on this project shall be labeled or listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 5 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.General: Submittals shall be in accordance with Division 1. B.Shop Drawings: 1.Shop drawing submittals shall at the time they are submitted to the Engineer for review, include signatures or stamps of Contractor (and Subcontractor, where applicable) certifying that he/they has/have inspected submittals and have coordinated required space, services and work of other trades for the equipment or system being submitted. 2.Submit complete manufacturer's shop drawings of all equipment, accessories and controls, including (but not limited to) weights, dimensions, capacities, construction details, installation and maintenance instructions, wiring diagrams, available finishes, all applicable manufacturer's warranties and all details involving other trades. 3.General catalog cuts without detailed engineering and installation details will not be accepted. 4.Submittal sheets containing or showing items not applicable to the specific project must be clearly marked to show the equipment or system being submitted. Sheets not so marked will be returned unreviewed. 5.Submittals on items or systems clearly belonging together (such as lighting fixtures) shall be submitted as a booklet or grouping, with each "set" containing components arranged in a logical sequence. The Engineer will not assemble such booklets but will rather return unsorted submittals unreviewed. Submittals shall be maximum size of 36" x 24". 6.Engineer's review of shop drawing submittals is a free service to the Contractor only and, as such, shall not be construed to be a guarantee of compliance with or a relief of the required compliance with the basic responsibilities of the Contractor under the contract documents. Review of submittals shall not be considered to be an approval of changes in time or cost. 7.After review, the Contractor shall provide information to all affected trades. C.Extra Copies of Submittals: Refer to "Final Acceptance, Guarantees and Warranties" later in this Section for requirements of extra copies of shop drawings and operating and maintenance information. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.General: Delivery, storage, and handling shall be in accordance with the General and Supplementary General Conditions. B.Inspection: Inspect all items upon delivery and remove and replace all items impossible to repair so that they are equal and indistinguishable from new items. C.Protection: Protect electrical materials and products and installation work against dirt, water, or mechanical damage before, during, and after installation. D.Repairs: All damage inflicted prior to date of final acceptance shall be repaired or replaced in a manner acceptable to the Engineer at no cost to the Owner by the Contractor or Subcontractor whose work is involved. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 6 1.6 STANDARDS A.General: 1.All electrical material, equipment, and accessories installed under this project shall be new and shall conform to all applicable standards, requirements, and codes and all applicable local, state, and federal specifications. 2.All products shall be of established manufacturers regularly engaged in the making of the type of materials to be provided. All products shall be complete with all parts, accessories, supports, trims, connections, etc., reasonably incidental to the product and necessary for installation. 3.All products shall be properly tested, cleaned, adjusted, and put in complete working order ready for service before acceptance will be considered. 4.All electrical work shall be installed in a first-class workmanlike manner. 5.Due to the difficulty in showing the exact locations on the drawings of all raceways, offsets, boxes, fittings, or accessories, coordinate the installation with all trades and, where conflicts occur, obtain the Engineer’s approval before installation. Failure to do this shall result in rework to meet the Engineer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner’s or Engineer’s 6.All conductor and raceway sizes shall meet National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements. 1.7 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A.General: 1.Perform inspections in accordance with Division 1, Coordination and Inspections. 2.Prior to starting his work, the Electrical Contractor shall: a.Examine all conditions of all areas in which his work is to be installed. b.Verify all dimensions indicated of the drawings. c.Make all field measurements required for his work. d.Report, in writing to the Engineer, any and all discrepancies or required corrections. 3.Do not proceed with the work until acceptable conditions have been provided. 4.The commencement of work by the Electrical Contractor shall signify the Electrical Contractor’s acceptance of all existing conditions. B.Laying Out of the Work: 1.Lay out work and be responsible for lines, elevations, and measurements for installation of the work. Construct work in conformity with lines and elevations as indicated on the drawings. 2.Record all data on project record documents set. 1.8 BASIC INSTALLATION METHODS A.Equipment Clearance: Coordinate mechanical and electrical equipment locations to ensure that adequate clearance for installation, inspection, and required service is provided. Ensure that adequate clearance is maintained around equipment as required by the National Electrical Code and all applicable state and local codes. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 7 B.General Supports: Provide all necessary angles, channels, brackets, or Unistrut supplementary steel as required for adequate support of all raceway, specialties, and equipment which is hung or mounted above the floor. Secure written approval from the Engineer before welding or bolting to steel framing or anchoring to concrete structure. C.Wall, Floor, and Ceiling Openings: 1.Place all sleeves and advise affected trades of details and templates of all openings necessary for the installation of the electrical work. 2.Cracks and rough edges left following installation of the equipment shall be caulked, covered, or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.Do not locate any sleeves in any structural member without written approval of the Engineer. Use rotary type drilling tools and concrete cutting saws to cut concrete and masonry walls. Do not use torches for cutting steel. 4.Where piping or equipment is suspended from a metal deck, use “Ramset” or “Hilti” equipment as required. 5.Floor sleeves shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit with the bottom end flush and caulked with glass wool; sealed at the top and bottom. 6.Wall sleeves shall be the same as floor sleeves except that they shall be installed so as to be flush on both sides of the wall. 7.All sleeves shall have an inside diameter one (1) inch larger than the outside diameter of the raceway passing through them. 8.Where exposed pipes pass through floors, walls, or ceilings, this contractor shall be responsible for repairs and finish of all holes placed. 9.All conduits penetrating through slabs shall be waterproofed and sealed to prevent the transfer of water. Use a grout mixture to seal the concrete or “Duxseal” to seal the sleeves. 10.Where conduits and sleeves pass through fire rated partitions, floors, and/or walls, the space between the pipe and the sleeve shall be sealed with an approved material and system such as 3M Fire Barrier Penetration Sealing system as manufactured by the Electro-Products Division/3M, St. Paul, MN 55144. D.Cutting and Patching: 1.Cutting and patching shall be in accordance with Division 1, Cutting and Patching, and this section. 2.Cutting and patching required by the installing Contractor or Subcontractor shall be performed by the installer under the direct supervision of the General Contractor. Patching shall be, in general, to the same standards of finish and appearance as the adjacent undisturbed material. Should it be necessary to achieve this condition, the installer shall employ those specialty workmen as may be required at no additional cost to the Owners. E.Access Panels: 1.Items of equipment which require accessibility, adjustment, maintenance, or observation such as junction boxes, controls, etc., shall be located and arranged for ready access either directly or through the use of access doors. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 8 2.Notify the Engineer and all affected trades where and of what size and/or configuration access doors will be installed. Secure the approval of the Engineer for these locations and configurations. 3.Such access doors/panels shall meet or exceed the fire barrier rating of the floor, wall, or partition into which they are inserted. 4.Access doors or panels, where required, shall be provided by the Contractor or Subcontractor whose equipment requires the access. F. Protection: 1.Each Contractor or Subcontractor shall protect his work, fixtures, equipment, and materials at all times and be responsible for all damages caused either directly or indirectly by his workmen or by project conditions. 2.All raceway openings shall be kept tightly closed with caps or plugs (not paper) during installation whenever openings are left unattended. G.General Cleaning: 1.It shall be the duty of this Contractor to keep the premises free of accumulations of surplus material or rubbish caused by his operations and/or the operations of his Subcontractors. Combustible rubbish and debris shall be removed immediately. The trades shall remove their rubbish and debris from the project site promptly upon its accumulation; in no event later than the Friday of each week. 2.Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all fixtures, equipment, boxes, and raceways. 3.All patching, repairing, and painting required of surfaces damaged or allowed to deteriorate in the performance of this work made by this Contractor, where directed by the Engineer, at this Contractor’s expense. 4.If a Contractor does not remove rubbish or clean the systems as specified above, the Construction Manager reserves the right to have the work performed by others, with the cost back-charged to the Contractor who made the removal or cleaning necessary. 5.Clean all fixtures, boxes, controls, devices, cabinet interiors, enclosures, and other applicable equipment and accessories free of all foreign material. 1.9 FINAL ACCEPTANCE, GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A.General: Final acceptance of the systems, guarantees and warranties shall be in accordance with General Conditions (Division 1), this section and other applicable sections. B.Final Acceptance: Final acceptance of the systems will be made only after final punch list completion and receipt at the Engineer's office of: .All guarantees and/or warranties. .Operating and maintenance instructions. .Record drawings. .Certificates of Inspection. .Test reports. .Health Department approval. .Required affidavits for State Fire Marshal. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 9 C.Guarantees and Warranties: Guarantees shall be in accordance with the applicable specification section and the following: 1.All labor, materials and equipment shall be guaranteed by the Contractor and/or warranted by the manufacturer for one (1) calendar year after date of final acceptance, except where specific, longer periods are specified. Contractor shall secure such warranties from all suppliers. 2.Acceptance data of substantial completion or Owner occupancy shall be as determined by Engineer. See "General Requirements" Division 1. 3.Make all necessary alterations, repairs, adjustments and replacements during guarantee period as directed by Engineer to comply with drawings and specifications. Such work shall be at no cost to the Owner. 4.Repair or replacements made under guarantee shall bear one (1) year extended guarantee from date of acceptance of repair or replacement. D.Operating and Maintenance Instructions and Manuals: 1.Submit to the Engineer operating and maintenance instructions, including the following: a.Periodic maintenance items. b.Seasonal maintenance items. c.Preventative maintenance items. d.List of service agents for all major equipment. e.List of suppliers for replacement/service parts. 2.Provide the service of factory-trained personnel for such period(s) of time as required to instruct and train the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance procedures for all major pieces of equipment, i.e., lighting control panel, variable speed drives, etc. 3.Provide instructions to the Owner on locations of hand valves, fire dampers and other concealed or partially concealed items, etc. 4.Provide instructions to the Owner on the location and function of all control devices, fuses, disconnects, etc. 5.A letter from the installing Contractor, certified by the Owner, shall be submitted to the Engineer when all instructions have been given. E.Operating Personnel and Maintenance: This Contractor shall provide operating personnel and required maintenance for building equipment being used by him, such as for temporary electricity, etc. After all, our portions of the equipment or systems have been granted a date of substantial completion, the Contractor shall provide operating personnel and maintenance for such equipment or systems. F.Record Drawings: 1.Provide a clean and neat set of record drawings which shall show all changes, all main control devices, all disconnecting means, all buried conduits (with dimensioned references to building lines and grades). Record drawings shall be recorded daily. 2.Record all elevations and locations prior to concealment. 3.Provide these drawings to the Engineer for his transmittal to the Owner for his use. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0500 - 10 G.Affidavits: The Contractor(s) shall submit notarized affidavits as required by the State Fire Marshal regarding the use of approved plastic materials required to complete this work. 1.10 SUPERVISION A.This Contractor shall have in charge of the work at all times during construction a thoroughly competent Field Superintendent with long experience in the work to be installed under this contract. Any person not deemed capable by the Engineer shall be replaced immediately, upon the request of the Engineer, by some person who is satisfactory to the Engineer. After such person has been assigned, he shall not be withdrawn or reassigned without the consent of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 26 0500 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 26 0501 - 1 SECTION 26 0501 – ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A.Demolition, removal and abandonment of interior and exterior electrical systems, including communications and special systems, fire alarm and telephone. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 EXAMINATION A.Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. B.Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 2.2 PREPARATION A.Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. B.Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. 2.3 DEMOLITION EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A.Remove existing installations to accommodate requirements for new construction. B.Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. C.Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. D.Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. E.Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. F.Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaries. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories. G.Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 26 0501 - 2 2.4 CLEANING AND REPAIR A.Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused. END OF SECTION 26 0501 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 0510 - 1 SECTION 26 0510 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Electrical equipment coordination and installation. 2.Sleeves for raceways and cables. 3.Sleeve seals. 4.Common electrical installation requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.ATS: Acceptance Testing Specifications. B.EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber. C.NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Test Equipment Suitability and Calibration: Comply with NETA ATS, "Suitability of Test Equipment" and "Test Instrument Calibration." 1.6 COORDINATION A.Coordinate arrangement, mounting, and support of electrical equipment: 1.To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce headroom are indicated. 2.To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations. 3.To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 4.So connecting raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways will be clear of obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. B.Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 0510 - 2 C.Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are behind finished surfaces or otherwise concealed. Access doors and panels are specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames." D.Coordinate electrical testing of electrical, mechanical, and architectural items, so equipment and systems that are functionally interdependent are tested to demonstrate successful interoperability. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES A.Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain ends. B.Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. C.Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch thickness as indicated and of length to suit application. D.Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems." 2.3 SLEEVE SEALS A.Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable. 1.Manufacturers: a.Advance Products & Systems, Inc. b.Calpico, Inc. c.Metraflex Co. d.Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 2.Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit. Include type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable. 3.Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing element. 4.Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 0510 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION A.Comply with NECA 1. B.Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. C.Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. D.Equipment: Install to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both electrical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity. E.Right of Way: Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope. 3.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS A.Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, or busways penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies. B.Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems." C.Concrete Slabs and Walls: Install sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed openings are used. Install sleeves during erection of slabs and walls. D.Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening. E.Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness: 1.For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch. 2.For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch. F.Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall. G.Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls. H.Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level. I.Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable unless sleeve seal is to be installed or unless seismic criteria require a different clearance. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 0510 - 4 J.Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies. K.Interior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation. L.Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. Install sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with firestop materials. Comply with Division 7 Section "Through- Penetration Firestop Systems." M.Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways and cables with flexible boot-type flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work. N.Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. O.Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals. 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION A.Install to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations. B.Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal. 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A.Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect installed sleeve and sleeve-seal installations and associated firestopping for damage and faulty work. END OF SECTION 26 0510 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 1 SECTION 26 0519 – LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors, splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B.Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A.Manufacturers: 1.American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. 2.General Cable Corporation. 3.Senator Wire & Cable Company. 4.Southwire Company. B.Refer to Part 3 "Conductor and Insulation Applications" Article for insulation type, cable construction, and ratings. C.Conductor Material: Copper complying with NEMA WC 5; stranded conductor. D.Conductor Insulation Types: Type THHN-THWN complying with NEMA WC 5. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 2 2.3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A.Manufacturers: 1.AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2.AMP Incorporated/Tyco International. 3.Hubbell/Anderson. 4.O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 5.3M Company; Electrical Products Division. B.Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A.Service Entrance: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. B.Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. C.Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. D.Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and in Crawlspaces: Type THHN- THWN, single conductors in raceway. E.Exposed Branch Circuits, including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. F.Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway and Type MC cable where applicable. G.Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete and below Slabs-on-Grade: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. H.Fire Alarm Circuits: Power-limited, fire-protective, plenum rated, signaling circuit cable in raceway. I.Control Circuits: Plenum rated cable. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B.Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 3 C.Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D.Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. E.Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." F.Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section “Identification for Electrical Systems." G.Do not share neutral conductors between multiple circuits for any game, computer or bowling equipment. Each circuit shall have a dedicated neutral. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. B.Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1.Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors. C.Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1.After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2.Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.1. Certify compliance with test parameters. END OF SECTION 26 0519 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0519 - 4 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 1 SECTION 26 0526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.Comply with UL 467. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Grounding Conductors, Cables, Connectors, and Rods: a.Apache Grounding/Erico Inc. b.Boggs, Inc. c.Chance/Hubbell. d.Copperweld Corp. e.Dossert Corp. f.Erico Inc.; Electrical Products Group. g.Framatome Connectors/Burndy Electrical. h.Galvan Industries, Inc. i.Harger Lightning Protection, Inc. j.Hastings Fiber Glass Products, Inc. k.Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co. l.Ideal Industries, Inc. m.ILSCO. n.Kearney/Cooper Power Systems. o.Korns: C. C. Korns Co.; Division of Robroy Industries. p.Lightning Master Corp. q.Lyncole XIT Grounding. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 2 r.O-Z/Gedney Co.; a business of the EGS Electrical Group. s.Raco, Inc.; Division of Hubbell. t.Robbins Lightning, Inc. u.Salisbury: W. H. Salisbury & Co. v.Superior Grounding Systems, Inc. w.Thomas & Betts, Electrical. 2.2 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A.For insulated conductors, comply with Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B.Material: Copper. C.Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation. D.Isolated Ground Conductors: Insulated with green-colored insulation with yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, use colored tape, alternating bands of green and yellow tape to provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow. E.Grounding Electrode Conductors: Stranded cable. F.Underground Conductors: Bare, tinned, stranded, unless otherwise indicated. G.Bare Copper Conductors: Comply with the following: 1.Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2.Assembly of Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3.Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. H.Copper Bonding Conductors: As follows: 1.Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG copper conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 2.Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded copper conductor. 3.Bonding Jumper: Bare copper tape, braided bare copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 4.Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided copper conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 2.3 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A.Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467; listed for use for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and connected items. B.Bolted Connectors: Bolted-pressure-type connectors, or compression type. C.Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welded type, in kit form, and selected per manufacturer's written instructions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 3 2.4 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A.Ground Rods: Copper-Clad 1.Size: 3/4 by 120 inches in diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A.Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth, concrete, masonry, crushed stone, and similar materials. B.In raceways, use insulated equipment grounding conductors. C.Exothermic-Welded Connections: Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections. D.Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Use bolted pressure clamps. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A.Comply with NFPA 70, Article 250, for types, sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, unless specific types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated. B.Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors for the following items, in addition to those required by NEC: 1.Single-phase motor. 2.Three-phase motor. 3.Flexible raceway runs. 4.Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Ground Rods: Install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes. 1.Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 2.Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors. Use exothermic welds, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating. B.Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise indicated. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 4 C.Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install so vibration by equipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, unless a disconnect-type connection is required; then, use a bolted clamp. Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. Install straps only in locations accessible for maintenance. D.Metal Water Service Pipe: Provide insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. E.Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors. F.Bond interior metal piping systems and metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated pumps, fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Use braided-type bonding straps. G.Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff valve. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A.General: Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible. 1.Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series. 2.Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. 3.Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless-steel separators and mechanical clamps. 4.Make aluminum-to-galvanized steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. 5.Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. B.Exothermic-Welded Connections: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable. C.Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: For No. 8 AWG and larger, use pressure-type grounding lugs. No. 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure-type connectors. D.Non-contact Metal Raceway Terminations: If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without mechanical and electrical connection to housing, terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 5 Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing. Bond electrically non-continuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding conductors, unless otherwise indicated. E.Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A. F.Compression-Type Connections: Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors. Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer. Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on grounding conductor. G.Moisture Protection: If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses, insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable. 3.5 UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM GROUNDING A.Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install four ground rods and counterpoise circling pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Use tinned- copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for counterpoise and for taps to equipment ground pad. Bury counterpoise not less than 18 inches below grade and 6 inches from the foundation. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1.After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2.Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. Perform tests, by the fall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. a.Equipment Rated 500 kVA and Less: 10 ohms. b.Equipment Rated 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 ohms. c.Equipment Rated More Than 1000 kVA: 3 ohms. d.Substations and Pad-Mounted Switching Equipment: 5 ohms. e.Manhole Grounds: 10 ohms. 3.Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0526 - 6 3.7 GRADING AND PLANTING A.Restore surface features, including vegetation, at areas disturbed by Work of this Section. Reestablish original grades, unless otherwise indicated. If sod has been removed, replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other activities to their original condition. Include application of topsoil, fertilizer, lime, seed, sod, sprig, and mulch. Comply with Division 2 Section "Landscaping." Maintain restored surfaces. Restore disturbed paving as indicated. END OF SECTION 26 0526 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-1 SECTION 26 0529 - ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems. 2.Seismic restraints for electrical equipment and systems. 3.Construction requirements for concrete bases. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B.IBC: International Building Code. C.IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. D.NBC: National Building Code. E.OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development. F.RMC: Rigid metal conduit. G.SBC: Standard Building Code. H.Seismic Restraint: A structural support element such as a metal framing member, a cable, an anchor bolt or stud, a fastening device, or an assembly of these items used to transmit seismic forces from an item of equipment or system to building structure and to limit movement of item during a seismic event. I.UBC: Uniform Building Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1.Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with requirements. B.Shop Drawings: Indicate materials and dimensions and identify hardware, including attachment and anchorage devices, signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Professional engineer qualification requirements are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." Include the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-2 1.Fabricated Supports: Representations of field-fabricated supports not detailed on Drawings. 2.Seismic Restraints: Detail anchorage and bracing not defined by details or charts on Drawings. Include the following: a.Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b.Details: Detail fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. c.Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). C.Qualification Data: For testing agency. D.Field quality-control test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the UBC unless requirements in this Section are more stringent. B.Testing of Seismic Anchorage Devices: Comply with testing requirements in Part 3 and in Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Project Seismic Zone as Defined in the UBC: Zone 4. B.Project Seismic Zone Factor as Defined in the UBC: Zone Factor 0.4. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A.Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pullout force to resist maximum loads calculated or imposed under this Project, with a minimum structural safety factor of five times the applied force. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-3 B.Steel Slotted Support Systems: Comply with MFMA-3, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1.Manufacturers: a.Cooper B-Line; a division of Cooper Industries. b.ERICO International Corporation. c.Allied Support Systems; Power-Strut Unit. d.GS Metals Corp. e.Michigan Hanger Co., Inc.; O-Strut Div. f.National Pipe Hanger Corp. g.Thomas & Betts Corporation. h.Unistrut; Tyco International, Ltd. i.Wesanco, Inc. 2.Finishes: a.Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-3. 3.Channel Dimensions: Selected for structural loading and applicable seismic forces. C.Nonmetallic Slotted Support Systems: Structural-grade, factory-formed, glass-fiber-resin channels and angles with 9/16-inch-diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inches o.c., in at least 1 surface. 1.Manufacturers: a.Allied Support Systems; Aickinstrut Unit. b.Cooper B-Line; a division of Cooper Industries. c.Fabco Plastics Wholesale Limited. d.Seasafe, Inc. 2.Fittings and Accessories: Products of channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 3.Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as channels and angles, except metal items may be stainless steel. 4.Rated Strength: Selected to suit structural loading and applicable seismic forces. D.Raceway and Cable Supports: As described in NECA 1. E.Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported. F.Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-4 G.Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. H.Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following: 1.Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a.Manufacturers: 1)Cooper B-Line; a division of Cooper Industries. 2)Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc 3)Hilti, Inc. 4)ITW Construction Products. 5)MKT Fastening, LLC. 6)Powers Fasteners. 2.Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron slotted-support-system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-3 or MSS SP-58. 3.Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element. 4.Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325. 5.Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type. 6.Hanger Rods: Threaded steel. 2.3 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS A.Rated Strength, Features, and Application Requirements for Restraint Components: As defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.Structural Safety Factor: Strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of components used shall be at least five times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be subjected. B.Angle and Channel-Type Brace Assemblies: Steel angles or steel slotted-support-system components; with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end. C.Cable Restraints: ASTM A 603, zinc-coated, steel wire rope attached to steel or stainless-steel thimbles, brackets, swivels, and bolts designed for restraining cable service. 1.Manufacturers: a.Amber/Booth Company, Inc. b.Loos & Co., Inc. c.Mason Industries, Inc. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-5 2.Seismic Mountings, Anchors, and Attachments: Devices as specified in Part 2 "Support, Anchorage, and Attachment Components" Article, selected to resist seismic forces. 3.Hanger Rod Stiffener: Reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod, of design recognized by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4.Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchors: Neoprene units designed for seismically rated rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs used. 5.Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for seismically rated rigid equipment mountings and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. 2.4 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES A.Description: Welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment. B.Materials: Comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes and plates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A.Comply with NECA 1 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems, except if requirements in this Section are stricter. B.Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter. C.Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1.Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single-bolt conduit clamps. D.Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1- 1/2-inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports. 3.2 SUPPORT AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT INSTALLATION A.Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements, except as specified in this Article. B.Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, EMT, IMC, and RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. C.Install seismic-restraint components using methods approved by the evaluation service providing required submittals for component. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-6 D.Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. E.Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code: 1.To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts. 2.To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts. 3.To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units. 4.To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners. 5.To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP-69. 6.To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws. 7.Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements. F.Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS A.Comply with installation requirements in Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site- fabricated metal supports. B.Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment. C.Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 3.4 CONCRETE BASES A.Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and seismic criteria at Project. B.Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit, and so expansion anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters from edge of the base. 1.Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around full perimeter of the base. 2.Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-7 3.Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 4.Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 5.Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 6.Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS A.Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. B.Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. C.Restraint Cables: Provide slack within maximums recommended by manufacturer. D.Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. 3.6 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A.Make flexible connections in runs of raceways, cables, wireways, cable trays, and busways where they cross expansion and seismic-control joints, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where they terminate with connection to electrical equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting them as they approach equipment. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Testing: Test pullout resistance of seismic anchorage devices. 1.Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 3.Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load-spreading members. 4.Test at least two of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 5.Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 6.If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR ELECTRICAL SUPPORTS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 26 0529-8 B.Record test results. END OF SECTION 26 0529 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 1 SECTION 26 0533- RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. B.Related Sections include the following: 1.Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for supports, anchors, and identification products. 2.Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" for devices installed in boxes and for floor-box service fittings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. B.FMC: Flexible metal conduit. C.IMC: Intermediate metal conduit. D.LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. E.LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. F.RNC: Rigid nonmetallic conduit. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B.Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 COORDINATION A.Coordinate layout and installation of raceways, boxes, enclosures, cabinets, and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the manufacturers specified. 2.2 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A.Manufacturers: 1.AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2.Alflex Inc. 3.Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 4.Electri-Flex Co. 5.Grinnell Co./Tyco International; Allied Tube and Conduit Div. 6.LTV Steel Tubular Products Company. 7.Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 8.O-Z Gedney; Unit of General Signal. 9.Wheatland Tube Co. B.Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C.IMC: ANSI C80.6. D.EMT and Fittings: ANSI C80.3. 1.Fittings: Steel Set-Screw E.FMC: Aluminum. F.LFMC: Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket. G.Fittings: NEMA FB 1; compatible with conduit and tubing materials. 2.3 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A.Manufacturers: 1.American International. 2.Anamet Electrical, Inc.; Anaconda Metal Hose. 3.Arnco Corp. 4.Cantex Inc. 5.Certainteed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group. 6.Condux International. 7.ElecSYS, Inc. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 3 8.Electri-Flex Co. 9.Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. 10.Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex. 11.RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. 12.Spiralduct, Inc./AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 13.Thomas & Betts Corporation. B.RNC: NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC. C.RNC Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. D.LFNC: UL 1660. 2.4 METAL WIREWAYS A.Manufacturers: 1.Hoffman. 2.Square D. B.Material and Construction: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 1. C.Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D.Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with NFPA 70. E.Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type. F.Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.5 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS A.Manufacturers: 1.Hoffman. 2.Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. B.Description: Fiberglass polyester, extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated, with no holes or knockouts. Cover is gasketed with oil-resistant gasket material and fastened with captive screws treated for corrosion resistance. Connections are flanged, with stainless-steel screws and oil-resistant gaskets. C.Description: PVC plastic, extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated, with snap-on cover and mechanically coupled connections with plastic fasteners. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 4 D.Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. E.Select features, unless otherwise indicated, as required to complete wiring system and to comply with NFPA 70. 2.6 SURFACE RACEWAYS A.Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Finish with manufacturer's standard prime coating and enamel finish. 1.Manufacturers: a.Airey-Thompson Sentinel Lighting; Wiremold Company (The). b.Thomas & Betts Corporation. c.Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). d.Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. B.Types, sizes, and channels as indicated and required for each application, with fittings that match and mate with raceways. 2.7 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A.Manufacturers: 1.Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper Industries, Inc. 2.Emerson/General Signal; Appleton Electric Company. 3.Erickson Electrical Equipment Co. 4.Hoffman. 5.Hubbell, Inc.; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. 6.O-Z/Gedney; Unit of General Signal. 7.RACO; Division of Hubbell, Inc. 8.Robroy Industries, Inc.; Enclosure Division. 9.Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet-PLM Division. 10.Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co. 11.Thomas & Betts Corporation. 12.Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). 13.Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead Industries, Inc. Subsidiary. B.Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. C.Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, with gasketed cover. D.Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular. E.Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F.Cast-Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 5 G.Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous hinge cover and flush latch. 1.Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2.Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-resistant paint. H.Cabinets: NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. Key latch to match panelboards. Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 2.8 FACTORY FINISHES A.Finish: For raceway, enclosure, or cabinet components, provide manufacturer's standard grey paint applied to factory-assembled surface raceways, enclosures, and cabinets before shipping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A.Outdoors: 1.Exposed: Rigid steel or IMC. 2.Concealed: Rigid steel or IMC. 3.Underground, Single Run: Rigid steel 4.Underground, Grouped: PVC 5.Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. 6.Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B.Indoors: 1.Exposed: EMT. 2.Concealed: EMT. 3.Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC; except use LFMC in damp or wet locations. 4.Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 5.Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except as follows: a.Damp or Wet Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless steel. C.Minimum Raceway Size: 1/2-inch trade size. D.Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1.Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 6 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. B.Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. C.Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." D.Install temporary closures to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways. E.Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs. Arrange so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F.Make bends and offsets so ID is not reduced. Keep legs of bends in the same plane and keep straight legs of offsets parallel, unless otherwise indicated. G.Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. 1.Install concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance, considering type of building construction and obstructions, unless otherwise indicated. H.Raceways Embedded in Slabs: Install in middle 1/3 of slab thickness where practical and leave at least 2 inches of concrete cover. 1.Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement. 2.Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. 3.Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. 4.Change from nonmetallic tubing to Schedule 80 nonmetallic conduit, rigid steel conduit, or IMC before rising above the floor. I.Install exposed raceways parallel or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members and follow surface contours as much as possible. 1.Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports. 2.Make parallel bends in parallel or banked runs. Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel; otherwise, provide field bends for parallel raceways. J.Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for that purpose and make joints tight. 1.Use insulating bushings to protect conductors. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 7 K.Terminations: 1.Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against box. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside box. 2.Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or fittings tightly into hub so end bears against wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so coupling is square to box; tighten chase nipple so no threads are exposed. L.Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. M.Telephone and Signal System Raceways, 2-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: In addition to above requirements, install raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet and with a maximum of two 90- degree bends or equivalent. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. N.Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with UL-listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1.Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2.Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. O.Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment. Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; FMC may be used 6 inches above the floor. Install screwdriver-operated, threaded plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections. P.Flexible Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for all motors. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections. Q.Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals. R.Set floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. S.Install hinged-cover enclosures and cabinets plumb. Support at each corner. 3.3 PROTECTION A.Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 - 8 1.Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2.Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. 3.4 CLEANING A.After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished raceways and boxes, inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes. END OF SECTION 26 0533 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 26 0536 - CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Wire-basket cable trays (general use) 2.Ladder style cable trays (use within AV/Server room) 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of cable tray. 1.Include data indicating dimensions and finishes for each type of cable tray indicated. B.Shop Drawings: For each type of cable tray. 1.Show fabrication and installation details of cable trays, including plans, elevations, and sections of components and attachments to other construction elements. Designate components and accessories, including clamps, brackets, hanger rods, splice-plate connectors, expansion-joint assemblies, straight lengths, and fittings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CABLE TRAYS A.Cable Trays and Accessories: Identified as defined in NFPA 70 and marked for intended location, application, and grounding. 1.Source Limitations: Obtain cable trays and components from single manufacturer. B.Sizes and Configurations: See the Drawings for specific requirements for types, materials, sizes, and configurations. C.Structural Performance: See articles for individual cable tray types for specific values for the following parameters: 1.Uniform Load Distribution: Capable of supporting a uniformly distributed load on the indicated support span when supported as a simple span and tested according to NEMA VE 1. 2.Concentrated Load: A load applied at midpoint of span and centerline of tray. 3.Load and Safety Factors: Applicable to both side rails and rung capacities. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.2 WIRE-BASKET CABLE TRAYS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 2.Cablofil/Legrande. 3.Chalfant Manufacturing Company. 4.Cooper B-Line, Inc. 5.Enduro Systems, Inc. 6.Mono-Systems, Inc. 7.MP Husky. 8.Niedax-Kleinhuis USA, Inc. 9.Snaketray. 10.Wiremaid Products Division; Vutec Corporation. B.Description: 1.Configuration: Wires are formed into a standard 2-by-4-inch wire mesh pattern with intersecting wires welded together. Mesh sections must have at least one bottom longitudinal wire along entire length of section. 2.Materials: High-strength-steel longitudinal wires with no bends. 3.Safety Provisions: Wire ends along wire-basket sides (flanges) rounded during manufacturing to maintain integrity of cables and installer safety. 4.Connector Assemblies: Bolt welded to plate shaped to fit around adjoining tray wires and mating plate. Mechanically joins adjacent tray wires to splice sections together or to create horizontal fittings. 5.Connector Assembly Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading capacity of cable tray. 6.Hardware and Fasteners: Steel, zinc plated according to ASTM B 633. 2.3 LADDER CABLE TRAYS A.Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings comparable product by one of the following: 1.Allied Tube & Conduit; a Tyco International Ltd. Co. 2.Chalfant Manufacturing Company. 3.Cooper B-Line, Inc. 4.Mono-Systems, Inc. 5.MP Husky. 6.Niedax-Kleinhuis USA, Inc. 7.CPI B.Description: 1.Configuration: Two I-beam side rails with transverse rungs welded to side rails. 2.Rung Spacing: 6 inches o.c. 3.Minimum Cable-Bearing Surface for Rungs: 7/8-inch width with radius edges. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 4.No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of side rails. 5.Structural Performance of Each Rung: Capable of supporting a maximum cable load, with a safety factor of 1.5, plus a 200-lb concentrated load, when tested according to NEMA VE 1. 6.Minimum Usable Load Depth: 4 inches 7.Straight Section Lengths: 10 feet except where shorter lengths are required to facilitate tray assembly. 8.Width: 18 inches unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 9.Fitting Minimum Radius: 12 inches 10.Splicing Assemblies: Bolted type using serrated flange locknuts. 11.Hardware and Fasteners: ASTM F 593, 12.Splice Plate Capacity: Splices located within support span shall not diminish rated loading capacity of cable tray. 2.4 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A.Steel: 1.Straight Section and Fitting Side Rails and Rungs: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, SS, Grade 33. 2.Steel Tray Splice Plates: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1. 3.Fasteners: Steel complies with the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A 510/A 510M, Grade 1008. 4.Finish: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. a.Standard: Comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M, Class B2. b.Hardware: Chromium-zinc plated, ASTM F 1136 5.Finish: Factory-standard black, with chromium-zinc-plated hardware according to ASTM F 1136. 6.Finish: Black oxide finish for support accessories and miscellaneous hardware according to ASTM D 769. 2.5 CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES A.Fittings: Tees, crosses, risers, elbows, and other fittings as indicated, of same materials and finishes as cable tray. B.Barrier Strips: Same materials and finishes as for cable tray. C.Cable tray supports and connectors, including bonding jumpers, as recommended by cable tray manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION A.Install cable trays according to NEMA FG 1 or NEMA VE 2. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR B.Install cable trays as a complete system, including fasteners, hold-down clips, support systems, barrier strips, adjustable horizontal and vertical splice plates, elbows, reducers, tees, crosses, cable dropouts, adapters, covers, and bonding. C.Install cable trays so that the tray is accessible for cable installation and all splices are accessible for inspection and adjustment. D.Remove burrs and sharp edges from cable trays. E.Fasten cable tray supports to building structure. F.Design fasteners and supports to carry cable tray, the cables, and a concentrated load of 200 lb. Comply with requirements in Section 26 0529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. G.Place supports so that spans do not exceed maximum spans on schedules and provide clearances shown on Drawings. Install intermediate supports when cable weight exceeds the load-carrying capacity of the tray rungs. H.Construct supports from channel members, threaded rods, and other appurtenances furnished by cable tray manufacturer. Arrange supports in trapeze or wall-bracket form as required by application. I.Support bus assembly to prevent twisting from eccentric loading. J.Install center-hung supports for single-rail trays designed for 60 versus 40 percent eccentric loading condition, with a safety factor of 3. K.Locate and install supports according to NEMA FG 1 or NEMA VE 2. Do not install more than one cable tray splice between supports. L.Support wire-basket cable trays with center support hangers. M.Make connections to equipment with flanged fittings fastened to cable trays and to equipment. Support cable trays independent of fittings. Do not carry weight of cable trays on equipment enclosure. N.Make changes in direction and elevation using manufacturer's recommended fittings. O.Make cable tray connections using manufacturer's recommended fittings. P.Seal penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. Q.Install capped metal sleeves for future cables through firestop-sealed cable tray penetrations of fire and smoke barriers. R.Install cable trays with enough workspace to permit access for installing cables. S.Install permanent covers, if used, after installing cable. Install cover clamps according to NEMA VE 2. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR T.Clamp covers on cable trays installed outdoors with heavy-duty clamps. U.Install warning signs in visible locations on or near cable trays after cable tray installation. 3.2 CABLE TRAY GROUNDING A.Ground cable trays according to NFPA 70 unless additional grounding is specified. Comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B.Cable trays with communications cable shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers. C.Cable trays with control conductors shall be bonded together with splice plates listed for grounding purposes or with listed bonding jumpers. D.Bond cable trays to power source for cables contained within with bonding conductors sized according to NFPA 70, Article 250.122, "Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A.Remove paint from all connection points before making connections. Repair paint after the connections are completed. B.Connect pathways to cable trays according to requirements in NEMA VE 2 and NEMA FG 1. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform the following tests and inspections. 1.After installing cable trays and after electrical circuitry has been energized, survey for compliance with requirements. 2.Visually inspect cable insulation for damage. Correct sharp corners, protuberances in cable trays, vibrations, and thermal expansion and contraction conditions, which may cause or have caused damage. 3.Verify that the number, size, and voltage of cables in cable trays do not exceed that permitted by NFPA 70. Verify that communications or data-processing circuits are separated from power circuits by barriers or are installed in separate cable trays. 4.Verify that there are no intruding items such as pipes, hangers, or other equipment in the cable tray. 5.Remove dust deposits, industrial process materials, trash of any description, and any blockage of tray ventilation. 6.Visually inspect each cable tray joint and each ground connection for mechanical continuity. Check bolted connections between sections for corrosion. Clean and retorque in suspect areas. 7.Check for improperly sized or installed bonding jumpers. 8.Check for missing, incorrect, or damaged bolts, bolt heads, or nuts. When found, replace with specified hardware. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 9.Perform visual and mechanical checks for adequacy of cable tray grounding; verify that all takeoff raceways are bonded to cable trays. Test entire cable tray system for continuity. Maximum allowable resistance is 1 ohm. 3.5 PROTECTION A.Protect installed cable trays and cables. 1.Install temporary protection for cables in open trays to safeguard exposed cables against falling objects or debris during construction. Temporary protection for cables and cable tray can be constructed of wood or metal materials and shall remain in place until the risk of damage is over. 2.Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by cable tray manufacturer. 3.Repair damage to paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by cable tray manufacturer. END OF SECTION 26 0536 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 1 SECTION 26 0553 – IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Identification for raceway. 2.Underground-line warning tape. 3.Warning labels and signs. 4.Instruction signs. 5.Equipment identification labels. 6.Miscellaneous identification products. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Comply with ANSI A13.1 and ANSI C2. B.Comply with NFPA 70. C.Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145. 1.4 COORDINATION A.Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project. B.Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. C.Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. D.Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A.Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 2 B.Color for Printed Legend: 1.Power Circuits: Black letters on an orange field. 2.Legend: Indicate system or service and voltage, if applicable. C.Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label. D.Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeves, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. E.Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeves, 2 inches long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action. F.Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 2 inches wide; compounded for outdoor use. 2.2 UNDERGROUND-LINE WARNING TAPE A.Description: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, polyethylene tape. 1.Not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick. 2.Compounded for permanent direct-burial service. 3.Embedded continuous metallic strip or core. 4.Printed legend shall indicate type of underground line. 2.3 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS A.Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145. B.Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated. C.Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 7 by 10 inches. D.Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather-resistant, non-fading, preprinted, cellulose- acetate butyrate signs with 0.0396-inch galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 1/4-inch grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 10 by 14 inches. E.Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 3 1.Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 36 INCHES." 2.4 INSTRUCTION SIGNS A.Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1/16 inch thick for signs up to 20 sq. in. and 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. 1.Engraved legend with black letters on white face 2.Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners. 3.Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment. 2.5 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS A.Engraved, Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Label: Punched or drilled for screw mounting. White letters on a dark-gray background. Minimum letter height shall be 3/8 inch. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A.Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties. 1.Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2.Tensile Strength: 50 lb, minimum. 3.Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4.Color: Black, except where used for color-coding. B.Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A.Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30 A: Identify with orange self-adhesive vinyl label. B.Accessible Raceways and Cables of Auxiliary Systems: Identify the following systems with color-coded, self-adhesive vinyl tape applied in bands: 1.Fire Alarm System: Red. 2.Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow. 3.Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue. 4.Security System: Blue and yellow. 5.Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue. 6.Telecommunication System: Green and yellow. 7.Control Wiring: Green and red. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 4 C.Power-Circuit Conductor Identification: For primary and secondary conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and handholes use color-coding conductor tape and write-on tags. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above. D.Branch-Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use color-coding conductor tape and write-on tags. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number. E.Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections. 1.Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation. 2.Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections. 3.Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. F.Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway. G.Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply baked-enamel warning signs. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access. 1.Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70: Unless otherwise indicated, apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panelboards and similar equipment in finished spaces. H.Instruction Signs: 1.Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation. I.Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 5 1.Labeling Instructions: a.Indoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters on 1- 1/2-inch-high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches high. b.Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. c.Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor. 2.Equipment to be Labeled: a.Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. b.Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. c.Electrical switchgear and switchboards. d.Transformers. e.Disconnect switches. f.Enclosed circuit breakers. g.Push-button stations. h.Contactors. i.Battery inverter units. j.Voice and data cable terminal equipment. k.Intercommunication and call system master and staff stations. l.Television/audio components, racks, and controls. m.Fire-alarm control panel and annunciators. n.Security and intrusion-detection control stations, control panels, terminal cabinets, and racks. o.Monitoring and control equipment. p.Terminals, racks, and patch panels for voice and data communication and for signal and control functions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Verify identity of each item before installing identification products. B.Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. C.Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. D.Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device. E.Attach non-adhesive signs and plastic labels with screws and auxiliary hardware appropriate to the location and substrate. F.System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables: Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested areas. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0553 - 6 G.Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level Identification, 600 V and Less: Use the colors listed below for ungrounded service, feeder, and branch-circuit conductors. 1.Color shall be factory applied. 2.Colors for 208Y/120V Circuits: a.Phase A: Black. b.Phase B: Red. c.Phase C: Blue. 3.Colors for 480Y/277V Circuits: a.Phase A: Brown. b.Phase B: Orange. c.Phase C: Yellow. 4.Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings. H.Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags: Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility. I.Underground-Line Warning Tape: During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 16 inches overall. END OF SECTION 26 0553 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR SECTION 26 0800 – COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B.Refer to Division 01 Section “General Commissioning Requirements” for detailed explanation of commissioning work. Section also contains sample Cx Plan, construction checklist, and functional test. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section lists electrical systems to be commissioned. The commissioning process is described in detail in the commissioning plan (Refer to Division 01 Section “General Commissioning Requirements”). Intent of this commissioning shall be to comply with the IECC 2015 Energy Code. 1.3 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED A.The following systems shall be commissioned. ·Central lighting control systems "relay panels" ·Occupancy sensors. PART 2 - TESTING 2.1 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM A.Confirm programming includes operational hours and holidays weekends etc. B.Verify correct time and date. C.Verify low voltage control stations perform as designed for occupied and unoccupied times. D.Verify override times do not exceed 2 hours. E.Verify manual overrides control lighting within space, controls are secured from public operation that would impose a risk to safety. F.Interface with bowling "Cosmic Lighting" is operational at control counter. G.Test exterior photo control and operation of exterior pin accent lighting and wall mounted exterior lighting. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR 2.2 OCCUPANCY SENSING SYSTEM A.Verify coverage area and off delay does not exceed 30 minutes. B.Verify that sensor is not triggered by movement in other spaces not connected to sensor. C.Verify manual on, auto off operation. D.Status indicator lights. 2.3 DOCUMENTATION A.A report shall be submitted to the owner within 90 days from the receipt of the certificate of occupancy certifying that the lighting controls have been tested and meet criteria of the IECC 2015 section C405. END OF SECTION 26 0800 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 1 SECTION 26 0923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following lighting control devices: 1.Indoor occupancy sensors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.LED: Light-emitting diode. B.PIR: Passive infrared. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B.Shop Drawings: Show installation details for occupancy and light-level sensors. 1.Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring. C.Operation and Maintenance Data: For each type of product to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.6 COORDINATION A.Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INDOOR OCCUPANCY SENSORS A.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 2 1.Hubbell Lighting. 2.Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. 3.Sensor Switch, Inc. 4.Watt Stopper (The). B.General Description: Wall- or ceiling-mounting, solid-state units with a separate relay unit. 1.Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when covered area is occupied and off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes. 2.Sensor Output: Contacts rated to operate the connected relay, complying with UL 773A. Sensor shall be powered from the relay unit. 3.Relay Unit: Dry contacts rated for 20-A ballast load at 120- and 277-V ac, for 13-A tungsten at 120-V ac, and for 1 hp at 120-V ac. Power supply to sensor shall be 24-V dc, 150-mA, Class 2 power source as defined by NFPA 70. 4.Mounting: a.Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position on a standard outlet box. b.Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2-inch knockout in a standard electrical enclosure. c.Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged door. 5.Indicator: LED, to show when motion is being detected during testing and normal operation of the sensor. 6.Bypass Switch: Override the on function in case of sensor failure. 7.Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc; keep lighting off when selected lighting level is present. C.Dual-Technology Type: Ceiling mounting; detect occupancy by using a combination of PIR and ultrasonic detection methods in area of coverage. Particular technology or combination of technologies that controls on-off functions shall be selectable in the field by operating controls on unit. 1.Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology. 2.Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6-inch- minimum movement of any portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. in., and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than 12 inches in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of 12 inches/s. 3.Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area of 1000 sq. ft. when mounted on a 96-inch- high ceiling. 2.2 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A.Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 3 B.Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 18AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C.Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than No. 14AWG. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SENSOR INSTALLATION A.Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION A.Wiring Method: Comply with Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2 inch. B.Wiring within Enclosures: Comply with NECA 1. Separate power-limited and nonpower- limited conductors according to conductor manufacturer's written instructions. C.Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's written instructions, unless otherwise indicated. D.Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A.Identify components and power and control wiring according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1.Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors. 2.Identify circuits or luminaries controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each sensor. B.Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1.After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, adjust and test for compliance with requirements. 2.Operational Test: Verify operation of each lighting control device and adjust time delays. B.Lighting control devices that fail tests and inspections are defective work. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 0923 - 4 3.5 ADJUSTING A.Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting sensors to suit occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. END OF SECTION 26 0923 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200 - 1 SECTION 26 2200 – LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated 600 V and less, with capacities up to 1000 kVA: 1.Distribution transformers. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer indicated. B.Shop Drawings: Wiring and connection diagrams. C.Source quality-control test reports. D.Output Settings Reports: Record of tap adjustments specified in Part 3. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B.Comply with IEEE C 57.12.91. C.Energy-Efficient Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: Certified as meeting NEMA TP 1, Class 1 efficiency levels when tested according to NEMA TP 2. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A.Manufacturer: 1.Square D/Groupe Schneider NA. 2.Cutler Hammer 2.2 MATERIALS A.Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service. B.Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel. C.Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps. 1.Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. 2.Coil Material: Copper. 2.3 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A.Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B.Cores: One leg per phase. C.Enclosure: Ventilated, dripproof, NEMA 250, Type 2. D.Indoor Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250 for "Indoor Corrosion Protection." 1.Finish Color: ANSI 49 gray. E.Insulation Class: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 deg C rise above 40 deg C ambient temperature. F.Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5 percent taps below normal full capacity. G.Low-Sound-Level Requirements: Minimum of 3 dBA less than NEMA ST 20 standard sound levels when factory tested according to IEEE C57.12.91. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.91. B.Factory Sound-Level Tests: Conduct sound-level tests on equipment for this Project. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer. B.Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions. C.Examine walls and floors for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed. D.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install floor-mounting transformers level on floor. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A.Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B.Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 ADJUSTING A.Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 5 percent. Submit recording and tap settings as test results. B.Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings. END OF SECTION 26 2200 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200 - 4 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 1 SECTION 26 2416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Distribution panelboards. 2.Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of panelboard, switching and overcurrent protective device, accessory, and component indicated. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. B.Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1.Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2.Detail enclosure types and details for types other than NEMA 250, Type 1. 3.Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 4.Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 5.Include evidence of NRTL listing for series rating of installed devices. 6.Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. C.Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. D.Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards. E.Operation and Maintenance Data: For panelboards and components to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1.Manufacturer's written instructions for testing and adjusting overcurrent protective devices. 2.Time-current curves, including selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device that allows adjustments. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of NETA or NRTL. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 2 B.Source Limitations: Obtain panelboards, overcurrent protective devices, components, and accessories from single source from single manufacturer. C.Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. D.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E.Comply with NEMA PB 1. F.Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.Handle and prepare panelboards for installation according to NECA 407 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Environmental Limitations: 1.Do not deliver or install panelboards until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above panelboards is complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 2.Rate equipment for continuous operation under the following conditions unless otherwise indicated: a.Ambient Temperature: Not exceeding minus 22 deg F to plus 104 deg F. b.Altitude: Not exceeding 6600 feet. B.Service Conditions: NEMA PB 1, usual service conditions, as follows: 1.Ambient temperatures within limits specified. 2.Altitude not exceeding 6600 feet. 1.7 COORDINATION A.Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. B.Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. Cast anchor- bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 3 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PANELBOARDS A.Fabricate and test panelboards according to IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces. B.Enclosures: Flush- and surface-mounted cabinets. 1.Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a.Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: NEMA 250, Type 1 b.Outdoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 3R c.Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: NEMA 250, Type 4 d.Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: NEMA 250, Type 12. e.Pool Equipment Rooms: NEMA 4X with FRP construction 2.Front: Secured to box with concealed trim clamps. For surface-mounted fronts, match box dimensions; for flush-mounted fronts, overlap box. 3.Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within hinged trim cover. 4.Gutter Extension and Barrier: Same gage and finish as panelboard enclosure; integral with enclosure body. Arrange to isolate individual panel sections. 5.Finishes: a.Panels and Trim: galvanized steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. b.Back Boxes: Galvanized steel. Same finish as panels and trim. c.Fungus Proofing: Permanent fungicidal treatment for overcurrent protective devices and other components. 6.Directory Card: Inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder. C.Incoming Mains Location: Top and bottom. D.Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1.Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2.Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding conductors; bonded to box. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 4 3.Isolated Ground Bus: Adequate for branch-circuit isolated ground conductors; insulated from box. Supply if IG circuits are derived from panel. 4.Extra-Capacity Neutral Bus: Neutral bus rated 200 percent of phase bus and UL listed as suitable for nonlinear loads. Supply if noted on plans. 5.Split Bus: Vertical buses divided into individual vertical sections. E.Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1.Material: Hard-drawn copper, 98 percent conductivity. 2.Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type. 3.Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type. 4.Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device. 5.Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 6.Gutter-Tap Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device. 7.Extra-Capacity Neutral Lugs: Rated 200 percent of phase lugs mounted on extra- capacity neutral bus. F.Service Equipment Label: NRTL labeled for use as service equipment for panelboards or load centers with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. G.Future Devices: Mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. H.Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Rated for series-connected system with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices and labeled by an NRTL. Include size and type of allowable upstream and branch devices, listed and labeled for series-connected short-circuit rating by an NRTL. I.Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating: Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. 2.2 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following 1.Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2.General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4.Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B.Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type. C.Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 1.For doors more than 36 inches high, provide two latches, keyed alike. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 5 D.Mains: See plans E.Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller: Bolt-on circuit breakers. F.Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A: Bolt-on circuit breakers 2.3 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2.General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4.Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B.Panelboards: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type. C.Mains: see plans D.Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. E.Doors: Concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike. 2.4 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. 2.General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. 3.Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 4.Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. B.Molded-Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB): Comply with UL 489, with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents. 1.Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers: Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads, and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2.Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front- mounted, field-adjustable trip setting. 3.Electronic trip circuit breakers with rms sensing; field-replaceable rating plug or field- replicable electronic trip; and the following field-adjustable settings: a.Instantaneous trip. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 6 b.Long- and short-time pickup levels. c.Long- and short-time time adjustments. d.Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I2t response. 4.Current-Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let-through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. 5.GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and two-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault protection (6-mA trip). 6.Ground-Fault Equipment Protection (GFEP) Circuit Breakers: Class B ground-fault protection (30-mA trip). 7.Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) Circuit Breakers: Comply with UL 1699; 120/240- V, single-pole configuration. 8.Molded-Case Circuit-Breaker (MCCB) Features and Accessories: a.Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b.Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. c.Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and high-intensity discharge (HID) lighting circuits. d.Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator. e.Shunt Trip: 120 V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at [55] [75] percent of rated voltage. f.Multipole units enclosed in a single housing or factory assembled to operate as a single unit. g.Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in on or off position. h.Handle Clamp: Loose attachment, for holding circuit-breaker handle in on position. 2.5 ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES A.Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation. B.Portable Test Set: For testing functions of solid-state trip devices without removing from panelboard. Include relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing panelboard meters and switchboard class relays. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards according to NECA 407. B.Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged or rusted or have been subjected to water saturation. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 7 C.Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. D.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A.Install panelboards and accessories according to NECA 407 B.Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 26 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." C.Mount top of trim 90 inches above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. D.Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with back box. E.Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 1.Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges. F.Install filler plates in unused spaces. G.Stub four 1-inch empty conduits from panelboard into accessible ceiling space or space designated to be ceiling space in the future. Stub four 1-inch empty conduits into raised floor space or below slab not on grade. H.Arrange conductors in gutters into groups and bundle and wrap with wire ties after completing load balancing. I.Comply with NECA 1. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A.Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs complying with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." B.Create a directory to indicate installed circuit loads after balancing panelboard loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Use a computer or typewriter to create directory; handwritten directories are not acceptable. C.Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." D.Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in distribution panelboards with a nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 8 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1.Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2.Test continuity of each circuit. B.Tests and Inspections: 1.Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2.Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 3.Perform the following infrared scan tests and inspections and prepare reports: a.Initial Infrared Scanning: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, perform an infrared scan of each panelboard. Remove front panels so joints and connections are accessible to portable scanner. C.Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D.Prepare test and inspection reports, including a certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A.Adjust moving parts and operable component to function smoothly and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B.Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. C.Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes. 1.Measure as directed during period of normal system loading. 2.Perform load-balancing circuit changes outside normal occupancy/working schedule of the facility and at time directed. Avoid disrupting critical 24-hour services such as fax machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment. 3.After circuit changes, recheck loads during normal load period. Record all load readings before and after changes and submit test records. 4.Tolerance: Difference exceeding 20 percent between phase loads, within a panelboard, is not acceptable. Rebalance and recheck as necessary to meet this minimum requirement. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 9 3.6 PROTECTION A.Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat to maintain temperature according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 26 2416 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR PANELBOARDS 26 2416 - 10 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 1 SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Single and duplex receptacles, ground-fault circuit interrupters, and isolated-ground receptacles. 2.Single- and double-pole snap switches and dimmer switches. 3.Device wall plates. 4.Floor service outlets, poke-through assemblies, service poles, and multioutlet assemblies. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.EMI: Electromagnetic interference. B.GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter. C.PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. D.RFI: Radio-frequency interference. E.UTP: Unshielded twisted pair. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Source Limitations: Obtain each type of wiring device through one source from a single manufacturer. B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C.Comply with NFPA 70. 1.5 COORDINATION A.Receptacles for Owner-Furnished Equipment: Match plug configurations. 1.Cord and Plug Sets: Match equipment requirements. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1.Wiring Devices: a.Bryant Electric, Inc./Hubbell Subsidiary. b.Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. c.Leviton Mfg. Company Inc. d.Pass & Seymour/Legrand; Wiring Devices Div. 2.Wiring Devices for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: a.Crouse-Hinds/Cooper Industries, Inc.; Arrow Hart Wiring Devices. b.EGS/Appleton Electric Company. c.Killark Electric Manufacturing Co./Hubbell Incorporated. 3.Multioutlet Assemblies: a.Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. b.Wiremold Company (The). 4.Poke-Through, Floor Service Outlets and Telephone/Power Poles: a.Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems. 2.2 RECEPTACLES A.Straight-Blade-Type Receptacles: Comply with NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, DSCC W-C- 596G, and UL 498. B.Straight-Blade and Locking Receptacles: Specification Grade, Heavy-Duty grade. C.Straight-Blade Receptacles: Specification grade. D.GFCI Receptacles: Straight blade, feed-through type, Specification Grade, Heavy-Duty grade, with integral NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R duplex receptacle; complying with UL 498 and UL 943. Design units for installation in a 2-3/4-inch-deep outlet box without an adapter. E.Isolated-Ground Receptacles: Straight blade, Specification Grade, Heavy-Duty grade, duplex receptacle, with equipment grounding contacts connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap. 1.Devices: Listed and labeled as isolated-ground receptacles. 2.Isolation Method: Integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 3 2.3 PENDANT CORD/CONNECTOR DEVICES A.Description: Matching, locking-type plug and receptacle body connector, NEMA WD 6, Configurations L5-20P and L5-20R, Heavy-Duty grade. 1.Body: Nylon with screw-open cable-gripping jaws and provision for attaching external cable grip. 2.External Cable Grip: Woven wire-mesh type made of high-strength galvanized-steel wire strand, matched to cable diameter, and with attachment provision designed for corresponding connector. 2.4 CORD AND PLUG SETS A.Description: Match voltage and current ratings and number of conductors to requirements of equipment being connected. 1.Cord: Rubber-insulated, stranded-copper conductors, with Type SOW-A jacket; with green-insulated grounding conductor and equipment-rating ampacity plus a minimum of 30 percent. 2.Plug: Nylon body and integral cable-clamping jaws. Match cord and receptacle type for connection. 2.5 SWITCHES A.Single- and Double-Pole Switches: Comply with DSCC W-C-896F and UL 20. B.Snap Switches: Specification Grade, Heavy-Duty grade, quiet type. C.Combination Switch and Receptacle: Both devices in a single gang unit with plaster ears and removable tab connector that permit separate or common feed connection. 1.Switch: 20 A, 120/277-V ac. 2.Receptacle: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-15R. 2.6 WALL PLATES A.Single and combination types to match corresponding wiring devices. 1.Plate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match plate finish. 2.Material for Finished Spaces: 0.035-inch-thick, satin-finished #302, non-magnetic stainless steel. 3.Material for Unfinished Spaces: Galvanized steel. 4.Material for Wet Locations: Thermoplastic with spring-loaded lift cover and listed and labeled for use in "wet locations". Covers shall be raintight while-in-use. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 4 2.7 FLOOR SERVICE FITTINGS A.Type: Modular, flush-type, dual-service units suitable for wiring method used. B.Compartments: Barrier separates power from voice and data communication cabling. C.Service Plate: Rectangular solid brass with satin finish. D.Power Receptacle: NEMA WD 6, Configuration 5-20R, gray finish, unless otherwise indicated. E.Voice and Data Communication Outlet: Two modular, keyed, color-coded, RJ-45 Category 5 jacks for UTP cable. 2.8 POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES A.Description: Factory-fabricated and -wired assembly of below-floor junction box with multichanneled, through-floor raceway/firestop unit and detachable matching floor service outlet assembly. 1.Service Outlet Assembly: Flush type with four simplex receptacles and space for four RJ- 45 jacks. 2.Size: Selected to fit nominal 4-inch cored holes in floor and matched to floor thickness. 3.Fire Rating: Unit is listed and labeled for fire rating of floor-ceiling assembly. 4.Closure Plug: Arranged to close unused 4-inch cored openings and reestablish fire rating of floor. 5.Wiring Raceways and Compartments: For a minimum of four No. 12 AWG conductors; and a minimum of four, 4-pair, Category 5 voice and data communication cables. 2.9 MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLIES A.Components of Assemblies: Products from a single manufacturer designed for use as a complete, matching assembly of raceways and receptacles. B.Raceway Material: Metal, with manufacturer's standard finish. C.Wire: No. 12 AWG. 2.10 FINISHES A.Color: 1.Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect, unless otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70. 2.Isolated-Ground Receptacles: As specified above, with orange triangle on face. 3.All devices and covers within the studios shall be black. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Install devices and assemblies level, plumb, and square with building lines. B.Install unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to manufacturers' written instructions. C.Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical, and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single, multigang wall plates. D.Remove wall plates and protect devices and assemblies during painting. E.Adjust locations of floor service outlets and service poles to suit arrangement of partitions and furnishings. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A.Comply with Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1.Receptacles: Identify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot, stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on inside face of plate, and durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A.Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B.Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1.After installing wiring devices and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test for proper polarity, ground continuity, and compliance with requirements. 2.Test GFCI operation with both local and remote fault simulations according to manufacturer's written instructions. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 6 B.Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 26 2726 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FUSES 26 2813 - 1 SECTION 26 2813 - FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.Section Includes: 1.Cartridge fuses rated 600-V ac and less. 2.Plug fuses rated 125-V ac and less for use in plug-fuse-type enclosed switches fuseholders 3.Plug-fuse adapters for use in Edison-base, plug-fuse sockets. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Source Limitations: Obtain fuses, for use within a specific product or circuit, from single source from single manufacturer. B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C.Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses. D.Comply with NFPA 70. E.Comply with UL 248-11 for plug fuses. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F or more than 100 deg F apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment factors to fuse ratings. 1.5 COORDINATION A.Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size and with system short-circuit current levels. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A.Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than two of each size and type. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FUSES 26 2813 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.Cooper Bussmann, Inc. 2.Edison Fuse, Inc. 3.Ferraz Shawmut, Inc. 4.Littelfuse, Inc. 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A.Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings consistent with circuit voltages. 2.3 PLUG FUSES A.Characteristics: UL 248-11, nonrenewable plug fuses; 125-V ac. 2.4 PLUG-FUSE ADAPTERS A.Characteristics: Adapters for using Type S, rejection-base plug fuses in Edison-base fuseholders or sockets; ampere ratings matching fuse ratings; irremovable once installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A.Examine fuses before installation. Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically damaged. B.Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance, such as rejection features. C.Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment. D.Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to fuse ratings. E.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS A.Cartridge Fuses: 1.Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1 time delay. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FUSES 26 2813 - 3 B.Plug Fuses: 1.Motor Branch Circuits: Edison-base type, dual-element time delay. 3.3 INSTALLATION A.Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without removing fuse. B.Install plug-fuse adapters in Edison-base fuseholders and sockets. Ensure that adapters are irremovable once installed. C.Install spare-fuse cabinet(s). 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A.Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information on inside door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder. END OF SECTION 26 2813 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR FUSES 26 2813 - 4 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 1 SECTION 26 5100 - INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A.This Section includes the following: 1.Interior lighting fixtures with lamps and ballasts. 2.Lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building surfaces. 3.Emergency lighting units. 4.Exit signs. 5.Accessories. B.Related Sections include the following: 1.Division 26 Section "Wiring Devices" for manual wall-box dimmers for incandescent lamps. 2.Division 26 Section "Lighting Control Devices" for automatic control of lighting, including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and contactors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A.BF: Ballast factor. Ratio of light output of a given lamp(s) operated by the subject ballast to the light output of the same lamp(s) when operated on an ANSI reference circuit. B.CRI: Color rendering index. C.CU: Coefficient of utilization. D.LER: Luminaire efficiency rating, which is calculated according to NEMA LE 5. This value can be estimated from photometric data using the following formula: 1.LER is equal to the product of total rated lamp lumens times BF times luminaire efficiency, divided by input watts. E.RCR: Room cavity ratio. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data: For each type of lighting fixture scheduled, arranged in order of fixture designation. Include data on features, accessories, finishes, and the following: Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 2 1.Physical description of fixture, including dimensions and verification of indicated parameters. 2.Emergency lighting unit battery and charger. 3.Fluorescent and high-intensity-discharge ballasts. 4.Air and Thermal Performance Data: For air-handling fixtures. Furnish data required in "Submittals" Article in Division 23 Section "Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles." 5.Sound Performance Data: For air-handling fixtures. Indicate sound power level and sound transmission class in test reports certified according to standards specified in Division 23 Section "Diffusers, Registers and Grilles." 6.Lamps. B.Shop Drawings: Show details of nonstandard or custom fixtures. Indicate dimensions, weights, methods of field assembly, components, features, and accessories. C.Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. D.Product Certificates: For each type of ballast for dimmer-controlled fixtures, signed by product manufacturer. E.Source quality-control test reports. F.Field quality-control test reports. G.Operation and Maintenance Data: For lighting equipment and fixtures to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section “Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: 1.Catalog data for each fixture. Include the diffuser, ballast, and lamps installed in that fixture. H.Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B.Comply with NFPA 70. C.NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs. 1.6 COORDINATION A.Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, fire- suppression system, and partition assemblies. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 3 1.7 WARRANTY A.Special Warranty for Emergency Lighting Unit Batteries: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer of battery-powered emergency lighting unit agrees to repair or replace components of rechargeable batteries that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Full warranty shall apply for first year, and prorated warranty for the remaining nine years. B.Special Warranty for Fluorescent Ballasts: Manufacturer's standard form in which ballast manufacturer agrees to repair or replace ballasts that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period for Electronic Ballasts: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. 2.Warranty Period for Electromagnetic Ballasts: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. C.Manufacturer's Special Warranty for T8 Fluorescent Lamps: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by lamp manufacturer agreeing to replace lamps that fail in materials or workmanship, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. 1.Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A.In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 2.2 FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS, GENERAL A.Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4 for ceiling compatibility for recessed fixtures. B.Incandescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5A. C.Fluorescent Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5 and NEMA LE 5A as applicable. D.HID Fixtures: Comply with UL 1598. Where LER is specified, test according to NEMA LE 5B. E.Metal Parts: Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 4 F.Sheet Metal Components: Steel, unless otherwise indicated. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging. G.Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access: Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position. H.Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1.White Surfaces: 85 percent. 2.Specular Surfaces: 83 percent. 3.Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent. 4.Laminated Silver Metallized Film: 90 percent. I.Plastic Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 1.Acrylic Lighting Diffusers: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic. High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging, exposure to heat, and UV radiation. a.Lens Thickness: At least 0.125 inch minimum unless different thickness is scheduled. b.UV stabilized. 2.Glass: Annealed crystal glass, unless otherwise indicated. J.Electromagnetic-Interference Filters: A component of fixture assembly. Suppress conducted electromagnetic-interference as required by MIL-STD-461D. Fabricate lighting fixtures with one filter on each ballast indicated to require a filter. 2.3 LIGHTING FIXTURES A.See the “Lighting Fixture Schedule” on the drawings. 2.4 EXIT SIGNS A.General: Comply with UL 924; for sign colors and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction. B.Internally Lighted Signs: 1.Lamps for AC Operation: Light-emitting diodes, 70,000 hours minimum of rated lamp life. C.Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Integral automatic charger in a self-contained power pack. 1.Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type with special warranty. 2.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 5 3.Operation: Relay automatically energizes lamp from battery when circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. 2.5 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A.General: Self-contained units complying with UL 924. 1.Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, lead-acid type with minimum 10-year nominal life and special warranty. 2.Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state type with sealed transfer relay. 3.Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger. 4.Integral Time-Delay Relay: Holds unit on for fixed interval when power is restored after an outage; time delay permits high-intensity-discharge lamps to restrike and develop adequate output. 2.6 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS A.Comply with Division 26 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for channel- and angle-iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports. B.Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2-inch steel tubing with swivel ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as fixture. C.Twin-Stem Hangers: Two, 1/2-inch steel tubes with single canopy designed to mount a single fixture. Finish same as fixture. D.Wires: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated, 12 gauge. E.Rod Hangers: 3/16-inch-minimum diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel rod. F.Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug. G.Aircraft Cable Support: Use cable, anchorages, and intermediate supports recommended by fixture manufacturer. 2.7 FINISHES A.Fixtures: Manufacturers' standard, unless otherwise indicated. 1.Paint Finish: Applied over corrosion-resistant treatment or primer, free of defects. 2.Metallic Finish: Corrosion resistant. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 6 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A.Provide services of a qualified, independent testing and inspecting agency to factory test fixtures with ballasts and lamps; certify results for electrical ratings and photometric data. B.Factory test fixtures with ballasts and lamps; certify results for electrical ratings and photometric data. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A.Fixtures: Set level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. Install lamps in each fixture. B.Support for Fixtures in or on Grid-Type Suspended Ceilings: Use grid for support. 1.Support Clips: Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with clips that are UL listed for the application. 2.Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Install as indicated on reflected ceiling plans or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4- inch metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees. 3.Install at least one independent support rod or wire from structure to a tab on lighting fixture. Wire or rod shall have breaking strength of the weight of fixture at a safety factor of 3. C.Suspended Fixture Support: As follows: 1.Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches, brace to limit swinging. 2.Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Fixtures: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. 3.Continuous Rows: Suspend from cable. D.Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A.Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque- tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. B.Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation. C.Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation. Verify normal transfer to battery power source and retransfer to normal. Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 7 D.Prepare a written report of tests, inspections, observations, and verifications indicating and interpreting results. If adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards. E.Corroded Fixtures: During warranty period, replace fixtures that show any signs of corrosion. END OF SECTION 26 5100 Round 1 Bowling and Amusement 12/09/2024 Paradigm Design Main Place Mall Expansion Grand Rapids, MI Santa Ana, California Project #2309147GR INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 8 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT structural engineers 1215 W. Rio Salado Pkwy. Suite 200 Tempe, AZ 85281 480.774.1700 www.ctsaz.com Job No. 25-1196 Sheet No. Cover By SPT/CAP Date Sep 2025 CLIENT: PARAGIDM DESIGN 415 LEONAED ST NW, SUITE 200 SCOTTSDALE, AZ PROJECT: WESTFIELD MAIN PLACE 2810 NORTH MAIN STREET SANTA ANA, CA 92701 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ GENERAL INFORMATION: BUILDING CODE: 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE TROY E.TURLEY 10/1/2025 ASCE Hazards Report Address: 2810 N Main St Santa Ana, California 92705 Standard:ASCE/SEI 7-16 Latitude:33.774171 Risk Category:II Longitude:-117.868665 Soil Class:D - Default (see Section 11.4.3) Elevation:156.12573948093166 ft (NAVD 88) Wind Results: Wind Speed 95 Vmph 10-year MRI 66 Vmph 25-year MRI 72 Vmph 50-year MRI 76 Vmph 100-year MRI 81 Vmph Data Source: ASCE/SEI 7-16, Fig. 26.5-1B and Figs. CC.2-1–CC.2-4, and Section 26.5.2 Date Accessed: Fri Sep 26 2025 Value provided is 3-second gust wind speeds at 33 ft above ground for Exposure C Category, based on linear interpolation between contours. Wind speeds are interpolated in accordance with the 7-16 Standard. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (annual exceedance probability = 0.00143, MRI = 700 years). Site is not in a hurricane-prone region as defined in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.2. Page 1 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Tue Sep 30 2025 SS : 1.338 S1 : 0.476 F a : 1.2 F v : N/A SMS : 1.605 SM1 : N/A SDS : 1.07 SD1 : N/A T L : 8 PGA : 0.563 PGA M : 0.676 F PGA : 1.2 Ie : 1 C v : 1.368 Seismic Site Soil Class: Results: Data Accessed: Date Source: D - Default (see Section 11.4.3) USGS Seismic Design Maps Ground motion hazard analysis may be required. See ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 11.4.8. Fri Sep 26 2025 Page 2 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Tue Sep 30 2025 CITY OF SANTA ANA Planning and Building Agency Can be configured as a vertical or horizontal intake and discharge configuration. A unique option is the ability to utilize a power return fan. Additional options include power return fan and final filtration for specific applications. 'Dimensions vary depending on options selected. All dimensions are in inches. Design cfm may be 30-50% greater or less than nominal cfm. Approved FOR PERMIT ISSUANCE Master ID: Date: C-Cabinet 14-30 tons Configuration Vertical Up to 22.5 Up to 12.5 RN-014 5,200 RN-016 6,400 RN-018 6,800 RN-020 7,000 RN-025 9,000 RN-030 10,500 W:101, H: 60, L:110 5K STORE GR O U P FRAMING NOTES SM CH PARTIAL ROOF FRAMIMG PLAN SCALE: 1/4" - 1'-0" AREA OF WORK AS BUILT DRAWINGS 3 ft 10 7/8 in 15 f t Existing Roof Framing Plan MC 6x18 CITY OF SANTA ANA Ipnning ar d Building Agency CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT structural engineers 1215 W. Rio Salado Parkway, Suite 200 Tempe, AZ 85281 480.774.1700 www.(tsuz.com k-)"/ --- L,-�' (J = 21- ' I s � •� 6PGx-Y . pv, 3 100\js. ©v\ (�� w 14 �L = f ALL � 2� psi Job Name Job No By 2 119-6 Sheet No. Dater= 1,2X21-:7:4Le_s- 3s7-2.S-(Ls .6p a tn�s l I �t S-9 6 t (OS I I I EI a, 1 `!J i � 4 Steel Beam LIC# : KW-06016452, Build:20.25.08.20 CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT (c) ENERCALC, LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION:(E) W14x22 Caruso Turley Scott, Inc. 1215 W. Rio Salado Pkwy #200 Tempe, AZ 85281 480-774-1700 www.ctsaz.com Project File: 251196.ec6 Project Title:Round 1 Engineer:SPT Project ID:251196 Project Descr: Referenced Design Standard(s) : AISC 360-16 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-16 (1) Code References Governing Code : IBC 2018, CBC 2019 Material Properties Analysis Method : ksi Bending Axis :Major Axis Bending Completely Unbraced Allowable Strength Design Fy : Steel Yield :50.0 ksi Beam Bracing :E: Modulus :29,000.0 Span = 15.0 ft W14x22 1 2 D(0.5960)D(0.5960) D(0.0720) Lr(0.080) .Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.Applied Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loading Uniform Load : D = 0.0180, Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 4.0 ft, (Existing roof loads) Point Load : D = 0.5960 k @ 2.0 ft, (RTU-1 loads) Point Load : D = 0.5960 k @ 11.50 ft, (RTU-1 loads) .Design OKDESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio =0.212 : 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 1.961 k Mn / Omega : Allowable 30.835 k-ft Vn/Omega : Allowable W14x22Section used for this span Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1 Load Combination +D+Lr 63.020 k Section used for this span W14x22 Ma : Applied Maximum Shear Stress Ratio =0.031 : 1 0.000 ft 6.546 k-ft Va : Applied 0 <360 3779 Ratio =0 <240.0 Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.016 in 11,347Ratio =>=360 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio = Max Downward Total Deflection 0.048 in Ratio =>=240. Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in Span: 1 : Lr Only n/a Span: 1 : +D+Lr n/a .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Summary of Moment ValuesLoad Combination Summary of Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios M V Mmax -Mmax +Rm VnxMa Max Mnx/Omega Cb Va MaxMnx Vnx/OmegaSegment Length D Only Dsgn. L = 15.00 ft 1 0.142 0.022 4.30 4.30 50.73 30.38 1.08 1.00 1.36 94.53 63.02 +D+Lr Dsgn. L = 15.00 ft 1 0.212 0.031 6.55 6.55 51.49 30.83 1.10 1.00 1.96 94.53 63.02 +D+0.750Lr Dsgn. L = 15.00 ft 1 0.195 0.029 5.98 5.98 51.35 30.75 1.10 1.00 1.81 94.53 63.02 +0.60D Dsgn. L = 15.00 ft 1 0.085 0.013 2.58 2.58 50.73 30.38 1.08 1.00 0.82 94.53 63.02 . LocationLoad CombinationMax.LocationLoad CombinationSpan Max. Overall Maximum Deflections in Span"+" Deflin Span"-" Defl +D+Lr1 0.0476 7.586 0.0000 0.000 . Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Max Upward from all Load Conditions 1.961 1.842 Max Upward from Load Combinations 1.961 1.842 Max Upward from Load Cases 1.361 1.242 D Only 1.361 1.242 Steel Beam LIC# : KW-06016452, Build:20.25.08.20 CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT (c) ENERCALC, LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION:(E) W14x22 Caruso Turley Scott, Inc. 1215 W. Rio Salado Pkwy #200 Tempe, AZ 85281 480-774-1700 www.ctsaz.com Project File: 251196.ec6 Project Title:Round 1 Engineer:SPT Project ID:251196 Project Descr: Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS +D+Lr 1.961 1.842 +D+0.750Lr 1.811 1.692 +0.60D 0.817 0.745 Lr Only 0.600 0.600 Job Name: Round 1 Main Place . Job No.: 251196 Sheet No.:. By: SPT Date: Oct-25 . DescriptionData Project Name: Project Address: Project Address 2: City State Zip Code Project Number 251196 Design Engineer SPT Building Code * sets GCr (h) = 3.1 for Florida Building Code Mechanical Unit Info Weight=2977 lbs X 1.2=3572.4 lb *used for Af Length=110 in Effective Length=110.0 in ASCE 7-16 / 7-10 Rectangular Unit Width=101 in Effective Width=101.0 in Florida Building Code Non-Standard Shape (MUA) Height=60 in Effective Height=60.0 in Height to CGS of unit=30.0 in 1 1 Curb height =0 in Curb Adapter NO Curb Adapter Length=88.1 in YES Curb Adapter Width=59.5 in NO SEISMIC SDS=1.338 aP=2.5 RP=6 IP=1 z/h=1 (conservative to set to 1) WIND Wind Speed 95 mph Exposure C a=9.5 Exposure a zg Risk Category II zg =900 B 7.0 1200 Height of unit above ground =35 ft C 9.5 900 Height coefficient Kz=1.01 D 11.5 700 Topographic factor Kzt=1.00 Wind directionality factor Kd=0.85 Ground elevation above Sea Level =0.00 ft Ground elevation factor Ke=1.00 *to default to 1.00, enter elevation as 0 Control Color (These need to be filled in by YOU.) (These will be automatically calculated.) Key to Filling in information on this spreadsheet: ASCE 7-16 / 7-10 Rectangular Unit Page &R Job Name: Round 1 Main Place . Job No.: 251196 Sheet No.:. By: SPT Date: Oct-25 . Attachment of Mechanical unit to curb: Screw spacing unit to curb: #12 screw spacing =24 in o.c. VMAX=1394 lb N=18 screws V ALLOW/SCREW (20 gage material)=188 lb VALLOW=3384 lb OK TMAX=108 lb N=5 screws T ALLOW/SCREW (20 gage material)=95 lb TALLOW=475 lb OK Seismic VACTUAL 1394 TACTUAL 0 OK Unity VALLOW 3384 TALLOW 475 Wind VACTUAL 1041 TACTUAL 108 OK Unity VALLOW 3384 TALLOW 475 Template Updated 09/09/20 =+0.41 +=0.53 Page &R 9.2' 0.179 : 1 0.013 : 1 Steel Beam LIC# : KW-06016452, Build:20.25.08.20 CARUSO TURLEY SCOTT (c) ENERCALC, LLC 1982-2025 DESCRIPTION:MC Frame Caruso Turley Scott, Inc. 1215 W. Rio Salado Pkwy #200 Tempe, AZ 85281 480-774-1700 www.ctsaz.com Project File: 251196.ec6 Project Title:Round 1 Engineer:SPT Project ID:251196 Project Descr: Referenced Design Standard(s) : AISC 360-16 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-16 (1) Code References Governing Code : IBC 2018, CBC 2019 Material Properties Analysis Method : ksi Bending Axis :Minor Axis Bending Completely Unbraced Allowable Strength Design Fy : Steel Yield :36.0 ksi Beam Bracing :E: Modulus :29,000.0 Span = 9.20 ft MC6x18 1 2 D(0.1020) .Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.Applied Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loading Uniform Load : D = 0.1020 k/ft, Tributary Width = 1.0 ft, (unit weight) .Design OKDESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio =0.179 : 1 Load Combination D Only Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 0.5520 k Mn / Omega : Allowable 7.099 k-ft Vn/Omega : Allowable MC6x18Section used for this span Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1 Load Combination D Only 43.006 k Section used for this span MC6x18 Ma : Applied Maximum Shear Stress Ratio =0.013 : 1 0.000 ft 1.270 k-ft Va : Applied 0 <360 969 Ratio =0 <240.0 Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection 0 in 0Ratio =<360 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio = Max Downward Total Deflection 0.114 in Ratio =>=240. Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in n/a n/a Span: 1 : D Only n/a .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Summary of Moment ValuesLoad Combination Summary of Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios M V Mmax -Mmax +Rm VnyMa Max Mny/Omega Cb Va MaxMny Vny/OmegaSegment Length D Only Dsgn. L = 9.20 ft 1 0.179 0.013 1.27 1.27 11.86 7.10 1.14 1.00 0.55 71.82 43.01 +0.60D Dsgn. L = 9.20 ft 1 0.107 0.008 0.76 0.76 11.86 7.10 1.14 1.00 0.33 71.82 43.01 . LocationLoad CombinationMax.LocationLoad CombinationSpan Max. Overall Maximum Deflections in Span"+" Deflin Span"-" Defl D Only1 0.1140 4.626 0.0000 0.000 . Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Max Upward from all Load Conditions 0.552 0.552 Max Upward from Load Combinations 0.331 0.331 Max Upward from Load Cases 0.552 0.552 D Only 0.552 0.552 +0.60D 0.331 0.331